Descriptive Catalogue of Govt Collections of Manuscripts Part 1

Author(s): Hiralal R Kapadia
Publisher: Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute
Catalog link: https://jainqq.org/explore/018036/1

Page #1
GOVERNMENT COLLECTIONS OF MANUSCRIPTS BHANDARKAR ORIENTAL RESEARCH INSTITUTE INSTUS POONA FOUNDED 1917 jasvi nAvadhIta Published by = Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute 1935

Page #2
DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE OF MANUSCRIPTS IN THE GOVERNMENT MANUSCRIPTS LIBRARY PREPARED UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF THE MANUSCRIPTS DEPARTMENT OF THE BHANDARKAR ORIENTAL RESEARCH INSTITUTE, POONA INSTITUTE POONA FOUNDED 1917 // tejasvi " naavdhiitmstu|| Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute POONA 1935

Page #3
Copies can be had direct from the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, Poona 4 ( India ) Price: Rs. 4 per copy, exclusive of postage Printed and published by Dr. V. S. Sukthankar, m. A., Ph. D., at the Bhandarkar Institute Press, Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, Poona No. 4.

Page #4
Descriptive Catalogue of the Government Collections of Manuscripts deposited at the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute COMPILED BY [IRALAL RASIKDAS KAPADIA, M. A. Volume XVII: JAINA LITERATURE AND PHILOSOPHY Part 1: (a) Agamika Literature Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute POONA 1935

Page #5

Page #6
CONTENTS PAGES PREFACE ... Xili-XV RULES FOR THE GOVT. MANUSCRIPTS LIBRARY xvi-xviii LIST OF CATALOGUES AND REPORTS ... xix-xxi SYSTEM OF TRANSLITFRATION xxii A. AGAMIKA LITERATURE 1. Eleven Angas The 1st Anga 1-3 4, 5 6-8 9, 10 11-15 16-20 21 22 23-27 Acarangasutra Do with balavabodha Acarangasutraniryukti Acarangasutracurni Acarangasutratika Acarangasutrapradipika Acarangasutradipika Acarangasutravacuri Acarangasutra paryaya 1-4 4--7 7-9 9-12 12-16 16--21 21, 22 22 23, 24 The 2nd Ariga 28, 29 30, 31 32--35 36-45 46, 47 48--50 51, 52 534-57 Sutrakstangasutra Do with tika Sutrakrtangasutratika Sutrakstangasutra with dipika Do Do vartika Sutrakstangasutraniryukti Sutrakstangasutracurni Sutrakstangasutraparyaya 25-27 27-29 29-32 33-45 45-47 48, 49 49-51 51-53

Page #7
Contents 58-60 61 62 The 3rd Aiga Sthanangasutra Do with dipika Do balavabodha Do tabba Sthanangasutratika Sthanangasutraparyaya Sthanangasutrabola Do Do 63, 64 65-69 70-74 54-57 57--59 59, 60 60-62 62--67 67-69 69, 70 The 4th Ariga 76--78 79-81 82-86 Samavayangasutra Samavayangasutravrtti Samavayangasutraparyaya 71-73 74-77 77-79 The 5th Anga 87-91 Bhagavatisutra 92-96 Bhagavatisutravitti 97--100 Paramanukhandasattrimsika with arthalava... II-104 Pudgalasattrimsika with vrtti 105 Bandhasattrimsika with tippanaka 106--109 Nigodasattrimsika with vitti 110 Do Do balavabodha 111-114 Pancanirgranthasangrahani Do with avacuri ... 116 Do Do balavabodha... 117 Pancanirgranthasangrahanyavacuri ... 118 Bhagavatisutravacurni 119-123 Bhagavatisutraparyaya 80-85 86-91 92-95 95-98 98, 99 99-102 103 103-107 107, 108 108, 109 109, 110 110 IIO-II2 115 The 6th Ariga 124-128 Jnatadharmakathangasutra ... 113-119 129 Do with viviti ... 119, 120 130-133 Jnatadharmakathangasutravivsti ... 120--124 134 Jnatadharmakathangasutra with balavabodha.. 124, 125

Page #8
Contents Vii The 7th Anga 135-137 Upasakadasangasutra 138 Do with vyakhya 139-142 Upasakadasangasutravyakhya The Sth Anga ... 126--128 ... 129 ... 130-133 143 Antaknddasangasutra 144 Do with tabba 145-149 Antakrddasangasutravivarana ... 134, 135 ... 135, 136 ... 136-138 The 9th Ariga 150-153 Anuttaropapatikadasaagasatra 154--158 Anuttaropapatikadasangasutravivarana ... 139-142 ... 142---144 The 10th Anga 159-161 Prasnavyakaranangasutra 162 Do with vivsti 163---169 Prasnavyakarahangasutravivsti 170 Prasnavyakaranangasutra with tabba 171, 172 Prasnavyakaranangasutra paryaya ... 145--147 ... 147, 148 ... 148---156 ... 156, 157 ... 157, 158 The 11th Anga 173---175 Vipakasutra 176 Do ( a part) 177---181 Vipakasutravsiti with tabba ... 159, 160 161 ... 162---166 II. Twelve Upangas The 1st Upanga .. 182 Aupapatikasutra Do 184---188 Aupapatikasutravrtti 183 with yrtti 167 168 169--173 ...

Page #9
viii 189-192 Rajaprasniyasutra Do 193 194-197 Rajaprasniyasutravrtti Contents The 2nd Upanga 198-199 Jivajivabhigamasutra Do 200 201---205 Jivajivabhigamasutravivrti 206---210 Jivajivabhigamasutraparyaya 211--213 Jivajivabhigamasutravrttiparyaya The 4th Upanga 234 235 2I4...--2I7 Prajnapanasutra 218, 219 Do 220 Prajnapanasutratika 236, 237 238---240 241 with vrtti dr The 3rd Upanga 221 (Pradesavyakhya) 222, 223 Prajnapanasutratrtiyapadasamgrahani Prajnapanasutratrtiyapadasamgrahanivitti 224 225 Prajnapanasutratrtiyapadasamgrahanyava with tika with tabba Suryaprajnapti Suryaprajnaptitika curni Jambudvipaprajnapti Do Do The 6th Upanga with vrtti Do Prameyaratnamanjusa (vrtti) ... 207, 208 208---210 226---23o Prajnapanasutraparyaya 231-233 Prajnapanasutravivaranavisamapadaparyaya ... 210, 211 The 5th Upanga ... ... ... *** ... 174-177 177, 178 178-181 ... 182---185 185, 186 186--191 191, 192 193, 194 195--199 199---202 202, 203 203, 204 205, 206 207 212, 213 213, 214 215, 216 217-222 222---229

Page #10
Contents 242 Jambudvipaprajnapti with tabba 229, 230 243---245 Bharatacaritra Do Do 231---233 146---248 Jambudvipaprajnapticurni .... 233---236 249, 250' Jambudvipaprajnaptivivsti ... 236---240 The 7th Upanga 251---253 Candraprajnapti ... 241---243 with vivarana ... 243, 244 The 8th to 12th Upangas 255 Nirayavalikasrutaskandha ... 245---248 256 Do with vyakhya ... 248, 249 257---261 Nirayavalikasrutaskandhavyakhya ... 249---252 262 Nirayavalikasrutaskandha with tabba ... 252, 253 263, 264 Nirayavalikasrutaskandhaparyaya 254 265 Nirayavalikabalavabodha ... 254---256 254 111. (A) Ten Prakirnakas The 1st Prakirnaka 266---274 Catuhsarana ... 257---263 275, 276 * Do with avacuris ... 263---265 277, 278 Do Do avacurni ... 265---267 279 Do Do tippanaka ... 267, 268 280---282 Do Do tabba 268---270 283 Catuhsaranavacuri ... 270, 271 284 Catuhsaranavisama padavivarana ... 271, 272 The 2nd Prakirnaka 285---290 Aturapratyakhyana ... 273---275 with vivarana . ..... 275, 292 Do avacuri 277 293 Do avacurni ... 277, 278 294 Do Do tabba 295 :. Do Do aksarartha " .... 280 Caty 291 Do 276 Do

Page #11
Geiteren ... 280, 281 196, 297 Aturapratyakhyanavivarana The 3rd Prakirnaka 298---305 Bhaktaparijna 306 with a vacuri Bhaktaparijnavacuri 308 Bhaktaparijnavacurni Do 282---285 285, 286 286 307 The 4th Prakirnaka Do 309---317 Samstaraka 318 Do with vivarana 319 Do avacuri 320 Do Do balavabodha 321 Samstarakavacurni 322 Samstarakavacuri 287---291 291---293 293, 294 294, 295 295 296 323---330 331, 332 The 5th Prakirnaka Tandulavaicarika Do with balavabodha 297---301 ... 301---303 The 6th Prakirnaka 333---338 Candravedhyaka ... 304---306 The 7th Prakirnaka 307---309 339--- 343. Devendrastava The 8th Prakirnaka 344---348 Ganividya The 9th Prakirnaka ... 310, 311 349--- 54 Mahapratyakhyana ... 312---314 The 10th Prakirnaka 355-359 Virastava ... 315, 316

Page #12
Contents (B) Supernumerary Prakirnakas 330 60---363 Angaculika ... 317-321 164 Angavidya ... 322, 323 365--368 Ajivakalpa ... 324, 325 369---371 Aturapratyakhyana ... 326, 327 372 Aradhanapataka 328, 329 373 Kava cadvara 174---381 Gacchacara ... 331 ---335 182---384 Do with vivrti ... 335---344 185 Do Do vyakhya ... 344, 345 86 Do Do a vacuri ... 346 87 Jambusvamyadhyayana with tabba ... 347, 348 88--390 Do Do balavabodha ... 348-351 391---394 Jyotiskarandaka Do tika ... 352--355 393---397 Tirthodgalika ... 356---358 398 Dvipasagara prajnaptisangrahani ... 359 399, 403 Paryantaradhana ... 360--362 404---407 Do with balavabodha 363---366 408---413 Pindavisuddhi ... 367---369 414 Do with vrtti ... 369---371 415, 416 Do Subodha:(vstti) ... 371---373 417--420 Do dipika ... 374---377 421 Do Do balavabodha 422 Pindavisuddhyavacurni ... 379 423---426 Maranavidhi ... 380---382 427 Yoniprabhsta ... 383, 384 428 Varkacalika with tabba ... 385 429 Saravali ... 386 430, 431 Siddhaprabhrta ... 387, 388 432, 433 Siddhaprabhitatika ... 388---390 Do ... 378

Page #13

Page #14
PREFACE It was on the 4th of October 1930 that I received an invitation from the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, Poona, to prepare and edit a Descriptive Catalogue of all the Jaina Mss. in the Government Mss. Library deposited with them by the Government of Bombay. As this invitation offered me an excellent opportunity to study the Jaina Mss. at the Institute at first hand and thus contribute my humble quoia towards giving wider publicity to Jaina literature in general, I lost no time in accepting it and commenced my work on these Mss. on the 23rd of November 1930. The number of these Mss. is estimated to be about four thousand and five hundred. They are grouped under the head " Jaina Literature and Philosophy and form the 17th and the 18th volumes in the scheme of the Descriptive Catalogue of Government Mss. numbering about 20,000. In preparing this Descriptive Catalogue I have followed in general the lines laid down by the Institute as explained to me by Rao Bahadur Dr. S. K. Belvalkar, m. A., Ph. D., the then Hon. Secretary of the Institute. Headings of description adopted in this Catalogue are practically identical with those given in the "Descriptive Catalogue of the Government Collections of Manuscripts deposited at the Deccan College, Poona. Vol. I: Vedic literature. Part I: Samhitas and Brahmanas" published by the Government of Bombay as far back as 1916. Even in all matters:of detail I have had several occasions to consult Dr. Belvalkar, under whose supervision as the then Hon. Superintendent of the Mss. Department I was carrying on my work. In this connection I take this opportunity to thank him most heartily for the promptness with which he responded, whenever any occasion for consultation arose. The exact plan followed by me in the preparation of this volume may be indicated as follows : (1) In this part, out of the various agamas, the 11 angas, the 12 upangas and the lo standard prakirnakas together with 18 super

Page #15
Preface numerary ones have been described along with their explanatory literature as recorded in Sanskrit and Gujarati in the Mss. themselves. The order followed for the 10 standard prakirnakas can be seen from the contents. It is the same as in Weber's catalogue (Verzeichniss der Sanskrit- und Prakrit-handschriften der Koniglichen Bibliothek zu Berlin), Vol. II, Pt. II. Different orders are followed by different scholars in dealing with these prakirnakas. The publication of the Agamodaya Samiti Series and the Series issued by Rai Bahadur Dhanapatisinh at Calcutta may be referred to in this connection. Other orders and even the variations regarding the number of the prakirnakas are noticed in Mss. here described vide Nos. 268-270, 317 and 423 ). The supernumerary prakirnakas have been represented in the alphabetical order. Under this title are included several works which have been styled as prakirnaka in some work or works. xiv (2) Regarding the inter-arrangement of descriptive sheets dealing with the same text, I have made alteration in the procedure, as desired by Dr. Belvalkar after the press-copy was complete in all respects. The actual procedure finally adopted will be clear from the contents of this part. (3) The system of transliteration followed in this part is generally the same as given on page xxii. (4) All textual matter which appeared to me to be superfluous is enclosed within rectangular brackets [], while additions and alterations occasionally suggested by me are enclosed within parantheses (). (5) I have prepared several appendices pertaining to the Mss. of Agamika literature which have been long since described by me. They will be published, on the completion of the printing of the Agamika section in press. In giving references in the present part two works have been of material help to me. They are as under : (i) "Essai de Bibliographie Jaina " by A. Guerinot.

Page #16
Preface (ii) "Descriptive Catalogue of Samskrta and Praksta Mss. in the library of the B. B. R. A. Society, Vol. III-IV" by Prof. H. D. Velankar, m. A., my friend and once a colleague. Now it remains for me to acknowledge my indebtedness. It is a pleasure to me to mention that I am highly obliged to Vidvadvallabha Muni Punyavijayaji, a disciple of Muniraja Sri Caturavijaya and a grand disciple of Pravartaka Sri Kantivijaya for all the willing assistance rendered to me by his going through a duplicate copy of the page-proofs of the non-English portions of this part. I have to thank Mr. P. K. Gode, M.A., the Curator of the Institute, for the uniform kindness and the courteous treatment I met at his hands during the course of my work on the Jaina Mss. I am also indebted to Dr. V. S. Sukthankar, m. A., Ph.D., the present Hon. Secretary, for his having agreed, in the interest of Jaina scholarship, to publish the Agamika literature in parts and to the Institute for the splendid service it has thus rendered to the cause of Jaina literature. Bhandarkar O. R. Institute, Poona. 3rd June 1935 Hiralal R. Kapadia.

Page #17
Regulations of the Manuscripts Department 1. "The Government Manuscripts Library" formed and maintained by the Government of Bombay, and formerly deposited at the Deccan College, Poona, is now, subject to the general control of the Department of Education, Bombay, placed under the direct charge of the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, Poona. 2. The Department is administered by a Superintendent appointed by the Executive Board of the B. O. R. Institute subject to the approval of Government. 3. The Manuscripts are available at the Institute, during working hours, for purposes of bona fide study. 4. The Manuscripts in the Library, if, in good condition, and subject to the requirements of Department, are lent out to bona fide scholars on their applying for them in writing to the Superintendent of the Department or to the Secretary of the Institute. Such scholars shall, however, execute a bond for the value of the manuscripts required, this value being fixed by the officers in charge of the Library. 5. In the case of scholars from outside India, all requisitions for loans of manuscripts shall be made to the Secretary of State for India in Council, through whom also the transactions in manuscripts shail take place. Such scholars shall execute the necessary bond with the Secretary of State for India in Council, at his discretion. 6. In the case of scholars in India the execution of the bond shall be necessary before the manuscripts are lent out. When the applicant is not sufficiently known to the Superintendent of the Department, this latter officer shall have the power to call upon the applicant to produce a certificate as to his interest in the study of Sanskrit Literature, and of his being a fit person to be entrusted with Government manuscripts. Such a certificate shall have to be

Page #18
xvii Regulations of the Manuscripts Department signed by Orientalists of recognised position, or by Government officers of the Provincial or other highest service, not below the rank of a Deputy Collector or Extra Assistant Commissioner. The certificate should contain a reference to works or eassays published by the applicant. N. B.- In the case of scholars residing within the jurisdiction of a Native State, the certificate may be signed either by the Chief Sahib or the Divan or the administrator of the State. 7. All applications for manuscripts shall state the reasons for, which the manuscripts are required and the period for which the loan is sought. 8. If any manuscripts belonging to this Library have been used in the publication of an edition, or in any other learned disquisition, the authors should present to the Manuscripts Library a copy of the work or works-so published. 9. The number of manuscripts to be lent out at a time to a scholar, and the period of loan, is determined by the officer in charge of the Library. Usually, however, in the case of Indian scholars, not more than five manuscriprs are allowed to remain with them at a time, and the period of loan shall not normally exceed six months. 10. Immediately on receipt of manuscripts, the scholars are requested to examine them carefully before signing and returning the receipt-form accompanying the manuscripts, as no complaints will be entertained thereafter. II. When the manuscripts are returned to the Library they are duly examined, and if found in their original condition, the receipt formerly signed for them is returned and the bond cancelled. The liability of the borrowers ceases only after the return of this receipt.

Page #19
Regulations of the Manuscripts Department xurri 12. If scholars find that, owing to the work on the imanuscripts not being completed within the stipulated period, they cannot return the manuscripts when due, they shall, sufficiently in advance, apply in writing to that effect to the Superintendent of the Department, or to the Secretary of State for India in Council, as the case may be. The period of loan will be extended at discretion. In no case, however, shall any manuscripts be allowed to remain with a scholar longer than two years in India, and five years outside India. 13. The Manuscripts Department reserves to itself the right of refusing to lend out any manuscript to any scholar at any time, and in the case of manuscripts lent out, of demanding their return before the expiry of the stipulated period, if the manuscripts be required for library or other purposes. 14. All postal charges shall be borne by the applicant. 15. The Department undertakes to procure on loan, for the members of the Institute, manuscripts from other lending Libraries.

Page #20
A LIST OF PRINTED CATALOGUES AND REPORTS ABOUT MANUSCRIPTS The following is the list of works ( Catalogues, Reports, etc.) already published embodying the risults of the search and preserva. tion of Sanskrit manuscripts in the Bombay Circle from 1868 to 1915. All lists published up to 1884 have been incorporated in our consolidated catalogue prepared by Mr. S. R. Bhandarkar, M. A., in 1888. The lists for the subsequent years are to be found embodi, ed in the various Reports published thereafter. These Reports are of considerable value, inasmuch as they give in many cases the history of individual manuscripts, personal details of authors, their chronology, and such other items. All these works are therefore here put together in one place for ready reference. Papers relating to the Collection and Preservation of the Reports of ancient Sanskrit Literature, edited by order of Government of India, Calcutta, 1878, by Mr. E. A. Gough. This is a useful work for the general history of the Search during the earlier period upto 1878 and contains, among other things, lists of manuscripts bought for Government during the years 1868-69, 1869-70, 1870-71, 1871-72, 1872-73 and 1874-75. All these lists, originally published at different times, were also included in our consolidated catalogue (to be mentioned below ) published in 1888. Report on the results of the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in Gujarat during 1871-72, by G. Buhler, Surat, 1872, il pages in folio. Report on Sanskrit Manuscripts 1872-73, by G. Buhler, seven and seventeen pages. Bombay, 1874. Report on Sanskrit Manuscripts 1874-75, by G. Buhler, 21 pages. Girgaum, 1875. * Detailed Report of a Tour in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts made fin 1875-76), in Kashmir, Rajputana and Central India, by G. Buhler. Extra No. XXXIVA, Vol. XII of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1877, Bombay.

Page #21
XX A List of Printed Catalogues and Reports Lists of the Sanskrit Manuscripts purchased for Government during the years 1877-78, and 1869-78, and a list of the Manuscripts purchased from May to November 1881, by F. Kielhorn, Poona, 1881. A Report on 122 Manuscripts, by R. G. Bhandarkar, Bombay, 1880, 37 pages in folio. Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1880-81, by F. Kielhorn, Bombay, 1881. A Catalogue of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Library of the Deccan College (being lists of the two Visramabag collections ), Part. I prepared under the superintendence of F. Kielhorn ; Part II and Index prepared under the superintendence of R. G. Bhandarkar, 1884 ; 61 pages in folio. A Report on the Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts during 1881-82, by R. G. Bhandarkar, Bombay, 1882. A Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1882--83, by R. G. Bhandarkar, Bombay, 1884. A Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1883--84 by R. G. Bhandarkar, Bombay, 1887. A Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1884-87, by R. G. Bhandarkar, Bombay, 1894. A Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1887--91, by R. G. Bhandarkar, Bombay, 1897. A Consolidated Catalogue of the Collections of Manuscripts de posited in the Deccan College (from 1868--1884) with an Index, By S. R. Bhandarkar. Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1891--1895, by A. V. Kathawate, Bombay, 1901, Detailed Report of Operations in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Circle, August 1882 to March 1883, by P. Peterson. Extra No. XLI, Vol. XVI of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1883, Bombay.

Page #22
A List of Printed Catalogues and Reports A Second Report of Operations in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Circle, April 1883 to March 1884, by P. Peterson. Extra No. XLIV, Vol. XVII of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Socicty, 1884, Bombay. A Third Report of Operation in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Circle, April 1884 to March 1886, by P. Peterson. Extra No. XLV of Vol. XVII of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1887, Bombay. xxi A Fourth Report of Operations in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Circle, April 1886 to March 1892, by P. Peterson. Extra No. XLIXA of Vol. XVIII of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Roval Asiatic Society, 1894, Bombay. A Fifth Report of Operations in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay, Circle, April 1892 to March 1895, by P. Peterson, Bombay, 1896. A Sixth Report of Operations in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Circle, April 1895 to March 1898, by P. Peterson, Bombay, 1899. This contains also a list of manuscripts purchased by Professor Peterson from 1898-99. Lists of Manuscripts Collected for the Government Manuscripts Library by the Professors of Sanskrit at the Deccan and Elphinstone Colleges containing the following Collections: (i) 1895-1902, (ii) 1899-1915, (iii) 1902-1907, (iv) 1907-1915, (v) 1916-1918, (vi) 1919-1924 and (vii) 1866-68.

Page #23
SYSTEM OF TRANSLITERATION a a R ! Tel i fi R ! e e ai ai TU k nca C a t pa p y y A a khU kh chU ch hU th bhU th ph r r S gU 8 jj Dra d dU b lU 1 s s u u vU gh jhU jh dh dhU dh bhU bh o o au au h visarga h, anusvara m. U G n J // NU n nU n sU m

Page #24
JAINA MANUSCRIPTS

Page #25

Page #26
JAINA LITERATURE AND PHILOSOPHY A. AGAMIKA LITERATURE I. 11 ANGAS THE FIRST ANGA AcArAGgasUtra Acarangasutra ( 31UTE) ( Ayarangasutta ) 152. No.1 1871-72. Size.-- 11} in. by 48 in. Extent.--73 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 44 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper, thin, rough and grey ; Devanagari characters with TehraS; :big, bold, beautiful and legible handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; space between the pairs coloured red; folios numbered in the right-hand margin only; the unnumbered sides marked with one small circular disc in the centre, the numbered having two more, one in each margin; folio ra decorated with a diagram in red colour ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; edges of the first folio slightly worn out; several folios wormeaten to a smaller or greater degree ; condition tolerably fair ; complete; extent 2644 slokas. Age.--Not later than Samvat 1713. Author.-Sudharmasvamin, the 5th Ganadhara; for, according to the Jaina tradition he is the author of the 11 angas available at present. Subject.--This work written in Prakrit is divided into two sruta skandhas, the former having 8 adhyayanas and the latter 16. Formerly there were 9 adhyayanas of the first srutaskandha; but the 7th has been lost long ago. This work

Page #27
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [. which is looked upon as the ist and the oldest anga is neither entirely in prose nor in verse. Rules.and regulations pertaining to a Jaina saint are discussed herein; so, this work comes under caranakarananuyoga ; this work may be compared with Vinaya-pitaka of the Bauddhas. Upasakadasanga dealing with the discipline of a Jaina layman may be looked upon as a complementary part to this Acaranga. Begins.-fol. b zrIvItarAgAya namaH // suyaM me AuMsa teNaM bhagavayA evamakkhAyaM // ihamegesi No sannA bhavati // taM jahA etc. Ends.-fol. 73deg imami loe parate ya dosu vi na vidya(jja)I baMdhaNa(NaM) jassa kiM (ci) vi|se hu nirAlaMva(ba)Ne appatihite / kalaMkalIbhAvapahaM vimucci|tti bemi // cha / 'vimuttI' smmtaa(ttaa)|| cha // AcArAMgasUtraM samAptaM prathamAMga // cha / graMthAoM 2644 // cha // etc. Then run the lines as under :---- saMvat 1713 varSe kArtika zudi 15 gurau ' u(U)keza' jJAtIyavRddhazAkhIya saa| rUpA tatbhAryA rUpAde tatpuna pA lAlajI Tokara pA lAlajI tatbhAryA lAlabAI tatputra sA / RSabha pramukha kuTuMba / yutena svazreyo(s)rtha paM. zrI. jinavijayagaNInAM pratilAbhitamiti zreyaH zrIH zrIAcarAgasUtrapustakaM. Reference. This work of the Jainas was first published by Rai Dhanapatisinh, Calcutta, in A. D. 1880. So it may be looked upon as editio princeps. It contains besides Acarangasutra, its Sanskrit commentary by Silanka Suri, Pradipika, a similar work of Jinahamsa Suri, the Balavabodha by Parsvacandra Suri and as an appendix the Niryukti composed by Bhadrabahusvamin. The text (part I) was edited by Hermann Jacobi, in A. D. 1882. In its perface he has compared the Jaina Prakrit with Pali. The text together with the niryukti and Silanka's commentary is also published by the Agamodaya Samiti in two parts in Samvat 1972 and 1973 respectively. The first srutaskandha with a careful analysis of the style is edited and published by Walther Schubring, Leipzig, in A. D. 1910. This work is published in A. D. 1924 by the Jaina Sahitya Samsodhaka Samiti of Poona, too. The English translation of the text by H. Jacobi was published in the Sacred Books of the East (vol. XXII), Ox

Page #28
2.] 1. 11 Angas 3 ford, in A. D. 1884. The text along with the Gujarati translation by Ravjibhai Devaraj was published in Samvat 1958. In its introduction (p. 22 ff.) we find Pariharyamimamsa dealing with the queries' raised by H. Jacobi. In the second edition (A. D. 1906) this is dropped. For contents etc., see A. Weber's Verzeichniss der Sanskrit und PrakritHandschriften der Koniglischen Bibliothek zu Berlin2 (vol. II, pt. II, p. 355 ff. ), published in A. D. 1888. For the English translation of Weber's "Sacred Literature of the Jains" by H. Weir Smyth, see Indian Antiquary ( vol. XVII, p. 340 ff.). For additional Mss. etc., see Essai de Bibliographie Jaina by Guerinot, Paris, 1906, p. 519 and H. D. Velankar's Descriptive Catalogue of Sanskrta and Prakrta manuscripts in the library of the Bombay Branch of Roval Asiatic Society (vols. III-IV, pp. 381-382 ). AcArAGgasUtra No. 2 Size.-33 in. by 24 in. Extent.-65 leaves; 3 to 5 lines to a leaf; 125 letters to a line. Description.-Palm-leaf, durable and greyish; Devanagari characters with ears; big, legible, uniform and very good handwriting. This Ms. presents an appearance of the work being divided into three separate columns; but, really speaking every line of the first column is continued to the other two columns; borders of each of the columns ruled in three lines in black ink; red chalk used; leaves numbered in both the margins; in the right-hand margin as 1, 2, 3 etc. and in the left-hand one as in the case of No. 9; in each leaf there are two holes through which a string passes; some leaves Acarangasutra 78. 1872-73. For Jacobi's recent views in this connection, the reader is referred to my article "Prohibition of Flesh-eating in Jainism" published in "Review of Philosophy and Religion " (vol. IV, no. 2). 2. This forms part of "Die Handschriften-Verzeichnisse der Koniglischen Bibliothek zu Berlin " Funfter Band. 3. This work is hereafter referred to as Weber II.

Page #29
Jaina Literature and Philosophy more or less worm-eaten ; leaf 38th torn in two places; condition tolerably good: leat 1* blank; two wooden planks enclosing the Ms. : complete ; extent 2654 slokas. Age.--Samvat 1348. See No. 12 ( Acarangasutratika). Begins.-leaf Ib FA: FETITI JT A 755 dui etc. Ends.-leaf 656 grifH gia ma etc. up to 3ITEITHE FATRI SURIHI as above. Tur 7EUR485. N. B.- For further details see No. 1. 31121TGE Acarargasutra 153. No. 3 1871-72. Size.--in in. by 41 in. Extent.-54-4= 50 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 58 letters to a line. Description. -Country paper very thin and white; Devanagari cha racters with TUHTETTS; bold, clear, uniform and beautiful handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; a piece of paper of the same size as the foll. is pasted to fol. 1a; it is blank; edges of the foll. I to 8 more or less damaged ; condition unsatisfactory ; foll. 15 to 18 missing ; otherwise complete ; extent 2644 slokas. Age.--Samvat 1597. Begins.-fol. od 3 FA: SH13!1 ET A etc. as in No. 1. Ends.- fol. 546 SATA arg etc. up to juti EUR88 as in No. 1 followed by z ll # naal | #STTET alata gur: Il z H ITTAT ! 11 soft ll ll #ara pugue ao sau Fest ( ? gf 3) HH 11 N. B.--For further details see No. I. AcArAGgasUtra bAlAvabodhasahita Acarangasutra with Balavabodha 685. 1899-1915. No. 4 Size.-9 in. by 43 in.

Page #30
4.] I. II Angas Extent.---167-2=165 folios; 6 lines to a page; 20 letters to a line. ,, ot Balavabodha.---165 foll.; 14 ,, ,, ,, , , 26 , , , , Description.--Country paper, thin, rough and greyish ; Devanagari characters with pRSThamAtrA ; big, bold, clear and fair handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; space between the pairs coloured red; edges ruled in two lines in red ink; this is a 929972 Ms., the text occupying the central place, and the commentary occuping space all around; red chalk and yellow pigment used; the first two foll. missing, so this commences on fol. 3a ; foll. 141 etc., up to the last also numbered as I, 2, 3 etc.; some of the foll. at the end have their edges slightly damaged; the 167th fol. slightly torn, a strip of paper pasted to fol. 167b; condition fair; complete, if the first two missing foll. are not taken into account ; extent 4500 slokas. Age.---Samvat I606. Author of Balavabodha.--Parsvacandra, pupil of Sadhuratna. Subject.---The text along with its explanation in Gujarati. Begins.--( text ) fol. 3deg se bhikkhU vA bhikkhuNI vA gAhAvatikulaM etc. I ,, - ( baladeg ) ,, ,, OM namaH sarvajJAya / se bhikkha vA. bhikSu cAritriyau mUlaguNa uttaragaNanau dhAraNahAra nAnA prakAra Abhagraha sahita etc. Ends.-- ( text ) fol. 166deg imami loe parate etc. up to samAptaM as in No. 1 followed by zubhaM bhavatu etc., the last lines being sanvesi pi nayANaM bahuvihavattava(vva)yaM nisaamittaa| taM savvanayavisuddhaM jaM caraNa(guNa)hio saadhu(h)||1|| ,, --(balan) fol. 167 yataH nANeNa jANai bhAve ityAdi iti vimuktayA(ktaya)dhyayanaM / / cha / zrImad bRhattapAgacche vihitasadAcArayatnAnAM paM0 zrIsAdhuratnAnAM za(zi)jyeNa pArzvacaMdreNa kRte zrIAcArAMge dvitIya(zruta)skaMdhabAlAvabodhe 'vimuktayadhyayanaM' SoDazamaM samAptaM // Adito'dhyayanAni 25 ||ch|| tatparisamAptau samAptamidaM zrIAcArAGgasUtraM tasya bAlAvabodhazca vAcyama(mA)no(s)yaM ciraM naMdyAt graMthAnaM 4500. evaM sUtra artha dvi(tI)ya(zruta)skandhe ||ch // saMvat 16 SaDottarA varSe Aso sudi 7 vAra raghau // RSi zrIsomA ANaMda ramA mAhAvajIpaThanArtha // zrI / leSakavAcakayoH zrIrastu etc. Reference.--The Balavabodha along with the text published. See No. 1. I. This is the initial line of the 2nd Srutaskandha.

Page #31
Jaina Literature and Philosophy AcArAGgasUtra Acarangasutra bAlAvabodhasahita with Balavabodha 84 (81?). No.5 1872-73. Size.--III in. by 44 in. Extent.--158 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description.--Country paper, greyish, rough and somewhat thick ; Devanagari characters with EAETS ; handwriting sufficiently big, clear and good ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; the first four foll. numbered in both the margins, most of the rest in the right-hand margin only; fol. I' blank ; several foll. have a portion of their margin worn out; sometimes, even the part where the number of the fol. is mentioned is gone ; a good many foll. brittle ; condition on the whole, fair ; fol. I58b practically blank ; for, the title etc., only written on it; this Ms. contains both the text and its Gujarati explanation ; it begins with the second srutaskandha; complete so far as this is concerned ; extent 10,000(?) slokas. Age.--Samvat 1631. Author of Balavabodha.--Parsvacandra, pupil of Sadhuratna. Subject.--The second part of the first anga along with its explana tion in Gujarati. Begins.-- (text ) fol. 2" suya(yaM) me AusaM teNaM bhagavayA evamakaravAyaM taM jahA puritthimAo vA disAo Agao ahamaMsi dAhiNAo etc. ( Balas) fol. Ib nama(:) zrIvarddhamAnAya ba(va)rddhamAnAya sAmudguNai(:) zrImattIrthAbhi(dhi)nAthAya bhavyA(vyAM)bhoruhabhAsvate 1 [zrI]AcArAMge dvitIyasya zrutaskaMdhasya vArtikaM vRttibhittyA(tyAnusAreNa likhyate gubanugrahAt 2 hivaM zrIAcArAMganu bIjau zrutaskaMdhAraMbhiyai chai tihAM pahilai zrutaskaMdhi nava brahmacaryAdhyayana kahyA etc. Ends.- ( text ) fol. I56deg imami loe up to vimuttI sammattA as in No. I. -( Baladeg ) fol. 157' sAdhu jJAnaiM karI samyaka bhAva jANI kriyA karI samyaka pAlivau etalai mokSa e paramArtha jANivau / yataH

Page #32
6:1 I. 11 Angas tree (nANe) jANae bhAve daMsaNeNa ya sahe / vara (ri) teNa na (ni) ginhAI taveNaM parasTha (risa ) jjhai 1 iti vacanAt / iti 'vimuktA (taca) dhyayanaM' zrImada' bRhattapAgacche vihitasadAcArayatnAnAM paM0 zrI sAdhuratnAnAM ziSyeNa pArzvacaMdreNa kRte zrIAcArAMga - dvita (tI) yaskaMdhabAlAvabodhi vimuktyadhyayanaM SoDaza samAptaM Adito ( s) dhyayanAni 25 tatparisamAptau sama (mA) ptamidaM zrIAcArAMgasUtraM tasya bAlAvabodhazrva vAcyamAno (s) etc. zrIjagannAthanIzA thii (? sAkSii) etc. saMvat 1631 varSe poSa vadi 8 bhome liSitaM leSaka ANaMda liSitaM / cha / cha / graMthamAnaM 10000 gaNanIyA // Reference.-Published. See No. 1. N. B.-- For other details see above. AcArAGgasUtraniryukti (AyAraMga suttanijjutti ) Acarangasutraniryukti ( ayaranigasuttanijjutti ) No. 6 Size.--113 in. by 5 in. Extent.-14 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 44 letters to a line. Description.--Country paper, thin, smooth and white; Devanagari characters; bold, big, clear and good handwriting; borders neatly ruled in three lines in black ink, edges singly; fol. ra blank ; numbers of foll. entered twice as usual ; condition excellent; complete ; extent 450 Slokas. Age.- does not seem to be old. Author.--Bhadrabahusvamin. Subject.--Explanation of the 1st anga in 367 verses in Prakrit. Begins. fol. 1 zrIvItarAgAya namaH // 364. 1880-81. Ends.fol. 142 ikkArasa titi dodo dodo usaehiM nAyavvA sattaya advaya navamA egasarA huMti ajjhayaNA // 19 / cha / sarvvagAthA 367 / AyArassa bhagavao cautthacUlAe esA nijjuttI paMcamacUla nisIhaM tu sA ya uvariM bhaNI hAmo / dinu savyasiddhe jiNe a aNuogadAyae savve AyArassa bhagavao nijjutti kittaissAmi 1 etc. 7

Page #33
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [6. cha // AcArAMganiyuktiH samAptA // graMthazloka 450 / zubhaM bhavatu lekhakasya // Reference.--Published. See No. 1. Indian Antiquary, vol. X, pp. 100-102 may be consulted. AcArAGgasUtraniyukti Acarangasutraniryukti 80. No. 7 1872-73. Size.-333 in. by 2] in. Extent.----16-I + I = 16 leaves ; 3 to 5 lines to a leaf ; 125 letters to ___ a line. Description.-Palm-leaf; leaf I blank; leaf Ioalso numbered as II; an extra leaf at the end ; ends abruptly ; almost complete. For further details see No. 2 of which this may be looked upon as the third and the last part, though numbered separately, the second part being No. 12. Age.-Samvat 1348. See No. 12. Begins.--fol. I' namaH zrIsarvajJAya / / vaMdittu savvasiddha etc., as above. Ends.--fol. I6" aTTAvayamuvye(jje)ti gayaggapayae ya dhammacakaM ya / pAsarahAvattaNayaM camaruthA(ppA)yaM ca vaMdAmi // (3)53 gaNiyaM nisamejattIsa(?) dihI avitahaM imaM / nANaM / taiya gaMtumavagayA guNapabva(cca)IyA ime atthA // 54 // guNamAhappaM isinAmAkittaNaM suranariMdapU ( ends abruptly ). There is an additional leaf at the end, on one side of which it is written uttarAdhyayana 24 prabhRti 30 yAvat etc., and on the other side of which is written AgAmakaratnasiMhasUrINAM saMghapati ratnapAlasya oghaniyuktisasUtravRttipustakaM / / N. B.-For other details see above. AcArAGgasUtraniyukti Acarargasutraniryukti 11. 1880-81. No.8 Size.-12 in. by 21 in. 1. This is the 349th gatha of No. 8.

Page #34
9.) I. 11 Angas Extent.--32 + 2 = 34 leaves ; 3 to 6 lines to a'leaf ; 48 letters to a line. Description.--- Palm-leaf, durable and greyish ; Devanagari characters with carats ; sufficiently big, legible and good handwriting; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work being divided into two separate columns but really it is not so, since the lines of the first column extend to the second; borders of each of the columns ruled in three lines in black ink ; red chalk used ; leaves numbered in both the margins ; in the right-hand one as 229, 230 etc., and in the left-hand one as # ( 7?) ) ) etc., leaves 2294 and 260b blank; there is an extra leaf in the beginning; it is blank on both the sides; similarly there is an extra leaf following the 260th leaf; some of the leaves slightly worm-eaten ; condition tolerably good ; the last gatha numbered as 361 and not 367 as in No. 6; two wooden planks encompassing the Ms.; a thread passes through all the leaves. Age. - Fairly old. Begins.-leaf 2296 HAET afer Torre II Biet (card etc. Ends.-leaf 260* AyArassa bhagavao etc., up to uvari bhaNIhAmi as in No. 6 followed by 363 Il Tar 11 g II STTUTTI at FA()#115 11 HTCI HET4: 15 Then in a different hand we have : stor (PT) tarpstart ifraga eraftsstazigartzrIjinasAgarasUri-zrIjinasuMdarasUripaTTe zrIjinaharSa sari] sUrIzvarANAM ( ends thus ) N. B.--For other details see No. 6. 3117TITIFFITTO Acarangasutracurni (STTTTTTEITIETOT) ( Ayarangasuttacunni) No. 9 1881-82. Size.--211 in. by 1} in. Extent.--278-2=276 leaves; 5 to 6 lines to a leaf; 80 to 85 letters to a line. 2 [J. L. P.)

Page #35
Jaina Literature and Philosophy Description.--Palm-leaf ; Devanagari characters with Tehars; bold, sufficiently big, clear and good hand-writing; the Ms. appears to be divided into three columns, but really it is not so, since every line extends to all the columns; borders of each of these columns ruled in four lines in black ink; holes in two places in each leaf in order to pass strings through it, with a view to hold the leaves together; nambers of leaves entered twice, once as 1, 2, 3 etc., as usual, the other set of numbers being as follows:a, fa eft, (8), (A) (4), (), of V, El CEHT) C), **(8) "?! }(20), }(23) }(P2), }(93), }(28) etc., "}}2o) etc., }(Po) etc., * }(2o)etc., ; }(40)cte,&(8)} (80)ete,(r)* } (vo) etc. 50 }(o etc., 8} (o)et, of furo)eter, } (100) ec, ! }(so)et, feco) etc. leaves 151, 166, 209 and 236 seem to be wrongly numbered; hence : ought 8.1 G}(243 ought to be (395), to be ) 55 ro J o ought to be t og), and O # or ought to be gl (3@); leaves 78 and 79 as well as leaves 241 and 242 numbered 1. In the Ms. this is written in the Jaina style; but, owing to the want of the suitable type it is represented here in the Vaidika style.

Page #36
tol 1. I1 Angas together; leaf I'_blank ; some of the leaves slightly worm-eaten; edges of several leaves partly worn out; condi tion on the whole good ; complete ; extent 8740 slokas. Age.-Not later than Samvat I450. Subject.--Acarangasutra elucidated in prose, in mixed Sanskrit and Prakrit. Begins.-leaf Ib namaH sarvajJAya // maMgalAdIni satthANi maMgalamajjhANi maMgalAvasANANi maMgalapariggAhiyA ya sissA etc. Ends.--leaf 278 paMcamacUlavizuddhAMtarAnmatA / idaM phalamapadizyate / se hariNAlaMdhaNa mapAnihitopakatadeva / iti AcAracUrNI parisamAptA // ch||nmo suyadevayAe bhagavaI // cha // j0 8740 // cha // saMvat 1450 varSe ASADhamAse zrIAcA rAMgacUrNipustakaM zrI kharataragacche zrIjinarAjasarINAM zrImarunaMdanI pAdhyAyaiH prAbhRtIkRtaM // cha // zubhaM bhavatu // tairapi prAptamAcAryAdekataH // Reference. For additional Mss. see Jaina Granthavali (p.2) publish ed by the Jaina Svetambara Conference, Bombay, Samvat 1965. AcArAgasUtracUrNi Acaraugasutracurni 372. No. 10 1879-80. Size.-10 in. by 41 in. Extent.--217 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; so letters to a line. Description.-Country paper thick, smooth and greyish; Devanagari characters with pRSThamAtrAs; big, bold, beautiful and legible hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. I and 217b blank ; numbers of foll. entered in both the margins%3; edges and corners of some of the foll. worn out: condition on the whole good; complete; extent 8300 slokas. Age.--Fairly old. Begins.-fol. I OM namo vItarAgAya // namaH sarvajJAya // maMbalAdINi satyANi etc. as above.

Page #37
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [11 Ends.-fol. 2174 athavA syanR(?)tArthasya anabhisabaMdhAtasyAkarma AcAreNa saMpannasya caturthalUlopacAriNapramAdAcaritapaMcama ( blank space followed by ) tAse hUNe galavaNe mappAtasthito zeSaM tadeva // cha // ityAcAracUrNI(rNiH) parisamAptA / / cha // cha // zrIH // etc., graM. 8300. N. B.-For further particulars see above. AcArAgasUtraTIkA Acarargasutratika No. 11 621. 1892-95. Size.--101 in. by 48 in. Extent.-313 folios; I3 lines to a page; 45 letters to a line. Description.--Country paper, thin, rough and greyish ; Devanagari characters with pRSTamAtrAs; bold, big, legible and good handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; foll. 12 and 3136 blank ; the unnumbered sides marked with a small disc in the centre in red ink; most of the numbered sides having over and above this, two more discs, one in each margin ; red chalk used : foll. 65 and 66 wrongly numbered as 64 and 65%3B the first fol. slightly torn in the left-hand margin ; fo). 68 partly torn; strips of paper pasted to fol. 313b; condition on the whole satisfactory; composed in Saka 798; complete; extent 12000 slokas. Age.-Samvat I579. Author.-Silanka Suri. Subject.--Commentary in Sanskrit to Acarangasutra. Begins.-fol. 1 namaH sarvavide // jayati tavastuparyAyavicArApAstatIrthika vihitaikaikatIrthanayavAdasamUhavazAta(t) prAtISTi(STi)taM / bahutitha(vidha)bhaMgAsiddhisiddhAMtavidhAnitamalamalImasaM tIrthamanAdinidhanagatamanupamamAdinataM jinezvaraiH // 1 etc Ends.--ol. 313* AcAryazrIzIlAMga(koviracitAyAM AcAraTIkAyAM dvitIya zruta skaMdhaH prismaaptH|| cha // samAptaM cAcArAMgamiti // cha // graMthAgraM 12000

Page #38
12 GIERIGEccian 1. 11 Angas AcAraTIkAkaraNe yadAptaM puNyaM mayA mokSagamaikahetuH / tenApanIyAzubharAzi muJcai rAcAramArgapravaNo (S) stu lokaH // cha // zAkanRpakAlAtIta saMvatsarazateSu saptasu / aSTAnavatyadhikeSu vaizAkhazuddhapaJcamyAM AcAraTIkA kRteti // cha // saMvat 1579 varSe pauSa sudi 1 guru zrI 'staMbhatIrthe' laSyataM // paropakArAya || zubhaM bhavatuH // kalyANamastuH // // cha // Reference.-Published. See No. 1. The introduction (p. 32, n. 2) by J. F. Fleet to Corpus inscriptionum indicarum vol. III, and Inscriptions of the early Gupta kings and their successors, Calcutta, 1888 may be consulted. See also Indian antiquary, vol. XV, p. 188 where two passages are quoted from this commentary. Begins.--leaf 65mt(s)egw: 1 an: farent: / jayati samastavastuparyAya etc. 13 No. 12 Size.-33 in. by 21 in. Extent.-347 leaves; 3 to 5 lines to a leaf; 125 letters to a line. Description. This work commences on leaf 65b; really speaking it forms a second part of one and the same Ms., though numbered separately, the first part being Acarangasutra No. 2; and the third and the last part being Acarangasutraniryukti No. 7; this Ms. contains the ts of the text; leaves 1472 and 270a illegible on account of ink spread out; leaves 170, 351 and 352 wrongly placed, sides interchanged; leaf 212 numbered as 112, though at the bottom as 212; leaf 411a blank; complete; extent 12000 slokas. For other details see No. 2. Age. Samvat 1348. Acarangasutratika 79. 1872-73.

Page #39
Jaina Literature and Philosophy (13 Ends.-- leaf 4II' (a) sa kriyAnayo nAmeti / evaM pratyekamAbhidhAya paramArtho(s)yaM nirU pyate / / jJAna (b) kriyAbhyAM mokSa iti tathA cAgamaH // savvesi pi NayANaM bahuvihe (hava)ttavvayA nnisaamettaa| taM savvaNayavisu(c) ddhaM jaM...guNahiu(o) saahu(huu)|| caraNaM kriyAguNo jJAnaM / tadvA(n) sAdhurmokSasAdhanAyAlamiti tAtparyAthaiH // cha / AcAryazIlAMkaviracitAyAM etc., up to pravaNo(s)stu lokaH as in No. II followed by graMthAyaM sahasradvAdaza aMkato(s)pi / 12000 maMgalaM mahAzrI // cha / saMvat 1348 varSe vaizAkha vadi 10 some saMgha vIrapAlasuta saMgha ratnapAlena svamAtu(:) zreyo(s)) zrIAcArAMgasUtravRttiniyukti pustakaM lekhitaM // cha / maMgalaM mahAzrIH // cha / N. B.-- For further particulars see No. II. 29. AcArAGgasUtraTIkA Acarangasutratika No. 13 1866-68. Size.--101 in. by 4} in. Extent.--291 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 54 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with occasional pRSTamAghAs; bold, legible and very elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink;almost all the foll. more or less worm-eaten; some of them awfully damaged; condition very poor; foll. I and 291b blank ; numbers of foll. mostly up to 81 entered in both the margins; all the foll. bound up in leather cover ; complete. Age.--Samvat 1644. Begins.--fol. I jayati samaslavastupayAya etc. as in No. II. Ends.-fol. 2914 caraNaM kriyAguNo jJAnaM tadvatsAdhurmokSasAdhanayAlamiti tAtparyArthaH / cha / AcAryazIlAMkaviracitAyAM AcAraTIkAyAM dvitIyaH (zruta)skaMdhaH / samAptaM cAcArAMgamiti / AcAraTIkAkaraNe etc. up to lokaH as in No. II followed by aMkato(s)pi graM. 2000(?) / saM.1644 varSe Azvina v.9shnau| N. B.-For further particulars see No. II. 1-3 (a ), (b) and (c) indicate the 1st, 2nd and 3rd columns. 4 Three letters are gone. They ought to be ca, ra and'Na..

Page #40
15 15) 1. I1 Angas AcArAGgasUtraTIkA Acarargasutratika 683. No. 14 1899-1915. Size.-101 in. by 48 in. Extent.---219 folios; 17 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description.--Country paper, very thin, rough and greyish ; Deva nagari characters with EATS; bold, clear and tolerably good hand-writing ; borders ruled in sour lines in black ink; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too; small bits of paper pasted to fol. 1deg ; it is blank ; several foll. worm-eaten to a smaller or greater degree; strips of paper pasted to most of of the foll. especially up to the 26th; condition on the whole, fair ; numbers of foll. generally entered twice, on one and the same page but in different margins ; this Ms. does not seem to contain the original text but it explains it by giving the gras; extent 12300 slokas. Age.--Pretty old. Begins.--fol. Db 11 Go II SVS FATSECHT: 11 prufat Hamar etc. as in No. II. Ends.--fol. 2195 METTATYATARTWARTE AEfa arge(r): 113 ll 317417 far(fi) gizarteater etc., as in No. II up to 12: followed by graMthAgraM sahasradvAdaza zatatR'ka(Gka)to(s)pi // cha / 12300 // N. B.--For other particulars see No. 11. AcArAGgasUtraTIkA Acarangasutratika 1085. No. 15 1887-91. Size.-10. in. by 41 in. Extent.--240 + 1 + 1 +1 -1 = 242 folios ; 15 lines to a page; 54 letters to a line. Description.--Country paper, thin, brittle, and grey ; Devanagari characters with occasional qe HENTS'; bold, big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink;

Page #41
Jaina Literature and Philosophy (16 yellow pigment used; red chalk, too; a piece of paper of the same size as the foll. pasted to foll. 18 and 2406; fol.58 repeated; so are the foll. 75 and 177; some of the foll. somewhat worm-eaten ; edges of foll. 141 to 227 more or less damaged ; foll. 180 to 219 blackish, foll. 183 to 215 torn; condition poor; one of the foll. out of 177 to 187 missing; extent 12300 slokas. Age.- Old. Begins.-- fol. 1bllo 113 THTSETAT: 1 AA: MERT: 11 tufa Hakata etc., as in No. II. Ends.-- fol. 240deg FEITHITYAPTATTARTAfat arerurtea: enrereiztistare tAyAM AcAraTIkAyAM dvitIyaH zrutaskaMdhA parisamAptaH // cha // zrIrastu // graM. 3230o. N. B.- For other particulars see No. II. Bataatiot Acarangasutrapradipika 684. No. 16 1899-1915 Size.--Iog in. by 4 in. Extent.--122+I=123 folios; 15 lines to a page; so letters to a line. Description.--Country paper, thin, rough and grey ; Devanagari characters; clear, bold and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; foll. 14 and 1226 blank; yellow pigment used; a strip of paper pasted to fol. 1a in the middle; small bits of paper pasted to foll. 2a and the corresponding letters supplied; condition on the whole good; foll. 51 etc. numbered in both the margins ; fol. 116 repeated; the commentary goes up to the Ist srutaskandha only ; lacunae on fol. 902 ; this Ms. lacking in prasasti. Age.- Pretty old. Author.- Jinahamsa Suri, successor of Jinasamudra Suri, successor of Jinacandra Suri of the Kharatara gaccha. For further details see the colophon of No. 17. Subject.--A Sanskrit commentary explaining the first part of the first anga. It is based upon Silanka Suri's commentary to this agama.

Page #42
17] Begins.fol. r // 60 // arham // I. II Angas zAsanAdhIzvaro jAyAda vardhamAnA jinezvaraH bhavati sukhino bhavyAH yadIyavacanAmRtaiH // 1 // zIlAMkAcAryaracitA vRttirasti savistarA / zrI AcArAMga [s] sUtrasya durvigAhA paraM tataH // 2 // anugrahArtha sabhyAnAM vyAkhyAtRRNAM sukhAvahA / zrIjinahaMsasUrIMdreH kriyate sma pradIpikA // 3 // iha dvAdazAnAmaMgAnAM madhye prathamAMgaM zrIAcArAMgaM yato jJAnAcArAdInAM mokSAMgabhUtAnAmiha prarUpaNAdAcArAMgaM atra hi dvau zrutaskaMdhau tatra prathamazrutaskaMdhe navAdhyayanAni tAni cAmUni etc. Ends.--fol. 122* aSTamAdhyayanaparisamAptau prathamAMgazrIAcArAMgasya brahma (hma)caryAkhyaH prathamazrutaskaMdhaH smaaptH| iti zrI ' gRha (tU) kharatara ' gacche zrIjinasamudrasArapaTTAlaMkAra zrIjinahaMsa sUrivi (ra) citAyAM | zrIAcArAMgapradIpikAyAM prathamazrutaskaMdhaH paricchedaH // cha // zrIcelA jagamAla liSyaM / Reference. --Published. See No. I. Age.--Pretty old. Begins. fol. rb arha 57 AcArAmasUtrapradIpikA No. 17 Size.--1o++ in. by 4g in. Extent.--222 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 44 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper, thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with pRSThamAtrAs ; bold, clear, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; a piece of paper of the same size as the foll. pasted to fol. 14 ; fol. 1(c) blank; foll. 80 onwards up to the end doubly numbered, the second set of numbers being 1, 2, etc ; condition very good; composed in Sarvat 157 (? 1572 ); complete ; this Ms. contains prasasti wherein this work is named as Acaradipika. Acarangasutrapradipika 1175. 1886-92. zAsanAdhIzvaro etc. as above. Endsfol. 221deg samAptaM vimuktyadhyayanaM tatsamAptau ca samAptA caturthacUDhA tatsamAptau na tigrdhaH tatsamAptau ca parisamAptaM prathamaM zrIAcArAMga[J. L. P. ]

Page #43
18 [ 17 Jaina Literature and Philosophy miti zrI ' bRhatkharataragacche zrIjina samudrasUri paTTAlaMkArazrI jina haMsasUriviracitAyAM zrIAcArAMgapradIpikAyAM dvitIyaH zrutaskaMdha (:)H // zrIvIrazAsane klezanAzane jayini kSitau / sudharmasvAmyapatyAni gaNAH saMti sahasrazaH // 1 // gaccha (:) 'kharatara 'steSu samastasvastibhAjanaM yatrAbhUvan guNajuSo guravo gatakalmaSAH // 2 // zrImAnu (da) dyotanaH sUrirvarddhamAno jinezvaraH / jinacaMdro (S) bhayadevo navAMgIvRttikAraka ( : ) // 3 // grathikA (tA) nekasagraMtho nirgrathAnAM za (zi) romaNi ( NiH) / durlabho durdhiyAM dhImadvallabho jinavallabhaH // 4 // jinadatto jinacaMdro jinaparAsI jinezvarazvaicaH (?) / sa jinaprabodhajina caMdrasugurujinakusa (za)lajinapadmA (:)5 // jinalabdhirjinacaMdra: saMghodayakRjjinodayagaNezaH / jinarAja sUrigaNabhRttatpAlaMkRtipravaNaH // 6 // tatpaTTe siddhAMtasvarNaparIkSAkaSopalaprakhyAH / zrI jina bhadrayadrAH zrIjinacaMdrAzva tatpaTTe // 7 // ye dve ( hai ) dhamamalazIlA (:) priyaguNino dUramastadu ( : ) zIlAH / zrIjina samudrasUripravarAste tadanu saMjajuH // 8 // tatpAdapaGkeruhabhRMgasannibhA statsevanAsAdana (? dita) zAstra saurabhAH / tacchiSyalezA, guNibhiH samAdRtA gaNAdhipA ( : ) zrIjinahaMsa sUrayaH // 9 // zrI lUNakarNa rAjye maMtrIzvarakarmasiMhasaMghapatau / 'krama' nagare munizaracaMdramitavarSe // 10 // saTa (vRttizAstrAdivihArakAriNAM mahAtmanAM nirmalasUtradhAriNAM / jJAnakriyAbhyAsavatAM hi teSAM kulodbhavaiH zrIjinahaMsasUribhiH // 11 // AcAradIpikeyaM vinirmitA devakulikayA tulyA | alpAvabodhayatigaNa matidaivatasaMnivezakRte // 12 // sAhAyyamatra cakruH zrIpAThaka devatilakanAmAnaH / dakSAH ziSyAH vAggurugurudayAsAgareMdrAH // 13 // gItArthaziromaNibhiH zrIpAThakabhaktilA bhayatimukhaiH (khyaiH) / saMzodhitA tathApi ca yadatra duSTaM vizodhyaM tat // 14 //

Page #44
19] 1. II Angas. caMdrAditya yAvat zrIvIrazAsanaM jayati / tAnaMdatveSA ityAzrI (zI) meM bhavatu saphalA // 15 // iti prazastiH // cha // N. B.-- For further particulars see above. AcArAGgasUtrapradIpikA No. 18 Size.--1o++ in. by 44 in. Extent.--197 folios; 15 lines to a page; 52 letters to a line. Description.--Country paper, thick, smooth and white; Devanagari characters; bold, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too; a piece of paper of the same size as the foll. pasted to fol. r* ; a similar piece attached to the last fol. ( 197th ) ; condition very good; complete ; extent 10000 Slokas. Age. -- Samvat 1612. Begins. fol. 1 arha sarvvagraMthAgraM 10000 // cha // zAsanAdhIzvaro etc. as in No. 16. Ends. -- fol. 1972 samAptaM vimuktyadhyayanaM etc., up to iti prazastiH as in No. 17. followed by saMvat 1612 varSe kArttikamAse zuklapakSe dvitIyAtithau bRhaspativAsare zrI 'bRhtkhrtrgcche| zrIjinabhadrasUriziSya zrIkamala saMyamamahopAdhyAyaziSya zrIvidvaccakravarttizrImunigurumahopAdhyAya ziSyapaM mahimasAragaNi / ziSya paM0 raMgavarddhana gaNitatzi (cchiSyapaM kalyANasAramunimA svavacanArtha lipIkRtA / zrI 'devarAja' puramadhye / zubhaM bhavatu // kalyANamastu // AcArAGgasUtrapradIpikA No. 19 19 Acarangasutrapradipika N. B. For additional information see Nos. 16 and 17. 237. A. 1882-83. Acarangasutra pradipika 154. 1871-72. Size.--1o in. by 4g in. Extent. - 196 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper, rough and grey; Devanagari characters with pRSTamAtrAs; bold, clear and good hand-writing; borders

Page #45
20 Jaina Literature and Philosophy ( 20 ruled in four lines in black ink; the space between the pairs carelessly coloured red; red chalk used; each of the foll. sa and 1966 decorated with a beautiful diagram in red ink ; bits of paper pasted to the edges of the first fol.; numbers of foll. entered in both the margins; some of the numbered sides have pieces of paper pasted to their three small discs; condition tolerably good; complete ; extent 15000 slokas. Age.--Pretty old. Begins.--fol. 1b TIerattati etc., as in No. 16. Ends.--fol. 196 samAptaM vimuktyadhyayanaM etc., up to pradIpikAyAM as in No. 17 followed by gafari(:) FATHT: Toni ACT 15000 AcArAMgadIpikA smaaptH(ptaa)|| N. B. For further particulars see No. 16. AcArAGgasUtrapradIpikA Acarangasutrapradipika 620. No. 20 1892-95. Size.--112 in. by 41 in. Extent.--1 27-2+ 2 + 83-3+4 = 211 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 60 letters to a line. Description--Country paper, thin and grey ; Devanagari characters with EAETS ; bold, big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment as well used ; a piece of paper of the same size as the foll. pasted to fol. 1*; foll. I to 29 more or less worm-eaten; edges of foll. 56 to 65 damaged ; condition tolerably good; the 17th folio numbered also as 18 and 19, so the succeeding foll. numbered as 20, 21 etc.; foll. 31 and 32 repeated; foll. 128 etc. are numbered only as 1, 2, etc., the 13th fol. wrongly numbered as 14 ; foll. 57, 67 and 68 lacking; foll. S4, 58, 62 and 75, repeated; the last foll. numbered both as 83 and 211. Age.Samvat 1610 (?)

Page #46
2F] I. II Angas Begins.-fol. I' a<< // zAsanAdhIzvaro etc. as in No. 16. Ends.--fol. 211 vimuttI smmtaa(ttaa)| asmin loke paratra ca dvayorApa lokayorna yasya baMdhanaM kiMcana asti / sa niraalNbnH| aihikAmuSmikAzaMsArahitaH / apratiSThito na kvacit pratibaddho'zarIrI vA / sa evaMbhUtaH / kalaMkalIbhAvAt saMsAra(ga) diparyaTanAdvimucyate / iti(:) parisamAptau bravImIti pUrvavat / samAptaM vimuktyadhyayanaM etc., as in No. I7. up to dvitIyaH zrutaskaMdhaH parisamAptaH followed by saM. 16100 (? 1610) varSe kArtikavadi 14 ravau likhitaM zrIH etc. N. B. For further details see No. 16. AcArAGgasUtradIpikA Acarargasutradipika 1084. No. 21 1887-91. Size.--101 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- 257 - 7 = 250 folios; 13 lines to a page; 48 letters to a line. Description--Country paper, thin and whitish ; Devanagari characters with TATEITS; big, bold, clear and elegant handwriting; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; fol. 1a blank; diagrams on foll. 86; 9 and 264; edges of foll. 21 to III damaged ; condition good; foll. 196 to 202 lacking ; extent 9000 slokas. Age.--Old. Subject.-A commentaty in Sanskrit to Acarangasutra based upon ___that of Silanka Suri. Begins.-fol. 1 ahe / / zrIAcArAnuyoga Arabhyate'nuyogo yogyAcAryeNa kArya iti sUriyaNA ucyate // desakulajAiru(rU)vI / saMghayaNI dhii[]juo aNAsaMsI / avikaMthaNo amAI / thiraparivADI gahI(hiya)vakko / / ___ AryadezajaH sukhodayavAsyAt / paitRkaM kulaM ikSvAkvAdi / jJAtakula utkSiptadhUrvahane na zrAmyati / mAtRkI jAtirvimAdirghA tayA hi guNI syAt / etc. Ends.--fol. 257deg jJAnakriyAdvayayuk sAdhuH pramANaM // cha // shiilaacaary| TIkAto 'rtho'lokhi // cha / atra //

Page #47
22 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [22 satta (1) cha 2 caU (u) 3 ca 4 cha 5 paMca 6 aTTa 7 catAro (tAri) hoMti uddesA paDhamasukkhaMdho ekkAra 1 tini 2 tinI ya 3 do 4 do 5 doni 6 huMti bImi // // cha // cha // zrIrastuH // cha // graMthAgraM 9000 / zloka hizrA (hasrA ) NAM // navakaM sarvasaMkhyayA pratyakSaraNa saMkhyAyA nizvikAya kaviH svayaM // 9 // yAvadvijayate tafrtha // zrImadvIra jinezituH / tAvadeSA marAlIva khilatA (khelatAM) kRtimAnase // 2 // zrI sarvajJa saMghaprasAdAcciraM naMdatu // AcArAGgasUtrAvacUri No. 22 Acarangasutravacuri 1083. 1887-91. Size.--to++ in. by 42 in. Extent.--36 folios ; 24 lines to a page ; 86 letters to a line. Description. -Country paper, very thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with pRSThamAtrAs; very small, legible, bold, uniform and good hand-writing; borders neatly and carefully ruled in six lines in black ink; red chalk used; edges of the first and the last (36th) foll. slightly damaged ; condition on the whole good; the second fol. decorated with diagrams explaining the matter of the text; this Ms. contains only the rates of the text; complete. Age.--Pretty old. Author.--Not known. Subject.-Explanatory notes in Sanskrit to Acarangasutra. Begins.--fol. 1(c) OM namaH zrImadAgamAnuyogapradebhyaH zrIgurubhyaH / iha hi rAgadveSamohAdyabhibhUtena sarveNApi jaMtunA zArIramAnasAtikaduka duHkhopanipAtapIDitena tadapanayanAya heyopAdeyapadArthaparijJAne yatno vidheyaH etc. Ends. fol. 364 sa nirAlaMbana AzaMsArahito'pratibaddhaH kaH saMsAraparyaTanAdvimucyate iti bravImi " cha / / iti zrIAcArAMgAvacUriH bhadraM zrIjinapravacanAya [:]. / / // zrIH //

Page #48
251 paryaya No. AcArAGgasUtraparyAya No. 23 Extent.fol. 22 to fol. 28. Description-Complete. For other details see Pancavastukagatha 736 ( 1 ). 1875-76. Subject.-Synonyms for some of the words occuring in Acarangasutra. Begins. fol. 24 AcAre zastraparijJAyA udde4 su( ? )ktakaM / su ( ? mutkalaM / udde5 jyotiSmatI kAM guNI maraNadukkhamAbhA iti abhayamityarthaH / saMvarttitalokapratarAsaMkhya bhAgavartipradezarAziparimANAH saparyAptAH // etc. AcArAGgasUtraparyAya No. 24 I. 11 Angas Ends.--fol. 20 pAtraM samAdhisthAnaM viSTa (mUtrabhAjanamityekArthAH / cariyANi gRhaprAkAtarANi / DiMvANi DamaravizeSAH / saMtasAvaejjaM sat svApateyaM saMcalakamityarthaH / cha // ityAcArAMgasya paryAyAH samAptAH // cha // AcArAGgasUtraparyAya 23 Acarangasutraparyaya 736 (2). 1875-76. Extent.--fol. 20 to fol. 34. Description.-Complete. For further details see Pancavastukagatha 789 (1). paryaya No. 1895-1902. Begins-- fol. 26 AcAre zastraparijJA etc. Ends-- fol. 34 pAtraM samAdhisthAnaM etc. up to the end as in No. 23. Acarangasutraparyaya 789 (2). 1895-1902. Acarangasutraparyaya 736 (24). 1875-76. No. 25 Extent. fol. 30 to fol. 316. Description. Complete. For further particulars see Pancavastuka 736 (1). paryaya No.1875-76.

Page #49
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [27 Subject.-Certain words occurring in the Acarangasutra explained in Sanskrit. Begins.---fol. 30* jayatIti skaMdaka(cchaMdaH / tIrtha iti mata (?) / mAla(male )ti baddhaM karma / malImAsyati badhyamAnaM saMmatIti abhayadevAdi / dhammakaheti anena dharmakathAnuyogabhaNanakAle / etc. Ends.-fol. 31 prathama carama / ato(5)yAmati dvitIyazrutaskaMdhaH / gojjA iti naTaH paryAhAra iti padArthAH / cilugagAyama iti khacalanaM (?) / pUrvatreti godohanakAle prathamagAthAyA iti vyAkhyAnaM saMdigdhaM / bIjAvaka iti bhUpala AgaMtarAdau (?) iti dezIkuTyAdi / AcArAMgaparyAyAH samAptAH // AcArAGgasUtraparyAya Acarangasutraparyaya 789 (24). No.26 1895-1902. Extent.--fol. 49a to fol. 514. Description.--Complete. For other details see Pancavastuka 789 (I).. paryaya No. 1895-1902. Begins.-fol. 49* jayatIti skaMdakacchaMdaH etc. Ends.-fol. SI pUrvaveti godohanakAle prathamagAthAyA iti vyAkhyAnaM / saMdigdhaM / bIjAvaka iti cUDayalaH / AgaMtarAdau (2) iti dezIkuTyAdi // cha / AcArAMgaparyAyAH smaaptaaH| AcArAGgasUtraparyAya Acarangasutraparyaya 332 (7). No.27 A 1882-83. Extent.-fol. 34deg to fol. 36. Description.--Complete. For other particulars see Nandisutravisa 332 ( 1 ). marthapadaparyaya. No. A 1882-83 Begins.-fol. 34 jayatIti skaMdakaM chaMdaH / etc. as in No. 25. Ends.---fol. 36deg pUrvapreti godohanakAle etc. up to AcArAMgaparyAyAH smaataa|

Page #50
28 sUtrakRtAGgasUtra sUyagaDaMga sutta) No. 28 II. 11 Angas THE SECOND ANGA Size.-11 in. by 42 in. Extent.-46 folios; 15 lines to a page; 52 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper, very thin and greyish; Devanagari characters; small, uniform, legible and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; red chalk used; the unnumbered sides having a small disc in red colour in the centre only; the numbered, in the margins, too; several foll. more or less worm-eaten ; edges of some of the foll. slightly damaged; condition fair; the first two foll. newly put in, in place of the old ones lost or worn out; complete ; ends on fol. 42b; extent 2580 slokas; the text consists of two parts known as srutaskandhas, the first having 16 adhyayanas and the second 7; this Ms. contains in addition to the text, sUtrakRtAGgamUtraniryukti beginning on fol. 42b and ending on fol. 46. Begins.--fol. 1(c) OM namo dI (vI) tarAgAya [:] Sutrakrtangasutra (Suyagadangasutta) 258 ( a ). 1871-72. Age.-Old. Author. Sudharmasvamin according to the tradition. Subject.--Philosophical discussions together with a polemic against kriyavada, akriyavada, ajnanavada and vinayavada. For the names of all the adhyayanas see No. 39. bujhejja (tti ) tio ( u ) vejjA baMdhaNaM pariyANiyA / kimAha baMdhaNaM dhIro ke vA jANaM tiuDai // 1 // etc. fol. 31 covaesiyA // 25 taM ca bhikkhU paritrAya vijjaM tesu Na mucchate // aNukkase'ppalINe majjheNaM muNi jAvae // etc. I This is the second verse of the 4th uddesaka of the first srutaskandha. 4 [J. L. P.]

Page #51
26 Jaina Literature and Philosphy [28. Ends.-fol. 42" tikkhutto AyAhiNa(Na) payAhiNaM 'karei kArattA dhaMdai namasai baMdittA namaMsittA evaM vadAsi icchAmiNa bhate tumbhaM(bhaM) aMtiyaM cAujjAmAto dhammAto paMca(ma)mahatvaiyaM sapaDikkamaNa // graMthAgraM 2200 dhammaM uvasaMpajjittA NaM vihAra tte| ahAsahaM devANuppiyA mA paDibaMdhaM krehi| tate(e) NaMsa (se) udaye paDhAlaputte samaNassa bhagavato mahAvIrassa aMtie cAujjAmAto dhammAto paMcamahavvatiyaM dhamma uvasaMpajjittA NaM viharati ti (tti) ||ch // bemi nAlaMdiyajjaM sammattaM // sammattA majjU(jjha)yaNA sammatto sUyagaDabIyasuyakakhaMdho // cha / saMmattaM bIyaM DaM aMga padmopamaM patraparaMparAnvitaM varNojjvalaM sUktamaraMdasuMdaraM / mumukSu,gaprakarasya vallabhaM jIyAcciraM mUtrakRtAMgapustakaM // 11 // Reference.-- This work is published in the Bombay edition of A.D. 1881, wherein we find the Balavabodha of Parsvacandra Suri, the dipika of Harsakula, the tika of Silanka Suri and a preface and an index in Gujarati by Bhimasinha Maneka. The text together with Bhadrabahusvamin's niryukti and Milanka's commentary is also published in the Agamodaya Samiti Series, in A. D. I9I7. The English translation of the text along with an index of names and subjects and that of Sanskrit and Prakrit words, compiled by H. Jacobi is published in "Sacred Books of the East " vol. XLV, in A. D. 1895. For the analysis of the text see Rajendralala Mitra's notices of Sanskrit Mss. vol. VII, pp. J 20-122 published in A. D. 1885. For contents etc., see Weber II, p. 370 ff; and Indian Antiquary vol. XVII, p. 344 ft. For the discussion of Vaitaliya metre see H. Jacobi's article viz., "Ueber die Entwicklung d. indischen Metrik in nachvedischer Zeit" published in zeitschift der deutschen morgenlandischen Geseuschaft3 vol. XXXVIII, pp. 590-619. In this article the Arya metre of Acarangasutra is also dealt with. For references from Sutrakstanga see F.O. Schrader's "Uber den stand der indischen Philosophie zur Zeit Mahaviras und 1-2. In P. L. Vaidya's edition of the text together with the niryukti published in Arhatamataprabhakara Series as No. 5, Poona, 1928, we come across some variants. 3. This work is hercafter referred to as Z. D. M. G.

Page #52
II. 11 Angas Buddhas ", Strassburg, 1902. For additional Mss. etc., Guerinot's Bibliographie and Velankar's Catalogue B. B. R. A. S.' (vols. III-IV, p. 401 ) may be consulted. sUtrakRtAGgasUtra Sutrakrtangasutra ( TUA YAFET ) (1st srutaskandha ) 117. No. 29 1869-70. Size.--10] in. by 4} in. Extent.--31 folios; 11 lines to a page; 38 letters to a line. Description.--Country paper, rough and white; Devanagari characters with occasional years; big, legible and very good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used; white paste, too ; foll. numbered in the the right-hand margin ; fol. 12 blank; edges of the last fol. slightly worn out; condition on the whole good; complete so far as the first srutaskandha is concerned ; otherwise incomplete ; extent 1000 slokas. Age.-Old. Begins.-fol. 10 AT aart: gut E (falsigwit etc. Ends.---fol. 316 VAT FIUE SAL Hart i far Qih I PIESTA TECNTAT ETT FR13 1 CAETTERT HATTI II etc. of 2000. N. B. For further particulars see No. 28 sutrakRtAGgasUtra Sutrakrtangasutra TIkAsaMhita with tika 412. No. 30 1880-81. Size.--10] in. by 41 in. Extent.--224 folios; 19 to 21 lines to a page; 53 to 58 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper, thin and white; Devanagari characters with gealars; bold, legible and tolerably good hand-writing; borders mostly ruled in four lines in black ink; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary, the text 1. For the complete title see p. 3.

Page #53
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [31. written in a slightly bigger hand; numbers of foll. entered in both the margins; fol. 224b blank; complete; a piece of paper of the size of the foll. pasted to fol. 1"; condition very good; extent 12850 slokas. Age. Old. Author of the text -Sudharmasvamin. 28 of the commentary- Silanka Suri. Subject. The text along with a commentary in Sanskrit. Begins.-(text) fol. 5bafogo (fa) far etc. as in No. 47. (com.),, 1 aP$?$? etc. as in No. 32 Ends- (text) fol. 2242 samaNassa bhagavato mahAvIrassa aMtie cAujjAmAto dhammAta paMcamahalvatiyaM dhammaM uvasaMpajjittA NaM viharatti (ti) tti bemi nAlaMdi ajjhayaNaM sammattaM cha sammattA mahajjhayaNA cha sammatto sUyagaDabIyamukakhaMdho cha graM0 2100 cha. ( com. ) fol. 2249 samAptA ceyaM etc. up to kalyANabhAga bhavatu as in No. 32 followed by cha // graMthAgraM 12850 Reference Published. See No. 28. For an additional Ms. see B. B. R. A. S. vol. III-IV, p. 402. dr dr "" sUtrakRtAGgasUtra ( prathama zrutaskandha ) TIkA sahita No. 31 Size.--10 in. by 4 in. Extent. 75-174 folios; 20 lines to a page; 50 to 61 letters to a line. Sutrakrtangasutra (1st srutaskandha) with tika Description.--Country paper, thin and white; Devanagari characters with occasional gears; clear and tolerably good handwriting; borders ruled in two lines in red ink; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary; it is a faqet Ms.,the text written in a bigger hand; red chalk and yellow pigment used; the first fol. lacking; several foll. have a small strip of paper pasted to them as their edges are more 146. 1872-73.

Page #54
30.7 II. 11 Angas or less worn out; condition on the whole very good; foll. 52 to 74 numbered also as I to 23; the foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; the text does not contain both the srutaskandhas; it stops at the completion of the 7th adhyayana of the Ist srutaskandha while the commentary terminates with the initial lines of the explanation of the 8th (see p. 165 of the printed edition of the Agamodaya Samiti ); incomplete. Age.-Old. Begins.-(text) fol. 64 3 AA: CIT 11 grew (f9) PASTE WAT etc. >> (com.) fol. 2a O T waahia wra: 1 389 ATE TE etc. See p. 24 of the printed edition above referred to. Ends.-(text) fol. 746 far EHHATO 517311 Tagt i __ samAgama kaMkhati aMtakassa / Nidhye kamma Na prN(b)cuveiN| akakhakakhae vA sagaDaM ti bemi||30|| kusaliparibhAsiyaM sattamaM adhyayanaM 7 >>--(com.) fol. 75" FraticatETTIE 399HICH TOTT TETYTARIA gatArthAdhikAro(5)yaM tadyathA bAlabAlapaMDitapaMDitavIryabhedAtrividhamapi vIrya parijJAya paNDitavIrye yatitavyAmiti ( incomplete ). N. B.--For further particulars see No. 30. sUtrakRtAmasUtraTIkA Sutrakrtangasutratika No. 32 223, 73-74. Size.--104 in. by 44 in. Extent.--197-1 = 196 folios; 17 lines to a page; 65 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper, very thin and greyish ; Devanagari characters with gena; bold, legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink ; red chalk and yellow pigment .used; fol. 1* blank; numbers of foll. entered twice on one and the same page but in two different margins; the fol. 88th numbered as 89th also, the following being consequently numbered as 90, 91, etc.; the edges of the first fol. slightly damaged; most of the

Page #55
Jaina Literature and Philosophy 31 foll. have their corners somewhat worn out; foll. 184 to 197 have their edges more or less gone; condition very fair; complete; extent 13000 slokas. Age.--Pretty old. Author.--Silanka Suri. Subjct.--This is a commentary of the 2nd Anga. It contains the gares both of the original text as well as those of the fargita; the latter, too, is elucidated. Begins.-fol. I ahaM // svaparasamayArthasUcakamanaMtagamaparyayArthanayagahanaM / sUtrakRtamaMgamatulaM vivRNomi jinAnnamaskRtya // 1 // etc. Ends-fol. 197' samAptA ceyaM sUtrakRtadvitIyAMgasya TIkA kRtA ceyaM zAlA cAryeNa vAharigaNa |nn shaayen|| yadavAptamatra puNyaM TIkAkaraNe mayA samAdhibhRtA // tenApetatamasko bhavyaH kalyANabhAga bhavatu / / cha / iti zrIsUyagaDAMgavRtti saMpUrNa samAptaM // cha // sarvazlokasaMkhyA 13000 // zubhaM bhavatu // kalyANamastu // cha / Reference.--Published. See No. 28. For additional Mss. see Gaek wad's Oriental Series! vol. XXI. pp. 6 and 8. sUtrakRtAGgasUtraTIkA Sutrakrtangasutratika ____783... . No. 33 1876-76.. Size.-101 in. by 4g in. Extent.-248-1-3-1+1+1+1+1+1+1=249 folios; 15 lines to a page; 55 letters to a line. Description.--Country paper, thin and grey ; Devanagari characters with occasional pRSThamAtrAs; bold, clear and good hand-writing; the first original fol. seems to be missing; it appears to have been replaced by another written in a different hand on a difterent sort of paper ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; the intermediate space between the pairs coloured red; red I. This is hereafter referred to as G. O. Series.

Page #56
34.] II. 11 Angas 31 chalk and yellow pigment as well used; fol. 12th lacking ; so are foll. 143 to 145 and 178; marginal space of several foll. utilized for writing some thing or other; some of the foll. seem to be written in a different hand e. g. foll. 105 and 106; foil. 154, 195, 205 and 246 to 248 repeated ; fol. Toth slightly torn ; a piece of paper of the size of the foll. pasted to the fol. 2500 numbered as 248 ; condition very fair; extent 12850 slokas. Age.-- Fairly old. Begins.--fol. 16 FACHHOTE etc., as in No. 32. Ends.--fol. 2489 HATAT 20 etc., up to anothra wat as in No, 32. followed by 5 11 1910 82640 11 99917411 :) STOETSEE ai cara 11 g 11 TH Hag etc. N. B-For further particulars see No. 32. 287. sUtrakRtAGgasUtraTIkA Sutrakrtangasutratika * No 34 1883-84. Size.-104 in. by 4* in. Extent.--281 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; so letters to a line. Description.--Country paper, thin, rough and greyish ; Devanagari characters with EATITS; small, legible and good handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used; edges of the first and the last foll. slightly worn out; condition good; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; fol. 1a blank ; so is practically the fol. 28b; the title etc. , are written on it; complete ; extent 13325 slokas. Age.-Samvat 1580. Author.--Silanka Suri. Begins.:-fol. rb II FaYTAUTOTT Faria etc. Ends.--fol. 2814 Farar av etc., up to waq as in No. 32 followed by 11 giul Teri hareT ETT 33R4 11 11 etc. Fiaa ?460

Page #57
32 Jaina Literature and Philos [35. zudi 6 nRgau rohiNInakSatre AUSmAne yoge 'pattane [na ] liSitaM // cha / etc. saMvat 1661 varSe zrI aNahilpattana' bhaTTArakayugapradhAnazrI108nima(? jina)caMdrasUrisArbabhAmAnAM pradhAnazrIharSavimalaziSyavA0zrIsuMdaragaNivarANAM vihAritA pratiriya // zrI pattana'vAstavya saM0 jayavaMda saM0 kvanadhara saM0 vaddhamAnaputrarazna(tna)saMghavA vaccharAjaH laghubhrAtRbhImarAjabhrAtRputraabhayacaMdaSImacadaAnaMdapramukhasAraparivArasIkaiH saputrapautre gheU'mAThara gotrAyaH sa0 vaccharAjAdijananIsuzrAvikApuNyaprabhAvikAbAIlaghubhrAtRjAyArAjaladenAmnIbhyAM // upadhAnavAhayitrIbhyAM pAraNakadine kAtI vadi 3 ravivAre ziSyapraziSyaiH paM0 sAmyasamudrAdibhirvAcyamAnA ciraM naMdatAt / etc. N. B.-For further particulars see No. 32. sUtrakRtAGgasUtraTIkA Sutrakitangasutratika 905. No. 35 1892-95. Size.--101 in. by 41 in. Extent.--253 +1 =254 folios ; 15 lines to a page; 57 letters to a line Description.- Country paper, thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with pRSThamAtrAs; bold, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; fol. 1a blank; the edges of the first and last few foll. worn out to some extent; foll. 83 to 87 worm-eaten, condition tolerably good; numbers of the adhyayanas etc., indicated in the right hand-margins of the numbered pages; fol. 159 repeated; one of the foll. out of 73 to 87 seems to be written in a different hand; complete; extent 14000 slokas; the commentry gives the gafas both of the text and the niryukti. Age.-Fairly old. Begins.-fol. I ahN| svaparasamayArthasUcaka etc. as in No. 32. Ends.-fol. 253 samAptA ceyaM etc., up to kalyANabhAga bhavatu as in No. 32 followed by cha // zrI // chaH / zubhaM bhavatuH / graMthAgraM 14000. N. B. --For further particulars see No. 32.

Page #58
36. Age.--Fairly old. Author of the text. - Sudharmasvamin. sUtrakRtAGgasUtra dIpikA sahita No. 36 Size.--1o in. by 43 in. Extent.--148 folios; 17 lines to a page ; 47 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper, thin and white; Devanagari characters with occasional gears; clear and tolerably good handwriting ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink and edges in two ; yellow pigment and red chalk used; this Ms. con - tains both the text and its commentary, the former written in a slightly bigger hand; it is a fret Ms. up to the 20th fol.; complete ; fol. ra blank ; edges of the last few foll. slightly worn out; condition on the whole good ; complete; extent 6600 Slokas ; dipika composed in Samvat 1583. "" II. 11 Angas dr I. Subject. The text along with a commentary in Sanskrit. Begins.~~(text) fol. 1 bujjhijja (tti ) tiuTTijjA etc. as in No. 47. -. ( com.) fol. 1' praNamya zrIjinaM vIraM gautamAdiguruM (rUM) stathA svAnyopataye kurve dvitIyAMgasya dIpikAM 1 "" dipika- Harsakula, pupil of Hemavimala Suri of the Tapa gaccha. See No. 37. Sutrakrtangasutra with Dipika 33 1379, 1886-92, Vide foll. II and 12. 5 [J. L. P.] (com.) foll. 11-12--iti 'tapA' gacchAdhirAjazrI hema vimalasUrIzvaraziSyaharSakulapraNItAyAM zrIsUtrakRtAMgadIpikAyAM prathamaM samayAdhyayanaM samAptaM // 1 Ends. ( text ) fol. 148 * samaNassa bhagavao mahAvIrassa etc., up to nAlaMdajjhaM sattamaM ajjhayaNaM saMmattaM cha as in No. 30. safe pravacane catvAro'nuyogAH tathAhi / caraNakarA (raNA ) nuyogaH drasyAnuyogaH etc. ,,-- (com.) fol. 1486 bhagavatA (S) pi tasya sapratikramaNaH paMcamahAvratiko dharmo ( 1 ) nujJAtaH sa ca taM dharmamupasaMpadya svIkRtya viharatIti itiH pare (ri) samAptyarthe bravI

Page #59
34 Jaina Literature and Philosophy ( 372 mIti pUrvavat sudharmasvAmI svaziSyAnidamAha tadyathA so(s)haM bravImi yena mayA bhagavadaMtike zrutamiti cha nAlaMdhIyAkhyamidaM saptamamadhyayanaM samAptaM tatsamAptau ca samAptoraNe)yaM dvitIyaH zrutaskaMdhaH tatsaMpUtau ca saMpUrNo(s)yaM zrIsUtra maioratiq fill julafat TE HEATOT TE FTATUTOT II ETA HAT 11 Reference. The text and the commentary as well published. See No. 28. For quotations see Weber II, p. 370 ff., and Mitra, Notices (vol. VIII, p. 88). For additional Mss, see B. B. R. A, S. (vol. III-IV, p. 401). sUtrakRtAGgasUtra Sutrakrtangasutra dIpikA sahita with Dipika 145. No. 37 1872-73. Size.-103 in. by 43 in. Extent.--101-14=87 folios; 18 to 21 lines to a page ; 52 to 58 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin and white; Devanagari characters with uhars; bold, legible and fair hand-writing; this Ms. contains both the text and its commentary; it is a Ergrei Ms.; red chalk and yellow pigment used; a piece of paper of the same size as the foll. pasted to the first fol. ; fol. 1a. blank; strips of paper pasted to the 2nd fol., its edges having been worn out; some of the foll. badly torn, perhaps by one who carelessly tried to separate them when stuck together; condition fair ; foll. 13, 15, 16, 19, 25, 26 and 33 to 40 missing; otherwise both the text and the commentary complete ; the last ( 101th ) fol. decorated with a beautiful diagram in red colour. Age.-Old Begins.--(text) fol. 1b ITAUFTT TA: 11 GF (1) fasival etc., as in No. 47. ,, --( com. ) fol. 1b 3189 FOFT shirt ait etc. as in No. 36.

Page #60
37.] II. 11 Angas 3.5 Ends. ( text) fol. 101 aMtie cAujjAmAo dhammAo up to viharaiti bemi as in No. 30 followed by cha // iti nAlaMdaijjaM sammattaM ajjhayaNaM // " ( com.) fol. ror bhagavatA ( ( ) pi etc., up to zrIsUtrakRtAGgadIpikA as in No. 36 and then as follows :-- atha prazastiH // nistaMdracaMdrA (dra) cAruNi 'caMdra'kule caraNacAturIbhAjaH / vikhyAma (ta) ' tape 'tyAkhyA jagati jagaccaMdrasUrayo [i] bhUvan || 1 || teSAM doSAMzamukha (Sa) saMtAne sukRtasaMcayavitAne / zrI somasuMdaraguru (rU) ttamAkSamAM sugamA abhu (bhU) van // 2 // tatpaTTasphuTakamalAbhAle kAle tilaka saMkAzAH / zrImuni suMdara guruSa (ravaH) kAmita saMpattisurataravaH // 3 // bAlyetti (pi) 'bhAratI'ti pratItirudapAdi vAdivarge yaiH / zrIjayacaMdramunIMdrAH pArIMdrAste paragajeSu // 4 // tatpadavizadasthAne (sthAne) zRMgArasArataH bhejuH / zrIratnazekharA iti jagati yataH khyAtimApuste // 5 // teSAM (SA)manekapaTTe (guNasaMghaTTe) prabhAvakaSapaTTe / prAptAdhikapratiSTA (STA): zrIlakSmIsAgara (rAH) ziSTAH // 6 bhatsitakalikAluSyAH ziSyAsteSAM yathArthanAmAnaH / zrIsumatisAdhuguravaH kSmAsurabhIkArasayazoguru (ra) vaH // 7 // tatpaTTe prakaTepsita[:] pUraNaciMtAmaNIyamAnAnAm / labdhvA (S) dhikamAnAnAM suhemavimalAbhidhAnAnAm // 8 // sUrIMdragacchanAyakapadavIprAptaprabhApratiSTA (SThA) nAm / ziSyANurguNazAsanaH jananItithisaMmiti (te) 1583 varSe / / 9 / / vibudhajanaprArthanayA svasya smRtaye paropakRtaye ca / sUtrakRtAMga s (syai) tAM harSakulo dIpikAmalikhat // 10 // kAzvitpramANayuktIraprathayaM nAtra sugamatAhetoH / tata [:] eva naiva ba (vi) hito lakSaNasaMdhistathA kApi // 11 // sUtrAsaMgata matrAvAdi kathaMcinmayA yadajJatayA / tacchatu sudhiyaH kRpayA mAtsaryamutsArya // 12 // graMthamitiramuni (numitA ( s)tra ca SaT sahasrANi SaTzatAgrANi vibudhajanavAcyamAnA (no) graMtho (S) yaM jagati jayatu ciram / / 13 / / iti sUtrakRtAMgasUtra saMpUrNama dIpikAyutam ca // N. B. -- For further particulars see No. 36.

Page #61
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [38. sUtrakRtAsUtra dIpikA sahita Sutrakrtangasutra with Dipika No.38 144. 1872-73. Size.-II in. by 48 in. Extent.--74 folios ; 20 to 22 lines to a page ; 54 to 62 letters to a line. Description.--Country paper thick, smooth and greyish ; Deva nagari characters with pRSTamAtrAs; hand-writing clear, bold, but not praiseworthy; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; foll. I to s more or less written entirely in red ink ; this Ms. contains both the text and its commentary; yellow and red pigments used; the 74th fol. written on a very thin paper ; complete ; extent 8600 slokas ; edges of the last few foll. slightly worn out; condition very fair. Age.--Samvat 1659 ( see the 38th folio ). Regins.- (text) fol. I bujjhijja (tti) tiuTTijjA etc., as in No. 47. , -- (com.) ,, I zrIsarvajJAya namaH // praNamya zrIjinaM etc. (com.) fol. 38' iti zrI'tapAgacchAdhipatizrIhemavimalamUri(rI)zvaraziSya kulahaSapaMDitapraNItAyAM' suutrkRtaaNgdiipikaayaaN| gAthASoDazamadhyayana samAptaM // iti prathamazrutaskaMdha smaaptH| saMvat 1659 varSe kulaharSagaNinA'lI likhat // zrI // Ends. -(text) fol. 74* samaNassa bhagavao etc., up to ajjhayaNaM sammattaM as in No. 30. , -(com.) fol. 744 bhagavAnapi tasya sapratikramaNaM paMca etc., up to saptama madhyayanaM samAptaM as in No. 36 followed by graMthAnaM 8600 // iti zrIsU(ya)gaDAMga samApta. N. B.-For further particulars see No. 36. 1. This ought to be Harsakula.

Page #62
39.] II. II Angas sUtrakRtAGgasUtra dIpikA sahita Sutrakrtangasutra with Dipika No. 39 653. 1895-98. Size.-10 in. by 48 in. Extent.--159 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 46 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thick and grey ; Devanagari characters with pRSThamAtrA ; big, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment as well used; fol. 1a blank; this Ms. contains both the text and its commentary; complete; on fol. 1596 names of all the adhyayanas are mentioned ; condition very good; extent at least 7100 slokas. Age.-Sarivat 1643. Begins.---( text ) fol. 1deg bujjhijja (tti ) tiuTTijjA etc., as in No. 47. ,, -(com.) ,, 1deg zrIgurubhyo namaH // praNamya zrIjina etc., as in No. 36. ( com.) fol. 12deg iti(:) samAptau bravImIti / pUrvavat // 13 pAMData harSakusi]lapraNItAya(yAM) zrIsUtrakRtAMgIpikAya?yAM) prathama samayAdhyayanaM samAptaM // ( com. ) fol. 776 zrIhaSa(rSa)kulaviracitAyAM sUtrakRtAMgadIpi kAyAM etc. Ends.--( text ) fol. 159 samaNassa bhagavao etc., as in No. 36. ,,, -- (com.) folt594 Hitaar(s)iq ato etc., up to stagesaistelrotest as in No. 36 followed by saMpUrNaH // graMthAyaM 7100 adhika jJAtavyaM // zubhaM bhavatu // kalyANamastu / saM0 1643 varSe kArtika zudi 15 ravau liSitaM // bhagnapRSTha etc., yAdRzaM pustake etc., tailAdrakSeja lAdrakSe etc., followed by the names of the adhyayanas as under:

Page #63
38 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [40 1 prathamaM samayAdhyayanaM 13 ya(yA)thAtathya 2 vaitAlI (yA)dhyayanaM 14 graMthAdhyayana 3 upasargAdhyayana 15 jamai 4 strIparIsa(Sa)ha 16 gAthA 5 nira(ya)vibhattI 1 puMDarIka 6 vIrastava 2 krI(kri)yAsthAna 7 kusI(zI)laparibhASA 3 AhAraprabhA 8vIryAdhya(ya)naM 4 pratyAkhyAnakRyA(1) 9 dharmAdhyayana 5 anagAra 10 samAdhi 6 Adra(dra kumAra 11 mArga 7 nAlaMdI'(yA)dhyayana 12 samosaraNa N. B.-For further particulars see No. 36. sUtrakRtAGgasUtra Sutrakrtangasutra dIpikA sahita with Dipika 286. No. 40 1883-84. Extent.--104 in. by 41 in. Extent.--134 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 53 letters to a line. Description.--Country paper tough and white; Devanagari characters with occasional pRSThamAtrAs; small; clear and very fair hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; the unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour, in the centre only, the numbered in the margins, too ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; fol. 1a blank except that it is decorated with patterns; an edge of the first fol. slightly worn out ; condition on the whole very good; this Ms. contains the text as well as the commentary; both complete ; extent 7000 Slokas. Age.--Samvat 1689. 'Begins.-(text) fol. 1deg bujjhijja (tti) tiuTTijjA etc. , -- (com.), praNamya zrIjina etc.

Page #64
41.] II. II Angas 39 Ends.- ( text) fol. 134 peDhA(la)putte samaNamAhaNassa bhagavao mahAvIrassa etc., ___practically up to sammattaM as in No. 30 ,, - (com.) fol. 134 bhagavanna tA')pi tasya sapratikramaNaH etc., practically up to zrIsUtrakRtAMgadIpikA as in No. 36 followed by zrIrastu // graMthamitiranumitA prava (?atra ) / sapta sahasrANi sarvagraMthAnaM 7000 // zubhaM bhavatu etc., saMvat 1689 varSa ASADha vadi 2 bhome / / N. B.---For further particulars see No. 36. sUtrakRtAGgasUtra Sutrakrtangasutra dIpikA sahita with Dipika No. 41 ___ 1289. 1887-91. Size.--101 in. by 41 in. Extent.-212 folios; I3 lines to a page; 40 letters to a line. Description.--Country paper very thin and greyish ; Devanagari characters with pRSTamAtrA ; big, clear and good hand-writing; borders neatly and carefully ruled in four lines in black ink; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary; the first fol. slightly torn and its edges worn out; foll. 117 to 125 partly worm-eaten ; condition on the whole very good ; red chalk used ; yellow pigment also ; complete. Age.--Samvat 1629. Begins.- (text) fol. I bujjhijja (tti ) tiuTTijjA etc., as in No. 47. , - (com.) ,, ,, OM namaH siddhebhyaH / praNamya zrIjinaM etc., as in No. 36. (com.)fol. I5 iti tapAgacchAdhipazrIhemavimalamUrIzvaraziSyapaMDitaratna harSakulapraNItAyAM zrIsUtrakRtAMgadIpikAyAM prathamaM samayAdhyayanaM samApta Ends.- (text) fol. 21 I* samaNassa bhagavao etc., as in No. 36. -(com.),, , bhagavatA(pi tasya etc., up to zrIsUtrakRtAMgadIpakA as in No. 36 followed by samAptA // cha // atha prazastiH / nistaMdracaMdracAruNi etc., up to jagati jayatu ciram as in No. 37. Then we have the lines as under :--

Page #65
Jaina Literature and Philosophy zubhaM bhavatu / iti zrIsUtrakRtAkhya dvitIyAMga dIpikAyAH prazastiH / kalyANamastu saMvat 1629 varSe zAke 1494 pravarttamAne phA(la guNa mAse / zuklapakSe 11 tithau ruvAsare / punarvasu nakSatre / zrImati 'lohANA' vAratavya / vyavahArI siroratna vu / zrIpathamAbhAryA bAI jAsU sutaratna vu / kuMrA laghubhrAtRyisiMgakena samasta kuTuMbayutena svapuNyavRddha (ca ) the / Atmazreyo ('rtha / zrIsUtrakRtAMgadIpikA | pustikA likhApitA / zreyo ( ( ) ratu | mAMgalyamastu | N. B. -- For further particulars see No. 36. 40 sUtrakRtAGgasUtra ( prathama zrutaskandha ) dIpikA sahita No. 42 N, B.--For further particulars see No. 36. Sutrakrtangasutra ( 1st srutaskandha ) with Dipika Size.e.-10.3 .in. by 43 in. Extent.--107 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 42 letters to a line. Description. -Country paper very thin, smooth and grey; Devanagari characters with gears; bold, big, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; this Ms. contains both the text and its commentary up to the first srutaskandha only ; the 2nd is not treated here; condition very good. Age.--Fairly old. Begins.~~( text ) fol. 1 bujjhijja (ti) tiuTTijjA etc. ,,""--( com.) fol. 1 praNamya zrIjinaM etc. as in. No. 36. Ends.--( text ) fol. 107 se evamAyANaha jamahaM bhayaMtA [se]ro tti bemi 42. 396. 1879-80. -- ( com.),, 107' na ca bhagavaMto bhayAt trAtAro vA sarvajJA anyathA vadaMti / ato maduktame [e]vamevAvagacchateti // cha // itiH samAptau bravI mIti pUrvavat // iti zrIsUtrakRtAMgadIpikAyAM gAthASoDazAkhyaM SoDazamadhyayanaM samAptaM // cha // zubhaM bhavatu // zrI //

Page #66
II. 1! Angas Sutrakrtangasutra (prathama zrutaskandha) (1st srutaskandha) dIpikAsahita with Dipika No. 43 826. 1899-1915. Size.--10 in. by 44 in. Extent.--73 +4=77 folios ; 16 lines to a page ; 55 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper tough and white; Devanagari chara cters with occasional Teatas ; this is a feqrat Ms., the text practically written in the same size of hand-writing as the commentary ; legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; yellow pigment profusely used; edges and corners of the first few foll. worn out; fol. I* almost blank; for HUTTACaftra: etc. written on it; soll. 35, 37, 43 and 59 repeated ; foll. 29 to 37 and 42, to 59 newly added for replacing the old ones which have been lost; this Ms. contains the text up to the ist srutaskandha only and the commentary, too, of this srutaskandha only ; condition tolerably good; old foll. numbered in both the margins. Age.-- Pretty old. Begins.-( text ) fol. rb gicgio (1) faziar etc. , (com.) fol. Ib SOFT Staa ait etc. Ends.--( text ) fol. 735 SAATTUTE HAT HTarzt if QIA II 11 - com.) fol. 736 waat etc., up to geaa as in No. 42 followed by a staqi'neytagfashiang tatziSyaharSakuzalapaMDitapraNItAyAM sUtrakRtAMgadIpikAyAM gAthASoDazAkhyaM SoDazamadhyayanaM samAptaM // tatsamAptau ca prathamaH zrutaskandhaH samapUri // zubhaM Hard W ar II sUtrakRtAsUtra dIpikAsahita No. 44 Size.-104 in. by 48 in. 6 [ J. L. P.] Sutrakrtangasutra with Dipika 1285. 1887-91.

Page #67
Jaina Literature and Philosophy Extent.--214 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper thin, rough and greyish; Devana gari characters with occasional ge; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. mostly numbered in the right-hand margin only ; foll. 1 and 214b blank ; the 1st fol. torn in several places ; foll. 4 to 9 damaged in the body; a portion of the 214th fol. worn out; condition on the whole tolerably fair; both the text and the commentary complete; dipika composed in Samvat 1599. 42 Age.--Pretty old. Author of dipika. - Sadhuranga Upadhyaya, pupil of Bhuvanasoma, and guru of Dharmasundara of the Kharatara gaccha. Snbject. The second anga in Prakrit together with a commentary in Sanskrit. Begins.-- (text) fol. 1 bujjhejja (tti) tiuTTejjA etc. "" - (com) fol. 1 zrIvItarAgAya namaH // namaH zrIvarddhamAnAya svAmine paramAtmane / yadIyadarzanAdeva parAnaMdo viccaM ( 1 jUM ) bhate // 1 // nAnAlabdhipradhAnAya nidhAnAya mahaujasAM / ajJAnadhvAMtavidhvaMsadakSAya zrutavedhase // 2 // zrIvItAga (?) minaH ziSyarAjAya gu ( ga ) NadhAriNe saMja (7) zrIpavitrAya gautamasvAmine namaH || 3 // yugmaM / jJAnadAhAI cakSuryairvimalIkRtaM / bhavatu guru (ra) vaste tu suprasannadRzo mayi // 4 // zrIsAghuraMgopAdhyAyaiH dvitIyAMgasya dIpikA / saMkSeparucijIvAnAM hitAya sukhabodhinI // 5 // jinapravacanaM naumi zrImadahatprakAzitaM / yAnapAtrAyitaM yena jantUnAM bhavasAgare // 6 // natve (tva) tAmparAbhISTAn stutvA ca zrutadevatAM / samyaktvaarai kurve dvitIyAMgasya dIpikAM // 7 // 1440 tathAhi etc. vyAkhyA / sUtramidaM sUtrakRtAMgasya Adau vartate / asya zrImadAcArAMgena sahAyaM saMbaMdha: zrIAcArAMge caitatprarUpitaM / etc.

Page #68
. 44.1 II. 11 Angas Ends.- (text) fol. 213" icchAmi NaM bhaMte tubbhANaM aMtie cAujjAmAo dhammAo paMcamahatvatiyaM sapaDikkamaNaM dhamma uvasaMpajjittANaM viharaM(ri)ttae ahAsahaM devANuppiyA mA paDibaMdhaM karehi tateNaM se udae peDhAlaputte samaNassa bhagaghao mahAvIrassa aMtie cAujjAmAo dhammAo paMcamahatvaiyaM sapaDi kamaNaM dhamma uvasaMpajjittANaM viharati tti bemi nAliM(laM)diyajjhayaNaM sammattaM / ,, -(com.) fol. 231* iha vyAkhyAnaM sarve sugamaM vizeSatastu vRha(dovRttito(s) baseyamiti / samAptA ceyaM dvitIyAMgasya dIpikA // jayati jinazAsanamidaM paratIrthikatimirajAlavarataraNiM / ' bhavajaladhiyAnapAtraM pAtraM sa(ja)jJAnaratnAnAM // 1 // yasya jinedAH(drAH) zAsanapAnIyapathAzvaratnamAruhya / kuzalena kena cApurbhavajalamulyaM (llaM)ghya zivanagaraM // 2 // sa jayati vIrajineMdrastribhuvanacUDAmANaH kRto(dyotaH / kusudollAsaM kurvana padanakhasUryAzubhirvitataiH // 3 // varddhamAnajino jIyAt jagadAnandadAyakaH / dvAdazAMgI vidhAtAro jayaMtu ca gaNAdhipAH // 4 // jayaMtu guravaH pUjyA ye sadA mayi vtth(s)laaH| paropakArapravaNAH jayaMtu svaja(sajja)nA api||5|| zrIjinadevasUrINAmAdezena ciraayussaaN| upajIvya bRhadvRttiM kRtvA nAmAMtaraM punaH / / 6 // zrIsAdhuraMgopAdhyAyairdvitIyAMgasya diipikaa| saMkSeparucijIvAnAM hitAya sukhbodhinii||7|| lilikhe 'gharalU'grAme nidhinandazaraikake 1599 / pattha(sa)re kArtike mAsi catumAsakaparvaNi // 8 // tribhiH saMbaMdha: jnyaan(drshn)caaritrrltritydiipikaa| mithyAtvadhvAMtAvadhvaMsadIpikeyaM samarthitA // 9 // manomatsaramutsRjyAdRtya saujanyamuttamaM / vyApAryA vAcanIyA ca vidhAyAnugrahaM mayi // 10 // likhatA likhitaM kiMcidyadityanAdhibharatA vidhAya samyag tatsarvaM vAcanIyaM vivekibhiH // 11 // stokAH karpUratarava(:) stokAzca maNibhUmayaH / paropakArapravaNA(6) stokAH prAyeNa sajjanAH // 12 // 1-3 These vertical strokes glven in these as well as in the following verses are wanting in the Ms.

Page #69
Jaina Literature and Philosophy +4 na me ko(s)pyabhimAno(S)sti na me pNdditmaanitaa| na kalA na ca cAturya maMdamedho(s)smi sarvathA / / 13 // dIpikAyAH svabhAvena prazastinirmitA mayA / kSa(Na)NaM tadatra no ciMtyaM nApamAnyo hyayaM jnH|| 14 // na cAtmIyA matiH kvApi prayuktA(Da)styatra kevalaM / saMkSipya vRtterevAyaM sUtrArthoM likhito(s)styaho // 15 // anyathA(s)haM jaha(Da)prAyo vRttiM kartuM kutaH kSamaH / kiM nAma paMgurAroDhuM zaktaH syAnmeru'mUrddhani / / 16 // vyAkhyAnavRttimadhyasthaM niyuktarapasArya ca / mUlasUtreNa saMyuktA pustake ca nivezitA // 17 // mayA sadAcAraparAyaNena jinAjJayA saMyamapAlanena / yadarji puNyaM sukRtAnubandhi tenAstu loko jinadharmaraktaH // 18 // dharmopadeze(?za)dAnena dIpikAlikhanena ca / sukhIbhavatu loko(5)yaM tena puNyena bhUyasA // 19 / / yadarjitaM mayA puNyaM 'vimlaacl'yaatryaa| 'ujjayate' ca zrInemeH padapaGkajasevayA // 20 // tena puNyena me bhUyAt bodhilAbho bhave 2 / yataH samyaka(tva)saMprAptirvinA puNyairna labhyate // 21 // zrImat kharataragacche zrImajjinadevasUrisAmrAjye / zrIbhuvanasomasadguruziSyaiH zrIsAdhuraMgAkhyaiH / / 22 // labdhopAdhyAyapadaiH kuzalenAropitA pramANapadaM / AcaMdrArka naMdatu gItArthairvAcyamAneyaM // 23 // vinItavina(na)yeneyaM dharmasuMdarasAdhunA / likhitA prathamAdarza vAcanAya svapustake // 24 // iti prazastiH zubhaM bhavatuH // zrIrastu / sUtrakRtAGgasUtra dIpikAsahita Sutrakrtangasutra with Dipika 904. 1892-95. No.45 Size:--101 in. by 41 in.

Page #70
45.] II. 11 Angas Extent.-213-1 = 212 folios ; I3 lines to a page; 52 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper thin and greyish ; Devanagari chara cters with pRSThamAtrAs; bold, big, legible, uniform and beautiful hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk and white paste used; each of the foll. 14 and 2136 decorated with the same diagram in red colour; strips of paper pasted to several foll., as their edges are worn out: condition very fair ; fol. 156th also numbered as 157th, the succeeding being hence numbered as 158, 159 etc.; the fol. 210th wrongly numbered as noth; this Ms. contains both the text and its commentary ; both complete ; extent 13416 Slokas. Age.--Old, Author of the com.-Upadhyaya Sadhuranga. Begins.- (text) fol. I' bujjheja (tti) tiuTTa(TTi)jjA etc. as in No. 47. " (com.), zrIsarvajJAya namaH // zrIgurubhyo namaH / namaH zrIvarddhamAnAya svAmine prmaatmne| yadIyadarzanAdeva parAnaMdo viz2ubhate // 1 // etc. Ends.- (text ) fol. 2124 samaNassa bhagavao mahAvIrassa aMtie cAujjAmAo dhammAo paMcamahabvaiyaM sapaDikkamaNaM dhamma upasaMpajjittA NaM vihuti(raha) ti bomi / 1 nAli(laM)diyajjhayaNaM sammattaM / cha / ,, - (com.) fol. 2124 iha vyAkhyAnaM sarva sugamaM vizeSatastu bRhattito(s) 'vaseyamiti / zubhaM bhavatu / samAptA ceyaM dvitIyAMgasya dIpikA cha / sNpuurnnH| cha / cha / shrii|| cha // This is followed by the colophon of 24 verses as in the preceding No. 44, the last being vinate(nIta)vina(ne)yeneyaM dhrmsudrsaadhunaa| likhitA prathamAdarza(ze) vAcanAya sUpustake // 24 // iti prazastiH // cha // zubhaM bhavatu // graMthAnaM 13416 sUtrakRtAGgasUtra ghAtika sahita Sutrakrtargsutra with Vartika No. 46 Size,-10 in. by 4 in. 257. 1871-27,

Page #71
46 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [46. 'Extent.---116-1-2-6- 107 folios; II lines to a page; 38 letters ___to a line. Description.--Country paper rough, tough and white; Devanagari characters with pRSThamAtrAs; big, legible and good hand-writing%3 borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. numbered in the right hand margin ; red chalk used; fol. 76th seems to be missing; foll. 1, 2 and 97 to 102 missing ; otherwise complete; this Ms. contains the text as well as 'its explantion in Gujarati styled as vartika ; fol. 1166 blank ; condition very good; extent 8000 slokas. Age.-Not modern. Subject.---The 2nd anga with a Gujarati explanation. Begins.--(text) fol. 30 se jahA nAmae ka(ke)ti purise AyAu vA jAiheuM vA agAraheuM vA parivAraheDaM vA etc. , -(com.) fol. 30 hiiN| 4 ihAM pahilA anaiM trIjA bhAMgAnau adhikAra ch| teha nArakAdi rahaI e je Agali kahIsya etc.. Ends.- (text) fol. II6 samaNassa bhagavato mahAvIrassa etc., up to bemi as in No. 30 followed by bIyasuyakkhaMdhamma(ssa) sattama nAla(lodaijja ajjhayaNa samatta // --- (com.) fol. II6* sarvajJapraNIta dharma pAlIi chai itti (ti) bemi sudharma svAmI ApaNA ziSya pratii kahai chai maI jehavau zrIbhagavaMta kanhA sAMbhaliGa tehaca(va)uM tumha pratii kahauM chau ityAdi pUrvavat nAlaMdaiaM samattaM 7 sUyA(ya)gaDabIyasU(sa)yakkhaMdho sammatto sammatta sUyAgaMDa (sUyagaDa) cha AditaH sarva adhyayanaM 23 ... zrIsAdhuratnaziSya(Sye)Na pAzacAMdri(caMdre)Na' vRttitaH kRtaM bAlAvabodhArtha dvitIyAMgasya vArtikaM // cha // etc. graMthAnaM 8000. sUtrakRtAsUtra (prathama zrutaskandha) vArtikasahita No: 47 Size.-104 in. by 41 in. Sutrakrtangasutra (1st Srutaskandha) with Vartika 827. 1899-1915. 1. If this is gars it remains to be verified whether he is the one noted in No. 28.

Page #72
47:1 II. 11 Angas 47. Extent.--84 + 1 = 85 folios; 17 lines to a page ; 49 to 59 letters to a line. Description.--Country paper thin and white; Devanagari characters; clear and fairly good hand - writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink : red chalk and yellow pigment used; it is a tripATI Ms. containing both the text and its explanation in Gujarati ; fol. ra blank ; some of the foll. illegible owing to the ink having faded; the last four foll. have their edges damaged; the 83rd fol. slightly torn; the 84th very badly damaged ; so an additional fol. numbered as 84 written in a different hand on a paper of different quality supplied; condition on the whole fair; complete so far as the first part is concerned. Age.--Pretty old. Author of the text. - Sudharmasvamin. vartika.-- Not mentioned.. "" 59 " Subject. The text together with its explanation in Gujarati so far as the first part is concerned. Begins.--(text ) fol. 1 bujjhijja (tti) tiuTTijjA / baMdhaNaM pariyANiyA / dr - (vartika) kimAhu (ha) baMdhaNaM vIre (ro)| kiM vA jANaM tiuTTaI // 1 // etc. zrIsarvajJAya namaH // " " zrIvardhamAnamAnamya / gurUNAM ca vizeSataH / kiMcit sUtrakRtAMgasya vArttikaM liSya ( khya) te mayA // 1 // kara Agama dvAdazAMgIrUpa tehane viSai cAra anuyoga kahyA || te eha // caraNAnuyoga 9 dravyAnuyoga 2 dharmakathAnuyoga 3 gaNitAnuyoga 4 cihuM prakAre etc. Ends.~~ ( text) fol. 840 samiyaM va (ca) re daMte davie bosaTukAe nigraM (ggaM) the ti (tti) bacce 4 se e ( vameva jANaha ja ) mahaM bhayaMtAro ti bemi SoDaza(solasa) maM gAhAnA (madhya (jjha ) yanaM sammataM 16 iti zrIsUyagaDAMgalya prathama zrutaskaMdha saMpUrNaH // vartika) fol. 84b tehanAM kahyAM vacana hau kahau chautti bo samattaM / gaccha.. zrI 6 zrI AcAryazrI 6. ... adhyayana

Page #73
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [49 sUtrakRtAGgasUtraniyukti Sutrakstargasutraniryukti sUyagaDaMgasuttanijjutti) (Suyagadangasuttanijjutti) 222. No. 48 1873-74. Size.-101 in. by 44 in. Extent. -6 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 55 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper very thin, brittle and grey; Deva nagari characters with emais; legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; ink faded and spread out at times; fol. IA blank'; so is the fol. 6' ; red chalk used ; complete; edges of several foll. slightly damaged; condition on the whole good. Age.-Fairly old. Author.-Bhadrabahusvamin. Subject.--A metrical commentary in Prakrit in 208 verses elucidat . ing Sutrakstargasutra. Begins.-fol. I OM namaH zrIvItarAgAya / / titthakare ya jiNavare / suttakare gaNahare paNamiUNaM / sUyagaDassa bhgvo| Nijjuti kittaissAmi // 1 // sUyagaDaM aMgANaM bitiyaM tassa ya imANi (nnaamaanni)| sUya(toMgaDaM suttakaDaM sUyagaDaM ceva gonnnnaaii||2|| etc. Ends.-fol. 6 pAsAvaJcijjo pucchiyAio ajjagoyama udgo| __ sAdhagapucchAdhammaM souM kahiyami uvasaMto // 208 // sUryagaDaNijjuttI smmttaa|| iti zrIsuyagaDAMganiyuktiH smaaptaaH||ch||shrii Reference. ---Published. See No. 28. sUtrakRtAsUtraniyukti Sutrakrtangasutraniryukti 258(b). No.49 1871-72. Extent.-fol. 42b to fol. 46. Description.-Complete. For further particulars see Sutrakrtanga sutra No. 28.

Page #74
SI.| II. II Angas Begins.- fol. 42 namo vItarAgAya // titthakare ya jiNavare etc., as in No. 48. Ends.- fol. 46deg pAsa(sA)vaci(cci)jjo pucchiyAio etc., up to uvasaMto as in ___No. 48 followed by nAlaMdaijjanijjuttI sammattA // cha // sUya gaDanijjuttI samattA // cha / graMthAnaM 2580 // // etc. sUtrakRtAGgasUtraniyukti Sutrakstangasutraniryukti 221. No. 50 1873-74. Size.-- 11 in. by sg in. Extent.- 7 folios ; IS lines to a page ; 42 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper, thick, tough and white ; Devanagari characters; big, clear, uniform and tolerably good handwriting; borders ruled in three lines in red ink, edges singly; yellow pigment used; complete; fol. Ia blank; condition very good. Age.--- does not seem to be modern. Begins.- fol. I titthakare ya jiNavare etc., as in No. 48. Ends.- fol. 7 pAsAvaccijjo etc., up to uvasaMto 208 as in No. 48 followed by sUyagaDanijjuttI sammattA // cha / padmopamaM patraparaMparAnvitaM varNojjvalaM sUktamaraMdasuMdaraM / mumukSubhRGgaprakarasya vallabhaM jIyAcciraM sUtrakRdaMta(ga)pustakaM // cha // zubhaM bhavatu // leSakapAThakayo(:) yorapi bhadramastu / N. B.--- For further particulars see No. 48. sUtrakRtAGgasUtracUrNi (sUyagaDaMgasuttacuNNi) No. 51 Size.- 13 in. by 48 in. Sutrakrtangasutracurni ( Suyagndangasuttacunni ) 143 1872-73. 1 This is not the extent of the niryukti, but the extent of the complete Ms. 7 [J. L. P.]

Page #75
so Jaina Literature and Philosophy [52. Extent.-- 159+1+1=161 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 68 letters ___to a line. Description.-- Country paper, thin and white; Devanagari chara cters with pRSThamAtrAs; bold, big, uniform, legible and elegant hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; strips of paper pasted to the edges of the first and the second foll. ; condition on the whole good ; red chalk used; numbers of foll. entered twice on one and the same page but in different margins; fol. 125 repeated; so is the fol. 152; complete, Age.---- Fairly old. Subject.- A commentary partly in Sanskrit and partly in Prakrit elucidating Sutrakstangasutra. Begins.- fol. I' OM namaH siddhebhyaH // Namo bharahatANaM Namo siddhANaM Namo AyariyANaM / namo uvajjhAyANaM / Namo loe savvasAhaNaM / maMgalAdINi satthANi / maMgalamajjhANi / maMgalaavasA NANaM / maMgalapariggahiA sissA / etc. Ends.--- fol. 159 etesi NaM bhaMte padANaM katarAI pAdAiM jAiM etthaNa sahaNa devu ttANi / madIyapakSasya tAnItyarthaH aNNANatA evamaTuMNo sahahitaM etesi NaM imA NaM jaNavAe etamadvasa(gaTTama dahAmiMjadhasUtre tiNatanvaM savvamiti // cha // namaH sarvavide vIrAya vigatamohAya samAptaM cedaM sUtrakRtAbhidhAnaM dvitIyamaMgamiti // bhadraM bhavatu zrIjinazAsanAya zrIH // zrIH // etc. sUtrakRtAGgasUtracUrNi Sutrakrtangasutracurni 1288. No. 52 1887-91. Size.-- 10. in. by 47 in. Extent.-- 245-2=243 folios-; 13-lines to a page; 54 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper, very thin and greyish ; Devanagari characters with pRSThamAtrAs; big, bold, legible and beautiful hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink ; red chalk used ; a piece of thick paper of the same size as the foll. pasted to the fol. 14; edges of the foll. 2, 7, IS, 23, 29, 31 to 33 and 86 worn out to a smaller or greater extent; fol. 164 slightly torn; the fol. 245 written on a

Page #76
54.] II. 11 Angas thick paper, but its edges are all the same worn out; condition on the whole very fair; fol. 9 and 238 missing : otherwise complete. Age.- Old. Begins.- fol. I' OM namaH siddhebhyaH // Namo arahaMtANaM etc., as in No. SI. Ends.-- fol. 245 etasiNaM bhaMte padANaM etc., as in No. SI. N. B.- For subject see No. SI, sUtrakRtAGgasUtraparyAya Sutrakrtangasutraparyaya No.53 736 (3). 1875-76. Extent.- fol. 2' to fol. 3. Description.- Complete. For other details see Pancavastuka naryavaN 736(1).. paryaya No. 1875-76. - Subject.-- Synonymous words pertaining to Sutrakstangasutra. Begins.--- fol. 2 sUtrakRtAMgaparyA(yA) yathA / sanvame(? vAma)gaMdhaM / Adhyaka(?dhA) kamikaM / pudralAH saMskArAH kSetrajJA AtmAna ityekArthAH / etc. Ends.--- fol. 3deg na agataM anAgatakriyaM vartamAnakriyaM bhavatItyarthaH / iti sUtrakRtAMga paryAyAH samAptAH // cha / sUtrakRtAGgasUtraparyAya Sutrakrtarigasutraparyaya 789 (3). No.54 1895-1902. Extent.-- fol. 3* to fol. 36. Description.-- Complete. For further details see Pancavastukaparyaya No. 789 (I). 1895-1902. Begins.-- fol. 3deg sUtrakRtAMgaparyAyAH / yathA / savyAmagaMdhaM AdhAkammikaM etc., as in No. 53. Ends.- fol. 3deg na agataM anAgatakriyaM etc., as in No. 53. N. B.--For subject see No. 53.

Page #77
32 sUtrakRtAgasUtraparyAya Jaina Literature and Philosophy No. 55 Extent. -- fol. 31b to fol. 32. Description.- Complete. For other details see Pancavastuka paryaya No. 736 (1). 1875-76. Subject. Some of the words occuring in Sutrakrtangasutra elucidated. Sutrakrtangasutraparyaya 736 (25). 1875-76. Begins,-- fol, 31deg sUtrakRtAMgAya namaH / anaMtarAgamaH / gamAH sadRzapAThAH paryAyAH / arthastvabhidheyaguNAH etc. Ends. fol. 326 parasparAviruddhAnAM tailAnalavarttInAM puruSArthavazIkRtAnAmekakAryAraMbha(ka) tathA guNAnAM sagha ( dvA) dAdekakAryAraMbhakatva | sUtrakRtAM (ga) paryAyAH samAptAH / [ 57. sUtrakRtAGgasUtraparyAya No. 56 Extent. fol. 51a to fol. 536. Description. - Complete. For other details (see Pancavastuka paryaya No. 736 (1),, 1895-1902. sutrakRtAGgasUtraparyAya Begins.- fol. 51 sUtrakalAMgAya namaH / etc., as in No. 55. fol. 52b pUrveti pratyaMcA muSTirvA // cha // sUtrakRtAMgAvacUriH // namaH sUtrAMgAya // sUtrakRtamiti sUvA sUtraM etc. Ends.---fol. 53' parasparaviruddhAnAM etc., as in No. 55. No. 57 Extent. fol. 36b to fol. 414. Sutrakrtangasutraparyaya 789 (25). 1895-1902. Sutrakrtangasutraparyaya 332 (8). A 1882-83.

Page #78
.57. II. II Angas Description.- Complete, For other details see Nandisutravisamapadaparyaya No. A 1882-83. 332 (1). Begins.-- fol. 36" mUtrakRtAMgAya namaH // sUtrakRtAMgaparyAyAH prativisaM(vA)divAna zodhitAH saMtIti jJeyaM / anaMtagamaH gamAH sadRzapAThAH paryAyAH / zabdaparyAyA arthastvabhidheyaguNAH etc., as in No. 55. Ends.- fol. 39 parasparaviruddhAnAM etc., up to sUtrakRtAMgaparyAyAH as in No. 55. Then from the same fol. 39deg we have :-- punarapi sUtrakRtAMgaparyAyAH likhyate gamAH sadRzapAThAH paryAyaH zabdaparyAyA etc., up to iti pUrvA pratyaMcA dRSTirmuSTirvA // on fol. N..B.- For subject see No. 55.

Page #79
$4 sthAnAGgasUtra (arvinga) Author. Subject. Jaina Literature and Philosophy THE THIRD ANGA No. 58 Size. 10 in. by 41 in. Extent. 150 folios; 11 lines to a page; 40 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin and white; Devanagari characters with ears; bold, big, legible and beautiful handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; fol. 1a blank; edges of the first two foll., and the last partly worn out; several foll. more or less worm-eaten; condition on the whole very fair; complete; the 10 sthanas ending on foll. 4, 23, 45, 84a, 996, 106, 117, 128a, 136a, and 150a respectively; fol. 150b practically blank; extent 3770 slokas, Age. appears to be rather old. Sudharmasvamin according to the Jaina tradition. This third anga is divided into 10 chapters styled as sthanas, each discussing objects according to their number e. g., all those that are one in number are treated in the first chapter. Begins. fol. 16 3% ani factone I 58. Sthanangasutra (Thanangasutta) 260. 1871-72 The seventh chapter (sutra 517) is utilized while discussing 7 schisms by E. Leumann, in his article "Die alten Berichte von den Schismen der Jaina" published in Indischen Studien (vol. XVII, pp. 91-135). suyaM me Ausa teNaM bhagavayA evamakkhAyaM ege AyA ege daMDe etc. Ends. fol. 150 evaM vanehiM gaMdhehiM rasehiM phAsehiM dasaguNalukkhA te poggalA aNatA paNNattA / saMmataM ca ThANamiti dasa (maM) ThANaM saMmmattaM cha / dasamajjhayaNaM saMmmataM // 10 // zrIThANAMgasUtraM samAptaM // graMthAgraM 3770 // Reference. As editio princeps may be mentioned the publication of A. D. 1880 by Rai Dhanapatisinha, styled as Agamasangraha vol. III, where the text along with a Sanskrit commentary of Abhayadeva Suri and a Gujarati one of Megharaja is published. The text is also published with

Page #80
59. ] III. 11 Angas $5 Abhayadeva Suri's commentary in the Agamodaya Samiti Series, in two parts, in A. D. 1918 and 1920 respectively.' For contents etc., see Weber II, p. 390 ff., Indian Antiquary vol. XVIII, p. 182 ff., and Winternitz Geschichte vol. II, p. 300. For additional Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. (vol. III-IV., P. 402). sthAnAGgasUtra No. 59 Description. Size. 134 in. by 21 in. Extent. about 210 leaves; 4 to 6 lines to a leaf; 55 letters to a line. Sthanangasutra Palm-leaf thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with ; small, legible, uniform and good handwriting; borders not ruled; the work written continuously, though it appears to be arranged in two separate columns ; a hole in each leaf in the space between its two columns; leaves numbered in both the margins; in the right hand one as 1, 2, 3 etc., and in the left hand one in letters; e. g. the 147th leaf numbered as ; about 1st 15 leaves broken 70. 1880-81. into two; the last few leaves badly damaged, the intervening ones to a smaller extent; condition rather unsatisfactory; leaf ra blank. Age.- Old. Begins.-leaf rb makakhAyaM / ege AyA / ege daMDe / egA kiriyA etc. There is a misleading marginal note in the second part; for, though there are no uddesakas for sthanas VI to X, the 3rd uddesa is mentioned in case of each of these sthanas.

Page #81
56 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [60. Ends.-- leaf 209 (?)--dasavihA asamAhI jAva uccArapAsavaNA(Na)khelasiMghANaga pAridvAvaNiyA'samitI' / dasavihA pavvajjA pa0 taM0 ..... N. B. -- For further particulars see No. 58. sthAnAsUtra Sthanargasutra 1251. No. 60 1884-87. Size.- 98 in. by 4g in. Extent.-- 28 folios ; 13 lines to a page; 30 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin, rough and white ; Levana gari characters; small, legible and very fair hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; fol. I blank ; foll. numbered in the right hand margin; condition very good ; this Ms. commences with the second sthana and ends with the 777th sutra ; thus it begins abruptly and ends also abruptly. Age.- Old. Begins.-- fol. I' zrIvItarAgAya nmH| dohi ThANehi(hiM) saMpatte aNagAre aNAIyaM |annvyggN dIhamaddhaM cauraMtasaMsArakatAraM vitivatejjA / taM jahA / vijjAe ceva / caraNeNa ceva / dubihA grhaa| paM0 / taM / maNasA vege garahati / vayasA vege garahati / ahavA marahA duvihaa| paM / dIhaM bege addhaM garahati / rahassaM vege addhaM garahati / duvihe pnc(kokhaanne| paMtaM / maNasA vege paca(cak)khAti / vayasA bege pacca(ka)khAti / ahavA paJca(kokhANe duvihe / paM / taM / dIhaM vege addhaM paJca(ka)khAti / rahassaM vege addhaM paJca(kokhAti dohiM ThANehiM AyA kevalipannattaM dhammaM labhejja savayaNIe / paM / taM / jakkhAese ceva / mohaNijjassa ceva kammassa udda(da)eNaM etc. Ends.- fol. 28deg dasa dasAu / paMtaM / bAlA kiTTA(DDA) maMdA balA pannA hA(hAya)Ni / pabacA p(b)bhaaraamumuhaa(hii)| sAtaNI tadhA dasa acchermaa|p| u(v)sgg1| gapbha(bbha)haraNaM 2 / itthItitthaM 3 / abhAviyA prisaa4|knhss amarakaMkA 5 / uttare(ra)NaM caMdasUrANaM 6 / harivaMsakuluppatI 7 / camaruppAto ta 8 / ahasata 1 This is the 711th sutra ( Agamodaya Samiti, p. 473 ).

Page #82
.61.j III. 11 Angas siddhA 9 / asaMjAta(te)su puuyaa| dasa vi ju(a)NateNaM kAleNaM |2||lisstN zA 6 gacchatilakajIzrI 6 AcAryajIjasavatajA(jI)prasAdAtR / subha bhavatu maMgalamastuM lessykpaatthk| Then in a different hand we have tthaannaaNgcobhNgii| N. B: - For further.particulars see No. 58. sthAnApAsUna Sthanangasutra dIpikAsahita with Dipika 866. No. 61 1895-1902. Size.--101 in. by 5 in. Extent.--330+1=331 folios; 9+12=21 lines to a page; 39 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper, tough and white; Devanagari cha racters; bold, big, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; all the four edges singly; numbers of foll. entered twice as usual ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; fol. 1a blank; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary ; it is a seraret Ms.; edges of the first two foll. slightly worn out; foll. 5 to 12 and 309 to 319 somewhat worm-eaten ; a piece of paper of the same size as the foll. affixed to the fol. 330'; condition on the whole good ; fol. 145 repeated; complete; extent 18000 slokas; dipika composed in Samvat 1657. Age.-Samvat 1888. Author of the dipika.- Nagarsi Gani. Subject. --The text along with its commentary in Sanskrit. Begins.-- (text) fol. 1 OM namaH siddhaM suyaM me AusaM teNaM etc. - (com.) fol. I OM namaH zrIsarvajJAya[:] / zrIvijayasenasUrIzvaraparamagurubhyo namaH / / . praNatasurAsuranAthaM sanAthamAbhanamya ca rajaninAthaM / smRtvA zrIzrutadevIM zrIgurupAdAnnamaskRtya // 1 // 8 [J. L. P.]

Page #83
Jaina Literature and Philosophy (61. ativistaravRtya(tya)rthAdatigaMbhIrabhAsurAt / sukhAvabodhamuddhRtya zabdArtha ca manoharaM // 2 // zrImatsthAnAMgasUtrasya kurve (5)haM dIpikAM vraaN| svavAcanakRte saMtaH prasIdaMtu sadAgamaH (mama) // 3 // etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 329deg evaM vaNNehiM gaMdhehi etc., up to ThANaM saMmattaM as in No. 58 followed by sammattaM ca ThANaM // (com.) fol. 330" iti tadevaM nigamitamanugamadvArAMzabhUtaM sUtrasparzikaniyuktidvAraM zeSadvArANi tu sAdhyaye(ya)neSu prathamAdhyayanavad vRttito(5)nugamanIyAni iti zrImat tapAgacchAdhirAjabha / puraMdarasUrIzvarazrIvijayasenasUrirAjye zrImacchrIvijayadevamUri(rI)zvarayauvarAjye pN| zrIkuzalavarddhanagaNiziSyanagarSigaNinA svavAcanaparopakArakRte kRtoddhArarUpAyAM sakalavAcakAziromANamahopAdhyAyazrIvimalaharSagaNibhiH saMzodhitAyAM sukhAvabodhAyAM sthAnAMmadIpikAyAM dazamasthAnakAkhyaM dazamamadhyayanaM saMpUrNa / saudharmAdigaNAdhipapaTTAlaMkAradhAriNo(s)bhUvana / labdha'tapAkhyAH kramazo lasajjagaccaMdrasUrIzAH // 1 // tatpaTTaparaMparayA sakalajanAnaMdakAriNo()bhUvan / zrIAnaMdavimalagurusUrIzA jagati vikhyAtAH // 2 // zrIvijayadAnasUrIzvarA abhUvana mhiiprtaapdhraaH| tatpaTTavimalajalanidhiddhau saMpUrNacaMdrAbhA(:) // 3 // zrIhIravijayasUrIzvarA manoha(hA)rizAMti(ta)mUrtidharAH / teSAM nirmalapaTTodayAcale nUtanALanibhAH // 4 // kumatimataMgajasiMhA(:) sAhisabhAlabdhasAdhuvAdabharAH / zrIvijayasenasUrIzvarA jayaMtIha jagAtitale / / 5 // teSAM virAjamAne rAjye zrIvijayadevasUrivare / teSAM gacche vibudhora(da)yavarddhanagANa(:) pradhAnAnAM // 6 // tacchiSyapaMDitottamakuzalavarddhanagANaprasAdena / zizunA nagArSiNeyaM samuddhRtA dIpakA ramyA // 7 // zrIsthAnAMgasUtrArthatadubhayaM yadihAzuddhaM / likhitaM mayA tadakhilaM zodhyaM vijJaiH prasAdaparaiH // 8 // zrImat pata(ttana nagare zazadhararasabANamuni(1657)pramitavarSe / vaizASa(kha)sitadazamyAM zukre harSa()Na vimalayoge // 9 // amittapa'gaNagaganAMgaNataraNinibhairanekaguNasadanaiH / zrIvijayasenasUrIzvaraiH prasAdIkRtAdvAkyAt // 10 //

Page #84
III. II Angas 59 vAcakazirovataMsaiH zrImadbhirvimalaharSagaNivRSabhaiH / saMzodhiteyamarthapradIpikA dIpikA ramyA // 11 // sA(sahasrANi caturdaza zatAdhikAnItyanuSTa(Tu)pA(bhAM) saMkhyA / jJeyA(5)tra vAcyamAnA hasavidhuM naMdatu ciraM sA // 12 // iti zrIsthAnAMgadIpikA samAptA // graMthAgraMtha 18000 sarvasaMSyA // saMvat 1888 varSe / vaizASasitatR(tra)yo 13 dazyAM saMpUrNA kRtA bhaumvaasre| Reference.-See No. 58. sthAnAGgasUtra Sthanangasutra bAlAvabodhasahita with Balavabodha 147. No. 62 1872-73. Size,-104 in. by 4j in. Extent.--186-I + 101=286 folios; 18 lines to a page; 48 letters to a line. Description.--Country paper, rough and white ; Devanagari chara cters with SHTETTS; this is a regret Ms., clear and fair handwriting ; borders ruled mostly in two lines in black ink; the 2nd fol. partly torn ; condition good ; the text written in a very big hand at least up to the 12th fol. ; red chalk used; foll. 1486 and 1866 blank ; but the continuity is undisturbed ; foll. numbered in the right hand margin ; foll. 149 to 186 also numbered as I, 2 etc. ; the subsequent foll. numbered only as 1, 2 etc. ; both the text and balavabodha complete except that the very first fol. is missing. Age.-Samvat 1647. Author of Balavabodha.- Dhanapati (?). Subject. The third anga with a Gujarati explanation which appears to shed light on its Sanskrit commentary, too. Begins.- (text) fol. 2' bhagavayA evamakkhAyaM ( 3 )ege AyA etc ,, -( balan ) fol. 2' u(Da?)ghanAghana merunau paTala samUha nara vighaTA Davai0 vidhvaMsavai / ullasitadeg udayauM nirmala kevalarUpa sUryamaMDala etc. Ends.- (text) fol. I00a (of the second set ) evaM vannehiM etc. , up to dasamajjhayaNa as in No. 58 followed by samattaM 10 zrIThANAMgasUtra.

Page #85
60 Jaina Literature and Philosophy Ends.-- (balai) fol. TOI" zrIva(vi)kamAdityanA saMvatsara 1120 igyAravIso ttarai e TIkAkA alpa buddhi nara paNi jANatAM sohilI ehavI maI gUMthI 'aNahilavADApATaNa' nai vasanhAraiM dhanapati nAma gaNIiMe dIkA nI. panA pachI dhuri teNaiM utArI / zrImanmahAvIrAMhipaMkajatadAjJAdhArakasaudharmAdiduHprasAhAM(?)tAyugapradhAnasazramaNAdisaMghaadbhutaguNaratnAlaMkArAlaMkRtagAtramohabhArAkrAMtabhavAMbhodhinimagnajanatAraNayAnapAtrasamazatrumitracaraNAraviMdamakaraMdapAnaSaTpadakalpena kAnhajItyabhidhAnamuninA saMvat 1647 varSe mArgazIrSamAse zuklapakSe paMcamyAM tithau zanivAsare TIkA uddhRtya arthAH samarthitA ahaMdAdiprasAdena / yat kiMcidiha etc., adya zrI amadAvAdAbhidhAnanagarIyagIgUkAkhyazAkhApure R0 zrIkarmaNaka0 zrIjANakAkhyasaMnidhau samApto'yaM sukhAvabodhaH yAvacchrImanmahAvIratIrtha etc. sthAnAGgasUtra Sthanangasutra TabbAsahita with tabba 259 No. 63 1871-72 Size.-10 in. by 41. Extent.-273 folios ; 5 lines to a page ; 36 letters to a line. Description.--Country paper, very thin and white; Devanagari chara cters; bold, tolerably good and clear hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink and edges in two; red chalk used; this Ms. contains both the text and the tabba : fol. IN blank ; edges of the first fol. partly worn out; strips of paper pasted to foll. 6s and 9' ; red chalk used ; yellow pig. ment, too; fol. 63rd badly torn ; the foll. 64, 66 and III worn out in several places; condition very fair ; foll. 45 to 202 also numbered as I, 2, etc.; marginal notes on fol. 136; complete; extent 19000 slokas. Age.-Samvat I791-1792. Author of the tabba.- Not mentioned. Subject.-- The text along with its explaination in Gujarati.

Page #86
6" 64] III. II Angas Begins.- (text ) fol.1 zrIsAradAya namaH // zrIsadgurU vaNAyagajI nmH|| sU(su)yaM me AusaM teNaM etc., as in No. 58. ,, - (rabba ) fol. I' zrIsudharmAsvAmi jaMbusvAmine kahe chai he AyuSA. vaMta jaMbU etc. Ends. - (text ) 2734 evaM vannehiM etc., practically up to zrIThANAMgasUtraM as in ____No.58 followed by saM 1791 zA. 1656 kaa.shu.|5 dine ru. zrI nArAyaNajIsevakena lipaniyAt zrI pareMDI grAme // shrii|| ,, -- (tabba ) fol.273* dazamuM ThANuM samAptaM dazamuM adhyayana sNpuurnne||10 iti ThANAMgasu( sUtraTabArtha liSito'yaM graMthAgraMtha 19 hajAra chaH // saMvat 1792 varSe kArtika zudi 5gurau zrI parisarAmadhye liSitaM pUjyazrIru(ka)pi. zrI 5 viNAyagajI taziSyapUjyaru(ka)pizrI5 hemarAjajI tasyAMtevAsI lipIkRtaM munInArAyaNa svayaM AtmArthe / Reference.--See No. 58. sthAnAGgasUtra Sthanangasutra TabbAsahita with tabba 886... No. 64 1892-95. Size.-Iog in. by 4g in. Extent.--(text) 2 folios ; 7 lines to a page ; 62 letters to a line. -(tabba) 2 ,, ; I2 , , , , 72 , , , , Description.--Country paper very thin, rough and white; Deva nagari characters; this Ms. contains the text as well as the interlinear tabba, the latter written in a very small hand; legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; edges of both the foll. partly worn out; con dition very fair ; complete so far as it goes. Age.--Samvat 1745. Subject.-This Ms. deals with seven svaras, dharmapradesas, and the seven nayas, together with their explanation in Gujarati. Begins.-- (text) fol. I zrIjinAya namaH // ai namaH se kiM taM satta nAme satta sarA paNNattAtaM sajje 1 risabhe 2 gaMdhAre 3 majjhime 4 paMcama(me) sare ddhe(dhe)vae ceva 6NesAe 7 sarA satta viyAhiyA 1

Page #87
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [65 eesi NaM sattaNhaM sarANaM satta sarahANA paNa(NNa)ttA saM (taM) sajjaM ca aggajIhAe uraNaM risabhaM saraM kaMThaggaeNaM gaMdhAraM majjhajIhAe majjhimaM 2 // etc.' Begins.-- (tabba) fol. I zrIjineMdrebhyo namo namaH // se atha ko koNa taM te sa sAta prakAre sa0 sAta sa0 svara etc. Ends.- (text ) fol. 2 evaM bhaNaMta samabhirUDhaM evaMbhuu bhaNai jaMja bhaNasi taM sajvaM kasiNaM paDipunnaM niravasesa egaggahaNagahItaM de vinneavatthUpaese vinneyavatyUse taM paesadilutaNaM se taM nayapamANe[:] iti zrIsAtanayamUtraM smA(samA)ptaM saMpUrNa kalA(lyA)Namastu zrI chaH chaH zrI zrI chaH chaH ,, --(tabba) fol. 2 evaMbhUta nonayano(ne) dha(bha)NI cole chaI ja je je dharmA stikAyAdika vastu etc. iti zrIsAta naya saMpUrNa smAptam zubhaM bhUyAt kalyAna(Na)mastu saMvat 1745 zrAvaNavadi 8 etc. jima koi nadI sarve samudra ekaho. (Tho)na thAe sarve etale darzanAnAma / zrIvItarAganA matane viSa ThepaI zrIvIta. rAgano mata koi darzanA(no)nA matane virSi nathI iti kAvyAddhIH zrIH cha shriiH|| sthAnAstraTIkA Sthanangasutratika No. 65 261. 1871-72. Size.-II in. by 5 in. Extent:- 261 folios ; I7 lines to a page ; so letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper, thick, and white; Devanagari characters with pRSThamAtrAs; bold, not very small, clear and fairly good hand-writing ; borders mostly ruled in four lines in black ink ; the space between the pairs coloured red; the unnumbered sides marked in the centre with a small circular disc in red colour; the numbered, in the margins, too; numbers of foll. entered twice as usual ; red chalk and yellow pigment used ; fol. I blank ; edges of the first foll. slightly damaged ; several foll. more or less wormeaten ; foll. 76 to 77 and 124 to 126 darkish ; fol. 261 torn at one of the corners ; condition fair ; complete ; extent 14250 slokas ; the commentary composed in Samvat 1120. Age.-- Does not seem to be modern. 1. This is a part of the 55 3rd sutra,

Page #88
651 III. II Angas Author.-Abhayadeva Suri. Subject.--Commentary in Sanskrit to Sthananga. It is styled as vivarana and tika as well, by the commentator himself. Begins.-fol. I' arha // zrIvIraM jinaM nAthaM natvA sthAnAMgakatipayapadAnAM / prAyo(s)nyazAstradRSTaM karomyahaM vivaraNaM kiMcit etc. Ends.--fol. 261* zeSadvArANi tu sarvAdhyayaneSu prathamAdhyayanavadanugamanIyAni cha / iti zrImadabhayadevasUiivaracite sthAnAkhyA(khya)tRtIyAMgavivaraNe dazasthAnakAkhyaM dazamamadhyayanaM samAptam // ta(sa)tsaMpradAyahInatvAt sahRdaya(?dUha)sya viyogataH / sarca(sva)parazAstrANAmadRSTerassRtezca me // 1 // vAcanAnAmanekatvAtpustakAnAmasu(zu)ddhitaH / sUtrANAmatigAMbhIryAtmatabhedAcca kutracit // 2 // bhUNAni saMbhavaMtIha kevalaM muvivekibhiH / siddhAMtAnugato yo(s)rthaH so(5)smAdbAhyo mave(na ce? )taraH // 3 // so(zo)dhyaM vai(cai)tayai(jji)ne bhaktairmAmavadbhirdayAparaiH / saMsArakAraNAt ghorAdapasiddhAMtadezanAt // 4 // kAryAtavA(nacA? )kSama(mAs)smAsu yato(s)smAbhiranAgrahaiH / etadgamanikAmAnamupagA(kA)rIti cavi(rci)taM // 5 // tathA saMbhAvya siddhAMtAd bodhyaM madhyasthayA dhiyA / droNAcAryAdibhiH) prAjJairanekairAdRtaM yataH // 6 // jainagraMthavizAladurgamavi(va)nAduccitya gADhazramaM ___ sadvyAkhyAnaphalAnyamUni mayakA sthaanaaNgsdbhaajnaiH(ne)| saMsthApyopahitAni dugrgatanaraprAyeNa labdhyarthinA ___zrImatsaMga(gha)vibhorataH paramasAveva pramANa kRtI // 7 // zrIvikramAdityanareMdrakAlAcchatena viMzatyadhikena yukte / samAsahasre'tigate vihandhA sthAnAMgaTIkA(Dolpadhiyo(5)pi gmyaa||8|| aba dazamAdhyayane zlokAH 1714 pratyakSaraM nirUpyAsyA graMthamAnaM vinizcitaM / __ anuSTubhAM sapAdAni sahasrANi cturdsh| sarvAdhyayaneSu graMthAMkato 14250 / tathAsUtraM graMtha 3750 ubhayaM graMthAgraMthAMkato 18000 aSTAdaza sahasrANAti // zubhaM bhavatu leSakavAcakayoH Reference.--Published. See No. 58.

Page #89
64 sthAnAsUtraTIkA Jaina Literature and Philosophy No. 66 Size.--1o++ in. by 44 in. Extent.--289-55 - 1 + 1 = 234 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 54 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper thin and greyish; Duo Sthanangasutratika Devanagari characters with pRSThamAtrAs; bold small, clear and good hand -- writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; the space between the pairs coloured red; fol. 1a decorated with a diagram; the unnumbered sides marked with a small circular disc in red colour in the centre, the numbered, having two, more red chalk used; white paste used at times; foll. 28 to 82 lacking; so is the fol. 138th; the foll. 139th repeated; edges of the first foll slightly worn_out ; fol. 162 damaged in the centre ; foll. 173 to 192 wormeaten ; condition on the whole very fair ; foll. 247 to 267 also numbered as 2, 3, etc., foll. 268 to 288, numbered as 1, 2, etc., too; fol. 2896 decorated with figures ; complete. [ 66. vinaH Age.--appears to be rather old. Begins. fol. 1 zrIvIraM jina etc., as in No. 65. Ends. fol. 288deg zeSadvArANi tu etc., up to dazamamadhyayanaM samAptaM as in No. 65 followed by the lines as under : 262. 1871-72. tatsamAptau ca / samAptaM sthAnAMgavivaraNaM tathA ca yadA (dA) va bhihitaM sthAnAMgasya mahAnidhAnasyevonmudraNamivAnuyoga (H) prArabhyata iti taccaMdrakulInapravacanapraNItApratibaddhavihArahAricaritazrIvarddhamAnAbhidhAnamunipatipAdopasepramANAdivyutpAdanapravaNaprakaraNavidhapraNAyinaH prabuddhapratibaMdhakapravaktRpravINApratihatavacanArthapradhAnavAkprasarasya suvihitamunijana mukhyasya zrIjinezvarAcAryasya tadanu tadanujasya ca vyAkaraNAdizAstrakarttuH zrIbuddhisAgarAcAryasya caraNakamalacaMcarI (ka) kalpena zrImadabhayadevasUrinAmnA mayA mahAvIrajinarAja saMtAnavarttinA mahArAjavaMzajanmaneva || saMvignamunivargapravarazrImadajitasiMhAcAryAMtevAsiyazodevagaNinAmA (ma)dheyasAdhoruttarasAdhakasyeva vidyAkriyApradhAnasya sAhAyyena samarthitaM tadevaM siddhamahAnidhAnasyaiva samApi

Page #90
67.1 III. 11 Angas tAdhikRtAnuyogasya mama maMgalArtha pUjyapUjA namo bhagavate varttamAnatIrthanAthAya zrImanmahAvIrAya namaH pratipAMthiprathama (matha ? ) nAtha zrIpArzvanAthAya namaH pranaprabodhikAyai zrIpravacanadevatAyai namaH prastutAnuyogazodhikAyai zrI droNAcArya pramukha (kha) paMDitaparSade namazvaturvarNAya zrIzramaNa saMghabhaTTArakAyeti / eva ca nijavaMzavatsalarAjasaMtAnikasyeva mamAsamAna [mimAyAmamAsamAna ] mimamAyAsamatisaphalatAM nayaMto rAjavaMsthA (zyA) iva varddhamAnajinasaMtAnavarttina (:) svakubvaMtu yathocitamito ( 1 ) rthajAtamanutiSThatu supyuSTra (?) citapuruSArthasiddhimuSayuMjatAM ca yogyebhya iti kiMca / 65 Then we have satsaMpradAyahIna etc., up to zubhaM bhavatu as in No. 65 followed by zrIsaMghasya // cha // yAvallavaNasamudro etc. N. B. -- For further particulars see No. 65. thAnA TIkA No. 67 Size.--1o++ in. by 44 in. Extent.--234-21-1 = 212 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 54 letters to a line. Sthanangasutratika 239. 1902-1907. Description.-Country paper thin and white; Devanagari characters with occasional qs; bold, fair and tolerably big, but not quite clear hand - writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. 1, 3, 4, 6, 51 to 53, 71, 72, 96, 110 to 113, 116 and 218 to 223 lacking; the 2nd folio damaged in good many places; edges of 3rd fol. and those of 141 to 153 and 190 partly worn out ; several foll. darkish to a smaller or greater extent; foll. 77 to 89 slightly torn; corners of foll. 233 to 235 worn out a little; the 234th fol. very badly damaged; conditon fair; numbers of foll. entered twice as usual; fol. 198 marked as 199 also, the following being hence numbered as 200, 201 etc. Age.--seems to be fairly old. Begins. fol. 22 deyamityavasaro yoSi vAyameva etc. ( letters not quite legible). 9 [J. L, P.]

Page #91
Jaina Literature and Philosophy 168. Ends.-- fol. 2349 STETTIET & etc., up to patatireret(s) for(s) ft TATT 118 as in No. 66 followed by 3 (ET)ATETUA HATA:11 STATE LEFT etc., up to je 88940 as in No. 65. Then runs the line as under : Far FAT I JA Han ll etcatalator footesa Il set 11 N. B.--For further particulars see No. 65. sthAnAGgasUtraTIkA Sthanangasutratika 908. No. 68 1892-95. Size.-10in. by 48 in. Extent.--369+5+2+1-9= 368 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; so letters to a line. Description.-Country paper thin, rough and grey ; Devanagari characters with AES; bold, big, beautiful and legible hand-writing ; borders generally ruled in four lines in black ink; soll. 19 and 3696 blank; yellow pigment used; foll. 56, 241, 289, 322 and 327 repeated; numbers of foll. 48' to 369 entered twice as usual ; fol. 67 repeated twice; the following numbered as 68, etc.; fol. 86 repeated once ; follo 47, 57, 186, 187, 205, 237, 243, 276 and 321 lacking ; several foll. worm-eaten to a smaller or greater extent ; corners of foll. 298 to 367 more or less worn out; condi tion on the whole good; extent 14250 slokas. Age.-appears to be old. Begins.-10 SATIN statt ta etc., as in No. 66. Ends.-fol. 368 zeSadvArAANi tu etc., up to sthAnAMgaTIkA(olpadhiyA()pi TRT II C Il as in No. 66 followed by a() ATETU ju 38740. . N. B.-For further particulars see No. 65.

Page #92
70 ] IIb. 11 Angds sthAnAsUtraTIkA Sthanangasutratika No. 69 359. A 1882-83. Size -101 in. by 45 in. Extent.--288 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 54 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with e ars ; neither too big nor too small, clear and tolerably good hand-writing; borders ruled in four - lines in black ink; red chalk used; numbers of foll. entered twice as usual ; fol. 1* blank; fol. 218 seems to be wrongly numbered as 219 in the right hand margin ; the succeeding foll. numbered as 219, 220, etc.; edges of the first fol. and those of the last, too, slightly damaged ; condition on the whole very good ; complete ; extent 14500 slokas. Age.--seems to be old. Begins.--fol.rb safrafti fi etc., as in No. 66. Ends.--fol. 288a Terrfor a etc., up to futaitetare (s) Il cll as in No. 66 followed by a 98400 ll I ll sifaran' FOR THE N. B.--For further particulars see No. 65. sthAnAGgasUtraparyAya Sthanangasutraparyaya No. 70 736 (4) 1875-76. Extent.--fol. 3a to fol. 36. Description.-Complete. For other details see Pancavastukaparyaya No. 736 ( 1 ) NO. 1875-76.. Subject.--Difficult words occurring in Sthanangasatra explained. Begins- fol. 36 foramafort Tent i ameisto?) FIGTI T UEESTA TIS FATTAISNE SF pref: 1 etc.

Page #93
jaina Literature and Philosophy 172. Ends.--fol. 3' i(a)nAmikA bRhadaMgulikA yA laghutarAH madhumukhAbhaTTAH mAvallAH prakRti vizeSAH NagabhavaMQve bhavaM bhavAnityarthaH / sthAnAMgapayAyAH samAptAH // cha / sthAnAGgasUtraparyAya Sthanargasutraparyaya No. 71 789 (4). 1895-1902. Extent.--fol. 3b to fol. 46. Description. Complete. For further details see Pancavastutka paryaya. Begins.--fol. 3' sthAnaparyAyA yathA / vaiSayaM jADya etc., as in No. 70. Ends.-fol. 4' inAmikA bRhadaMgolakA etc. sthAnAGgasUtrapayAya Sthanarigasutraparyaya 736 (26). ___No. 72 1875-76. Extent.-fol. 32 to fol. 34'. Description.--Complete. For other details see Pancavastukaparyaya No. 736(I). 1875-76. Subject. ---Difficult words occurring in Sthanargasutra elucidated. Begins--fol. 32 atha sthAnAMgAya namaH // ., tatsaMtAnasyeti mahArAjatadupAyAni tiunmudraNA atha ughoTha ityanena aNu zabdasaMbaMdhaH etc. Ends.--34* AcAradazA iti dazAzrutaskaMdhaH / dikamokSaka iti yadA pUrvA gacchati kaMdArtha tadA dikpAlAnanujJApayati / iti sthAnAMgaparyAyAH samAnAH //

Page #94
75. zenanggaraia No. 789 (1). 1895-1902. No. 73 Extent. fol. 53b to fol. 562. Description.-Complete. For other details see Pancavastukaparyaya sthAnAGgasUtraparyAya Begins. fol. 53b Ends. fol. 56 AcAradazA iti dazAzrutaskaMdha: etc. N. B. For subject see No. 72. III. 11 Angas pada paryaya No. Sthanangasutraparyaya 789 (26). 1895-1902. Begins.--fol. 41 atha sthAnAMgAya namaH // aaafa etc. as in No. 72. KRIFTERS in: 1 etc., as in No. 72. No. 74 Extent. fol. 41 to fol. 44. Description.-Complete. For other details see Nandisutravisama 332(1). A 1882-83. Ends.--lol. 44' iti dazAzrutaskaMdha: / dikprokSa iti etc. N. B. For subject see No. 72 69 Sthanangasutraparyaya 332(9). A 1882-83. No. 75 Size.-9 in. by 4 in. Extent.-49 folios; 11 lines to a page; 38 letters to a line. Sthanangasutrabol 867. 1895-1902.

Page #95
Jaina Literature and Philosphy ___75. Description. -Country paper thin, rough and white; Devanagari characters; bold, big, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines in red ink, edges singly; fol. 1* blank ; so is fol. 14o ; several foll. worm-eaten to a smaller or greater extent; condition on the whole very fair ; white paste used 'in place of yellow pigment; red chalk very rarely used ; foll. 21 to 40 also numbered as 1, 2, etc.; complete. Age.-Samvat 1890. Author.-Unknown. Subject.-A short summary of Sthanangasutra in Gujarati inter mixed with Hindi words. Begins.--fol. I zrIbitarAgAya namaH / / mana samajjhayA hetu manaM ThAma rASavA hetu sUtra mai joina kahiya chai||1|| ege AyA ege daMDe 2 etc, ege lUkkhe 50 // prathama ThANU samattaM / 1 / chai daraba (dravyaM) doya prakArakA etc. Ends.-- fol. 49* pahelai devaloka upanA ekAvatArI huvA cAra palyApamano AuSo pAlI mahAvideha Setra mAMhi sIjhasI bujhasI karma thakI mukAsI nAva aMtaM karate // 58 // iti zrI dasamu ThANU samataM ThANAmai aMgasUtrakA mahasu bola kAnyA chaha so lISyA chai / / mI. Aso. kR. 9 saM0 1890.

Page #96
6.1 samavAyAnasUtra ( samavAyaMgasutta) No. 76 Age.-Old. IV. II Angas THE FOURTH ANGA Size.--ro++ in. by 4g in. Extent.--65 folios; II lines to a page ; 42 letters to a line. Description. Country paper very thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with pRSTamAtrAs; bold, clear, uniform and good `hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. r+- and 65b blank ; the dandas or the vertical lines in red ink throughout; marginal notes written at times; complete : condition very good. Samavayangasutra (Samavayarigasutta ) Author.-Sudharmasvamin according to the Jaina tradition Subject. This fourth anga enumerates objects according to their number. It is, in a way, a continuation of Sthanangasutra; for, it enumerates different principles in rising numerical groups of 1 to 1oo.and more. 139. 1872-73. Begins. fol. rb namo arihaMtANaM / namo siddhANaM / namo AyariyANaM / namo ubajjhAyANaM / namo loe savvasAhUNaM / cha / suyaM me Ausa teNaM / bhagavayA evamakkhAyaM / iha khalu samaNeNaM / .. iti zrIsamavAyAMgasUtraM cautthamaMgaM samAptaM // cha // cha // 71 Ends. fol. 65" isivaMse i ya jativaMse ti ya / muNivaMse i ya sute ti vA / sutaMge i vA / sutasamAse i vA / suyakhaMdhe i vA / ( samAe i vA) saMkhe i vA / saMmazamakvAyaM / ajjhayaNati tti bemi // cha / sammattaM samavAyAMgasUtraM pustakaM // cha / cha // etc. sA. vasnApaThanArtha // jAvaI lavaNasamudro (ho) tA (jA) vai nakkhattamaMDI (Di o mero (ruu)| yAvaca (ca) ndrAdito (tyau tAvadidaM pustakaM jayatI (ti) // Reference. As editio princeps may be mentioned the Benares edition of A. D. 1880, where the text is published together with a Sanskrit commentary by Abhayadeva Suri and a Gujarati one by Megharaja. The text is also published

Page #97
Jaina Literature and Philosophy 77. along with Abhayadeva Suri's commentary in the Agamodaya Samiti Series in A. D. 1918 For contents etc., See Weber II, p. 402 and Indian Antiquary, vol. XVIII, (p. 311 ff.) For additional Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. ( Vol. III-IV, p. 401.) samavAyAnasUtra Samavayargasutra 110. No. 77 1869-70 Size.-9. in. by 48 in. Extent.--46 + 1 = 47 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper thick and greyish ; Devanagari charac ters with occasional EATS; bold, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and white paste used; fol. 1a blank ; fol. 19 repeated ; a strip of paper pasted to the edge of fol. 460; condition on the whole good; complete; extent 1667 slokas. Age.-Samvat 1626. Begins.--fol Ib FAT eftae I U A ATE # ao Horan etc., as in No. 76. Ends.--fol. 46 gaNadharavaMse ti ya jativaMse ti ya etc., :up to tti bemi as in No.76 followed by the lines as under:samavAu cautthamaMgaM sammattaM // cha / graMthAnaM 1667 // cha // // graMthasya saptapaSTayAdhikaSoDazazatAni pramANaM / / cha / cha / saMvat 1626 varSe mAghamAse zuklapakSe pazcamyAM tithau budhavAsare vAcanAcAryavAzrIzrIzrI 3 vinayakalaza gedare (FADHATHITHEA Forest I TIERI graag etc., Tama. N. B.--For further particulars see No. 76.

Page #98
78.] IV. 11 Angas samavAyAGgasUtra Samayayangasutra No. 78 215. 1873-74. Size.-II in. by 4g in. Extent.-38 folios ; I3 lines to a page; 55 letters to a line. Description-Country paper, thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with pRSThamAtrAs; bold, clear and good hand-writing; red chalk used; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, the space between the pairs coloured red; fol. I decorated with a beautiful design; the unnumbered sides marked with a small circular disc in the centre, the numbered having over and above this, two more, one, in each margin; strips of paper pasted to most of the foll. ; edges of the first and the last foll. slightly worn out; condition very fair ; complete ; extent 1767 slokas, Age.--Samvat 1713. Begins.-fol. I OM namo vItarAgAya // suyaM me AusaM etc., as in No. 76. Ends.---fol. 384 isivaMse i ya jatise ti ya etc. up to pustakaM as in No. 76. Then we have :graMthAgaM 1767 // samavAu(jo) cautthamaMga samAptaM // ch| zivamastu sarvajagata() parahitaniratA bhavaMtu bhuutgnnaa)| doSAH prayAMnu nAzaM sarvatra sukhIbhavatu lokaaH(kH)||1|| ch|| zubhaM bhavatu ||ch|| zrI merAgacchezazrIsausAmA(?)suMdarasUrilipApitaM / saM0 zrImaMDalike // zrI zrI zrI saMvat 1713 varSe kArtika zudi 15 gurau zrI rAjapuraSAstavya prAgvATa jnyaatiiyvRddhshaakhiiysaa| vAsaNa / ttputrsaa| saMtoSI / tatbhAryA svarUpade / ttputrsaa| apaI / tatbhAryA / ANaMdabAI / tatputrasA / tArApramukhakuTuMbayutena svabheyo(5)the pN| zrIjinavijayagaNInAM zrIsamavAyAMgasUtrapustakaM pratilAbhitaM // zrIrastu // bhIzramaNasaMghasya kalyANaM bhUyAt // N. B.-For further particulars see No. 76. Rp [J. L. P.]

Page #99
74 samaghAyAGgasUtravRtti No. 79 Jaina Literature and Philosophy . Begins.fol. r' arham // [ 79. Samavayangasutravrtti Size.-10 in. by 48 in. Extent.-86 folios; 15 to 19 lines to a page; 45 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with gears; bold, legible and tolerably fair hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; fol. ra blank ; this Ms. contains the fs only of the original sutra; foll. 69 to 72 written in a shabby hand; condition very good ; complete ; extent 3575 slokas. Age.-Samvat 1620. Author.--Abhayadeva Suri. Subject. Commentary in Sanskrit to Samavayangasutra styled as vrtti, vivrti and tika, too, by the commentator himself. 348. A. 1882-83. zrIvarddhamAna mAnasya (mya) / samayA (vA) yAMgavRttikA / vidhIyate a ( S) nyazAstrANAM prAyaH samupajIvanAt // duH saMpradAyAdasadUhanAdvA / (?) te tithaM mayeha // taddhIdhanairmAmu (ma) nukaMpayadbhiH / zodhyaM matArthaM kR( ekSa) tirastu maivaM (ba) // 1 // Ends. fol. 868 si(zi) Syastha saMpAdito bhavati mumU (mukSUNAM cAyaM mArgA (rga) [a] ityaditi (ityAdi ? )miti // samavAyAkhyaM caturthamaMgaM vRttitaH samAptaM // cha // namaH zrIvIrAya pravaravarapAvA (va) ya ca namo namaH zrIvAgdevyai varakavisabhAyA api namaH namaH zrIsaMghAya sphuTaguNagurubhyo ( s) pi ca namo namaH sava(d) smai prakRtavidhisa (sA) hAyaca (yyaka) kRte // 1 yasya graMthavarasya vAkyajaladhila (gherla) kSaM sahasrANi ca catvAriMzadaho caturbhiradhikA mAnaM padAnAmabhUt / tasyoccai lukAkRtiM nidadhataH kAlAdidoSAttathA durjiyA (khAt) khilatAM gatasya kudhiya (:) kurvvatu kiM mAdRzA (:) // 2 //

Page #100
&o.j IV. II Angas svaM kA(ka)Te(s)tinidhAya kaSTamadhikaM mA me(s)nyadA jAya(ya)tAM vyAkhyAne(s)gya tathA vivektumnsaamlpshrutaanaammN(meN)| ityAlocayatA tathApi kimapi proktaM mayA tatra ca ___ durvA(yAkhyAnava(vi)zodhanaM vidadhatu prAjJAH parArthodyatAH // 3 // iha pacasi virodho nAsti sarvajJavAktvA(? kyAt vacana tadavabhAso yaH sa mAMdyAtU(nnR)buddheH gharagurubirahAdvA(s)tItakAle munIzai gaNadharavaca(nA)nAM astasaMghAtanAhA // 4 // vyAkhyAnaM yadyapIdaM pravarakaviH pArataMtre(ye)Na dRSTvA saMbhAvyo(Da)smistathA(pi) kvacidapi manasA mohato(s)rthAdibheda(H) / kiMtu zrIsaMghabuddheranuzaraNavidhebhA( )vazuddhazca doSo mA me bhUdalpako(5)pi pratha(za)maparamanAstAcca devI zrutasya // 5 // niHsaMbaMdhavihArahAricaritAn zrIvarddhamAnAbhidhAn - sUrIna dhyAtavato'titIvratapaso grNthprnniitiprbho()| zrImatsUrijinezvarasya jayino dappIyasAM vi(vA)gminAM tabaMdhorapi buddhisAgara iti khyAta(sya) sUre vi // 6 // ziSyeNAbhayadevAkhyasUriNA vivRtiH kRtA / zrImataH samavAyAkhyaturyAgasya samAsataH // 7 // ekAdazasa (za)teSvatha viMzatyadhikeSu vikramasamAnAM / 'aNahilapATaka' nagare racitA samavAyaTIkeyaM // 8 // pratyakSaraM nirUpyAsyA graMthamAnaM vinizcitaM / / zrINi zlokasahasrANi pAdanyUnA ca SadazatI // 9 // cha / graMthasaMkhyA 3575 // cha // cha // kalyANamastu cha / saMvat 1620 varSe jeThava()sudi 1 guruvAre 'vikramapure 'kharatara begaDagacche gudeg zrIvIramerutatsiSyA paa|| zrIsAgaracaMdratatsiSya paM0 udayatilaka liSataM // cha / zubhaM bhavatu // Reference.-Published. See No. 76. samavAyAnasUtravRtti Samavayangasutravrtti 216. No. 80 1873-74 Size.--top in. by 4t in. Extent.--70 folios ; 17 lines to a page : 54 letters to a line.

Page #101
76 Jaina Literature and Philosophy 81. Description.-Country paper, very thin and grey ; Devanagari characters with EastS; bold, clear and tolerably good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, the space between the pairs coloured red; the unnumbered sides marked with one small circular disc in the centre, the numbered having over and above this, two more, one in each margin ; red chalk used ; a piece of paper of the same size as the fol. pasted to the fol. 1*; small strips of paper pasted to the edges of the several foll. ; condition fair ; this Ms. contains the waters only of the original sutra; complete; extent 3575 slokas. Age.-Samvat 1550. Begins.- fol. 1 3 il softa ATATAART etc. Ends.-fol. 70 ziSyasya saMpAdito bhavati etc., up to graMthasaMkhyA 3575 as in No. 79 followed by the lines as under:-- cha // zubhaM bhavatu // kalyANamastu // cha / saMvat 1550 varSe zrAvaNasudi 2 forced H 3 11 11 StorieSSI' TREIFTET I haargrafiat Taret care facundi 11 7 ll * 11 * FUTUTAR I gll gli PRATTUTATI 11 3 11 11 N. B.---For further particulars see No. 79. samavAyAnasUtravRtti Samavayangasutravrtti No. 81 1362. 1886-92. Size.--104 in. by 4} in. Extent.---81 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; so letters to a line. Description.--Country paper rough, thin and whitish; Devanagari characters with SHTETTS ; sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; foll. 14 and 816 blank except th the title etc., written on them ; this Ms. contains only the

Page #102
iv. II Angas 11 status of the text; complete ; extent 3700 slokas; edges of the 8Ist fol. slightly damaged; condition on the whole good. Age.--Samvat 1583. Begins.--fol. I OM namo vItarAgAya // zrIvarddhamAnamAnasya(mya) samavAyAMgavRttikA etc., as in No. 79. Ends.-fol. 81 ziSyasya saMpAdito bhavati etc., up to pAde nyUnA ca SaTsa (za) tI // 9 // as in No. 79 followed by graMthAnaM 3700 // saM01583 varSe // bhAdravA sudi 13 some lesskpaatth(k)yo(2)|| paM. kamalavijayagaNiziSyaza(zi)vavijayagaNinI pratiH ||shriiH|| N. B.--N. B. For other details see No. 79. samavAyAsUtraparyAya No.82 Extent.-fol. 3deg to fol. 44. Description.- Complete. Samavayangasutraparyaya 736(5). 1875-76. For other details see Pancavastuka. 736(1). paryaya No. ___1875-76. Subject.-Dificult words etc., occurring in Samavayarigasutra elucidated. Begins.-fol. 3deg samavAyaparyAyA yathA vANamaMtarANaM sohammAu / teSAmapi sabhAnAme tannAmazarIrASayapramANaspaMditA divi // etc. Rads.-fol. 4* narake sAmAnyApekSayA dvAdaza muhUrtAH sarvanarakApekSayA yato bAdazAhUrtA naMtara saptAnAmekanAvazyaM nArakotpattiH / samavAyaparyAyAH samAptAH //

Page #103
78 samavAyAnasUtraparyAya No. 83 Exent-fol. 4 to fol. 51. Description-Complete. paryaya No. Jaina Literature and Philosophy samavAyAGgasUtraparyAya No. 84 Begins. fol. 4 marqqqiar our etc., as in No. 82. Ends. fol. 5 narake sAmAnyApekSayA etc. N. B. For subject see No. 82. Extent. fol. 34 to fol.35. Description.-Complete. paryaya No. 789 (1). 1895-1902. anatargqaqaia No. 85 For further details see Pancavastuka Samavayangasutraparyaya 789 (5). 1895-1902. 736 (1). 1875-76. [ 85. Extent. fol. 56a to fol. 58*. Subject. Explanation of some of the words etc., occurring in Samavayangasutra. Samavayangasutraparyaya 736 (27). 1875-76. For other details see Pancavastuka Begins. fol. 344 atha samavAyAMgAya namaH / duritAnIti yojanazatamadhye 2552525 darzana iti vaizeSikamate etc. Ends. --- fol. 35 sAmAnyata iti devagatAvapi sAmAnyena dvAdaza muhUrtA evAMtaraM tadUrdhva kenApi saudharmAdike avazyamutpattavyaM / cha // samavAyaparyAya samAptataH // Samavayangasutraparyaya 789 (27). 1895-1902.

Page #104
IV. 11 Angas Description.--Complete. For other details see Pancavastukaparyaya No. 789 (I). 1895-1902. Begins. fol. 563& HHPrgin a$?: 1 etc. as in No. 84. Ends. fol. 58. marca zia Zenmiafa etc. N. B. For subject see No. 84. 86.] samavAyAnasUtraparyAya No. 86 Extent. fol. 44b to fol. 47a. Description.-Complete. For other details see Nandisutravisama padaparyaya No. 332 (I). A 1882-83. 79 Samavayangasutraparyaya 332 (10). A 1882-83. Begins. - fol. 44 atha samavAyAMga namaH / duritAni iti etc. as in No. 82 Ends. fol. 474 sAmAnya (taH ) iti devagatAvapi etc. N. B. For subject see No. 84.

Page #105
80 Jaina Literature and Philosophy X0 THE FIFTH ANGA bhagavatIsUtra (bhagavaIsatta) Bhagavatisutra (Bhagavaisutta) No. 87 56. 1870-71. Size.-95 in. by 4s in. Extent.--379 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper, rough, tough and white; Deva nagari characters with CATEITS; big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders mostly ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered twice as usual ; foll. I. and 379 decorated with a pattern; foll. 86 to 88 wrongly numbered as 87 etc., but subsequently these numbers are corrected ; fol. 216th wrongly number: ed as 116 in the right hand margin ; edges of the first fol. slightly worn out; fol. 132 partly torn; foll. 344 to 346 torn in the body by one who must have tried to separate them after they had stuck together owing to the presence of gum in ink; condition on the whole good; complete; extent 160000. Age.--Samvat 1620. Author.-Sudharmasvamin according to the Jaina tradition. Subject.--This fifth anga also known as Vivahaprajnapti and Vyakhyaprajnapti is mainly busy elucidating the fundamental tenets of Jainism. It contains 41 satakas or chapters with occasional subdivisions styled as uddesakas. It com prises 36,000 questions. Begins.-fol. r' jinAya namaH // __ namo arihaMtANaM namo siddhANaM namo AyariyANaM namo udhajjhAyANaM namo loe savvasAhUNaM // namo baMbhIe livIe rAyagihe etc. Ends.-fol. 378 paMce(ceM)diyANaM bArasa / saMNipaMce(ceM)diyamahAjumasatAi(iM) ekara (ka)vIsaM ega(giM)diyAi vaseNaM udi(hi)sijjati rAsIjumasataMega(giM)divaseNa uddisijjaM(jja)ti ||ch|| paMcamAMgasUtrapustakamidaM // graMthAnaM 160000 // yAdRzaM pustake dRSTvA // tAdra(ha)zaM liSyate mayA / padi acamoda pA / mama dopo na dIyate //

Page #106
87.) V. 11 Angas 81 waguafetar i starfset (?) gi() kaSTena likhyate zAstraM / yatnena parapAlitaH / / saMvat 1620 varSe azvanamAse kRSNapaSye saptamyAM tithau / 'rkavAsare // 'koraTA nagare madhe liSyateH // zrIrastu / / zubhaM bhavatu Reference. The specimens of Bhagavatisura with the commentary of Abhayadeva Suri seem to have been published at Bombay in A. D. 1874 and 1877 respectively. The complete text together with Abhayadeva Suri's Sanskrit commentary, paraphrase in Sanskrit by Ramacandra Gani and tabba or the exposition in Gujarati by Megharaja was published at Benares in A, D. 1882. A tolerably good edition of the text was published with Abhayadeva Suri's commentary by the Agamodaya Samiti in three parts in A. D. 1918, 1919 and 1921 respectively. A. Weber's "Uber ein Fragment der Bhagavati ", Berlin 1866-1867 may be mentioned in this connection. Nigodasattrimsika, a portion of Bhagavatisutra ( XI, 10) along with a Gujarati commentary was published in Prakaranaratnakara (vol. III) by Bhimsimha Manek, Bombay, 1876-1878. See for other details Weber II, p. 420 f., Indian Antiquary vol. VIII, pp. 30-31', Indian Antiquary vol. XIX, p. 62 ff., Indischen Studien vol. XVII, Bod. No. 1336 and Winternitz, Geschichte II, p. 300. For additional Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. (vol. III-IV, p. 395) and G. O. Series ( vol. XXI, pp. 1, 3, 11, 15 & 21.) For a small portion of the 9th uddesaka of the eighth Sataka see No. 105. The English translation of the 15th sataka prepared by R. Hoernle is published as an appendix in his edition of Uvasagadasao, Bibliotheca Indica, Calcutta, 1888-1890. This sataka is referred to by W. W. Rockhill in "the life of the Buddha and the early History of his Order", London, 1884. 1. Herein we have an article named "Jainism" by E. Thomas. 3. This deals with the seven schisms mentioned in Bhagavatisutra V, 9, 33. 11 ( J. L. P.]

Page #107
Jaina Literature and Philosophy 88. bhagavatIsUtra Bhagavatisutra No. 88 447, 1882-83. Size.-118 in. by 42 in. Extent.--372--2=370 folios; 13 lines to a page; 56 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin and greyish ; Devanagari characters with HAFETS ; big, quite legible and good handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; space between the pairs coloured red; foll. numbered only once; the unnumbered sides having a disc in the centre only, the numbered, in the margins, too; red chalk used; several foll. awfully damaged so much so that even a part of the margin where the number of the fol. is entered is gone in the case of 12 foll. preceding the 15th; the ist and the 4th foll. are even lost; the original pagination of soll. 363 to 372 gone; even some foll. torn; the Ms. requires to be very carefully handled, condition being rather poor; marginal notes occasionally written in Gujarati almost complete ; extent 15800 slokas. Age.-Samvat 1570. Begins.-- fol. 2a spora STTAFF AT FAT31#(d)zualag etc. Ends.--fol. 372a ginearuf arth etc., up to the practically as in No. 87 followed by the lines as under:-- fauftras pa att anffafafatt panor tant etc., ( 372 ) and ug faca 9231 CHIA TROCH ! Il etc. 246001111 saMvat 1570 varSe ASADhasadi 3 ravau 'nAgara'jJAtIyatravADI jagA liSitaM // etc. I Dr. W. Schubring has numbered them with black lead-pencil below the disc in the middle of the numbered sides.

Page #108
89.] bhagavatIsUtra No. 89 V. 11 Angas Age.-Pretty old. Begins. (text) fol. baroi etc. Size.-104 in. by 41 in. Extent.-806 folios; 9 lines to a page; 35 letters to a line. Description. Country paper extremely thin and white; Devanagari characters with gears; big, legible and beautiful handwriting; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink; marginal notes occasionally written; at times this makes the Ms. appear as ret; fol. 1a blank; so is the fol. 806th; red chalk and yellow pigment used; numbers of all the foll. except the first entered only in one margin; only the first fol. numbered in both the margins; edges of the first few foll. slightly worn out; a piece of paper of the size of the fol. pasted to fol. 806b; condition on the whole very good; a diagram referring to the three s etc., on fol. 1o1; those of etc., on fol. 432, 432b, 433a and 685a; bhangas pertaining to various topics have been separately pointed out; see foll. 244b, 289a, 2912, 416, 591b, 5922, 593*, 595", 596, 596, 5976, 598a, 599, 6012, 603 and 617; complete; extent 16000 slokas. 83 Bhagavatisutra 226. 1871-72. (com) fol. 1 atha vivAhavaNa (Na) tti ti kaH zabdArtha ucyate / vividhA jIvAdipracuratarapadArthA ( : ) prarUpyate iyaM bhagavatItyapi pUjyatvena abhidhIyata iti etc. Ends-fol. 805 paMciMdiyANaM bArasa etc., up to uddisijjaMti as in No. 87. followed by the lines as under: fauferuerfage aufaefax(fat)a genfter(fear) deft majjhapi deu mehaM buhavibuhaNamaMsiyA NicvaM / sudevayA paNamimo jIe pasAeNa sikzviyaM NANaM aNNaM pavayaNadevI saMtikariM taM nama'sAmi // zrIbhagavatIsUtraM graMthAgraM 16000 // cha // zrIvivAhapattI paMcamaM aMga sammattaM / cha / etc. Then follows in a different hand a line as under:-- zrIjInA siSya RSi kAnhAjInI bhagavatI hai /

Page #109
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [90. 40 bhagavatIsUtra ( za. 9, u. 33) Bhagavatisutra ( IX, 33 ) No. 90 1874-75. Size.-1 14 in. by 5.1 in. Extent.--21 folios ; 10 lines to a page ; 42 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thick, rough and white ; Devanagari characters; big, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines in red ink ; fol. 1a blank ; foll. numbered in both the margins ; portions corrected at times; there are some lacune on foll. II', 12 etc.; this Ms. only deals with a part of Bhagavatisutra ; complete so far as the 33rd uddesaka of the 9th sataka is concerned ; condition very good. Subject.-Rsabhadatta and Devananda go to hear Lord Mahavira's sermon and renounce the world. Life of Jamali, too, is narrated in this uddesaka. Age.-Not quite modern. Begins.-fol. 1 OM namaH siddhaM // teNaM kAleNaM mAhaNakuMDaggAme nAma nagare hotthA / vaNa(gNa)o / bahuzAlA(sAla)e cetie vaNa(gNa)o tencha( ? tattha) NaM mAhaNakuMDaggAme Nagare usabhadatte NAmaM mAhaNe parivasati etc. , - fol. 4* khattiyakuMDaggAme NAma nagare hotthA / ghaNa(NNa)o / tattha NaM khatti kuMDaggAme Nagare jamAlI NAmaM khattiyakumAra parivasati etc. Ends.-fol. 21 jamAlI NaM bhaMte deve tAto devalogAto AukakhaeNaM jAva kahi uvavajihiti / go| paMcatirikkhajoNiyamaNussadevabhavaggahaNAI saMsAraM aNupariyaTTittA tato patthA(cchA?) sijjhihiti jAva aMtaM kAhiti / sa(se.) baM bhaMte sev(vN)| bhaMte ti ||jmaalii smtto| Reference.--See Abhidhanarajendra. For further particulars see No. 87.

Page #110
1.] V. II Angas bhagavatIsUtra (za. 11, u. 11) Bhagavatisutra (XI, 11) No.91 177. 1873-74. Size.--104 in. by 44 in. Extenr.-14 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 36 letters to a line. Description.--Country paper thin, rough and greyish ; Devanagari characters%3; sufficiently big, clear, uniform and good handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; fol. 1* blank ; complete so far as it goes; edges of some of the foll. slightly damaged ; condi. tion on the whole good. Age.---Pretty old.. Subject.--This is a only part of Bhagavatisutra (XI, 11 ). It mainly deals with the life of Mahabala (Mahabbala). Begins.--- fol. 1 teNaM kAleNaM / teNaM samaeNaM / vANiyaggAme NAmaM Nagare hotthaa| ghnnnno| 'dUtipalAsae' cotae vaNNao jAva puDhavisilA ptttto|ttth NaM / pANiyaggAme Nagare / sudaMsaNA(Na) NAmaM seTThI parivasati // ar3e dittA vitA viccha(cchinnavipulabhavaNasayaNAsaNajANavAhaNAiNA(NNA) bahudhaNabahujAyarUvarayayA AugapaugasaMpauttA vicchaDiyavipulabhattapANA / bahudAsadAsIgomahisagavelagapabhUyA bahujaNassa aparibhUyA samANA vAsae abhigatajIvAjIvA uplddhpunnnnpaavaa| AsavasaMvaranijjarakiriyA / / ahigaraNA(Na)baMdhamokkhakutrAlA asahejjadevAsa(ma)ranAgasuvannajakkharakkhasakiMnarakiMpurisagarulagaMdhavvamahoragAdiehiM / niggaMthAo pAvayaNA(o) aNitikamajjA etc. Ends.--fol. 14 tassa sadasaNassa seTTi(ssa) samaNassa bhagavato mahAvIrassa / aMtiyaM eyamahaM socA Nisamma (sa)bheNaM(?) ajjhavasANeNaM sobhaNeNaM pariNAmeNaM lesAhi visa(su)jjhamANA(Ni)hiM tadAvaraNijjANaM kammANaM khaovasameNaM IhAma(va)hamaggaNagavesaNaM karemANassa sapaNIpujjIve) jAisaraNe samuppaNe(NNe) etamaI samaM ahisamati ta teNaM sudaMsaNe sahI samajeNaM bhagavatA mahAvIreNaM saMbhAriyaM puva(bva)bhave duguNANiyasasaMvege ANaMdasupuNNaNayaNe samaNaM bhagavaM mahAvIra ti(ka)khuto(to) vaMdati NamaMsati vaMdittA NamaMsittA evaM vadAsI / evamevaM bhata(?bhaMte) jAva se jaheta tujjhe badaha tti kaTTa uttarapuricha(cchi)meM disIbhAgaM avakamati sesaM jayA usabhaTattassa / jAva savvadakkhappahA(hI) varaM cohasa. puyAI ahijjati bahupaDipuNNAi duvAlasa vAsAI sAmaNa(NNa)pariyAgaM pAuNati sesaM taM cet(va) / sebeM bhaMte 2 mahabbalo sammatto // 11 ||shriiH // ' zubhaM bhavatu // kalyANamastu / / shreysuH|| 1 See p. 549th of the printed edition (Agamodaya Samiti).

Page #111
B6 bhagavatIsUtravRtti No. 92 Jaina Literature and Philosophy Size.-12 in. by 43 in. Extent.-277+2=279 folios; 15 lines to a page; 68 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper thick, grey and durable; Devanagari characters with gears; quite bold, perfectly legible, uniform and exceedingly beautiful hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, the intervening space between the pairs coloured red; fol. ra blank; fol. 1 decorated with a beautiful picture of a Jaina Tirthankara, probably Lord Mahavira ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; the unnumbered sides have in the centre a small disc in red ink, the numbered having over and above this, two more, one in each margin; a piece of paper almost of half the size as the fol. pasted to the first fol.; the edges of the first three foll. slightly worn out; condition on the whole good; foll. 13 and 66 repeated;s of us on foll. 248th and 249th; this Ms. contains the ts of the text; complete; extent 18616 slokas. 92. Bhagavatisutravrtti 307. A 1882-83. Age. Samvat 1516. Author.-Abhayadeva Suri, pupil of Jinesvara Suri and Buddhisagara Suri. Subject.-A Sanskrit commentary to Bhagavatisutra. This is styled as vivarana, visesavrtti and vrtti. It is composed in Samvat 1128, with the help of Yasascandra Gani, and is revised by Drona Suri. Begins. -- fol. 1 OM namo jinAya // sarvajJamIzvaramanaMtamasaMgagamyaM sAvayamasmaramanIzamanIhA medaM / siddhaM zivaM zivakaraM karaNavyapetaM zrImajjinaM jitaripuM prayataH praNaumi // 1 // navA zrIvarddhamAnAya zrImate ca sudharmmaNe / Baiguiugeri ar(ar )out wataqeer || 2 11 etaTTIkAcUrNI jIvAbhigamAdivRttilezAMzva / saMyojya paMcamAMgaM vivRNomi vizeSataH kiMcit // 3 //

Page #112
92.1 V. I! Angas Ends.-- fol. 2772 athavA sAdharmya sAkSAdeva Aha / guNairgAbhIryAdibhirvizAlo vistIrNaH tadbahutvAthaH sa tatheti gAthArthaH / cha / namo goyamAINaM gaNaharANamityAdayaH // pustakalekhakanamaskArAH prakaTArthAzceti na vyAkhyAtAH / cha / iti bhagavatIvizeSavRttiH samAptA // cha / yaduktamAdAviha sAdhuyodhaiH zrIpaMcamAMgonnatakuMjaro'yaM / sukhAdhigamyo(s)stviti pUrvagurvI prArabhyate dRttivaratrikeyaM // 1 // samarthitaM (tatpadubuddhisAdhu sa(sA)hAyakAtkevalamatra sNtH| sadbuddhidAcyA'paguNAMlunaMtu sukhagrahA yena bhavatyathaiSA // 2 // 'cAMdre' kule sadvanakakSakalpe mahAgumo dharmaphalapradAnAt / chAyAnvitaH zastavizAlazAkhaH zrIvarddhamAno muninAyako'bhUt // 3 // tatpuNyakalpau vilasadvihAya(? ra). sadgaMdhasaMpUrNadizau samaMtAt / vabhUvatuH ziSyavarAvanIca vRttI zrutajJAnaparAgavaMtau // 4 // ekastayoH sUrivaro jinezvaraH khyAtastathA(s)nye('nyo) bhuvi buddhisaagrH| tayorvineyena (vi)buddhinA(5)pyalaM vRttiH kRteSA'mayadevalAraNA // 5 // tayoreva vineyAnAM tatpadaM cAnukurvatAM / zrImatAM jinacaMdrAkhyasatprabhUNAM vi( ? ni)yogataH // 6 // zrImajjinezvarAcAryaziSyANAM guNazAlinAM / jinabhadramunIMdrANAmasmAkaM cAMhisevinaH // 7 // yazazcandragaNai(Ne)rgADhasa(sA)hAmyAtsiddhimAgatA / parityaktAnyakRtyasya yuktAyuktavivekinaH / / 8 // zAstrArthanirNayasusaurabhalaMpaTastha vidvanmadhuvratagaNasya (sadaiva) sevyaH /

Page #113
.00 38 Size.-- Jaina Literature and Philosophy 6 bhagavatI sUtravRtti No. 93 zrI 'nirvRtA' khyakulasannadapadmakalpaH zrI droNasUriranavadyayazaH parAgaH // 9 // zodhitavAn vRttimimAM yukto viduSAM mahAsamUhena / zAstrArthaniSka nikaSaNakaSapaTTakakalpabuddhInAM // 10 // vizodhitA tAvadiyaM sudhIbhistathApi doSAH kila saMbhavati / manmohatastAMzva vihAya sadbhi stadbrAhmamAptAbhimataM yadasyAM // 11 // saMvat 1516 varSe bhAdravA zudi 1 bhU ( bhau ) me / ayeha zrI ' pattana vAstavya - brAhmaNa devA likhitamasti / cha / etc. followed in a different hand yadavAptaM mayA puNyaM vRttAviha zubhAzayAt / moho (hA) d vRttijamanyacca tenAgo me vizuddhayatAt // 12 // prathamAdarza likhitA vimalagaNiprabhRtibhirnijavineyaiH / kurvadbhiH zrutabhaktiM dakSairadhikaM vinItaizva // 13 // asyAH karaNavyAkhyA zrutilekhanapUjanAdiSu yadA ( thA ) hai / dAyika mANikyaH preritavAnasmadAdijanAn // 14 // aSTAviMzatiyukte varSe (rSa) sahasre zatena cAbhyadhike (1928) | 'aNahilapATaka' nagare kRteyamacchuptadhAnivasatau // 15 // aSTAdaza sahasrANi SaT zatAnyatha SoDaza / ityevamAnametasyAH zlokamAnena nizcitaM // 16 // Dy 'Agama' gacche zrIzrI hemaratnasUritatpaTTe zrIamararatnasUrINAM (NA)mupadezena zrIbhagavatyaMgavRtti liSApitA bhAMDAgAre paM0 lalitasAgaraga ziSya bhAvuka dIpacaMda sya iyaM parati (pratiH) pradattA // Reference.--- For additional Mss. see G. O. Series ( vol. XXI, pp. 8, 16, 18, 22, 32 and 34 ). 93. Bhagavatisutravrtti 10. 1881-82. -34 in. by 24 in. Extent.-about 417 leaves; 6 lines to a leaf; about 150 letters to a line.

Page #114
94.) V. 11 Angas 89 Description.-Palm-leaf thick and grey ; Devanagari characters with TERES; sufficiently big, legible, uniform and very good hand-writing ; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having being written into three separate columns; but really it is not so, since the lines of the first column are continued to the remaining ones ; borders of each of the columns ruled in four lines in black ink ; leaves numbered in both the margins; in the right hand margin as I, 2 etc., and in the left hand one as sfr oft at sfr etc., there are two holes in ? ? 3 (? ) each leaf in the spaces between the columns; in some places ink has faded ; this Ms. is much damaged towards the end; the last four leaves very badly; condition not satisfactory; leaf 1* blank; two extra blank leaves in the the beginning; red chalk used; almost complete ; two wooden planks encompassing the Ms; it contains the gates of the text. Age.- Very old. Begins.--fol. 10 3 FAT aatmi 11 3 11 Fotofreachia etc. Ends. - fol. 4156 ... ... Hatariana great artararaatfattat ... faalaaroforai fattere... ... ... ... N. B. -- For other details see No. 92. bhagavatIsUtravRtti Bhagavatisutravrtti 227. No. 94 1871-72. Size.--101 in. by 4.3 in. Extent.--383-2=381 folios; 15 lines to a page; 48 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper, thick, tough and greyish; Devanagari characters with qentats; small, legible and very fair handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; space between the lines coloured red; most of the unnumbered sides have a disc in red colour in the centre only, the numbered, in the margins, too; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too; a piece of paper of the size of the tol. pasted to fol. 1*; on this fol. as well as on fol. 3836 the following line is written:12 [ J. L. P.]

Page #115
Jaina Literature and Philosophy 195. bhagavatIsu(sUtraTIkA / paM. zrIbhImavijayagANi zrIgulAbasatkanI jJAnalAbhadAI pratya ch| Edges of the first few foll. slightly worn out; the margin of 297th fol. torn in two places; condition on the whole good; the bhangas about sparsas tabulated on fol. 327b; the description about different sorts of living beings regarding their yogas-spandas on fol. 344"; and the results pertaining to satyamana etc., on fol. 345* ; foll. 55 and 56 missing, otherwise complete ; this Ms. contains the gates of the text; an additional fol. at the end gives the list of foll. indicating the beginning and end of each sataka ; this fol. is subsequently written in Samvat 1896 as stated therein; extent 18616 slokas. Age.--Samvat 1636. Begins.--fol. 1deg FTA: Fragnet FA: 107 11 Fatasary etc. Ends.--fol. 382* Buat FriFT etc., up to faisaa 11 3 ll as in No. 92 followed by jeri potefiteeri 86688 11 y lleva sfaraia. vRttya saMpUrNa samAptaH cha / yAdRzaM etc., saMvat 1636 varSe azvani mAse kRzna 997 faranga FTHAIHI sitting and ford giecie: 11 7 ll etc. N. B.--For additional particulars see No. 92. bhagavatIsUtravRtti Bhagavatisutravrtti No. 95 448. 1882-83. Size.--104 in. by 43 in. Extent.---400 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description.--Country paper, very thin, rough and white ; Devana gari characters with occasional tas ; small, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. numbered twice as usual; foll. I* and 400b blank; yellow pigment used; red chalk, too ; foll. 76 to 97 numbered as 1, 2 etc. interlinearly; sota cor etc. tabulated on fol. II5bpradesas connected with the shape of the slokas etc.,

Page #116
96.1 V. 11 Angas 91 represented in diagrams on foll. 275*, 275, 360b and 3612; etc., tabulated on fol. 358b; complete ; extent 18616 slokas; edges of the first fol. slightly gone; conditon very good. Age.-Fairly old. Begins. fol. 1 zrIvItarAgAya namaH // sarvajJamIsva ( zva) ra etc. Ends.-- fol. 3996 athavA sAdharmya etc., up to zlokamAnena nizcitaH (taM) as in No. 92 followed by prathAya 18000 zata 616 / / zlokamAnasya etc. N. B. For other details see No. 92. bhagavatI sUtravRtti No. 96 Size.-97 in. by 43 in. Extent.-480+3=483 folios; 15 lines to a page; 45 letters to a line. Bhagavatisutravrtti 171. 1866-68. Description. Country paper, thick, rough and white; Devanagari characters with gears; sufficiently big, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; space between the pairs coloured red; numbers of foll. entered once; almost all the foll. worm-eaten; some very badly; condition fair; red chalk used; fol. 1a blank; foll. bound together as a volume; foll. 13th, 334th and 357th repeated; the 334th and 357th precede the first fol. instead of their being in their due place; complete; extent 19776 (?) slokas. Age.-Samvat 1660. Begins. fol. 1 3 at f sarvajJamIzvara etc. Ends. -- fol. 4792 athavA sAdharmya etc., up to zlokamAnena nizcitA (i) as in No. 92 followed by aMkato ( s) pi zlokasaMkhyA graMthAgraM 19776 (?) yAdRzaM etc., saMvat 1660 varSe mAgha zu0 13 zukre liSitaM / chaH etc. N. B. For further particulars see No. 92.

Page #117
93 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [97. paramANukhaNDaSatriMzikA Paramanukhandasattrimsika arthalavasahita with Arthalava 283 (b). No.97 A. 1882-83. Extent.-- fol. 74 to fol. 96. Description.--. Both the text and the commentary complete so far as they go. For other details see No. 106. Author of the text.-- Some Jaina saint who flourished before Abhayadeva Suri. ,, ,, ,, (com.).- Ratnasimha Suri. His probable date is men tioned as 1245 by C. M. Duff in "The Chrono logy of India" (p. 190 ), Westminster, 1899. Subject.- Exposition of pudgalas regarding their duration from four different aspects, in 36 verses in Prakrit based upon Bhagavatisutra (V, 7), together with their elucidation in Sanskrit. This exposition is preceded by that of Abhaya deva Suri's. Begins.- (text) fol. 72 khittogAhaNadavve bhAvahANAu appabahuyatte / thovA asaMkharANiyA tinni ya sesA kahaM neyaa||1|| khitto(tA)muttattAto teNa samaM baMdhapaJcayA bhAvA / to poggalANa thovo khittAvaThANakAlo uRetc ,, - (com.) fol. 7 yathAsthitANujIvAdipadArthagaNadezaka sarvajJaM tridazastutyaM vIraM natvA jinezvaraM / 1 pudgalAnAM nigodAnA(nAM) sata(? tattvapratipAdikAH gAthAH kiMcidvicityaM(dicyaM )te bhagavatyaMgattita(:) vivAha[:]prazA(jJa)ptyAkhyapaMcamAMgasya vivaraNe paMcamazate saptamoddezake pudralavacanaprastAve[stAve] sUtroktArthavivaraNarUpA gAthA navAMgavRttidbhiH pUjyazrImadabhayadevasUribhilikhitAH kiMcidvitAzca / tAsAM saMpradAyagamyo gurUpadezAkicidarthalavo likhyate / tAzcemAH khitto. iha pudgalAnAM kSetrevagAhanAyAM dravye bhAve(s)vasthitikAlamAzritya / alpabahutvavicAre kSetrasthitiralpA avagAhanAdInAM sthitayaH zeSAstisro'pi pratyeka krameNa asaMkhyagaNitAH etc.

Page #118
98. ] Ends. (text) fol. 9a " haTha bhannai saccaM kiM puNa guNabAhullA na savvaguNanAso / davvassa tadannatte vi bahutarANAM guNANa ThiI // 15 // // iti paramANuvicArapratibaddhA zrIratnasiMha sUrivivRtA khaMDaSaTtriMzatikA // V. II Angas ( com.) fol. 94 bhannai 0 dravyAnyathAtve guNAnyathAca ( tvaM ) dravyatAvadasthe (sthye) guNAnyathAtvaM ca yaduktaM (ktaM ) / tatsatyaM anayorapi bhaMgakayoH / kathaMcit ghaTanAt kiM punarguNAnAM varNagaMdharasAdInAM bAhulyAdekasmina paramANuskaMdhe bhUyasAmatrasthAnAt / na sarveSAM guNAnAM vinAzo bhavati / dravyasya tadanyatve (S) pi paramANusaMgamavigamAbhyAM nAze ( s) pi bahutarANAM varNagaMdharasAdInAM naSTeSvapi keSucit pariNAmAdiSu guNeSu (guNA )nAM / sthitiriti ho ( ? he ) tordravyasthAnAyuSoH / bhAvasthAnAyurasaMkhyaguNamiti sthitaM // 15 // iti paramANuvicAra pratibaddhA zrI // ratnasiMha sUrivivRtA SaDaSaMDapaTa triMzakAvivRtti (tiH) samarthiteti // cha // Reference. Both the text and the commentary are published by Jaina atmananda sabha, in Samvat 1969, together with Pudgalasattrimsika and Nigodasattrimsika, along with a commentary of both of them by Ratnasimha Suri. paramANukhaNDapatriMzikA arthalavasahita No. 98 vipariNaya (yaM) divye ka (kaM) mi [vi] guNa [vi] pariNaI bhave jugavaM / kAmma vi puNa tadavatthe vi hoi guNavipparINAmo // 14 93 Paramanukhandasattrimsika with Arthalava 1139 (a). 1887-91. Size.-- rog in. by 48 in. Extent. - 6 folios ; 25 lines to a page; 70 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper, thin, rough and white; Devanagari characters; very small, legible and tolerably good handwriting; borders ruled in two lines in black ink; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right hand margin ; fol. 66 blank; this Ms. contains the text as well as the commentary

Page #119
94 Age.- Old. Begins. ". "" Ends. Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ 99% commencing on fol. 1a and ending on fol. 1b; both complete; there are two additional works as under : with foll. 1--4a 4-6 ( 1 ) gemPzifiken ( 2 ) nigodaSaTtriMzikA - (com.) No. 99 (text) fol. 1' fa(4) - (com.),, dravyAnyathAtve etc. N. B. For other details see No. 97. d. (text) fol. 1 fg etc. as in No. 97. yathAsthitANujIvAdi etc. etc. dr dw paramANukhaNDaSaTtriMzikA euctefta "" (1) putralaSatriMzikA ( 2 ) nigodaSatriMzikA 32 Size.-- Iog in. by 4g in. Extent. 19 folios; 15 lines to a page; 37 letters to a line. Description. Country paper, tough and white; Devanagari characters; it is a fret Ms. containing the text and the commentary; sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; red chalk used; fol. 1" blank; both the text and the commentary complete; they begin on fol. 1b and end on fol. 4b; condition very good; this Ms. contains in addition the following works: rw rw dr "" Paramanukhandasattrimsika with Arthalava 33 dr with vRtti foll. 5-11b 11b-19b Age. Not quite modern. Regins. (text) fol. 1 etc., as in No. 97. (com.), sarvajJAya namaH * yathAsthitApujIvAdi etc. 241(a). 1871-72. dw

Page #120
101.] V. 11 Angas Ends.--(text ) fol. 4" @cafuria chat etc. >> -- (com.) ,, ,, CETTATOTT etc. N. B.- For other details see No. 97. paramANukhaNDaSatriMzikA Paramanukhandasattrimsika arthalavasahita with Arthalava No. 100 224 (a). 1871-72. Size.- 104 in. by 48 in. Extent.-- 6 folios ; 24 lines to a page; 82 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper, very thin, rough and white ; Deva nagari characters with CATETS ; very small, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines in black ink; red chalk used; edges of almost every fol. slightly worn out; condition on the whole good; both the text and the commentary complete; they begin on fol. 1* and end on fol. Ib; this Ms. contains in addition the following works : (1) pudgalapaTtriMzikA with vRtti foll. 24.-3'. (2) A quafarast >> >> >> 4a -- 6b. (3) Paletterat >> >> fol. 64 - 66. Age.- Samvat 1483. Begins.- ( text ) fol. 18 fare EGR etc. as in No. 97. - (com.) >> >> Terengroftame etc. Ends.-- (text) fol. 1b farcuria e etc., up to you for 24.11 >> -- (com.), ,, Taurrera etc. N. B.--- For additional particulars see No. 97. pudgalaSatriMzikA vRttisahita No. 101 Extent.- fol. gb to fol. 14o. Pudgalasattrimsika with vrtti" 283 (c). A. 1882-83.

Page #121
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ror. Description. Both the text containing 36 verses in Prakrit and its commentary in Sanskrit complete. For other details see No. 106. Author of the text. 96 " " Subject. Exposition of both the types of pudgalas viz. sapradesa and apradesa from four view-points. It is based upon Bhagavati sutra ( V, 8 ). Begins.- (text) fol. 90. mv "" " Some saint who flourished before Abhayadeva Suri. See the commentary. com.- Ratnasimha Suri. votthaM (cchaM) appA bahuaM davvA khe (tta) ddhabhAvau (o) vA vi 1 apaesasappaesANa pogA (gga) lANa samAseNaM 1 davveNaM paramANu khetteNegappaesamAgADhA / kAlegasamaiyA apaesA poggalA huti 2 etc. - ( com. ) fol. 9 atha paMcamazate aSTamoddezake pudgalapradeza nirUpaNasvarUpe dravyata (:) kSetrataH kAlato bhAvatazva sapradezApradezAnAM pudgalAnAM sUtroktAlpabahutvasya bhAvanArtha gAthAprapaMco vRddhokto vitra (vi) yate sa cAyaM // cha // botthaM (vocchaM) dravyataH sapradezAnAmapradezAnAM (ca) kSetrataH sapradezAnAmapradezAnAM va ( ? ) | addha tti kAlataH // etc. Ends.-- (text) fol. 14 nauI [paM] paMcANauI ahANauI taheva navanauI / ras (i) yAI sahassAiM sappaesANa viSarIyaM 35 eesa jahAsaMbhavamatthovaNayaM karijja rAsINaM / sabhA (bhA) bau (o) ya jANijja te anaMte jji (ji) NAbhihie 36 iti zrIratnasiMhasUrikRtA ( vivRtA) pudgalaSaTUtriMza (zi) kA saMpUrNA // cha // zrI -(com.) fol. 3(c) ee0 eteSAM pUrvoktAnAM sapradezA'pradezAnAM rAzInAM yathA saMbhava (vArthIpanayaM arthabhAvanAM kuryAt [ arthabhAvanAM kuryAt / ] arthabhAvanA tu sapradezApradezAnAM alpabahutvavicArarUpA pUrvavyAkhyAne kRtaiveti hane (? neha) pratanyate atra lakSasaMkhyayA pudralAnAmalpabahutvavicAraNamavyutpava (na) matiziSyavyutpAdanArthe paramArthabha ( ? ) sutAn pugalAnanaMtAna jinA'bhihitAn jAnIyAditi // 36 // iti ratnasiMhasUra (vi) vRttA (tA) pudgalaSatriMzakA [kAH ] // cha // Reference. - Both the text and the commentary are published by Jaina Atmananda Sabha, Bhavanagar, in Samvat 1969. See. No. 97. "The Chronology of India" (p. 190) by C. M. 8 Repeated in the Ms.

Page #122
103.] grove faften! vRttisahita No. 102 V. 11 Angas Duff may be also consulted. The text along with Pancanirgranthi is noted by A. Weber in his catalogue. See Weber II, No. 1790. Extent. fol. 1 to fol. 4.. Description.-- Complete. For further details see No. 98. Begins. (text) fol. ei etc., as in No. 101. dr "" Ends. fol. 4 (text) ass etc. (com.),, ,, atha paMcama eva zate'STamAddezake etc. N. B. For other details see No. 101. groupfition vRttisahita No. 103 dw Begins.--(text) fol. 5a 4(c) (com.) eteSAM pUrvoktAnAM etc., pudgalaSatriMzikAvRtti samarthiteti. Extent - fol. 5 to fol. 11. Description. Both the text and the commentary complete. For other details see No. 99. -- (com. ),, " atha paMcamazate etc. Pudgalasattrimsika with vrtti 13 [J. L. P.] rw N. B.-- For additional particulars see No. 101. 97 gei etc., as in No. 101. Ends. (text) fol. 11 res etc. - (com.) eteSAM pUrvoktAnAM etc. pudgalaSaTtriMzikAvRttiH samarthiteti 1139 (b). 1887-91. Pudgalasattrimsika with vrtti 241 (b). 1871-72.

Page #123
98 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [105. pudgalaSadAtraMzikA Pungalasattrimsika vRttisahita with vrtti No. 104 224(b). 1871-72. Extent.-- fol. 2a to fol. 3. DescriptionBoth the text and the commentary complete. For other details see No. 100. Begins.-( text ) fol 24 TC) 379ragai etc., as in No. 101. >> -( com.) ,, ,, 370 GTA ga aT etc. Ends.--( text ) fol. 36 38 ETTU etc., up to fruttareg 26. >> --( com.), ,, gai galitat etc. N. B.- For further particulars see No. 101. bandhaSatriMzikA Bandhasattrirnsika TippaNakasahita with tippanaka No. 105 224 (a). 1871-72. Extent.--. fol. 64 to fol. 66. Description. --- A part of the sth anga together with 36 gathas in Prakrit and their tippanaka in Sanskrit ; the gathas and the cippanaka complete. For other details see No. 1oo. Author of the sutra. - Sudharmasvamin. , ,, gathas. -- Some saint who flourished before Abhava deva Suri. Subject. - A portion of Bhagavatisutra ( VIII, 9 ) together with the corresponding gathas in Prakrit and the tippanaka in Sanskrit, deals with the numbers of living beings having various kinds of bodies, each having different types of bandhas. Begins.- (text ) fol. 6* matatu wa shiritistas fes**TETTU E TA FIT gANaM desabaMdhagANaM savvabaMdhagANaM / abaMdhagANa ya kayare kayarehiMto appA vA bahaA vA jAba visesAhibhAbA goamA sabvatthovA jIvA AhArasarIrassa

Page #124
to6.] V. II Angas 99 savabaMdhagA tasseva desabaMdhagA saMkhijjaguNA veuviasarIrassa samvabaMdhagA asakhijjarANA ' etc. urAlasavvabaMdhA thotrA abaM(ba)dhagA viseshiaa| tatto a desabaMdhA asaMkhaguNiA kahaM neaa||1 paDhamAma savabaMdho / samae semesu desabaMdho a| siddhAINa abaMdho viggahagaiANa ya jiANa(Na) // 2 Begins. - (com.) fol. 6 AhAragasarIrassa abaMdhagA vimesAhiA iti sUtraM / / sthApanA ceyaM etc. ihAlpabahutvAdhikAra vRddhA gAthAbhirevaM prapaMcitavaMtaH // etc. ihaudArikasarvabaMdhAdInAmalpatvAdibhAvanA'rtha sarva aMdhAdisvarUpaM tAvaducyate // etc. iha RjugatyA vigrahagatyA cotpadyamAnAnAM jIvAnAmutpattikSetraprAptisamaye marvabaMdho bhavati // dvitIyAdiSu tu dezabaMdhaH / etc. Ends.-(text) fol. 6 beubbiassa tatno abaMdhagA sAhiA viseseNa / te ceva ya neraiAivirahiA siddhasaMjuttA // 35 AhAragassa tatto / [abaMdhagA abaMdhagA sAhiA biseseNa / te puNa ke savvajiyA AhAragaladdhie muttaM // 36 baMdhaSatriMzikAM'STamazate.na navamoddezake // cha // saMvat 1483 varSe jyeSTha adi 10 // ch|| --- ( conn.) fol. 6deg saMkhyAtaguNA AyuSkA'baMdhakA iti yaduktaM tatra praznaH // Aha asaMkhijjaguNA / ugassa kima'baMdhagA na bhannati // jamhA asaMkhabhAgo utvadRi egasamaeNaM // 25 ayamAbhiprAyaH / eko'saMkhyabhAgo nigodajIvAnAM sarvadodvarttate sa ca baddhA yuSAmeva tadanyeSAmudvarttanAbhAvAt etc. Reference.-- The text is published together with Vanarsi Gani's avacuri in Samvat 1969, by Atnananda Sabha, Bhavanagar, as the 12th jewel of its series. nigoSaTtriMzikA Vigodasattrimsika bRttisahita with vrtti 283(a). No. 106 A. 1882-83. Size.-104 in. by 41 in. Extent.---14 folios ; 18 lines to a page ; so letters to a line. 1.2 These two passages are included in the concluding portion of Bhagavati sutra (VIII, 9).

Page #125
foo Jaina Literature and Philosophy [106. Description.--Country paper very thin, rough and white.; Devana gari characters with occasional pRSThamAtrAs; it is a tripATI Ms. containing the text and its commentary ; both written in a small, legible, and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used ; fol. I blank ; so is the fol. 14"; both the text and commentary complete ; they end on fol. 7o; this Ms. contains in addition the following works : - (1) paramANukhaNDaSaTtriMzikA with vivRti foll. (2) pudgalapadaviMzikA ,, vRtti Age.--- Old. Author of the text.- Some saint who flourished before the time of Abhayadeva Suri. Subject. ---Exposition of the Nigodas in 36 verses in Prakrit together with the Sanskrit commentary. This exposition is based upon Bhagavatisutra (XI, 10 ) and the verses are quoted by Abhayadeva Suri, in his commentary to this fifth anga. Begins.- (text) fol. I' logassegapaese jahannayapayaMmi jiyapaesANaM / ukkosapae ya tahA savvajiyANaM ca ke bahuyA // 1 thobA jahannayapae jiyappaesA jiyA asNkhgunnaa| ukkose(sa)payapaesA tau(o) visesAhiyA bhaNiyA // 2 etc -- ( com.) fol. I OM namaH // atha paMcamAMge eva ekAdazazate dazamoddezake nigodavicAro vRddhoktAbhiH SatriMzatA gAthAbhirabhidhIyate yathA / loga / / lokAkAzasyaikasminnabhaHpradeze nivibhAge kSetre jaghanyataH sUkSmanigodi(da)jIvAnAM kati pradezA avagADhAH syustathA utkRSTapade lokAkAzasyaiva ekasminnabhaHpradeze nirvibhAge kSetre kati jIvAnAM pradezA avagADhAH syustathA sarvajIvAnAM samastalokAkAzavartinAM sarvabhedabhinnAnAM utkRSTapade caikanabhaHpradezAvagADha sUkSmabAdarAdibhedabhinnajIvapradezAnAM bahavaH etc.. Ends.- ( text) fol. 6deg koDi ukkosapayAmma bAyarajIvapa(pa)esapakkhevo / sohaNamittiyaM jiya kAyavvaM khaMDagolANaM // 35 / / eesi jahAsaMbhavamatthovaNayaM karijja rAsaNiM / sambhAvao u jANijja te ya aNaMtA asaMkhA vA // 36 iti bhagavatI ekAdazazate dazamoddezake nigodaSavi(dAtra)zi(za)kA cha

Page #126
108.] V. II Angas ior Ends - ( com.) fol. 7 khaMDagolAnAM khaMDagolakapUrNatAkaraNe niyuktajIvAnAM teSA masadbhAvikatvAditi / 35 / eesi0 ihArthopanayo yathAsthAna prAgdarzita evaM aNaMta ti / nigode jIvA yaryApa lakSamAnAstathApyananA(?naMtA) evaM sarva jIvA api / tathA nigodAdayo ye lakSamAnAstepyasaMkhyeyAH avaseyAH 36 iti sUkSmavAdaranigodagolakAvagAhanAvicAraH iti bhagavatI ekAdazazate dazamo. dezake nigodaSatriMzakAvattiH // cha / bA(vA)lagge egamI asaMkhakoDI havaMti golANaM / / jAvaIyA khalu golA tAvaI u ceva nigoo vi // 2 // Reference. The text along with Ratnasimha Suri's commentary is published as already noted in No. 97. See also No. 87. nigodaSatriMzikA Vigodasattrimsika vRttisahita with vrtti 113910). No. 107 1887-91. Extent. -- fol. 44 to fol. 6*. Description..... The text as well as the commentary complete. For ___ other details see No. 98. Begins.---- (text) fol. 1" logassegapaese etc., as in No. 106. ,, - (com.),, :, atha paMcamAMga eva ekAdazazate etc. Ends.-- (text )iol. 6. koDi ukkosapayaMmi etc. ..,, - ( com.),, ,, khaMDagolAnAM khaMDagolatAkaraNe etc., up to nigodaSada trizikAvRttiH // cha / ...... N. B..... For further particulars see No. 106. nigodaSatriMzikA vRttisahita Vigodasattrimsika with vrtti 241(0). 1871-72. No. 108 Extent.-- fol. 11 to fol. 19".

Page #127
102 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [109. 'Description.- Both the text and its commentary complete. For other details see No. 99. Begins.--(rext ) fol, II logassegapaese etc., as in No. 106. ___ -- (com.) ,, , atha paMcamAMge eva etc. Ends.- ( text ) fol. 19 koDi ukkosapayaMmi etc., up to asaMkhA vA. Then we have iti zrInigodaSatriMsi(zi)kAsUtraM samApta (t)| ..- (com.) fol. 19 khaMDagolAnAM khaMDagolapUrNatAkaraNe etc., up to nigoda padAdhizikAvRttiH. Then we have saMpUrNaH followed by the follow:ing verse written in a different hand:--- // gAthA / / cullaga pAsaga dhanne jue ya ra(ya)Ne a sumaNacakke ya kummAkugge parimANaM dasa dihatA maNualaMbhe // 1 // N. B.-- For further particulars sec No. 106. nigodaSadAzikA vRttisahita Nigodasattrimsika with vrtti For No. 109 224 (c). 1871-72. Extent.---- fol. 4 to fol. 6. Description.---. Both the text and its commentary complete. other details see No. 100. Begins.--- ( text ) fol. 4 logassegapaese etc., as in No. 106. ,, -- ( com.) :,, ,, atha paMcamAMga evaM etc. Ends.---- ( text) fol. 6. koDi uknosapayaMmi etc., up to asaMkhA vA 36. ,, -- ( com.) ,, ,, khaMDagolAnAM etc. N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 106.

Page #128
III. ] nigodaSatrizikA bAlAvabodhasahita No. 110 Size.-- 1o in. by 44 Author of the balavabodha. Subject. 22 Extent.--- - 3 folios ; 19 lines to a page ; 45 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin, rough and white; Devanagari characters with gears; this Ms. contains the text as well as its interlinear balavabodha, the latter written in a very small hand; legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; foll. numbered in the right hand margin. only; complete; condition very good. Age.--- Not modern. 13 in. Begins.--- ( text ) fol. 1 * logassegapaese etc. --(com.) OM namo jinAya // 23 loka caUda rajvAtmaka chai tehanA saghalA asaMkhyAtA pradeza chai / teha loka mAhi ekekau nigoda aMgulanaDa asaMkhyAtamai bhAgi kSetre rahiu chai / etc. Ends. .- ( text ) fol. 36 koDi ukkosapaya etc., up to asaMkhA vA // 36 // as in No. 109 followed by iti zrIbhagavatIpaMcamAMge ekAdazazate dazamoddezake nigodavicAraH / cha / Reference. V. 11 Angas " - Udayanandi Suri. Exposition pertaining to the Nigodas given in 36 verses in Prakrit along with its explanation in Gujarati. paJcanirgranthasaGgrahaNI No. 111 103 Nigodasattrimsika with Balavabodha 1186 1887-91. (com) fol. 3b jihAM jima saMbhavaI tihA tima arthanI ghaTanA kari paramArthathi kau te rAti aNaMtI asaMkhyAtI jANi ( a )tthoSaNayaM karijja rAsINaM // zrI udayanAdisAbhiretat ma ( ? ) || gAthAbAlAvabodhaH sarvamugdhajanopakArAya kRtaH // cha // etc. The text is published. See No. 106. Pancanirgranthasarngrahani Size.- 1o++ in. by 4g in. Extent.-5 folios ; 13 lines to a page; 32 letters to a line. 287. A. 1882-83

Page #129
To+ Jaina Literature and Philosophy [HI. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and greyish ; Devanagari characters; big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink ; edges of the first and last foll. slightly damaged; condition good ; complete. Age.- Samvat 1669. Author.--- Abhayadeva Suri. See No. II2. Subject.- This work also known as Pancanirgranthisutra, and conn posed in 107 verses in Prakrit, explains the nature of the five types of the nirgranthas or the Jaina saints. It is based upon the sixth uddesaka of the 25th sataka of Bhagavatisutra. Begins.- fol. I paMDita zrIudayarucigaNigurubhyo nmH| pannavaNa 1 veya 2 rAge 3 / kappa4 caritta 5 paDisevaNA 6 nANe 7 titthe 8 liMga 9 sarIre 10 / khitte 11 kAla 12 gai 13 saMjama 14 nigAse 15 / / 1 / / joe 16 vaoga 17 kasAe 18 / lesA 19 pariNAma 20 baMdhaNe 21 vee 22 / kammodIraNa 23 uvasaMpajahaNa 24 / saMnA ya 25 AhAre 26 // 2 // bhava 27 Agarise 2(8) kAlaM 29 / tare a30 samu(ga)ghAya 31 khitta 32 phusaNA ya 33 / bhAve 34 parimANaM 35 khalu / appAbahuyaM niyaMThANaM 36 // 3 // paMcaniyaMThA bhaanniyaa| pulAya bausA kusIla niggNthaa| hoi siNAo a tahA / ikviko bhave duviho // 4 // etc. Ends.---fol. 5' dAraM 35 / niggaMtha pulAyaNhAyA / bausA paDisevagA kasAillA / thovA saMkhija(jja)guNA / jahuttaraM viNihiTThA // 106 // bhagavaipaNavIsasayarasa / chahauddesagassa sNghnnii| 'esA uniaMThANaM / raDaA bhaavtthsrnnthN||107|| iti iti zrIpaMcanigraMthIsUtraM samAptaM / paMDitapuraMdara zrI 5 zrIlakSmIrucigANaziSyapaMDitazrIvijayakuzalagANiziSyakavIMdravaMdavaMditacaraNAravaMdapaMDitazrI 5zrIudayarucigaNiziSyabhujiSyagANisumatirucinA(s) lekhi saMvat 1669 varSe mA. su. pUrNimAdine 'yodhapurA'sanna vIsalapura nagare // Reference.-- This work is noted by A. Weber under the title of Pancanirgranthi. See No. 101. It is published along with avacuri and another work named as Prajnapanopangatrtiyapada-Samgrahani, by Jaina Atmananda Sabha, Bhavnagar, in Samvat 1974as the 62nd jewel of its series........:

Page #130
II3.1 V. 11 Angas 10s 1274. paJcanimranthasadagrahaNI Pancanirgranthasangrahani No. 112 1891-95. Size.- 94 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- 5 folios ; II lines to a page ; 38 letters to a line. Description.--- Country paper thin, rough and greyish ; Devanagari characters with big, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; space between the pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; the unnumbered sides have a small design in the centre only, the numbered, in the margins, too; a strip of paper pasted to foll. 2k and 5; a portion of the left hand margin of every fol. partly worn out; condition very fair; complete. Age.---- Samvat 1620. Begins.- fol. I* namiUNa mahAvIraM bhavvahiyaTThA samAsao kiMci / vochA(cchA)mi sarUvamiNaM / pulAyapamuhANa sAhaNaM // paNNaya 23kapca rita 5 padrisevaNA6nANe 7 titthe 8liMga 9 sarIre 10 khitte 11 kAla 12 gai 13 Thii 14 saMjama 15 nigAse 16 // 2 etc. Ends.-- fol. 5 dAra 37 . bhagavaipaNavIsasayassa / chahauddesagassa sNghnnii| esA u niyaMThANaM / raiyA bhAvatthasa(ra)NatthaM // 7 iti zrI paMcanigraMthasaMgrahaNI samAptA / kRtA zrIabhayadavasArAbhaH / / saMvat 1620 varSe ASADha vadi 11 dine likhitA bhAvatilakena zrA0 kAnUpaThanArthe / N. B.-- For other details see No. III. paJcanirgranthasagrahaNI Pancanirgranthasamgrahani No. 113 163. 1873-74, Size.-- 10f in. by 4 in. Extent.-S folios%3; II lines to a page3; 4I letters to a line. 14 [J. L. P.]

Page #131
106 Jaina Literature and Philosophy (114. Description.-- Country paper brittle, rough and greyish ; Deva nagari characters; small, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; space between the pairs coloured red indifferently; yellow pigment profusely used; foll. numbered in the right hand margin; the unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour, in the centre only; the numbered, in the margins, too; complete; edges of several foll. partly worn out; condition tolerably good; complete ; 107 verses. Age.-Old. Begins.- fol. 1a FASOT Arteri etc., as in No. 112. Ends.- fol. sb oraz etc., up to praia 1180611 as in No. 112 follow ed by glat varaareftell Toyatoare il N. B.-- For further particulars see No. ur. paJcanigranthasamahaNI Pancanirgranthasargrahani 387. 1879-80. No. 114 Size.-- 105 in. by 4in Extent.- 4 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper rough and white ; Devanagari chara cters with THIETTS; sufficiently big, legible and good handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right hand margin ; both the margins of the each of the foll. more or less worn out; condition tolerably good; complete; 106 verses in all. Age.-Old. Begins.-- fol. 1* FA: Har TOTEUTT TT etc.

Page #132
V. 11 Angas 107 Ends.-- fol. 4' bhagavai etc., up to saraNatthaM as in No. 111 followed by 106 // iti zrI abhayadevasUrikRtA paMca nirgrathasaMgrahaNI sammattA // cha // zubhaM bhavatu // cha // etc. N. B.-- For other details see No. 111. 115.] paJcanirgranthasaGgrahaNI avacUrisahita No. 115 Size.-- 11 in. by 4g in. . Extent. - 2 folios ; 15 + 8 = 23 lines to a page ; 60 to 64 letters to a line. " 'ancanirgranthasamgrahani with avacuri Description. - Country paper very thin, rough and greyish ; Devanagari characters with pRSThamAtrAs; this is a paJcapATI Ms., containing the text and its commentary, both written in a small but legible, good and uniform hand-writing; borders ruled in 3 lines in red ink; red chalk used; edges of both the foll. slightly damaged; condition tolerably good; complete, the text containing 106 verses. Age.- Samvat 1495. Subject. The text with a small commentary in Sanskrit. Begins. - ( text ) fol. 14 pannavaNa 1 veya 2 rAge 3 etc. 1202. 1884-87. dr (com.) svarUpasaMkhyAde (?) prarUpaNA prajJApanA 1 veda rAgaH prasiddhaH kalpaH sthavirakalpajinakalpAdiH "3 ... etc. Ends. -- ( text ) fol. 26 bhagavai etc., up to saraNatthaM // 106 // as in No. 11/ followed by iti zrIabhayadevasUriviracitA paMcaniggaM ( maiM ) thasaMgrahaNI // cha // saM. 1495 va0 kSetra zu0 5 gurau li0 // cha // ...

Page #133
108 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [116, Ends.-- ( com. ) fol. 2 tebhyaH snAtakAH saMkhyeyaguNAH / tebhyo bakuzA saMkhyeyaguNAH tebhyaH pratisevanA sNkhyeygunnaaH| ... iti zrIabhayadevasUriviracitA paMca nigarga(4)tha saMgrahaNyavacUriH // cha / / N. B.-- For further particulars see No. III. paJcanirgranthasagrahaNI Pancanirgranthasamgrahani bAlAvabodhasAhita with balavabodha 210. No. 116 1871-72. Size.-- IoT in. by 2] in. Extent.- I6 folios ; 4 lines to a page ; 32 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper tough and white; Devanagari chara cters; this Ms. contains the text and the interlinear balavabodha which may be looked upon as tabba; the latter written in a very small but quite legible and very good handwriting ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; foll, numbered in the right hand margin only ; condition very good ; fol. 1* blank; complete. Age.- Not quite modern. Author of the balavabodha.-- Yasovijaya, pupil of Nayavijaya. Subject.--- The text in 107 verses in Prakrit together with its explanation in Gujarati. Begins.---- (text) fol. I' namiUNa mahAvIraM etc., up to sAhuNaM as in No. 112 followed by zrIvItarAgAya namaH // pannavaNa 1 gheya 2 rAge 3ctc. , - (com.) fol. I0 zrInayavijayagurUNA(NAM) prasAdamAsAdya sakalakarmakaraM / vyAkhyA(khyAM) kurve kAMcillokagirA pa(paM)canirmathyA(:) // 1 // namInaI zrImahAvIra prati bhavya jIvane hetiM saMkSepathI kAMhaka kahIsI svarUpa prataI huM pulAka pramukha sAdhuDhaM // 1 // tihAM 36 dvAra kahaI chaI etc.

Page #134
117.] V. II Angas Ends. -- (text) fol. 164 bhagavar3a etc., up to saraNatthaM / 107 / as in No. 111 followed by iti zrIpaMca nigraMthI samApteyamiti. ( com. ) fol. 164 bhagavatInA 25 mA zatakanI 6 chaThA uddezAnI niyaMThAnI saMgrahaNI e abhayadevasUriM racI bhAvArtha saMbhAravAnai arthe 107 iti zrIpaMca niyaM (# ) zrIsUtra arthasahita saMpUrNam || " zrInayavijayagurUNAM caraNAbjopAsanAduditapuNyaH / puNyAya yazovijayo vyAtene bAlabodhamimaM 1 yadyapi gani (?) mameya (?) karaNAbharaNaM pacelI (li/mamatInAM / tadapi pravacana bhakte padakiMkiNikA bhavatyeSA // 2 // kalyANamastu // cha // N. B. - For additional details see No. III. paJcanirgranthasaGgrahaNyavacUri No. 117 109 Pancanirgranthasaigrahanyavacuri Size-ro in. by 44 in. Extent. - 4 folios; 19 lines to a page; 67 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin, rough and greyish ; Devanagari characters with occasional gears; small, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; space between the pairs mostly coloured red; red chalk used; edges of a few foll. slightly worn out; condition on the whole good; complete. Age.-- Pretty old. 286. A. 1882-83. Subject. A small commentary in Sanskrit elucidating Pancanirgranthasamgrahani up to 105 verses. Begins. ---- fol. r* namaH sarvajJAya || pannavaNeti gAthAtrayaM prajJApanAprakarSeNa saMjJItyapanodanasvarUpasaMkhyA bhedAdiprakAreNa prajJApanA prajJApanA 1 vedaH stryAdiH rAmaH prasiddhaH etc. Ends. fol. 4' tebhyaH snAtakA: saMkhyeyaguNAH koTIpRthaktvamAnatvAta / tebhyo kuzAH saMkhyeyaguNAH koTizatapRthaktvAtteSAM tebhyaH pratisevAkuzIlAH saMkhyerguNA kathametatteSAmapi koTIpRthakatvasyoktatvAt satyaM kiMtu

Page #135
IIO Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ II9. bakuzAntaM yatkoTIzatapRthaktvaM tad vivAdikoTIzatamAnaM pratisevikoTIpRthaktvaM catuHkoTIzatamAnAmiti na virodhaH tebhyaH kaSAyiNaH saMkhyeyaguNAH koTIsahasrapRthaktvAt teSAM // iti pNcnigrNthsNgrhnnyvcuuriH|| bhagavatIsUtrAvacUArNa Bhagavatisutravacurni No. 118 122. 1872-73. Size.-- 10 in. by 48 in. Extent.- 55 folios ; IS lines to a page ; so letters to a line. Description.--- Country paper thin, rough and greyish ; Devanagari characters with TTATES ; small, quite legible and beautiful hand-writing; borders mostly ruled in three lines in red ink; foll. I. and 55 blank ; fol. I blotted; sappa, appa etc., tabulated on fol. 186; foll. 456 and 46a carelessly separated by some body after they had stuck together probably owing to the presence of gum in ink; condition on the whole good; complete ; extent 3114 slokas. Age.-- Fairly old. Subject.- A small Sanskrit commentary to Bhagavatisutra. Begins.-- fol. I" namo jinavarebhyaH // teNaM kAleNaM teNa samaeNaM samaNeNa bhagavayA etc. atha samastapratyavabhAsanasA(?) vityavistaraMti kevalAlokI(ki)talokAlo kena etc. Ends.--- fol. 55 evamacaramA egidiya mahAhuM samayaM cha 35 // zeSANi zatAnyAne)naiva lakSaNena gamanIyAni 6 logAgAsapadesA dhamA etc. veNaMtapakkhevA cha iti bhagavatyavacUrNiH parisamAptA cha graMthAgraM 3114 chaH // bhagavatIsUtraparyAya Bhagavatisutraparyaya 736 (6). 1875-76. No. 119 Extent.-- fol. 42

Page #136
i2i.] Description. Complete. paryaya No. Subject. Difficult words etc., explained. occurring in Bhagavatisutra Begins.-- fol. 44 bhagavatIparyAyA yathA zate 7 u. 2 tiriyANaM cAritaM ityAdi gAthArtho yathA tirazvAM paMcamahAvratAropaNaM syAt etc. anadiqaquia No. 120 Extent. fol. 56. Description. V. II Angas For other details see Pancavastuka 736 (1). 1875-76. Ends. fol. 44 sAdhusAdhvIdvayasya bhAvAta viMzatireva teSAM sAdhusAdhvInAM zrUyate iti bhagavatIparyAyAH samAptAH / Complete. paryaya No. fti 789( 1 ). 1895-1902. Bhagavatisutraparyaya 789 (6). 1895-1902. For further details see Pancavastuka Begins. fol. 5b naaiqafar 21 | etc. as in No. 119. Ends. fol. 5 gr etc. N. B. For subject see No. 119. bhagavatI sUtraparyAya No. 121 Extent. fol. 35b to fol. 37a. Description. Complete. For other details see Pancavastukaparyaya No. 736 (1). 1875-76. Bhagavatisutraparyaya 736 (28). 1875-16. Subject. Elucidation of some of the words etc., occurring in Bhagavatisutra. Begins. fol. 35 ghanodAra iti agrAmyA dravyAstika iti sAMkhyAH / paryAyAstika ti baudha (ddha ): / etc.

Page #137
I 12 Jaina Literature and Philosophy 1 1 23. Ends.-- fol. 374 qerapia 314193taat Anugereringer EAGTAFITATI chaMdi iti paThitAni / ciu iti paThitaH / bhagavatIparyAyAH samarthitAH / N. B.-For subject see No. 119. bhagavatIsUtraparyAya Bhagavatisutraparvaya No. 122 _789 ( 28 ). 1895-1902. Extent.-- fol. 54' to fol. 614. Description.-Complete; there is an illustration of loka on fol. 614. 789 ( 1 ) For other details see Pancavastukaparyaya No. - 1895-1902. Begins.-- fol. 58 Fater for hytter etc., as in No. 121. Ends. - fol. 61* cererea 3131st etc. N. B.--For subject see No. 121. bhagavatIsUtraparyAya Bhagavatisatraparyaya No. 123 * 332 ( 11 ). A. 1882-83 Extent.-- fol. 47* to fol. 5 I*. Description.- Complete. For other details see Nandisutravisama pada parvava No padaparyaya No. A. 1882-83: 332 ( 1 ). Begins.-- fol. 47* par sfat Bote etc., as in No. 121. Ends.-- fol. SI" padArthAstu aSTAdazazatena etc. N. B.--For subject see No. 121.

Page #138
124.J jJAtAdharmakathAGgasUtra ( NAyAdhamma kahaMgasuta ) No. 124 Size. 10 in. by 4 in. Extent. Description. VI. 11 Angas THE SIXTH ANGA Jnatadharmakathangasutra (Nayadhammakahangasutta) 155 folios; 13 lines to a page; 44 letters to a line. Begins. [0]. 1 zrIjinAya namaH // 32. 1869-70. Country paper thick and greyish; Devanagari characters with gears; big, legible and good hand-writing; ink not faded; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; fol. 1 blank; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too; numbers of foll. entered twice on one and the same side but in different margins; foll. 147 to 152 have their margins slightly worm-eaten; edges of the 155th (last) fol. somewhat damaged; a strip of paper pasted to it; condition on the whole good; complete; extent 5500 slokas. Age.- Old. Author. Subject. 113 Sudharmasvamin according to the Jaina tradition. This is the sixth anga. It is divided into two parts known as srutaskandha. The former has 19 subdivisions called adhyayanas and the latter, 10, styled as vargas. This entire work deals with narratives having a moral and religious purpose behind it. These narratives are free from sectarian spirit and are useful to the persons of any and every school of thought. Such a remark is made by Dattatreya Balakrishna Kalelkar in his foreword to the Gujarati translation of this work published in the Punjabhai Jaina Granthamala No. 3, 1931, Ahmedabad. This work is variously named e. g. Jnatadharmakatha, Jnatrdharmakatha and Nathadharmakatha; the last two being the names according to the Digambaras. te kAle teNaM samae caMpA nAma naparI hotthA | o / sose caMpA namarIe bahiyA etc. 15 [J. L. P.]

Page #139
114 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [125, Ends.- fol. 1550 FEELER TUT(U) sala) #reifa 11 ca ar far t 11 dasamassa vaggassa dasamo vaggo sammatto // cha // 10 evaM khalu jaMbU samaNaNaM bhagavayA mahAvIreNaM AyagareNaM (titthagareNaM) saya(ya)sa(sa)buddhaNaM purisottameNaM purisasIheNaM jAva saMpatteNaM dhammakahANaM ayamaDhe pnntte|| dhammakahAsUya(ka)baMdho samatto dasahiM vaggehiM nAyAdhammakahAu samattA ||ch / iti zrIjJAtAdharmmakathA samAptA // 1500 Reference.-- As editio princeps may be mentioned the Calcutta edition of A. D. 1876 where the text together with Abhayadeva Suri's Sanskrit commentary and the Hindi gloss of Vijaya Sadhu is published. For the specimen of the text, introduction, analysis, glossary etc. P. Steinthal's "Specimen der Nayadhammakaha, Leipzig, 1881 may be consulted. For exposition etc. of the text see Vidyodaya, Calcutta, 1897ff. A tolerably good edition of the text is published along with Abhayadeva Suri's commentary in the Agamodaya Samiti Series, in A. D. 1919. The text together with Gujarati translation is published in two parts in Samvat 1986 by the Jaina Dharma Prasaraka Sabha, Bhavnagar. For another Gujarati translation see the preceding page. For hypermetrical examples from the text see Indische Studien vol. XVII, Leipzig, 1885. For comparing the life of Draupadi with the one given in the Mahabharata see E. Leumann's "Beziehungen der Jaina--Literatur zu andern Literaturkreisen Indiens" (Actes du VIe Congres international des Orientalistes ), Leide, 1885 and J. Dahlmann's "Das Mahabharata als Epos und Rechtsbuch ", Berlin, 1895. For contents etc. see Weber II, p. 465, Indian Antiquary vol. XIX, p. 66ff. and Winternitz, Geschichte II., p. 301. For additiOnal Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. vol. III-IV, p. 390 ff. and G.O. Series vol. XXI, pp. 6, 7, 13 and 17. jhAtAdharmakathAsUtra itadharmakathangasutra No. 125 26(a). 1880-87. Size.- 31} in. by 24 in.

Page #140
125.1 VI. 11 Angas Extent.---- 302-2-1+1+1=301 leaves, 4 to 5 lines to a leaf ; 115 to 130 letters to a line. Description.-- Palm-leat; Devanagari characters with TEHTIS; sufficiently big, quite legible and good hand-writing ; this Ms. presents an appearance of having three different columns; but, as a matter of fact it is not so, since the lines are continuously written; every column has its borders ruled in three lines in black ink ; all the leaves numbered in both the margins ; numbering in the right hand margin being 1, 2 etc.; some of the leaves out of 1 to 164 numbered in the left hand margin as 3; leaves 166 to 302 are however numbered in the left hand margin as 1, 2 etc., while in the right hand one as 166, 167 etc.; this Ms. contains an additional work viz. jJAtAdharmakathAGgavivRti which begins on leaves 1666 and ends on leaf 302b ; leaf 166a blank ; some of the leaves in the beginning fragmentary ; several leaves more or less worm-eaten; condition on the whole fair; complete; two holes in each leaf through which a thread can pass and keep all leaves together ; leaf 47th numbered as 48 and 49; so the following ones numbered as 50, 51 etc.; 257th leaf also numbered as 258, the following as 259, 260 etc; leaves 72 and 90 repeated; very thick wooden planks encompassing the Ms.; on both the sides of these wooden planks we have beautiful pictures e.g. those of a temple, a lecturehall, saints delivering sermons to the audience etc.; they are painted in various colours. It seems that the names of various persons depicted in the pictures must have been written above them; for, above a picture of a saint we have zrIdevasUrayo vyAkhyAnaM kurveti. In the centre of the second wooden plank we find the following lines :"saMvat 1293 varSe pauSazudi 13 mahaM zrIanupamAdevyA Atmazreyo(s)) zrI. odhaniyuktipustakaM zrImadanacaMdrasUribhyaH pradattaM // " Age.-- Fairly old. Begins... leal sa ( fragment) dhavA(?)rakaliyaM / kAlAga(gu)rupavarakuMDurukkadhUvaDajhaMtaM madhamadhitaM gaMdhuyA. HTTA HITTITU sirarg etc.

Page #141
116 Jaina Literature and Philosphy [ 126. fefa etc., as in No.124 practically up to jAba saMpatte | followed by dhammakahAe tri (1) suyakkhaMdho dasahi baggehiM sammatto // cha // evaM NAyadhammakahAo sammattAo // cha // cha // N. B. For other particulars see No. 124. Ends. leaf. 165" Maradaungan No. 126 Jaatadharmakathangasutra Size.9 in. by 4 in. Extent. 103+1=104 folios; 15 lines to a page; 60 letters to a line. 193. 1871-72. Description. Country paper rough, tough and greyish; Devanagari characters with occasional gears; small, legible and very fair hand-writing; borders raled in four lines in black ink; space between the pairs coloured red; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; fol. 1a blank; corners of foll. 2 to 5 and 72 partly worn out; several foll. smutty; all the the same they are partly readable; condition on the whole very good; fol. 102 repeated; fol. 103 decorated with a nandyavarta, one of the eight mangalas; complete; extent 5750 slokas. Age. Samvat 1625. Begine. -- fol. 10 teNaM kAleNaM teNaM samaeNaM caMpA etc. Ends. - fol. 103" savvadukkhANa etc., up to dhammakahAo as in No. 124 followed by sammattAu / cha / iti zrIjJAtAdharmakathAMgasUtra samAptaH // cha etc. graMthAgraM zlokasaMkhyA 5750 / / cha / saMvat 1625 varSe zrAvaNamAse

Page #142
127. 1 VI. 1 Angas JE Patah 'pringrand quaru. qisasea G il J etc. N. B.--For other details see No. 124. jJAtAdharmakathAGgasUtra Jiatadharmakthaigasutra 192. No. 127 1871-72. Size.-- 10 in. by 43 in. Extent.-- 221-1+2+2-2=222 folios ; 11 lines to a page ; 34 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thick, rough and greyish; Deva nagari characters with occasional quhars; big, quite legible and elegant hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines in red ink; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only ; yellow and white pigments used; red chalk too; marginal notes written at times, whereby some of the Prakrit phrases etc. are explained in Gujarati ;foll. 146 to 201 also numbered as 1, 2 etc. ; fol. 139th also numbered as 140th, the subsequent ones being hence numbered as 141, 142 etc. ; but no fol. is missing as could be verified even by referring to the printed edition of this work (edn. Jaina Dharma Prasaraka Sabha p. 629 of pt. II ); fol. 146th repeated twice and foll. 13th and 184th repeated only once ; corners of foll. 24 to 26 partly worn out ; condition on the whole good; foll. I and 2 missing; otherewise complete ; a table pointing out the no. of the leaf where an adhyayana ends is given on fol. 221b; extent 5627(?) slokas. Age.- Old. Begins.--fol. 3* + FRET I OTTOTT[POTETJUTFA#ETS I G#[0]## va Trade samaNeNa etc. Ends.-- fol. 2214 HTC fato etc., up to TUTUTA Erit as in No. 124 followed by FATT I 7 etc. S TATUS127 37(3)# *HT jTI Y&PVC [V] (YEVU?) etc. Then we have in a

Page #143
118 a0 1 2 3 different hand :-- (jJAnAbhyAsI varaddhamAna saesa karaNiparIgraha uparathI moSagaraNako te arahaMta siddha dearthI le jaI pAchI 8 9 Jaina Literature and Philosophy 116 127 128 N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 124. 10 jJAtAdharmakathAsUtra No. 128 pAnAM }C/ 60 65 67 81 82 87 9913 Age.- Samvat 1661. Begins. - fol rt o nama ( : ) sarvajJAya / a0 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 teNaM kAleNaM teNaM samaeNaM caMpA etc. pAnAM 130 135 142 151 155 182 192 | 128. 205 210 221 Jnatadharmakathangasutra Size. -1o in. by 4g in. Extent. -- 193 folios; 11 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper rough and white; Devanagari characters with pRSTamAtrAs; big, legible and very good handwriting; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; several foll. worm-eaten in more than one place; edges of the first fol. worn out; condition tolerably fair; foll. rs and 193b as well decorated with the same pattern; marginal notes occasionally written; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; complete ; extent 5250 Slokas. 790. 895-1902

Page #144
129.] VI. 11 Angas Ends.-- fol. 1934 savvadukkhANaM etc, up to chaThamaMgaM sammattaM as in No. 127 followed by cha graMthAgraM 5250 / / cha / etc., bhagna etc., jalAkSe etc., saMvat 1661 varSe bhAdrapadamAse kRSNapakSe dvAdazi tithau bRhatva ( spa ) tivAsare 'zaktipura sthAne dunI 187 caMdalikhitaM etc. N. B. For further particulars see No. 124. jJAtAdharmakathAsUtra vivRtisahita Jnatadharmakathangasutra with vivrti 119 430. 1882-83. No.129 Size. 10 in. by in, Extent. 147-3144 folies; 11 lines to a page; 48 letters to a line, Description. Country paper thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with occasional es; bold, clear and beautiful handwriting; the unnumbered sides marked with one small circular disc in the centre, the numbered having over and above this two more, one in each margin; the first three foll. lacking; notes written in all the four margins of each of the foll. 5 to 8; from the 9th fol. numbers of foll. entered twice on one and the same side but, of course, in different margins; the 4th fol. badly damaged; the fol. 5 to 8 a little bit less; foll. 11, 12, 32, 77, 83, 87, 88, 91, 92, and 99, torn in the middle; foll. 18 to 25, 36 to 48, 53 to 57, 132 to 134, 136 and 142 have their edges more or less worn out; there is a commentary written in the margins on these foll.; so is the case with foll. 30 to 34 and many more; most of the foll. have their corners worn out; the 100th fol. torn in more than one place; the same is the case with the fol. 113th; the 147th (last ) fol. hopelessly worn out; the last few foll. seem to be exposed to rainy water; condition fair; fol. 40th wrongly numbered as 39th in the right hand margin; similarly the 44th as 43rd; the foll. 124 to 126 wrongly numbered as 123, etc. in the left hand margin; the

Page #145
120 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [130. fol. 147 decorated with a design in red colour ; complete, if the first three foll. not counted ; extent 6000 slokas, Age.-- Sanvat 1686. Author of the com.- Abhayadeva Suri. Subject- The text in Prakrit together with its explanation in Sanskrit, Begins.- (text) fol. 4. NaM buddhivinnANeNaM / tassa sumiNassa asthoggahaM karei / 2ttA dhAriNiM deviM tAhi jAya hiyaya etc. ,, - (com.) fol. 4* evaM khalla tti / evaMrUpAduktaphalasAdhanasamarthAtsvapnAdvAraka punarjaniSyasIti saMbaMdhaH etc. Ends.- ( text ) fol. I47% sambadukkhANamaMta .... .... evaM khalu jaMbU etc., up to practically jAva ThANaM saMpattANaM as in No. 124 followed by cha / dhammakahAsuya(ka)khaMdho sammatto / cha dasahiM va(gge)hiM nAyadhammakahAo sammattAo / / graMthAnaM 6000 // zubhaM bhavatu / / saMvat 1686 varSe bhAdravA sudi 5 dine // zrI vikAnera madhye liSataM. Then runs the line as under in different hand-writing :prata ajAzrIsAMrUpAMjIkI ( con.) iol. 141 ata eva varakavajiteti etc., up to siddheyaM as in No. 130 followed by the lines as under: pratyakSaraM nirUpyAsya graMthamAnaM vinizcitaM / anuSTubhAM sahasrANi trINi sapta zatAni ca // 12 (13 ?) jJAtAdharmakathAMgaTIkA samAptA Referenci. - Both the text and commentary published. Sec No, 12 jhAtAdharmakathAsUtravivRti Jnatadharmakatha igasutravivrti 103. No. 130 1872-73. Sixe.- 97 in. by 48 in. Estent.-- 71 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 54 letters to a line. Description. --- Country paper thin, rough and white; Devanagari characters with pRSThamAtrAs; bold, clear, uniform and good

Page #146
130.] VI. 11 Angas ; hand-writing; red chalk and yellow pigment as well used fol. 14 blank ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; numbers of foll. entered twice on one and the same side; but, of course, in different margins; condition very good ; this work is composed in Samvat 1120; complete. Age.- Samvat 1661. Author.-- Abhayadeva Suri. Subject.--- The text explained in Sanskrit. Begins.--fol. 1 zrIjinAya namaH // tvA zrImanmahAvIraM prAyo (S) nyagraMthavIkSitaH / jJAtAdharmakathAMgasyA'nuyogaH kazviducyate // 1 tatra ca phalamaMgalAdi etc. Ends. fol. 71 ata eva varavarjiteti zeSaM sUtrasiddhaM // cha // samApto dvitIyaskaMdhaH // samAptA ceyaM jJAtAdharmakathApradezaTIketi // cha // namaH zrIvarddhamAnAya zrIpArzvaprabhave namaH / namaH zrIsarasvatyai sahAyebhyo namo namaH // 1 // iha hi gamanekArthe yanmayA nyUnayo (muktaM kimapi samayahInaM tadvizodhyaM zu (su) dhIbhiH // nahI (hi) bhavati vidheyA sarvathA (S) sminnupekSa [ya] / dayitajinamatAnAM tAyinAM cAMgivarge // 2 // pareSAM durlakSA bhavati hi viSakSA sphuTamidaM vizeSAd vRddhAnAmatulavacanajJAnamahasAM // nimnAyAdhIbhiH punaratitarAM mAdRzajanai tataH zAstrArtho me [va] vacanamanaghaM durlabhamiha // 3 // tataH siddhAMtatattvajJaiH svayamUhyaH sa yatnataH / na punarasmadAkhyAta eva grAhyo niyogataH // 4 // tathA yasmAttu me pAya (yaM) saMghamatyupajIvanAt / vRddhanyAyAnusAritvAddhitArddha (rtha) (ca) pravRttitaH // 5 // 16 [J. L. P.] tathAhi kimapi sphuTIkRtamiha sphuTe (s) pyarthataH sakaSTamatidezato vividhavAcanAto (S) pi yat // samarthapadasaMzrayadviguNapustakebhyo ('pi yat / parAtmahitahetave (S) nabhinivezinA cetasA // 6 // 121

Page #147
122 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [131. yo ji(jai)nAbhimataM pramANamanaghaM vyutpAdayAmAsivAn / ___ prasthAnairvividhairnirasya nikhilaM bauddhAdisaMbaMdhi tat / nAnAvRttikathA[:] kathApathami(matikrAMtaM ca cakre tpH| nissaMbaMdhavihAramapratihi(hataM zAstrAnusArAttathA // 7 // tasyAcAryajinezvararaya madavadvAdipratispardhinaH / ___ taTabandhorapi buddhisAgara iti khyAtasya sUre vi / / chNdobNdhnibddhbNdhurvcHshbdaadisllkssnnaaH(kssmnnH)| zrIsaMvignAvihAriNaH zrutanidhezcAritracUDAmANi (nneH)||8|| ziSyeNAbhayaMdavAkhyasUriNA vivRttiH(tiH) kRtA[:] / jJAtAdharmakathAMgasya zrutabhaktyA samAsataH // 9 // iti 'nirvRta(ti)ka'kulanabhastalacaMdradroNAkhyasUrimukhyena / paMDitaguNena guNavatpriyeNa saMso(zo)dhitA ceyaM // 10 // pratyakSaraM gaNanayA graMthamAnaM vinizcitaM / anuSTubhAM sahasrANi dvi catvAri (?trINyevASTa) zatAni ca // 11 // ekAdazasu gataSvatha viMzatyadhikeSu vikrmsmaanaaN| 'aNaha(he)llAla)pATaka'nagare vijayadazamyAM ca siddheyaM / / 12 // samApteyaM jJAtAdharmapradezaTIkA iti // saMpUrNAH / / saM0 1661 varSe caitra vadi 4 gurau likhitaM // lekhakavAcakayoH zubhaM bhavatu __dhammo maMgalamunkaSTaM / dharmaH sarvasukhAspadaH / zrIsarvajJamukhAdatta / yatnena paripAlayet // 1 // zrIrastuH ||ch|| Reference.-- Published. See No. 124. jJAtAdharmakathAGgasUtravivRti Joata dharmakathangasutravivrti No. 131 26(b). 1880-81. Size.-31d in. by 21 in. Extent.- leaf 166 to leaf 302. Description.- Complete. This work contains the states of the text, For further details see No. 125.

Page #148
132.] VI. 1! Angas 123 Begins.--leaf 1666 RA Matit II FEAT Afaerari etc. Ends.-leaf 302deg ata eva vara[ka]varjiteti etc., up to ca siddheyaM practically as in No. 130 followed by a HETATES .... 21:11 N. B. - For other details see No. 130. khAtAdharmakathAsUtravivRti Jnatadharmakathangasutravivrti No. 132 271. A. 1882-83. Size.-- 104 in by 44 in. Extent.--- 98 folios ; 15 lines to a page : 48 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper extremely thin and greyish ; Deva nagari characters ; bold, big, legible and tolerably good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; fol. 1 blank ; red chalk used; the colour of the paper used for fol. 83rd and the following ones is white ; the 95th fol. slightly torn; condition very fair ; foll. from the 83rd up to the last numbered twice on one and the same side ; but, in different margins ; foll. 96 to 98 wrongly numbered as 95, 95 and 96 in the left hand margins ; complete ; this work contains the areas of the text. Age.- Pretty old. Begins.--fol. 1b stirrygruarat o sf Geigertaruosat A: 11 Feat Shahetag etc., as in No. 130. Ends.-fol. 98 a Tra(Pabistarat stor etc., up to forestanit ou as in No. 130. Then we have: FATTO Fatt anetariat etc. jerri EAT 3584 TO are grouyetc. N. B.- For further particulars see No. 130. I Letters on leaf 302b are not legible, ink having faded.

Page #149
124 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [134. zAtAdharmakathAGgasUtravitAta Jnatadharmakatharigasutravivrti 737. No. 133 1899-1915. Size.- 9 in. by 43 in. Extent.-- 96 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 45 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and white; Devanagari characters with THES; bold, big, clear and tolerably good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; fol. r: blank; several foll. worm-eaten to a smaller or greater extent; condition poor ; red chalk used; numbers of foll. entered twice on one and the same side, once in each margin ; complete; extent 4700 slokas. Age.- Pretty old. Begins--fol. ; b so TAET PATTATT[:] arar sftArngraft etc. as in No. 130. Ends.--fol. 96* ata eSa varakavarjitavizeSa etc., up to saMzodhitA ceyaM as in No. 130 with some variations. Then follows gist etc., sfat zrIjJAtAdharmakathAMgaTIkA samApta(ptA) ||ch / pratyakSaraM nirUpyAsya graMthaAr etc. DUHET 4700 etc. Then runs the line in a different hand as under : sAhazrIzAMtidAsamatapanajIkena zrI ugrasenapure' pustakakozaH kAritaH / N. B.- For further particulars see No. 130. jJAtAdharmakathAsUtra Joatadharmakathangasutra bAlAvabodhasahita with balavabodha No. 134 702. 1892-95. Size.-- 10 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- 308 folios ; 16 lines to a page ; 52 letters to a line. Description.--Country paper thin, rough and greyish ; Devanagari characters with occasional SATSITS ; ink faded at times ; big, clear and fair hand-writing; fol. ra blank ; borders ruled

Page #150
134.] VI. II Aigas 125 at times in black ink in two lines, sometimes in four, sometimes in red ink in three lines and at times even unruled; red chalk and yellow pigment used; edges of the first six foll. damaged to a smaller or greater extent; the 4th fol. slightly torn ; condition on the whole very fair ; the text explained part by part in Gujarati ; complete ; total extent 18200 slokas. Age.-- At least not quite modern. Subject.-- The text along with its explanation in Gujarati. Begins. ----- ( text ) fol. I teNaM kAleNaM teNaM samaeNaM etc. ,, - ( bala) ,, ,, zrIgauDIpArzvanAthAya namaH / zrIsAradAyai namaH / / zrIjJAtA ehavai nAmi chaThau aMga tihanauM vArtikaM vivaraNa likhiyai chai etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 308 evaM khalu jaMbU etc. ,, - (baladeg ) ,, 308' ityAdika muktigAMmIyai dharmakathAnau bIjau zrutaskaMdha saMpUrNa thayau // 10 // nAyAdhammakahAo sammattAo etalai dazeyai vargai karI jJAtAdharmakathA kahI // 225 // iti zrINAyAdhammakahANaM jjhayaNaM sattaM sammattaM / / iti zrIjJAtAdharmakathAbAlA(va)bodha chaThA aMganau pUrNa thayau cha cha chaH graMthAnaM sUtrArtha(mimIlane 18200 zloka chai // zrI syAt / / zrIH

Page #151
126 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ 135 THE SEVENTH ANGA upAsakadazAGgasUtra (uvAsagadasaMgasutta) Upasakadasangasutra (Uvasagadasangasutta ) No. 135 173. 1871-72. Size.-- 104 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- 23 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 47 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper, thin and greyish ; Devanagari chara ters with pRSTamAtrAs; bold, legible, big, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, the intervening space between the pairs coloured red : fol 1* blank; a piece of paper of the size of the fol. pasted to the first fol. ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; marginal notes written on several foll. ; unnumbered sides have one small circular disc in the centre; the numbered having two more, one in each margin ; a strip of paper pasted to the fol. 23* ; condition very fair ; complete ; extent 912 slokas. Age.- Old. Author.-- Sudharmasvamin according to the Jaina tradition. Subject.-- Lives of ten lay-disciples of Lord Mahavira narrated. Begins.- fol. 1 teNaM kAleNaM / teNaM samaeNaM / caMpA nAma nayarI hotthA // vamao punabhadde etc. cehara zanno teNaMkAleja. ajjasuhamma...ANaMde kAmadeya Ends.-- fol. 23deg evaM khalu jaMbU samaNeNaM jAva saMpatteNaM sattamassa aMgassa uvAsaga dasANaM dasamassa ajjhayaNassa ayama? paNa(NNa)tte / ch| uvAsagadasAo saMmattAo cha / uvAsagadasANaM sattamassa aMgassa ego suya(ka)baMdho dasa ajjhayaNA ekAraM(?kasara)gA dasasu ceva divaseMsu o(u)dvisaMti tau suyakkhaMdho samutisadi aNuNNavijjai dosu divasesa aMgaM taheva / cha / graMthAnaM 912 cha cha / etc. Reference.-- This seventh anga consisting of 10 adhyayanas along with the Sanskrit commentary of Abhayadeva Suri and a

Page #152
136. VII. 11 Angas 127 Hindi gloss by Vijaya Sadhu was published at Calcutta in A. D. 1876. The text together with Abhayadeva Suri's commentary, English translation, copious notes and appendices by R. Hoernle was published at Calcutta in the Bibliotheca Indica in A. D. 1888-1890. The text and the Sanskrit commentary are published in the Agamodaya Samiti Series, too, in A. D. 1919. They are also published by Jaina Atmananda Sabha, Bhavnagar, as the 65th jewel in Samvat 1977. A Gujarati translation of the text along with a learned introduction by D. B. Kalelkar is published in the Punjabhai Jaina Granthamala as No. 4 in A. D. 1931. For quotations etc., see Weber II, P. 484. For contents etc., see Indian Antiquary vol. XX, p. 18 and Winternitz, Geschichte II, p. 303ff. For further Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. vol. III-IV, p. 384 and G. O. Series vol. XXI, p. 1. For analysis and episode of Ananda see R. Ch. Dutt's "A history of civilization in ancient India" (vol. II). upAsaka dazAGgasUtra No. 136 Upasakadasangasutra 416. 1882-83. Size. 11 in. by 48 in. Extent. 29-128 folios; 13 lines to a page; 35 letters to a line. Description. Country paper, somewhat thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with gears; quite bold, perfectly legible, big, uniform and beautiful hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, the intervening space between the pairs coloured red; the first fol. missing, otherwise complete; unnumbered sides have in their centre a small circular disc in red ink; the numbered have, over and above this, two more, one in each margin; red chalk and yellow pigment used; on several foll. there are written marginal notes; edges of some of the foll, worn out; the 29th fol. slightly torn; condition very fair; fol. 29b blank; extent 872 slokas. Age. Samvat 1566.

Page #153
128 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [137. Begins.-fol. 26 matesa ya kuTuMbesu ya gujjhesa ya / rahassesu ya / nicchaemu ya / vava hAresu ya / etc. Ends.-fol. 29deg evaM khalu jaMbU etc., up to aMgaM taheva as in No. 135 followed by cha / graMthAgraM 872 / zubhaM bhavatu / etc. mu. mahIsAgaraliSitaM / saMvat 1566 varSe pAtasAhazrIgyAsadInatatpaTTe pAtasAhanAsIradinavijaya(yi)rAjye 'devAsa nagare bhAdrapadapakSe paMcamIdivase 'devAsa'nagare sAhAbhojAbhAryA puurii| putra sAhanAMdA munimahIsAgaraleSitaM sAhanAMdAyogyaM / kalyANamastu etc. N. B.- For further particulars see No. 135. upAsakadazAdasUtra Upasakadasangsutra No. 137 1110. 1887-91. Size.- 101 in. by 41 in. Extent.--- 37-I = 36 folios ; 9 lines to a page ; 45 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper very thin and brownish ; Devanagari characters with pRSThamAtrAs; big, legible and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; numbers of foll. entered twice as usual ; red chalk and yellow pigment used ; a part of the 36th fol. worn out; fol. 376 blank; fol. Ist missing, otherwise complete; this Ms. seems to be exposed to rain ; all the same the condition very fair. Age.-- Fairly old. Begins- fol. 2 vANiyagAme jiyasana rAyA vaMNau (vnnnno)| tattha NaM vANiyagAme ANaMde nAma gAhAvaI parivasai etc. Ends.-fol. 37deg evaM khala jaMbU etc., practically up to aMgaM taheva / cha / as in No. I35 followed by iti uvAza(sa)gadazAMgasUtraM samAptaH / N. B.- For other details see No. I35.

Page #154
138. ] VII, II Argas 129 upAsakadazAGgasUtra vyAkhyAsahita Upasakadasangasutra with vyakhya No. 138 174. 1871-72. Size.-104 in. by 44 in. Extent.--(text) 62 folios, 7 to 12 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line. ,, - (com.) >> >> >> >> >> >> >> >> 45 >> >> >> Description.-- Country paper, tough and white; Devanagari charac ters with occasional Catats ; it is a fagret Ms.; the text written in a bigger hand; clear and good hand-writing; fol. 1* blank; edges of the first and the last few foll. slightly worn out; condition on the whole very good ; red chalk and yellow pigment used ; numbers of foll. entered only once; this Ms. contains the text as well as its Sanskrit commentary; both complete, their extents being 812 and 944 slokas respectively. Age.--- Pretty old. Author of the commentary-Abhayadeva Suri. Subject. The text in Prakrit together with its explanation in Sanskrit Begins.--(text) fol. Ib qui arcui qui hago etc. >> -- (com.) ,, ,, flagHIQARAFT etc. Ends.- (text ) fol. 626 game Hae etc. practically up to it aga as in No. 135 followed by galwTEET Figut lg 1 ja CSR ,, -- (com.) fol. 620 fe a cureata etc., up to atadt A as in No. 139 followed by samAptamupAsakadazAvivaraNaM cha graMthAnaM 944 etc. Reference. Both the text and the commentary published. See No. 135. 17 I J. L. P.]

Page #155
130 upAsakadazAGgasUtravyAkhyA No. 139 Jaina Literature and Philosophy Ends. Size.-- ro++ in. by 44 in. Extent.- 39 folios; 13 lines to a page; so letters to a line. Description. - Country paper, thin and greyish ; Devanagari characters with pRSThamAtrAs ; quite clear, bold, big, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, the space between the pairs coloured red; fol. 1a decorated with a pattern in red colour; so is the fol. 39b but the pattern is different; red chalk and yellow pigment used; unnumbered sides have one small circular disc in the centre, in red ink, the numbered having three-one in the centre and one, in each margin; edges of the first four foll. slightly damaged ; condition very fair; complete ; this work containing the fs of the text ends on fol. 27; on fol. 34b numbers 1 to 5 are arranged in a square of 5 as under : 1 |2| 3 | 4 / 5 3/4 5 | 1 |2 |5|1 |2| 3 | 4 2/3 4 5 1 4 5 1 2 3 This Ms. contains two additional works as under : foll. (1) antakRddazAGgasUtra vivaraNa ( 2 ) anuttaropapAtikadazAGgasUtravidharaNa, 11 Upasakadasangasutravyakhya 55 (a). 1870-71. [139. Age.- Old. Author.--- Abhayadeva Suri. Subject. Commentary in Sanskrit to the seventh anga. Begins. fol. r' zrIvarddhamAnamAnamya vyAkhyA kAcidvidhIyate / upAsaka dazAdInAM prAyo graMthAMtarekSitA // 1 // tatropAsakadazAH / saptamamaMgamiha cAyamabhidhAnArtha upAsakAnAM zramaNopAsakAnAM saMbaMdhenAnuSTAnasya pratipAda (di) kA dazA dazAdhyayana rUpA upAsakadazA bahuvacanAMtametagraMthanAma / etc. fol. 27 * yadiha na vyAkhyAtaM tatsarve jJAtAdharmakathAvyAkhyAnamupayuktena nirUpyAvaseyAmiti // cha // 272-36R 362-39"

Page #156
140.] VII. 11 Angas sarvasyApi svakIyaM vacanamabhimataM prAyasa (za): syAjjanasya / yattu svasyApi samyag ja (na) hi vihitaruci (:) syAt kathaM tatpareSAM cittollAsAtkutazvittadapi nigaditaM kiMcita ] devaM mayaitat / yuktaM tattvA(? yaccAtra tasya grahamamaladhiyaM (yaH) kurvatAM prItayo (ye) me // cha / / samAptamupAsakadazaka[:]vivaraNaM // cha // Reference. - Published. See No. 135. upAsakadazAGgasUtravyAkhyA Upasakadasangasutravyakhya No. 140 Size.- rok in. by 44 in. Extent. - 24 folios; 15 lines to a page; 56 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper, very thin, rough and greyish ; Devanagari characters with occasional gas; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; fol. r blank; edges of the first and last foll. slightly damaged; condition on the whole good; all the foll. except the first numbered in the right-hand margin only; this work ends on fol. 17*; this Ms. contains two additional works as under:(1) antaruddazAGgasUtra vivaraNa foll. (2) anuttaropapAtikadazAGgasUtravivaraNa 164 (a). 1873-74. "" fji Age.- Old. Begins.fol. 1 zrIvarddhamAnamAnamya etc. Ends. -- fol. 174 yadiha na vyAkhyAtaM etc., practically as in No. 139. N. B. For other details see No. 139. 17b-22b 22b-24b.

Page #157
i 32 Jaina Literature and Philosophy (142. upAsakadazAGgasUtravyAkhyA Upasakadasargasutravyakhya No. 141 1206 ( a ). 1886-92. Size.-- 113 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- 102 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 64 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper, thin and greyish ; Devanagari charac ters with e at; small, legible and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used; fol. 1* blank except that 391#wier: etc., written on it ; foll. numbered in both the margins; this work contains only the Tales of the text; it ends on fol. 15b; this Ms. contains the following additional works : (1) SPISETI afertur foll. 156--206 (2) 3767TTTTTTTisaafacut >> 2016--22" (3) THENTEU araia , 222-892 (4) agregario ,, 899--1026. Edges of the first few foll. slightly worn out; several foll. somewhat worm-eaten ; the left-hand corners of several foll. gone ; strips of paper pasted to foll. 52 to 100; condition on the whole very fair. 1206(e). Age.- Samvat 1553. See No. 1886-92. Begins. -- fol. 10 miagara TAR etc. Ends. -- fol. 156 JICE a etc., practically up to the end as in No. 139 N. B.- For further particulars see No. 139. upAsakadazAGgasUtravyAkhyA Upasakadasangasutravyakhya No. 142 144 (a). 1881-82. Size.--13} in. by s in. Extent.-- 26 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 58 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper, very thin and greyish ; Devanagari characters with TCASTS ; quite bold, completely legible, big and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in

Page #158
142.1 VID. 11 Angas 133 black ink ; in the case of most of the foll., the intervening space between these pairs is coloured red; some of the unnumbered sides have in the centre a small circular disc in red colour and some numbered sides have over and above this, two more, one in each margin; yellow pigment used; fol. 1deg blank; so is the fol. 266; small strips of paper pasted to the 2nd and the 3rd foll. ; condition tolerably good; the paper used for foll. 22 to 26 ditters in quality and thickness from that used for the preceding ones; this work contains only the trees of the text; the commentary complete ; it ends on fol. 18b; this Ms. contains the following additional works : (1) STEERIT aaao foll. 186-246 (2) Santan d i facut foll. 246--26". Age. -- Old. Begins.--fol. 1b 3 TRI sta garaparate etc., as in No. 139. Ends. -- fol. 186 afere a ofreTTA etc., up to the end as in No. 139. N. B.-For further particulars see No. 139.

Page #159
134 Jaina Literature and Philosophy THE EIGHTH ANGA antakRddazAGgasUtra ( aMta gaDada saMgasuta) No. 143 Size.--10 in. by 4 in. Extent. 213 = 18 folios; 13 lines to a page; 48 letters to a line. Antakrddasangasutra (Antagadadasangasutta) [143. 1079. 1887-91. Description. Country paper, thin and white; Devanagari characters; small, quite clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; edges of the first and last few foll. slightly worn out; condition good; foll. 10 to 12 missing; otherwise complete; fol. 21 contains some lines such as tuMge gayaNatalamaNu lihaMta sihare / nANA vihaguccha gummalayAvalli etc.; these do not seem to form the part of the text; moreover, they are written in a different hand; extent 900 slokas. Age. Pretty old. Author. Sudharmasvamin according to the Jaina tradition. Subject. This 8th Anga consisting of one srutaskandha with 8 vargas having 10, 10, 13, 10, 10, 16, 13 and 10 uddesakas respectively, deals with the antakrt-kevalins. They are the persons who lived only for a short time after they had attained omniscience. That is to say there was a very small interval left between their attaining omniscience and final emancipation. Begins. - fol. 1* teNaM kAleNaM / teNaM samaeNaM / caMpA nAma nagarI / puNNabho (he ) cetie / vaNasaMDe / teNaM kAleNaM etc. Ends.-- fol. 214 advaya vAsA AdI ekuttariyAe jAva sattarasa / eso khalu paritAo seNiyabhajjANa nAyacco 1 / evaM khalu jaMbU samaNeNa bhagavayA mahAvIreNa (NaM) AdikareNaM jAva saMpatterNa ahamassa aMgassa aMta (ta) gaDadasANaM ayamahe paNa (Na) tte / cha / ahama aMga sammattaM cha / atagaDadasANaM aMgassa ego suyakakhaMdho / aTa vaggA ahasa ceva

Page #160
144.) VIII. 11 Angas 135 divasesa uhissaMti / tattha paDhamavi(bi)iyavagge dasa 2 uddesagA taiyavagge terasa uddesagA cautthapaMcamavagge dasa 2 uddesagA chaThe vagge solasa uddesagA sattama vagge terasa uddesagA ahamavagge dasa uddesagA sesaM jahA naaydhmmkhaannN|| 3 11 etc. je 800 ! Ti etc. Reference.- The text was published along with a tabba at Calcutta in 1875, A. D., while this text together with Abhayadeva Suri's Sanskrit commentary at Surat, by the Agamodaya Samiti in A. D. 1920. In this latter edition are included Anuttaropapatikadasangasutra and Vipakasutra along with a Sanskrit commentary for each of them. A portion (V. 1 ) of the text is given as an appendix by H. Jacobi in his article "Die Jaina Legende von dem Untergange Dvaravati's und von dem Tode Krsna's." See Z. D. M. G. (vol. XLII, pp. 493-529, ) Leipzig, 1888. The text is translated into English by L. D. Barnett. For quotations etc., pertaining to the text see Weber II, p. 494ff., and Indian autiquary vol. XX, p. 19. For the description of the contents of the text according to the Sthanakavasin standpoint see Jaina Tattvaprakasa (pp.197-201). The text is translated into Hindi by Amolaka Rsiji. antakRdazAGgasUtra Antakrddasangasutra TabbAsahita with tabba No. 144 678. 1899-1915. Size.-101 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- (text) 45 folios; 7 lines to a page ; 42 letters to a line. >> -- (tabba) ,, foll. 9 to 14 >> >> ; 48 >> >> >> Description.- Country paper rough, brittle and white ; Devanagari characters ; sufficiently big, legible and very good handwriting; of course the interlinear cabba written in a smaller hand; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; a piece of paper of the size of the fol. pasted to foll. 1 and 45; foll. l' and 456 blank; complete ; condition very good.

Page #161
"2 136 Age.- Old. Subject.-- The 8th anga with Gujarati explanation. Begins.--(text) fol. rb teNaM kAleNaM teNaM samaeNaM etc. 33 "" _~( tabba) tei kAlai cathau aru te lakSaNa kAla sudharmasvAmI bihAra kari tyAM AvyA etc. Ends - (text) fol. 45 aDavAsA AdI (ya) etc., practically up to sukkhaMdho as in No. 143 followed by sammatto zrIrastu : etc. Jaina Literature and Philosophy "" (tabha ) fol. 45 * ATha varasathI Adi mAMDI ekekanI vRddhi jAM lagI sattari varisa thAi te nizrvai dIkSA nao pAlivao zreNikanI bhAryAnao jANivaDa etc., aMtagaDadazAgatao eka zrutaskaMdha chai te pUrNa thayao zreya etc. Reference. - Published. See No. 143. [145. antakRddazAGgasUtravivaraNa No. 145 Extent. fol. 27s to fol. 364. Description -- Complete in to foll. For further details see No. 139. Age.-- Old. Author.-- Abhayadeva Suri. Antakrddasangasutravivarana 55 (b). 1870-71. Subject. A commentary in Sanskrit to Antakrddasangasutra, the 8th anga. Begins. -- fol. 27* arthAtakRta (dU) dazAsa kimapi vivriyate / tatrAMto bhavataH kRto vihitau yo sUta (?) kRtA tadvaktavyatApratibaddhA dazAH dazAdhyayanarUpAH graMthapaddhata iti aMtakRt (dU) dazAH etc. Ends.-- fol. 36deg yadiha na vyAkhyAtaM tat jJAtAdharmmakathAvivaraNAdavaseyamevaM ca samAptamaMtakRddazAvivaraNamiti // cha // anaMtagamaparyAyajinavaroditi (te) zAsane yaha samayAnugA gamanikA kila procyate / gamAMtaramupaiti sA tadapi sadbhirasyAM kRtAvarUDhagamazodhanaM na tu vidhI sarvathA iti // cha // Reference. Published. See No. 143.

Page #162
148. ] antakRddazAGgasUtra vivaraNa No. 146 Extent. fol. 17h to fol. 22. Description. Complete in 6 foll. For further details see No. 140. Age.-- Old. Begins. -- fol. 17' athAMtakRddazAsa etc. VIII. 11 Angas Ends. fol. 22 N. B. For other details see No. 145. Begins. Ends. N. B. Age. Samvat 1512. See No. 179 Antakrddasangasutravivarana 164 (b). 1873-74. antakRddazAGgasUtra vivaraNa No. 147 Extent. fol. 15 to fol. 20 Description. Complete in 6 foll.; condition very fair. For further details see No. 141. antakRddazAGgasUtravivaraNa No. 148 etc., as in No. 145. -- * fol. 15 athAMtakRdazAsu kimapi etc. fol. 2ob yadiha na etc., up to sarvathA iti cha as in No. 145. For additional particulars see No. 145. 18 [J. L. P.] Antakrddasangasutravivarana 1206 (b). 1886-92. 137 Extent. fol. 18b to fol. 24. Description. Complete. For other details see No. 142. Begins. - fol. 18b athAMtakRddazAsa kimapi vivriyate Ends. Antakrddasangasutravivarana 144 (b). N. B. For further particulars see No. 145. fol. 24 feetc., up to the end as in No. 145 followed by aMtagaDadazAvivaraNaM samAptaM cha // 1881-82.

Page #163
138 Jaina Literature and Philosophy antakuddazAGgasUtravivaraNa No. 149 Size.-- ro++ in. by 4g in. Extent -- 7 folios; 17 lines to a page ; 62 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin, smooth and grey; Devanagari characters with gears; bold, small, legible and good hand-writing; borders mostly ruled in three lines in red ink ; complete ; this Ms. contains over and above this work anuttaropapAtikadazAGgasUtra vivaraNa commencing on fol, sb and ending on fol. 7b; edges of most of the foll. slightly worn out; condition good. Age.- Samvat 1561, See No. 155. Begins. -- fol. r* athAMtakRt ( da ) dazAsa kimapi vitrI (vi) yate / tatrAMto bhavataH I Antakrddasangasutravivarana 121 (a). 1873-74. to vihito yaiste aMtakRtAstadvaktavyatApratibaDA dazAH etc. Ends.-- fol. 5' yadiha na vyAkhyAtaM tat jJAtA dharmmakathA vivaraNAda vaseyameva ca / samAptamaMtakRddazAvivaraNamiti // cha // anaMtagamaparyAyajinavarodite zAsane yaha samayAnugAgamanikA kila procyate / gamAMtaramupaiti sA tadapi sadbhirasyAM kRtAgUDhagamazodhanaM nanu vidhIyatAM sarvathA iti // N. B. -- For additional details see No. 145. See No. 155. [149.

Page #164
150. ] IX. 11 Angas THE NINTH ANGA anuttaropapAtikadazAGgasUtra Anuttaropapatikadasangasutra ( aNuttarovayAiyada saGgasutta ) ( Anuttarovavaiyadasargasutta ) No. 150 Size.-1o++ in. by 44 in. Extent.- 5 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 46 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with pRSThamAtrAs; bold, big, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; fol. r* blank ; complete ; extent 192 slokas; condition excellent. Age. -- Sarvat 1544. Author. Sudharmasvamin according to the Jaina tradition. Subject This 9th anga is divided into three vargas, each of which is further sub-divided into 10, 13 and 10 uddesakas respectively. This work refers to the 33 persons who have been born in the Anuttara vimana and who will attain final emancipation after an immediate birth as a human being. For other details see Jaina Tattvaprakasa (4th. edn. p. 201); those details are, however, in accordance with the Sthanakavasin stand-point. 139 Begins.-- fol. 1 teNaM kAleNaM / teNaM samaeNaM rAyagihe nagare ajjasudhammassa samosaraNaM etc. Ends. -- fol. 5' taJcassa a ( vagga )ssa ayamahe paNNatte / aNuttarovavAtiyadasAu saMmattAu // cha // NavamaM aMga saMmataM // cha // cha // zrI // graMthAgraM 192 / / namaH zrutadevatAyai // aNuttarovavAtiadasANaM ekko supta (ya) kakhaMdho tiNi (Ni) vaggA tisu ceSa divasesa uddisaMti / tattha paDhamange dasa uddesagA // [[biti[[ti] avagge terasa uddegA // tatiavagge dasa uddegA / sesa jahA dhammakathANaM tahA NetavvaM / cha // 679. 1899-1915. saMvat 1544 varSe mAghavadi 2 guru / zrIzrIzrI ' zIrohikA' nagare / rAyArAuzrIzrIzrI jagamala vijye (jayini ) rAjye / zrI' tapAgacche gacchanAyaka zrI zrIzrIhemavimalasUrirAjye // mahopAdhyA (ya) zrI anaMta haMsagaNInAM upadezena / vastumAkhApitaM // josIpopAlikhitaM // cha // zubhaM bhavatuH //

Page #165
140 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ 151. Reference. -Published together with Abhayadeva Suri's commentary, at Calcutta in A. D. 1875 and by the Agamodaya Smiti in A. D. 1920. The text with avacuri and Pudgalaparavartastotra, too, with avacuri are published by the Atmananda Jaina Sabha, Bhavnagar in A. D. 1921. The text is translated into English by L. D. Barnett, in A. D. 1907 For quotations see Weber II, p. 504 ff. Geschichte II by Winternitz be consulted for contents etc. For further may Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. vol. III-IV, p. 381. The text according to the Sthanakavasin version has been translated in Hindi by Amolaka Rsiji as can be seen from p. 3 of Jaina Tattvaprakasa ( 4th. edn. ). For the last few lines of the text see No. 162. anuttaropapAtikadazAGgasUtra No. 151 Size. 11 in. by 44 in. Extent. 41 folios; 15 lines to a page; 64 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin and grey; Devanagari characters with ES; bold, small, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; most of the foll. worm-eaten; condition poor; complete; extent 192 slokas; the first fol. numbered as 27, so this seems to be a part of some Ms.; it contains in addition to this, the following two works : (1) ( 2 ) vipAkasUtra Anuttaropapatikadasangasutra 120 (a). 23 (No. 161). foll. 29--48" 48--67b (No. 175 ). Age. Not modern. Begins. - fol. 27deg teNaM kAleNaM teNaM samaeNaM rAyagihe nagare ajjasudhammasamosaraNaM etc. Ends. fol. 29 N. B. For other details see No. 150. 1872-73. at A etc., up to 3 as in No. 150.

Page #166
153.1 anuttaropapAtikadazAsUtra 1X. 11 Angas Anuttaropapatikadasangasutra No. 152 Size.-101 in. by 43 in. Extent.-- 8 folios ; II lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin and grey; Devanagari characters with pRSThamAtrAs; very big, bold legible and elegant handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; the space between the pairs coloured red; red chalk used; notes written in the margins; complete; condition very good. Age.- Not later than Samvat 1705. Begins. fol. 14 teNaM kAleNaM etc., as in No. 150. Ends. fol. 84 taJcassa vaggassa etc., up to sesa as in No. 15o followed by jahA dhamma kahA NeyatvaM / navamaM aMgaM saMmmattaM // cha // zrIH / chaH // Then we have the lines written in a different hand as under: pratilAmitA vAcyamAnA ciraM jayatu // chaH // chaH // chaH // N. B. For further particulars see No. 150. anuttroppaatikdsh| sUtra No. 153 141 // saMvat 1705 varSe vaizAkha zukla dvitIyAyAM jagadgurubha0 zrIhIravijayasUrIzvarapaTTAlaMkArabhaTTAraka zrIvijaya sena sUri paTTodayAcaladinakara samAnayugapradhAnopamAnalaM0 zrI 21 vijayadevasUrIzvarANAM AcArya zrI 21 vijayasiMhasUrIzvarAdipravarddhamAnaparivArabaMdhurANAM zrI 'zatruMjaya' ' giranAra' pramukhAneka mahAtIrthayAtrAsaMgha tilaka kRtArthitamanuSyAvatArayA zrA0 phUlAM / nAmnyA pratiriyaM 1077. 1887-91. Anuttaropapatikadasangasutra 411. 1882-83. Size.-- ro in. by 42 in. Extent.-- 9 folios; II lines to a page ; 35 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper, tough and greyish ; Devanagari cha racters with pRSThamAtrAs; bold, big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; fol. ra blank ; a strip of paper pasted to fol. 14; condition good; complete.

Page #167
Jaina Literature and Philosophy 142 Age.-- Pretty old. Author. Abhayadeva Suri. Subject. -- Sanskrit commentary to the 9th anga. Begins. fol. rb OM namaH / teNaM kAleNaM teNaM samaeNaM rAyagihe etc., as in No. 152. Ends.--fol. 9' taccassa vaggassa etc., practically up to dhammakahA jAyacA || cha / iti zrIaNuttarovavAIyadazAMga | navamaM aMga sammattaM // 9 // N. B.-- Fot other detilas see No. 150. anuttaropapAtikadazAGgasUtravivaraNa No. 154 Extent. - fol. 36 to fol. 39. Description. Fol. 39b blank ; complete in four foll. The extent of this work along with those of the other two is 1300 slokas. For further details see No. 139. Age.-- Old. Author.-- Abhayadeva Suri. Subject- Sanskrit commentary to the 9th anga. [ 154 Anuttaropapatikadasangsutra Begins.fol. 36(c) athAnuttaropapAtikadazAsu kiMcit vyAkhyAyate / tatrAnuttareSu sarvottameSu vimAnavizeSeSUpapAto janmAmuttaropapAtaH / sa vidyate yeSAM te (a) nuttaropapAtikAstatpratipAdakAdazAH etc. Ends. fol. 39 jIvaM jIveNaM gacchati / jIvavIryeNa tu zarIravIryeNetyarthaH / zeSamaMtakRddazAMgavadityarthaH / anu (tta) ropapAtikAkhyanavamAMgadezavivaraNaM samAptaM / zabdAH kecana nArthato'tra viditAH kecittu paryAyataH / sUtrArthAnugateH samUhya bhANato yajjAtamArga ( gaH ? )pradaM // vRttAvatra taka (tU) jinezvaravacobhASAvidhau kovidaiH / (devA) cAryANAmiti // Reference-- Published. See No. 150. vivarana 55 (c). 1870-71. saMzodhyaM vihitAdarairjinamatopekSA yamiti (? yato ) na kSamA // pratyakSaraM nirUpyAsAM graMthamAnaM vinizvitaM / vRttInAM tisRNAM zlokasahasraM trizatAdhikaM // cha / graM. 1300 / kRtiriyaM zrImajjinezvarAcAryapAdopajIvizrImadabhaya

Page #168
156.] IX. 11 Angas 143 anusaropapAtikadazAGgasUtra vivaraNa Anuttaropapatikadasangasutra vivarana 121 (b). No. 155. 1873-74. Extent,-- fol. 5b to fol. 70. Description.--Complete. The extent of this together with the com mentaries of two other angas, one of them viz. AntakrddaSangasutra (No. 149) and the other probably Upasakadasangasutra which is not contained in this Ms., comes to 1300 slokas. For other detilas see No. 149. Age.-- Samvat 1561. Begins.-fol. 5 athAnuttaropapAtikadazAsa kiMcid vyAkhyAyate / tatrAnuttareSu ___ sarvottameSu vimAnavizeSeSUpapAto janmAnuttaropapAtaH etc.. Ends.---fol. 7 jIva jIveNa gacchati jIvIryeNa na tu zarIravIryeNetyarthaH etc., up to kRtiriyaM zrImajjinezvarAcAryapAdopajIvizrImadabhayadevAcAryANAmiti // as in No. 154 followed by cha / cha // graM. 437 cha / cha / saM0 1561 varSe zrI timirI pure zrI kharataragacche zrIsAgaracaMdramUrisaMtAne vAcanAcAryadayAsAgaragaNAnAM vA jJAnamaMdiragaNInAM vineyadevatilakena vRttitrayaM zodhitaM vAcitaM ca // vAcyamAnaM satataM naMdatu ziSyazreNya // zreyo(s) stu zrIsaMghAya // N. B.- For further particulars see No. 154. - anuttaropapAtikadazAGgasUtra vivaraNa Anuttaropapatikadasargasutra vivarana 164(0). No. 156 1873-74. Extent.--- fol. 22b to fol. 24". Description.-- Complete. For other details see No. 140. Age.- Old. Begins.- fol. 22 a IT etc,

Page #169
144 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [158. Ends.---tol. 24" jIvavIryeNa etc., up to zrImadabhayadevAcAryANAmiti as in No. 155. N. B.- For additional particulars see No. 155. 3197raqah TiFEET vivaraNa Anuttaropapatikadasargasutra vivarana 1206 (o). No. 157 1886-92. Extent.- fol. 200 to fol. 222. Description.- Complete ; condition very fair. For other details see No. 141. Age.- Samvat 1512. See No. 179. Begins.- fol. 206 3197&a qqifahamia etc. Ends.--fol. 22* saator etc., up to FATSAPa as in No. 155 followed by i jeti pooll great arorai etc., and year: etc. up to AT 111 N. B.-- For additional information see No. 155. anuttaropapAtikadazAGgasUtra- AnuttaropapatikadasangasutravivaraNa vivarana 144 (0). No. 158 1881-82. Extent.-- fol. 245 to fol. 269. Description.- Complete in 3 foll. The extent of the complete Ms. is 1400 slokas. For other details see No. 142. Begins. -- fol. 24 STUTETTITICACETTE etc. Ends.- ,, 269 stareftitu etc., up to war as in No. 155 followed by Il ei 800 !! y etc. N. B.- For additional particulars see No. 155.

Page #170
159.] X. 11 Angas 145 THE TENTH ANGA prabhavyAkaraNAGgasUtra Prasnavyakaranangasutra (paNhAvAgaraNaMgasutta) (Panhavagaranangasutta) 446. No. 159 1882-83. Size.- Io in. by 4t in. Extent.-35 folios; I3 lines to a page; 48 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin and greyish ; Devanagari chara cters with pRSTamAtrAs; bold, big, legible and good handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; numbers of foll. I to 4 entered twice as usual ; fol. I* blank ; so is the fol. 350; edges of some of the foll. slightly damaged ; condition on the whole good ; complete. Age.-- Pretty old. Author.-- Sudharmasvamin according to the Jaina tradition. Subject.--This tenth anga deals with questions and answers pertain _ing to samvara ( stoppage of karmans ) etc. Begins.-fol. I Namo arahatANaM jaMbU iNamo aNhayasaMvaraviNicchayaM parayaNassa nissaMda vocchAmi NicchayatthaM sahAsiyatthaM mahesIhiM // 1 // etc. Ends.-fol. 35 pasatthaM paMcamaM saMgharadAraM sa(somattaM ti bami cha eyAI vayAI paMca vi muvayamahatvayAiM heusayavicittaekalAI kahiyA arahaMtasAsaNA(Ne) paMca samAseNa saMvarA vittharaNa u paNNavIsatisamiyasahiyasaMpu(khu)De sadAyataNaghaDaNama visa(da)dasaMNa(Ne) ee aNucariyasaMjate carimasarIradhare bhavissatIti cha zrI cha iti iti praznavyAkaraNAni samAptAni / cha cha etc. Reference.-- As editio princeps may be mentioned the Calcutta edition of A.D. 1876, where the text together with Abhayadeva Suris Sanskrit commentary and a Hindi gloss by Vijaya Sadhu is published. The text is also published with Abhayadeva Suri's commentary by the Agamodaya Samiti in A. D. 1919. See for other particulars Weber II, p. 508 ff., and Indian Antiquary (vol, XX, p. 23). A. Weber's Ahalya, 19 [J. L. P.]

Page #171
146 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [160. Berlin, 1887 may be also consulted. For additional Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. vol. III-IV, pp. 394-395. prabhavyAkaraNAnasUtra Prasnavyakaranangasutra No. 160 1398. 1891-95. Size.- ION in. by 41 in. Extent.--- 33 folios; 13 lines to a page; so letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and greyish; Devanagari chara cters with pRSTamAtrAs; bold, big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. I. and 33 blank ; edges of the first fol. slightly damaged; con dition very good ; complete ; extent 1250 slokas. Age.-- Pretty old. Begins.--fol. I OM namaH zrIsarvajJAya[:] namo arahatANaM naMbU iNamo etc., as in ___No. I59: Ends.-fol. 32 pasatthaM paMcama etc., practically up to samAptAni as in No.159 followed by paNhAvAgaraNANa ego suya(kokhaMdho dasa ajjhayaNA ekkArasa? kasara)gA caudasasu ceva divase(sa) uddisijaM(jja)ti ekaMtaraesa AyaMbilesa niruddhesa AuttapANaeNaM // cha / / aMga jahA AyArassa // chaH // chaH // zrIH // graMthAnaM 1250 chaH / / N. B.- For further particulars see No. 159. praznavyAkaraNAGgasUtra Prasnavyakaranangasutra _120 ( b). No. 161 1872-73. Extent.- fol. 29 to fol. 48. Description.- Complete ; extent 1250 slokas. For other details see No. ISI. See " Sitzungberichte der Koniglich Preussischeri Akademie der Wissenschaften."

Page #172
162.] X. 11 Angas Begins.- fol. 29 Namo arahatANaM / jaMbU iNamo etc., as in No. 159. Ends.-fol. 484 pasatthaM paMcama etc., up to sarIradhare as in No I59 followed by bhavissaIti / / prazravyAkaraNAni samAptAni // cha / graM0 1250 // ch.|| paNhAvAgaraNANaM ego muta(yokkhaMdho dasa ajjhayaNA ikkasaragA caudasasu ceva divasesa udvisijjaMti ikkaMtaraeMsu AyaMbilesa niruddhesu Auttabhanna pANaeNaM aMgaM jahA AyArassa // cha / N. B.- For further particulars see No. 159. praznavyAkaraNAGgasUtra Prasnavyakaranangasutra vivRtisahita with vivrti 70. No. 162 1866-68. Side.- 104 in. by 41 in. Extent.-- 111 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 34 letters to a line Description.-- Country paper thin and grey; Devanagari characters with occasional pRSThamAtrAs; bold, legible and good handwriting ; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary; it is a pagreit Ms., the text being written in a bigger hand-writing; fol. I blank, so is the fol. IIIb; leatherbound; several foll. worm-eaten; some of them very badly ; condition unsatisfactory; in some cases there are lacuna ( vide fol. 95b); numbers of foll. entered twice as usual ; a small bit of paper pasted to fol. 339; borders neatly ruled in three lines in red ink, edges in two; complete; extent 1250 Slokas. Age. - Samvat 1633. Author of the commentary-Abhayadeva Suri. Subject.-- The text and its Sanskrit commentary. The initial lines do not belong to praznavyAkaraNAgasUtra ; they are rather the final lines of anuttaropapAtikadazAGgasUtra. Begins.--(text) fol. tb OM namo supadevayAe / aNuttarovavAiyadasANaM ekko suya kkhaMdho tinni vaggA tisa ceva divasesa uhisaMti / satya paDhamavagge dasa

Page #173
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ 163. uent biyivagge terasa uddesgaa| sesaM jahA dhammakahANaM tahA neyavvA / namo arahaMtANaM / jaMbU iNamo etc. as in No. 159. Begins~ (com.) fol. 1 namaH zrIsarvajJAya / zrIvarddhamAnamAnamya etc., as in No. 159. Ends.-- (text) fol. 110b pasatthaM paMcamaM etc., up to samAptAni as in No. 159 followed by graMthAgraM 1250 // cha // zrIH // -- (com) fol. Irodeg kA ( sat ? ) puruSatIritAni etc., up to saMzodhitA 'ceyaM as in No. 163 followed by graMthAgraM 4630 // cha // zubhaM bhavatu etc. saM. 1633 varSe kArtika vadi 11 zukre likhitaM // N. B*-- For further particulars see No. 159. 148 "" vyAkaraNAGgasUtravivRti Prasnavyakaranangasutravivrti No. 163 Size. 93 in. by 41 in. Extent.- roo folios; 17 lines to a page ; 44 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and greyish; Devanagari characters with as; tolerably big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; fol. r blank ; edges of the some of the foll. slightly damaged; condition on whole good ; complete ; extent 5630 slokas. Age.- Pretty old. Author.-- Abhayadeva Suri. 298. A. 1882-83. Subject. Sanskrit commentary to Prasnavyakaranangasutra. It is styled as vyakhya and vivrti by the commentator himself. Begins. fol. 1' zrIvarddhamAnamAnamya vyAkhyA kAcidvidhIyate / navyAkaraNAMgasya vRddhanyAyAnusArataH // (1) ajJA vayaM nAtramidaM gabhIraM prAyo(s) s kUTAni ca pustakAni / sUtraM vyavasthApya tato visRzya vyAkhyAnakalpAdita eva caiva // 2 // atha prabhavyAkaraNAkhyaM dazamAMgaM vyAkhyAyate etc.

Page #174
164.j X. 11 Angas 149 Ends.--fol. I00' satpuruSatIritAni / nirvANagamanasvargapraNAyakAni paMcApi saMvaradvArANi samAptAnIti brabImIti // cha / samAptA praznavyAkaraNAMgaTIkA ||ch|| namaH zrIvarddhamAnAya zrIpArzvaprabhave nmH| namaH zrImatsarasvatyai sahAyabhyo namo namaH // 1 // iha hi gamanikArtha yanmayA(5)bhyUhayoktaM / kimaya(pi) samayahInaM tadvizodhyaM sudhIbhiH / nahi bhavati vidheyA sarvathA(5)sminnupA(pe)kSA dayitajinamatAnAM tAyinAM cAMgivarge // 2 // pareSAM durlakSyA bhavati vivakSA sphuTAmidaM vizeSAdU vRddhAnAmatulavacanajJAnamahasAM / nirAmnAyA(dhIbhiH punaratitarAM) mAdRzajanai-- stataH zAstrArtho se bacanamanaghaM durlA(la)bhamiha // 3 // tataH siddhAMtataravajJaiH svayamUhaH prytntH| na punarasmadAkhyAta eva grAhyo niyogtH||4|| tathaivaM mA(5)stu me pApaM saMghamatyupajIvanAt / vRddhanyAyAnusAritvAt hitArtha ca prvRttitH||5|| yo jainAbhimatAta) pramANamanaghaM vyutpAdayAmAsivAn / prasthAnairvividhairnirasya nikhilaM bauddhAdisaMbAMdha tat // nAnAttikathA[:] kathApathamatikrAMtaM ca cakre tapaH / nissaMbaMdhaprati(?vi)hAramapratihata(hataM) zAstrAnusArAttathA // 6 // tasyAcAryajinezvarasya madavadvAdipratisparddhinastadvaMdhorapi buddhisAgara iti khyAtasya sUre vi / chaMdobaMdhani(baddha)baMdhuravacaHzabdAdisallakSmaNaH / zrIsaMvignavihAriNaH shrutnidheshvaaritrcuuddaamnnii(?nneH)||7|| ziSyeNAbhayadevAkhyasUriNA vivRtiH kRtaa| prazravyAkaraNAMgasya zrutabhaktyA samAsataH // 8 // nitikakulanabhaku(?sta)lacaMdradroNAkhyasAramukhyeta / paMDitarANA(Ne)na guNavatpriyeNa saMzodhitA ceyaM // 9 // // sarvAgraMpattiH 5630 ||ch ||ch / cha / Reference.- Published. For the prasasti see Nos. 162 and 165. prabhavyAkaraNAsUtravivRti Prasnavyakaranangasutravivrti 22. No. 164 1877-78. Size.- 104 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- 92 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 60 letters to a line.

Page #175
150 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [165. Description.- Country paper rough, thin and greyish ; Devana gari characters with GEHTETS ; small, legible and good handwriting : some of the last few foll. written in a somewhat illegible hand; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used; fol. 1a blank; so is the fol. 926; foll. mostly numbered in the right hand margin only; this Ms. contains the tales of the text; condition very good; complete except that it lacks in the colophon given in No. 163. extent 4800 slokas. Age.- Pretty old. Begins.- fol. I THI THI TU THIT fra ATTATAFT ETTEJT etc., as in No. 163. Ends. -- fol. 92" Frigstadtfata etc., up to FATHI THOTTATUTTOTETTU gll as in No. 163. Then jur 8600. N. B.- For other details see No. 163. praznavyAkaraNAGgasUtravivRti Prasnavyakaranangasutravivrti No. 165 1206(d). 1886-92. Extent.- fol. 22deg to fol. 89a. Description- Complete; condition very fair. For other details see No. 141. Age. - Samvat 1512. See No. 177 Begins. -- fol. 22deg x #: staste II stre ATT TART etc. Ends. -- fol. 89* satpuruSatIritAni etc., up to saMzodhitA ceyaM // 9 // as in No. 163. N. B.--For additional details see No. 163.

Page #176
167.] X. 11 Angas 151 772. praznavyAkaraNAgasUtravivRti Prasnavyakaranangasutravivrti No. 166 1899-1915. Size.- 101 in. by 44 in. Extent. -- 114 + 1 - 2 = 113 folios; 14 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper white and greyish; Devanagari characters ; big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders mostly ruled in two lines in black ink; fol. r* blank; yellow pigment used; foll.s to 27 and 86 somewhat wormeaten:; fol. 29 repeated; foll. 42 and ini lacking; ends abruptly ; incomplete; condition fair. Age.- Samvat 1670. Begins. --fol. 14 AA: fralaren in sagatahraTRT etc., as in No. 163. Ends. - fol. III satpuruSatIritAni etc., up to bauddhAdisaMbaMdhi tat as in No. 163. Then we have: varSe vyomapayodhiSoDaza(1670)mite mAghasya pakSe site / puSyaHdvitIyAdine zubhatare vAre bhRgornedane Then run the lines nAnAttikathAH etc., up to madaghadvAdi as in No. 163. Here it terminates abruptly. N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 163. praznavyAkaraNAnasUtravivRti Prasnavyakaranangasutravivrti 821, No. 167 1895-1902. Size.-- 104 in. by 4} in. Extent.- 70 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 54 letters to a line. Description - Country paper very thin, smooth and greyish; Devanagari characters with TEATEIS; legible, small and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; fol. Ia blank; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered twice as usual; this Ms. contains only the tales of

Page #177
152 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [168. the text ; some lacunae here and there ( vide fol. 5"); edges of the first and the last foll. damaged to a smaller or greater extent; condition tolerably good ; complete ; extent 4630 slokas. Age.- Pretty old. Begins.-- fol. 1b go FAT (#: ) sia antara fra AmaraFT etc., as in No. 163. Ends. fol. 700 Figaratfaria etc., up to gaiata (fa) as in No. 163 followed by 1 TITTA Tori Terri jemi 8630 I TU bhavatu [:] etc N. B.- For further particulars see No. 163. prabhavyAkaraNApAsUtra vivRti Prasnavyakaranangasutravivrti 121. No. 168 1872-73. Size.-- 113 in, by 4 in. Extent.--- 86 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 56 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper rough and whitish; Devanagari characters with TEHETS; big, bold, legible and good handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, the space between the pairs coloured red; red chalk used; fol. 1 blank; strips of paper pasted to it; edges and corners of several foll. worn out ; in most of the cases pieces of paper are pasted where necessary; the fol. 866 is decorated with a Farfa in red ink; two bits of paper pasted to it; condition fair ; unnumbered sides have one small circular disc in the centre, the numbered having two more, one in each margin ; complete; extent 4630 slokas. Age.-- Samvat 1571. Begins.-- fol. IbaA: Shasta ll staghigarafe etc., as in No. 163. Ends.- fol. 85* Highnahitana etc., up to fathfeat to as in No. 163. Then follow the lines as under : cha // zrIH // graMthAgraM 4630 ||ch|| zrIrastu lekhakapAThakayo vAcakAnAM mitted. This is succeeded by the colophon as below:--

Page #178
168.] X. II Angas 153 svasti zrIpradavarddhamAnabhagavatprAsAdavibhra(bhrA)jite zrI saMDera pure surAlayasame 'prAgvATa'vaMzottamaH AbhUrbhUriyazA abhUt sumatibhUrbhUmiprabhuprArcitAH stajjAto'nvayapadmabhAsuraraviH zreSTI(TI) mahAnAsaDaH // 1 sanmukhyo moSanAmA nayavinayanidhiH sUnurAsIttadIya[:] stabhrAtA varddhamAnaH samajani janatAsa svasaujanyamAnyaH / / anyUnA'nyAyamArgA'panayanarasikastatmutazcaMDasiMha(:) saptAsaMstattanujA prathitayaNagaNAH pethaDasteSu pUrvaH // 2 narasiMharatnasiMho(hau) caturthamallastatastu muMjAlaH vikramasiMho dharmaNa ityete'syA'nujAH kramataH // 3 saMDerake 'NahilapATaNa pattanasyA sanne ya eva niramApayaduccacaityaM / svasvaiH svakIyakaladaivatavIrasezaM / kSetrAdhirAjasatatAzritasaMnidhAnaM // 4 bAsA'vanInena samaM ca jAte kalau kuto(s)sthApayadeva hetoH 'bIjApuraM kSatriyamukhyabIjA __ sauhArdato lokakaro'rdhakArI // 5 atra rIrImayajJAtanaMdanapratimAnvitaM yazcaityaM kArayAmAsa lasattoraNarAjitaM // 6 yo'kArayatsacivapuMgavavastupAla nirmApite 'rbuda giristhira(ta)nemicaitye / uddhAramAtmana iva bu(bru)Dato hyapAra___ saMsAradustaraNavAridhimadhya iddhaH // 7 gotre(5)traivAdyAptabiMbaM bhImasAdhuvidhitsitaM / ya(ta)pittalamayaM haimadRDhasaMdhimakArayat // 8 caramajinavareMdrasphAramUrti vidhApya / gRhajinavasatau prAtiSTapat zuddhalagne pura urutaradevaukAsthitAyAM ca tasyAM / samahamatilaghoH zrIkarNadevasya rAjye // 9 kharasasamayasome (1660) baMdhubhiH Sabhireva samamiha muvidhInAM sAdhane sAvadhAnAH / 'vimalagiri 'zirasthAdIzvaraM cojjayate / 'yadukulatilakA nemimAnamya modAt // 10 // [J. L. P. 10

Page #179
154 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [168. nijamanujabhavaM yaH sArthaka zrAk cakAra / vihitagurusaparyaH pAlayan sAMghapatyaM / kalasakalakalAsatkauzalI niSkalaMkaH punarapi SaDa'kArSIda yo hi yAtrAstathaiva // 11 // tribhiH kulakaM // munimuniyakSa1377mite'nde / dubhi(bhi)kSavilakSadInajanalakSAn / vIkSyA'nU(nA)nnAnnAM(nAM) dAnAt svasthAMzcayaH kRtavAn / / 12 / / samayazrutiphalamatulaM svaguroryayos)thaikadA(5)vabudhya sudhIH / sakalaM vimalaM satataM / sado(dA)gamaM zrAvaya mama tva // 13 // ityArthitavAMstasmai gurau pravRtte'karottathA kartu / / tadgamagavIragautamanAmA! re(rai )rajata TaMkaiH // 14 // tenA'haNAdhanenAlekhayadAtoktikozasucatuSkaM / satyAdisUrivacanAt / kSetranavaka uptavAna vittaM // 15 // tribhiH kulakaM // tattanayaH padmAhvaHstadudbhavo lADa(?Na)stadaMgabhavaH / asti smA(ss)lhaNasiMhastadaMgajo maMDalikanAmA // 16 // zrI ravaitA'rbuda'sutIrthamukheSu caityo ddhArAna'kArayadanakapuraSva'nalpaiH / nyaayaajitdhnbhrevrdhrmshaalaaH| ___ yaH satkRto nikhila(maMDala)maMDalIkaiH // ml vamurasabhuvana(1468 )pramite varSe vikramanRpAdavinirjitavAn / duHkAlaM samakAlaM / bahvannAnAM vitaraNAdyaH // 18 varSeSu saptasaptatya'dhikacaturdazazateSu (1477) yo yAtrAM / devAlayakalitAM kile(la) cakre 'zatrujayA yeSu // 19 // zrutalekhanasaMghArcAprabhRtIni bahUni puNyakAryANi / / yo(s)kArSIda vividhAni ca pUjyajayAnaMdasUrigirA // 20 // vyavaharaThAI(?) Akhyo(Da)bhUdRkSastanuttaM(ttanuja eva vijitAkSaH / dharamaNakAInAmnI / sattvavatI janyajani tasya // 21 // tatkukSyanupamamAnasakAsArasitacchadAstrayaH putrAH / abhavan zreSThAH parvataDUMgaranarabadasunAmAnaH // 22 // teSva'sti parvatAkhyo lakSmIkAMtaH sahasravIreNa / poIApramukhakuTuMbaiH / parIkRto vaMzazobhAkRt // 23 // DUMgaranAmA dvitIyaH / svavA(cA)rucAturyavaryamedhAvAn / patnI maMgAdevI ramaNaH kAnhAkhyamutapakSaH // 24 //

Page #180
169.] X. 11 Angas I55 svakAritA'hatpratimApratiSThAM vidhApya tau prvtddhuNgraabhidhau| varSe hi naMdeSutithau 1559 ca cakratuH zrIvAcakasthApanasanmahotsavaM // 25 khatutithi(1560)mitasamAyAM / yAtrAM tau cakratuH mutIrtheSu / 'jIrApallIpArthA buMdA'calAyeSu sollAsaM // 26 // 'gaMdhAra maMdire to jalamalayugalAdisamudayopetAH / zrIkalpapustikA api / dattvA'khilasarvazAlAsu // 27 kRtasaMghasatkRtI cAvAcayatAM tau ca ruupynaannkyum| dadatuzcasitApuMjaM / samastatannAgarikavaNijaM // 28 kRtavaMtau tAvityAdivihitacaturthavratAdarau sukRtaM / 'Agama gacchezazrIvivekarAnAkhyaguruvacanAt / / 29 athottamau parvatakAnhanAmako sArthodyamau sUripadapradApane / AkAratAnAM ca samAnadharmiNAM nAnAvidhasthAnasamAgatAnAM // 30 puMsAM dutkUlAdikadAnapUrvakaM __ samastasaddarzanasAdhupUjanAt / mahAmahaM tenturuttrNtau| pavitracittau jinadharmavAsitau // 31 yugmaM // Agama'gacchavibhUnAM mUrijayAnaMdasadguroH kramataH zrImadvivekaratnaprabhusUrINAM sadupadezAt // 32 zazimunitithi(1571)mite(tavarSe) samagrasiddhAMtalekhanaparAbhyAM / tAbhyAM vyavaharaparavatakAnhAbhyAM sukRtarasikAbhyAM // 33 nijamAnasamodabharAd lekhitamA(?)mavicitraracanADhyaM // praznavyAkarA(ra)NAnAM / vRttiriyaM sA ciraM jayatAt / / 34 tribhirvizeSakaM / / iti prazastiH // cha // cha / N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 163. 295. praznavyAkaraNAnasUtravivRti Prasnavyakaranangasutravivrti No. 169 A. 1883-84. Size.- Io in. by 41 in. Extent. -- 67 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 64 letters to a line.

Page #181
156 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [170. Description. Country paper rough, tough and white; Devanagari characters with gas; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; space between the pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour, in the centre only; the numbered, in the margins, too; each of the foll. 1a and 67 decorated with the same design in red colour; this Ms. does not seem to contain the complete text; only the gas appear to be given; complete; edges of the first and the last foll. worn out; condition on the whole good; extent 5016 slokas. Age. Samvat 1632. Begins. fol. 1' OM varddhamAnAya / zrIvarddhamAna etc. - Ends.--fol. 67(c) satpuruSatIritAni etc., up to saMzodhitA ceyaM as in No. 163 followed by saMvat 1632 varaSe asADha sudi 1 laSyataM vyAsa anaMtaThen in a different hand we have graMthAgraM 5016 // N. B. For other details see No. 163. praznavyAkaraNAGgasUtra zaraika No. 170 Size. 101 in. by 48 in. Extent. 23 Prasnavyakaranangasutra with tabba (text) 95-28-3-1-63 folios; 5 lines to a page; 28 letters to a line. - (tabba) 63 folios; 5 lines to a page; 38 letters to a line. Description. Country paper whitish and rough; Devanagari characters with gears; bold, big, clear but poor handwriting; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; fol. 1a blank; edges of the first fol. and also those of the 6th to the 15th slightly damaged; some foll. worm-eaten; condition very fair; this Ms. contains both the text and its interlinear explanation in Gujarati known as tabba; yellow pigment used; foll. 16 to 43 lacking; so are the foll. 46 to 48 and 222. 1871-72.

Page #182
17I.] X. 11 Angas 157 55; foll. 43 etc., up to 54 also numbered as 7th etc.; foll. 56 to 83 numbered also as 2, 3 etc. ; the foll. 84 to 95 doubly numbered, the second set being I, 2 etc. This Ms. terminates at the first saMgharadvAra, the work being hence incomplete. Age.-- Pretty old. Subject.- The text along with its explanation in Gujarati. Begins.- ( text ) fol. I' namo arihatANaM jaMbu(bU) iNamo etc. ,, -- (com.) ,, ,, namo vItarAgAya .... .... ....'masvAmI kahi chai etc. Ends.- (text ) fol. 95* siddhavarasAsaNamimaM AghadhiyaM mudesiyaM pasatthaM cha paDhama saMvaradAraM iti samattaM ti bemi // 1 // samAptaM zrI ch|| , - (com. ) fol. 91b vItarAgane kahyau // upadisyau // pradhAna // iti saMpu(pUrNa // zrIsudharmasvAmi jaMbusvAmi prati kahi chai // 1 // N. B.- For additional information see No. 159. praznavyAkaraNAsUtraparyAya Prasnavyakaranangasutraparyaya No. 171 736 (7). 1875-76. Extent.- fol. 4. Description.- Complete. For other details see Pancavastukaparyaya ___No. 736 (I). 0 1875-76.. Subject.- Difficult words etc. occurring in Prasnavyakaranangasutra explained. Begins.-fol. 4* praznavyAkaraNaparyAyA yathA sUtra vyavasthAdhyamato vimRzya vyAkhyAna kalpAdita eva naiva iti vyAkhyAnakalpAt etc. Ends.- fol. 4* vRddho'yaM aMdho'yamiti bhaNitvA ye sA(mA)rayaMti te saMsAramocakAH vraNe zvayathurAyAsIt zvayathuH zephaH / iti praznavyAkaraNaparyAyAH samAptAH / L Letters gone.

Page #183
158 Jaina Literature and Philosophy (172. praznavyAkaraNAGgasUtraparyAya Prasnavyakaranangasutraparyaya 789 (7). No. 172 1895-1902 Extent.- fol. sb. Description. Complete so far as it goes. For further details see 787(1). Pancavastukaparyaya No. & 1895-1902. Begins.-- fol. 56 579241* curator TAT I etc., as in No. 171. Ends.-- fol. 5* (s)o sietsurafat etc. N. B.- For additional particulars see No. 171.

Page #184
173.] XI. 11 Angas 159 82. THE ELEVENTH ANGA vipAkasUtra Vipakasutra (falta) (Vivagasutta ) No. 173 1869-70. Size.-- 101 in. by 4.in. Extent.-- 29+1 = 30 folios ; 13 lines to a page; so letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and white; Devanagari chara cters with occasional quarts; bold, uniform, legible and beautiful hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; fol. 1a blank; fol. 25 repeated; condition very good ; complete. Age.-- Fairly old. Author.- Sudharmasvamin according to the Jaina tradition. Subject. -- This work forms the inth anga. It is known as Vipaka sruta, too. It deals with fructifications of good and bad karmans. It is divided into two parts known as Srutaskandhas. They are styled as Duhavivaga or Duhkhavipaka and Suhavivaga or Sukhavipaka. Each of them consists of 10 chapters known as adhyayanas. Begins.- fol. Ib auf Frau au TAVO *9 OTTA urft teatr TOOTH guu HE ala etc. Ends.--- fol. 296 ga na ja HAUTOT ATT ATFO gefaattor HAFF ajjhayaNassa ayamahe paNNatte sevaM bhaMte suhavivAgA cha ekkAra(somaM aMga samattaM cha namo zrutadevA(tA)ye vivAgamuyassa do muya(ka)khaMdhA / duhavivAgo (suha vivAgo ya tattha duhavivAge) dasa ajjhayaNa ekkarasa(sara)gA dasa(sa) ceva divasesu uhissaMti evaM suhavivAge vi sesaM ja[ahAyArassaM cha ch| Reference.- Published with Abhayadeva Suri's commentary and a Hindi gloss by Vijaya Sadhu at Calcutta in A.D. 1876. The text as well as the commentary are published by the Agamodaya Samiti in A. D. 1920 ( see p. 135 ), and in the Mukti-kamala Jaina Mohanamala, Baroda, too, in Samvat 1976. The text together with the Gujarati translation is published by Jaina Dharmaprasaraka Sabha in Samvat 1987. For contents etc., see Weber II, p. 524ff., Indian Antiquary vol. XX, p. 26 and Winternitz, Geschichte II, p. 306. For additional Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. vol. III-IV, p. 395.

Page #185
160 Jaina Literature and Philosophy (175. vipAkasUtra Vipakasutra 1253. No. 174 1887-91. Size.--- 108 in. by 44 in. Extent.--- 35 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 46 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper very thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with occasional gewrats; big, clear and good handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used; fol. 1* blank; it it little bit torn; most of the foll. eaten away by white ants to a smaller or greater degree ; condition unsatisfactory; complete ; extent 1250 slokas. Age.- Old. Begins.-- fol. 10 abruptly try II qui fraui qui ha qui etc., as in No. 173. Ends.- fol. 35deg evaM khalu jaMbU etc., up to sesa jahA AyArassa as in No. 173 followed by faguarare FIAT 113? !T bhavAtu graMthAgraM 1250. N.B.--For further particulars see No. 173. vipAkasUtra Vipakasutra 120 (c). No. 175 1872-73. Extent.-- fol. 484 to fol. 676. Description.--- Complete. Fol. 675 blank. A piece of paper of the same size as the fol. pasted to fol. 676. For further details see No. ISI. Begins.-- fol. 48a atur Tesi etc., as in No. 173. Ends.-- fol. 67" Ta en sig etc., up ro HET STOTTFetc., as in No. 773 followed by a strana gara HAT STAT (:) FT: HT: N. B.- For further particulars see No. 173.

Page #186
176.] vipAkasUtra TabbAsahita 99 XI. 11 Angas No. 176 Size.- to in. by 44 in. Extent:- 7 folios; 13 lines to a page; 35 to 40 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thick and white; Devanagari characters; bold, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines in red ink, edges singly; this Ms. contains both the text and its explanation in Gujarati as well, the latter written above the corresponding lines of the former; numbers of foll. entered twice, once, in each of the two margins of the numbered side; fol. 7b blank; only the first chapter known as Subahuajjhayana and its tabba complete; this Ms. contains in addition jambUdvIpaprajJaptigata bharatacaritra with tabba. Age.--- Samvat 1758. Subject. The first chapter of the second part of Vipakasutra dealing with the life of Subahukumara together with its explanation in Gujarati. "" Begins.-- (text) fol. 14 teNaM kAleNaM teNaM samaeNaM / rAyagihe Nagare / guNasile (lae) are | sohamme samosaDhe / jaMbU jAva etc. Vipakasutra with tabba 102 (a). 1872-73. 161 ~ ( tabba. ) fol. 14 te kAla // te samo cothai Arai // rAjyagRha nAmAM nagara | guNasilo etc. Ends.-- (text ) fol. 7 evaM khalu jaMbU / samaNeNaM jAva saMpatteNaM / suhavivAgANaM / paDhamassa ajjhayaNassa ayamaTThe paNa (Na) te tti bemi / paDhamaM ajjhayaNaM sammattaM // liSitaM RSi dUdAjI | AryA syAMmAM gAMgabAi 4 paThanArtha. N B.-- For further particulars see No. 173. 21 [J. L. P. ] - ( tabba ) fol. 7* suSavipAkiyAnA pahilA adhyenanA e artha kahyA ti bemi / suSavipAkano / e prathama adhyena pUrNa thayo.

Page #187
162 vipAkasUtravRtti No. 177 Jaina Literature and Philosophy Size.-- ro++ in. by 4g in. Extent.-- 17 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 63 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with pRSThamAtrAs; bold, clear, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, the space between the pairs coloured red; each of the foll. ra and 17 decorated with a design in red ink; red chalk used; unnumbered sides marked with a small circular disc in the centre, the numbered having over and above this two more, one in each margin; condition very good ; complete ; extent 1000 Slokas. Age.-- Samvat 1603. Author.-- Abhayadeva Suri. Subject.- Commentary in Sanskrit to Vipakasutra. Begins.--fol. 1 ai namaH zrutadevatAyai / cha // cha // navA zrIvarddhamAnAya varddhamAnazrutAdhvane vipAkazrutazAstrasyaM vRttikeyaM vidhAsyate / atha vipAkazrutamiti kaH zabdArthaH / ucyate vipAkaH / etc. Ends. fol. 16b iti dvitIyazrutaskaMdha (dhe) prathamAdhyayana vivaraNaM // evamuttarANi navApyanugaMtavyAnIti // cha // samAptaM vipAkazrutAkhyaikAdazAMga pradezavivaraNaM Vipakasutravrtti 329. A. 1882-83. ihAnuyoge yadayuktamuktaM taddhIdhanA drAkparizodhayaMtu / nopekSaNaM yuktimadatra yena jinAgame bhaktiparAyaNAnAM // [177: cha / kRtiriyaM saMvina (gna) munijanapradhAnazrI jinezvarAcAryacaraNakamalaM (la)caMcarIkakalpazrImadabhayadevAcAryasyeti // cha // cha // cha // graMthAgraM 1000 // cha || SaDaMga sUtravRttisamanvitaM lekhayAMcakre // paMcAMga (ga) pustakamidaM kumudopamAnaM patrAvalIkalitamujjvalavarNaramyaM

Page #188
178.] XI. II Angas yatsAdhubhirmmadhukaraiH paricuMbyamAnaM jIyAcciraM sugururAjavikAzyamAnaM // akSaramAtra padasvarahInaM vyaMjana saMdhivivarjitareSaM / sAdhubhireSa mama kSamitavyaM / ko'tra na muhyati zAstrasamudre // cha // cha // zubhaM kSemaM kalyANaM / saMvat 1603 varSe bhAdrapada ma (su) di 5 zanau // Reference. Published. See No. 173. For an additional Ms. see B. B. R. A. S. vol. III-IV, p. 396. vipAkasUtravRtti No. 178 Size.- 1og in. by 4 in. Extent. -- 17 folios; 17 lines to a page; So letters to a line. Description-- Country paper, thin and greyish; Devanagari characters ; clear, uniform and fair hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in red ink and edges in two ; foll. ra and r7b blank; a strip of paper pasted to fol. r; red chalk used; numbers of foll. entered twice on one and the same side but in different margins; this Ms. contains the s of the 1116 (2) Age- Samvat 1728. Begins. - fol. 1' namaH zrutadevatAyai / 163 original text; condition good; complete ; extent slokas. Vipakasutravrtti 185. 1873-74. navA zrIvarddhamAnAya etc., as in No. 177. Ends. fol. 174 iti dvitIyazrutaskaMdha etc., up to pradezavivaraNaM as in No. 177 followed by graMthAgraMtha 11160 ( ? ) Then we have :ihAnuyoge up to zrImadabhayadevAcAryasyeti as in No. 177. This is followed by evaM paMcAMgIsUtraM vRttisamanvitaM paMcAMgIpustaka etc., up to vikAzyamAnaM. Then follow the lines as under: N. B. For further particulars see No. 177. saMvat 1728 varSe mitI kArtikavadi 5 dine 'jesalameru madhye vA vinayarAja teSAM ziSyapaM (0) sakalaharSa teSAM suziSyavinayavimalena lipIkRtA //

Page #189
164 vipAkasUtravRtti Jaina Literature and Philosophy Age- Samvat 1512. Begins. fol. 894 namaH zrutadevatAyai // navA zrIvarddhamAnA etc. No. 179 Extent- fol. 89a to fol. 102. Description- Complete; condition very fair. For other details see No 141. bipAkasUtravRtti No. 180 Vipakasutravrtti 1206 (e). Ends.fol. 102deg iti dvitIyazrutaskaMdhe etc., up to zrImadabhayadevAcAryasyeti as in No. 177 followed by zrIrastu etc. saMvat 1512 varSe zrI ' aNahillapATaka' pattane 'zrI'kharataragacche zrIjinavarddhanasUripaTTe zrIjinacaMdrasUrayasteSAM paTTe zrIjina'... zrIjina suMdara sUrayasteSAM paTTe zrI.... * zrIjinaharSasUrINA Then we have the line in a different hand as under:paM0 zrImAna merugaNyupadezAt pratiriyaM gRhIteti // 1886-92. [ 189. Size. 10 in. by 4 in. Extent. 20 folios; 15 lines to a page; 48 letters to a line. Description. I Letters are not quite legible, since the pigment is used. 2-3 Letters are not legible, owing to the yellow pigment used. Vipakasutravrtti 330 A. .1882-83. ... Country paper very thin and white; Devanagari characters with occasional TS; bold, clear, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; numbers of foll. entered twice on one and the same side, but, of course, in different margins; foll. 1a and 20b blank; yellowish pigment used; this Ms. contains only the ts of the original sutra ; complete ;extent 909 slokas; in the beginning of this Ms. we have a colophon of Prasnavyakaranangasutravivrti; condition very good.

Page #190
18.1 XI. II Angas Begins.- fol. x zrIjina // namaH zrIvarddhamAnAya zrIpArzvaprabhave namaH // [ cha / / namaH zrIsarasvatyai sahAyebhyo namo namaH // iha hi gamana(ni)kAthai yanmayA(5)bhyahayoktaM kimapi samayahInaM tadvizodhyaM sudhIbhiH nahi bhavati vidheyA sarvathA(s)sminnupekSA darza)yiti(ta)jinamatAnAM tAyinAM cAMgivagarge // 2 pareSAM durlakSA bhavati hi vivakSA sphuTamidaM / vizeSAd vRddhaanaamtulvcnjnyaanmhsaaN|| nirAmnAyAdhIbhiH punaratitarAM mAdRzajale (naiH) tataH zAstrArtha(oM) me vacanama(na), pu(duolabhamiha / cha // 3 tata ca jaiH(tataH siddhAMtatattvajJaiH?) svayamUhyA prayatnataH na punarasmadAkhyAta eva grAhyo niyogataH // 4 tathaivaM mAtrA(stu) me pApaM saMghamatyupajIvanAt / vRddhanyAyAnusAriddhIna(tvAt) hitArthe ca pravRttitaH // 5 yo jainAti(bhi)mataM pramANamanaghaM vyutpAdayAmAsivAn / prasthAnairvividhairnirasya nikhilaM vAdAdisaMbaMdha(dhi) tat // nAnAvRttikathA(kathA)pathamatikrAMtaM va(ca) cakre tpH| niHsaMbaMdhaviyA(hA)ramapratihataM zAstrAnusArAttathA // 6 // tasyAcAryajinezvarasya madavachAdipratisparddhinaH tabaMdhorapi buddhimA(sA)gara iti khyAtasya sUra bi / chaMdobaMdhAnabaddhaH baMdhuravacaHzabdAdisallAkSa)NaH / zrI(saM)vignavihAriNaH zrutanidhe cAritracUDAmaNeH / ziSyeNAbhayadevAkhyasUriNA vi(vRtiH) kRtA / praznavyAkaraNAMgasya zrutabhaktyA samAsataH // 8 nivRtajjva(?)kule nabhastalacaMdradroNAkhyasUrimukhyeNa / paMDitaraNena guNavatprayeNa saMzodhitA ceyaM // 9 // cha namaH zrutadevatAyai etc., as in No. I77. Ends.- fol. 20" iti dvitIyazrutI(ta)skaMdha etc., up to zrImadabhayadevAcAryasyeti as in No. 177 followed by graMthAnaM 909 / zubhaM bhavatu // cha / cha cha N. B.--For further particulars see No. 177.

Page #191
166 Jaina Literature and Philosophy 18t: 53. vipAkasUtravRtti Vipakasutravitti No. 181 1870-71. Size.-- 101 in. by 43 in. Extent.- 20 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; so letters to a line. Description. Country paper tough and white ; Devanagari charac ters with occasional Tentals; sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only ; unnumbered sides have a small disc mainly in red colour, in the centre; the numbered in the margins, too; red chalk and yellow pigment used ; foll 18 and 200 blank; edges of the first and the last foll. very slightly damaged ; condition on the whole very good; complete; extent 1167 slokas; this Ms. contains in the beginning prasasti of Prasnavyakaranangasutravivsti. Age -- Pretty old. Begins.- fol. 1b - OM namaH zrIvarddhamAnAya / zrIpArzvaprabhave namaH namaH zrIsarasvatyai sahAyebhyo namo namaH // 1 up to patrat ll(8)Then we have :TH: yaccare etc., TE BE UTALT etc., as in No. 180. Ends.- fol. 20* gatogaty. etc., up to jaapoi as in No. 177 followed by go so 338 il ya Hati N. B.- For further particulars see No. 180. I These 9 verses form the 431 of the commentary of the 10th anga.

Page #192
182: I. 12 Upangas 167 II. 12 UPANGAS THE FIRST UPANGA aupapAtikasUtra Aupapatikasutra (uvavAiyasutta) (Ovavaiyasutta ) No. 182 72 (c) 1880-81 Extent. -- 25 leaves; 4 to 7 lines to a leaf ; 140 letters to a line. Description. --- 1296 to 1535 leaves ; complete; extent 1167 slokas. For further details see Rajaprasniyasutra No. 190. Subject.-- This upanga is connected with Acarangasutra, the first anga ; hence it is looked upon as the first upanga. It deals with gods and denizens of hells. Begins.-- leaf 1296 Ft alacrimi or resor AO FAGU #9 ath horft etc., as in No. 183. Ends.- leaf. 1536 free for etc., up to 3agry w as in No. 183 followed by graMthAyaM ||ch / maMgalaM mahAzrIH // cha // zubhaM bhavatu T$477*TT: 11 gillally I Reference. Published along with the Sanskrit commentary of Abhayadeva Suri and Gujarati gloss of Amotacandra, at Calcutta, in A. D. 1880. The text is edited with introduction, glossary etc., by E. Leumann at Leipzig, in A. D. 1883. A tolerably good edition of the text together with Abhayadeva Suri's commentary is published at Surat, in A.D. 1916 by the Agamodaya Samiti. For analysis etc., see F. L. Pulle's " Della letteratura dei G'aina", Punte I e II, e Aggiunte, Venezia, 1884-1886, Rajendralala Mitra's " A Catalogue of Sanskrit manuscripts in the library of his highness the Maharaja of Bikaner", Calcutta, 1880, and Indische Studien vol. XVII, pp. 389-411. For other details see Weber II, p. 536 and Indian Antiquary vol. XX, p. 367ff. For another Ms. see G. O. Series vol. XXI, p. 43.

Page #193
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [8. aupapAtikasUtra Aupapatikasutra vRttisahita with vrtti 175. No.183 1871-72. Size.-9 in. by 4g in. Extent.-- 83 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 30 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper rough and white ; Devanagari charac ters with pRSThamAtrAs; this is a pazcapATI Ms., the text written in the centre and in a bigger hand; legible and very good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink; numbers of foll. entered only once; fol. ra blank; the fol. 83 slightly worm-eaten here and there; condition on the whole very good; this Ms. contains the text as well as the commentary ; both complete ; extent 4955 slokas. Age.-- Not modern. Author of the commentary- Abhayadeva Suri. Subject.-- The first upanga together with its commentary in Sanskrit. Begins.- (text) fol. I OM namaH sarvajJAya / teNaM kAleNaM (teNaM sa)maeNaM caMpA nAma nagarI hotthA / etc. --(com.) fol. Ib namaH // zrIvarddhamAnamAnamya etc., as in No. 184. Ends.- (text) fol. 824 siddha tti ya bo(bu)ddha tti ya pAragaya ti(tti)ya parapu(raporagaya tti ummakkakammakavayA ajarA ama(rA) asaMgga(gA)ya 20 // NicchiNNasavvadukkhA jAijarAmaraNabaMdhaNavimukkA avvAbAhaM sukha aNuhotI sAsayaM siddhA / 21 atulasahasAgaragayA avAbAhaM [mu] aNovamaM pattA savamaNAgatamaddhaM ciTaMti [saMhI] suhaM pattA // 22 // cha u(va)vAiya saMmattaM / cha / graMthAgraM 1500 // , - (com. ) fol. 82deg ajarA etc., up to saMzodhitA ceyamiti as in No. 184 followed by cha // graMthAgraM 3455 / cha etc. sUtragraMtha 1500 // RSamasuMdarAya vAcanArtha / cha / cha / zrIpArzvanAthaprasAdAt kalyANamastu Reference- Published. See No. 182.

Page #194
1. 12 Upangas 169 aupapAtikasUtravRtti Aupapatikasutra vrttu 141. No. 184 1873-74. Size.- Io in. by 4g in. Extent.-- 58 folios ; 18 lines to a page ; 46 letters to a line Description.-Country paper thin and white; Devanagari charac ters; clear, small and fair hand-writing ; ink faded; borders ruled in two lines in red ink, edges singly; dissolution of syllables indicated by vertical strokes; red chalk and yellow pigment used; condition excellent ; complete ; ex tent 3135 slokas. Age.- Sarmvat I892. Author.-- Abhayadeva Suri. Subject: - Commentary in Sanskrit to Aupapatikasutra. Begins.- fol. I. zrIvarddhamAnamAnamya prAyo'nyagraMthavIkSitA aupapAtikazAstrasya vyAkhyA kAciddidhIyate // 1 // aupapAtikamiti kaH zabdArthaH upapatanaM upapAto devanArakajanmA'siddhigamanaM vA'tastamadhikRtya kRtamadhyayanamopapAtikamidaM etc.. Ends.- fol. 57' tathA ajarA vayasobhAvAdamarA AyuSobhAvAdasaMgAzca sakalakkezA bhAvAditi / nicchinnagAhA ||atulgaahaa // vyaktArthA eveti ||ch / aupapAtikavRtti samApteti // cha // 'caMdrakula vipulabhUtalasAnipuMgavarddhamAnakalpataroH kusumopamasya sUryaNasA(saurabhabhAratabhuvanasya // 1 // ni(niHsaMbaMdhavihArasya sarvadA zrIjinezvarAhasya ziSyeNAbhayadevAravyasUriNeyaM kRtA vRttiH // 2 // 'aNahilapATaka'nagare zrImadroNAkhyasUriziSyeNa / paMDitaguNena guNavatpriyeNa saMzodhitA ceyaM // hAta cha / graMthAnaM 3135 // yugAbhratimi(miti saMkhye(U)nda gate vikramasaMkhye(7)bde gate vikramasaMvatsarAva aupapAtikasUtraM tu savRtti likhitaM zubhaM // ch|| saMvat1892 varSe mAdhavakRSNapratipadyAM tithau dharaNIsatavAsare lipakRitaM dhanavijayena'kucerA madhye zrIbhadraM zreyakalyANaM bhavatu sarvadA idaM pustakam / / Reference.- Published. See No. 182. 22 J. L. P.]

Page #195
170 aupapAtikasUtravRtti No. 185 Extent. -- Jaina Literature and Philosophy 73-3=70 leaves ; 4 to 7 lines to a leaf; 140 letters to a line. Begins-leaf 154 OM namo vItarAgAya / Description. This work commences on leaf 154b and ends on leaf 226. Leaves 221, 223 and 224 missing; otherwise complete ; this Ms. contains the colophon; total extent 3135 $lokas. For further details see Rajaprasniyasutra No. 190. Aupapatikastravrtti 78 (d). 1880-81. zrIvarddhamAnamAnamya etc., as in No. 184. Ends. leaf 2264 tathA ajarA vayaso etc., up to saMzodhitA cairya iti graMthAI 3135 as in No. 184 followed by akSaramaNanA sthApitamiti // cha // AnaMdakaMdodgamavArivAhaH sadA surazreNinareMdravaMdyaH / prabhAbhirAmo bhavatAM vibhUtyai / prabhuzrIjinavarddhamAnaH // 1 // [185. sacchAyaparvo dhanajainadharmaH sthAneSu sarveSu vizeSitazrIH / vaMza (:) prasiddha bhAve pallipAlAbhidho (S) sti bhUbhIbhRtilabdharUpaH // 2 // ajaniSTa viziSTIH / tatra muktAmaniprabhaH / ArasiMho mahatejo kumaradevI va tatpriyA // 3 // zrImatsUrtijanapramAMhikamale dharme prapadyAnadhuM / reer mudA / yAturyo pratimA zrAvRti patra vittavacanaM kSetreSu saptatvatho / tanvaMtI tanujAna manujAdhIzaH samAjastutAn // 44 // prathamo'jayasiMhAkhyo'bhayasiMha dvitIyakaH / AmakumAro mArazrI: dhAMdhalo dharidhIrabhUt // 5 // ataH (tha) caturNA gRhiNI spRhaNIyasatIguNAH / saMjJA putrapautrAyAM parivarNe yathAkramaM // 6 // pAca (ma) jayasiMhasya hIrugaurisaMjJeti / deaNa sAMgaNau putrau hIrukukSisamuddhau // 7 //

Page #196
1861 1. 12 Upangas iyt hosahayoTilAkhyA) priyA(s)yasya nAmnA maMjabaDU ( Da) stau| suhAgadevI saddharmacAriNI sAMgasya tu nu ballabhA'bhayasiMhasya nAyikirnayanAmRtaM / sutazcAlhaNatiho(s)syA [AlhaNadevI ca tatpriyA 9 // AlhaNAsaMhasvasA svastizrastrikulaM(la)bhUSaNaM / sohagAmiyadejAsyaH saMgrAmaH sohgaaNgjH10|| patnI tvAmakumArasya dhanadevI guNojjvalA: / jivAjJAsarasIhaMsAvAsacaMdrAjaDau satau // 11 // adhikApritayaM caMpallatAmahanadevyatha / muhavA mallAsiMhastu caMpalAyAstanUruhaH // 12 // jayataladevInAmnA(s) styAsacaMdrasya vallabhA / amarasiMhaprabhRtayaH putrAH pitari vatsalAH // 13 // turyasya dhAMdhala(sya) syAttariyA dhAMdhaladevikA / satyanasomanAmA(5)sti sahajalAsya ca priyA // 14 // itazva azrAvi suzrAvikayA kuraMdevyA(s)nyadA mudaa| zrIjinaprabhasUrINAM gurUNAM dharmadezanAM // 15 // udayaM nIto dinakada zamI ghaneha dISito diipH| nayanaM ca kRtaM jagatAM jinavacanaM lekhitaM yena // 16 // athopapapatikopAMgarAjapraznIyapustakaM / nizamya dezanAM tAM sA svAbheyo'zva vyalIlikhatAba) // 17 // zrIratnasiMharINAM gacche 'Avama sNjnyite| varSau() sadhyAyasAdhUnAM vyAkhyAnArthamadAndA // 18 // sugaMgapatu zrIsaMghasya / N. B for other details see No. 184. aupapAtikasUtravRtti Aupapatikasutravrtti 581 No. 186 1884-86. Size.- 10 in. by 4 in. Extont. 6 folios; 13 to 15 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a fire. Description.-- Country paper thin and greyish ; Devanagari charac ters with occasional GT ITS; small, legitte and good love to the writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; yellow

Page #197
172 Jaina Literature and Philosophy 1187. pigment used; edges of the first and last foll. worn out to some extent; foll. 14 and 766 blank; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; condition on the whole good; complete ;. extent 3125 slokas. Age.- Samyat 1665. Begins.--fol. ab sofrertura 3/1 217&sfHET AA: 11 wa SHIFANART etc. Ends.-- fol. 76 tathA ajarAbayaso etc., up to kRtA vRttiH as in ___No. 184 followed by graMthAgraM 3125 akSaragaNanayA sthApita etc. saMvat 1665 varSe poSamAse zuklapakSe caturthIdivase liSataM zrI jesalamera mdhye| FECHTRT JH Wall etc. N. B.-- For additional particulars see No. 184. 91. 187278. aupapAtikasUtravRtti Aupapatikasutravrtti No. 187 1872-73. Size.- 11} in. by 43 in. Extent.--- 75 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 53 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with THTETS; sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; fol. 12 blank ; so is the fol. 756; a portion on the right hand side of fol. 1b is kept blank, probably with a view to decorate it with a picture of a Tirtharkara ; foll. numbered only once; the first few foll. worm-eaten especially at the corners; condition good; yellow pigment used at times; red chalk, too ; this Ms. does not contain the text but only the garas; complete ; extent 3125 slokas. Age.-- Fairly old. Begins.- fol. rasta.HITATART etc., as in No. 184. Ends. - fol. 75 tathA ajarA etc., up to saMzodhitA ceyamiti as in No. 184 followed by Turi 3884117 11 11 N. B.- For further particulars see No. 184.

Page #198
188. ] 1. 12 Upangas 173 aupapAtikasUtravRtti Aupapatikasutravrtti No. 188 220. 1902-7. Size. - 98 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- 65 folios ; 15 lines to a page; so letters to a line. Description.- Country paper rough and white ; Devanagari charac ters with earaS; small, clear and fair hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used; foll. numbered twice as usual; edges of the first fol. slightly damaged; fol. 1* blank except that the title of this work and its extent are written ; fol. 656 blank; condition very good ; complete; extent 3125 slokas ; Age.- Pretty old. Begins. -- fol. 103 (3) ART TSIT 11 sia SHTATART etc. as in No. 184. Ends.- fol. 65a fita atga: fagyittera gagrag II ttiya gAhA // siddhA iti etc. sakalaklezAbhAvAditi / mahAyarkA(?)the eveti // cha / aupapAtikavRttiH etc., up to saMzodhitA ceyaM as in No. 184 followed by FA II T 3324 1 Bft etc. N. B.-For other details see No. 184.

Page #199
174 Jaina Literature and Philosophy THE SECOND UPANGA rAjaprabhIyasUtra (rAyapa seNIyasutta) No. 189 Size.-- 1o++ in. by 4g in. Extent.-- 43 folios; 16 lines to a page ; 46 letters to a line. Description. Country paper rough and greyish; Devanagari characters with occasional gears; small, legible, bold and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used ; fol. ra blank ; so is the fol. 43 ; a part of the text written on fol. 12; condition very good; complete; extent 2509 slokas. Age.-- Pretty old. Subject. Rajaprasniyasutra ( Rayapaseniyasutta ) Begins. fol. 1' u (OM) namo (maH) zrIvItarAgAya [ : ] // This is the second upanga. It mainly deals with the birth of King Pradesi as Suryabha deva, his celestial grandeour and enjoyments, his staging of a drama and a dance in the presence of Lord Mahavira, description of his vimana (celestial car), and a dialogue regarding the identity of soul and body between him and Kesi nirgrantha, follower of Lord Parsva. [ 189 1240. 1887-91. namo arihaMtANaM namo siddhANaM etc, up to paDhamaM havai maMgalaM // 1 // teNaM kAleNaM teNaM samaeNaM AmalakappA nAma jayarI hotthA / etc. Ends. fol. 434 savvadukkhANamaMtaM karemi // cha / sevaM bhaMte sevaM maMte bhagavaM goyame samaNaM bhagavaM mahAvIraM / vaMdai NamaMsai / vaMdittA namasittA / saMjameNaM tavasA appANaM bhAvemANe viharati // cha // Namo jiNANaM jiyabhayANaM / Namo devA bhagavaIe / Namo paNNattIe bhagavaIe Namo bhagavao arahao pAsassa passe su ( passe) / parasavaNI ( NA ) Namo || 9| rAyapaseNaiyaM sammattaM // graM. 2509 // zrI // cha // zubhaM bhUyAt // Then follows a line in different hand as under:-- paM. zrIvijayacaMdragaNi prati Reference. The text together with the Sanskrit commentary of Malayagiri Suri and the Gujarati commentary of Megharaja

Page #200
190. ] II. 12 Upangas 175 >> was published at Calcutta in A. D. 1880. The text is also published with Malayagiri Suri's commentary in the Agamodaya Samiti Series, in A. D. 1925. For the narrative of King Pradesi etc., see E. Leumann's "Beziehungen der Jaina-Literatur zu andern Literaturkreisen Indiens. For the discussion of the title, etc., see "Annals of the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute", vol. XIV (1932-33), pp. 145-149. For other details see Weber II, p. 544ff., Indian Antiquary vol.XX, p. 369ff., and Winternitz, Geschichte II, p. 307. For additional Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. vol. III-IV, p. 395. rAjapraznIyasUtra No. 190 Size. 33 in. by 24 in. Extent. 226-3=223 leaves; 4 to 7 lines to a leaf; 140 letters to a line. Description.- Palm-leaf durable and greyish; Devanagari characters with gears; big, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written into three separate columns, but, really speaking, it is not so, since lines of the first column are continued to other columns; borders of each of the columns ruled in four lines in black ink; two holes in each leaf for the string to wooden planks encompass the Ms.; leaves numbered in both the margins; in the right-hand margin as 1, 2, etc., and in the left-hand one as in Acarangasutracurni No. 9; leaf 1a blank; some of the leaves worm-eaten; last few leaves torn into two pieces; condition on the whole fair; complete; extent 2079 slokas; this Ms. contains the following works in addition to this : pass; (1) rAjapraznIyasUtravRtti ( 2 ) aupapAtikasUtra ( 3 ) aupapAtikamUtravRtti Leaves 221, 223 and 224 are missing. Rajaprasniyasutra 72 (a). 1880-81. leaves 51-128 129-153 154-226. dr wr

Page #201
176 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ 192, Age.-- Fairly old. Begins. -- leat, Ib B FAT APATITITI FAT Staroj etc. as in No. 189. Ends.- leaf. Sob Haag EITHAFTIA 11 g Il Wi wa ## etc., up to TRITTUTETTAFATITI 7 ll sju pong as in No. 189. N. B.-- For other details see No. 189. rAjapraznIyasUtra Rajaprasniyasutra No. 191 74. 1869-70. Size.- 10.1 in. by 4 in. Extent.- 42 folios ; 15 lines to a page; 54 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper very thin and grey; Devanagari characters with occasional EAES; bold, clear though somewhat small and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black inkl; yellow pigment used; edges of the first fol. slightly worn out; a corner of the 2nd fol. damaged; condition on the whole good ; fol. 1' blank; so is the fol. 425 except that the sentence la BITUVEI Tar is written on it; complete ; extent 2079 slokas. Age.-- Fairly old. Begins.- fol. I' namo arihatANaM etc., up to namo loe svvsaahuunn| Then follows aut imot etc. as in No. 189. Ends. fol. 42a WITCHETUTH etc., up to #AT as in No. 189 followed by ll 3 11 sf Il cor poug. N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 189. rAjapraznIyasUtra Rajaprasniyasutra No. 192 125(a). 1872-73. Size.-- 12 in. by 4in. Extent.- 88 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 66 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and white ; Devanagari charac ters with occasional TAES ; neither coo big nor too

Page #202
193.] il. 12 Upangas 177 small, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; space between the pairs coloured red; red chalk used; unnumbered sides marked with a small circular disc in the centre, the numbered having two more, one in each margin; foll. 5 and the succeeding numbered twice as usual ; this work ends on fol. 324; this Ms. contains another work viz. rAjapraznIyasUtravRtti ( foll. 320- 886 ); foll. I to 31 more or less worm-eaten; so are the foll. 42 to 60 and 69 to 88; condition tolerably good; complete ; extent 2079 slokas. Age. -- Samvat 1573 Begins.-- fol. OM namo vItarAgAya // namo arihaMtANaM etc., as in No. 191. Ends. -- fol. 32 savvadukkhANamaMtaM etc., up to sammattaM as in No. 191. Then we have the following lines : // cha // samarthitamidaM sUtraM // cha // zrI graMthAgraM 2071 / / cha / maMgalamastu || // zubhaM bhavatu // saMvat 1573 varSe Asomudi3 ravau zrI ' sthaMbhatIrtha vAstavya / ' upakeza' vaMzamaMDana so saMgrAmamutasonAbhA0 cAMdU tatputrI zrI gorI tena zrIrAjapraseNIsUtraM liSApya zrImad' vRddhatapA' pakSe bha0 zrIlabdhisAgara - sUritapaTTe sAMpratavijayamAnayugapradhAna gacchanAyaka zrIdhanaratnasUrirAjye upAdhyAyazrImunisiMghagaNitatziSyapaM nayasiMghagaNibhyaH pustikA pradattA / zubhaM bhavatu lekhaka pAThakayoH // zrIrastuH // kalyANaM bhUyAdvine dine // zrI // N. B.--- For further particulars see No. 189. rAjaprabhIyasUtra vRttisahita No. 193 Size. 10 in. by 4 in. Extent. - 109 folios; 15 to 18 lines to a page ; 30 to 41 letters to a line. Rajaprasniyasutra with vrtti 317. A 1882-83. Description.--- Country paper thin and greyish ; Devanagari characters with occasional chs; bold, big, legible and good 23 [J. L. P. ]

Page #203
178 Jaina Literature and Philosophy (194. hand-writing; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary ; it is a quarat Ms. ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, edges in two; foll. 14 and 1096 blank; edges of the first fol. slightly worn out; condition on the whole very good; numbers of foll. doubly entered as usual ; complete; extent 3650 slokas. Age.-- Fairly old. Author of the commentary.-- Malayagiri Suri. Subject.-- The text in Prakrit along with its explanation in Sanskrit. Begins.- (text) fol. 1b qui Fredo NOT FACU etc., as in No. 189. >> -(com.), 1b 3 FAC:) 11 Juha att etc., as in No. 195. Ends. - (text) fol. 1092 Heagatelui sa etc., up to TTCENIC as in No. 189 followed by a DTT R820 llg etc. ,, - (com.) fol. I08 jugupsAbhASaNAni etc., up to vRttikA samarthitA as in No. 196 followed by z 11 yll der 640 11 7 l Reference.-- See No. 189. For an additional Ms. see G. O. Series vol. XXI, p. 43. rAjapraznIyasUtravRtti Rajaprasniyasutravrtti No. 194. 125 ( b ). 1872-73. Extent. fol. 326 to fol. 886. Description. --- Complete ; extent 3700 slokas; edges of the last (88 th) fol. somewhat damaged; foll. 42 to 60 and 69 to 88 worm-eaten; For other details see No. 191. Age.- Samvat 1573. Author.- Malayagiri Suri Subject.- Sanskrit commentary to Rajaprasniyasutra. Begins.-fol. 326 sota ai n aTUTTI (TH9TZERTUI adharIkRtanatavAsavamukuTasthitaratnasAcacakraM // 1 // rAjapraznIyamahaM vivRNomi yathAgamaM guruniyogAt etc.

Page #204
194.] II. 12 Upangas 179 Ends. - fol. 88deg jugupsAbhASaNAni viMsanAni dhig [(muMDane(Dite)tyAdivAkyAni tarjanAni aMgulyA nikSepapuraHsaraM nirbhartsanAni tADanAni / kazAdighAtAH // cha // iti malayagiriviracitA rAjapraznIyopAMgavRttikAH] samarthitA // samAptamiti / pratyakSaragaNanAto graMthamAnaM vinizcitaM / saptatriMzat zatAnyatra zlokAnAM sarvasaMkhyayA // cha / graMthAgraM 3798 (13700) // cha / zubhaM bhavatu // cha // cha / saMvata 1573 varSe kArtikamAse zuklapakSe aSTamIdine ravivAsare zrI staMbharthi'vAstavyazrI'upakeza'vaMzAlaMkAravihitazrI zatrujaya yAtrApAtrAdivittavyayakaraNapramukhA(s)nekadharmakarmaprakAra sA0 laTakaNabhAryA saMpUrAI tatputra sA jagasI sA0 nInAbhA jagasIbhAryA zrI somAI tatputrasA0jayavaMta sA0 zrIvaMtabhA0 zrIgorI tena zrImad vRddhatapAgacchagaganAMgANataruNasamAna / kalikAlayugapradhAnazrIratnasiMhasUritatpaTTAnukrameNa zrIudayasAgarasUrizrIlabdhisAgara sUritatpadRvAridhinizAmaNibhUrimUriza(zi)romaNizrIgacchanAyakaprabhubhaTTArikazrIzrIzrIzrIzrIzrIdhanaratnamArirAjye upAdhyAyazrImunisiMghagaNitatsaSya paM0nayasiMghagaNimu(Nyu)padezena zrIrAjapraznIyavRtti(tti liSApya vAcanArtha pustikA pradattA budhairvAcyamAnaM ciraM naMdatu // sUryAcaMdramasau yAvat dyotayete mahItalaM / jIyAta zrIpustakaM yAvat / vAcyamAnaM munivrjaiH||1|| tathA ca / / lekhayaMti narA dhanyAH ye jinAgamapustakaM / te sarva vAGmayaM jJAtvA / siddhiM yAMti na saMzayaH // 2 // shrii|| // yAdRzaM pustakaM etc. // 1 // bhagnapRSTikaTigrIvA baddhamuSTiradhomukhaM / kaSTena liSitaM zAstraM yatnavat paripAlayet // 2 // zubhaM bhavatu leSakavAcakayoH / / kalyANaM bhUyAdine dine / Reference.-See No. 189. For an additional Ms. see B. B. R.A.S. vol. III-IV, p. 395 and G. O. Series vol. XXI, p. 42.

Page #205
230. 180 Jaina Literature and Philosophy (196. rAjapraznIyasUtravRtti Rajaprasniyasutravrtti No. 195 1871-72. Size.-- 101 in. by 43 in. Extent.--- 73+1-1+1=74 folios : 16 lines to a page ; 56 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper rough and white; Devanagari charac ters; small, clear and fair hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; most of the foll. numbered in both the margins ; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too; fol. 39th repeated; the following fol. numbered as 41 and not 40; the Ms. ending abruptly, the last fol. newly added ; condition very fair ; fol. 1* blank. Age.- Old. Begins.-- fol. 1b stuha atlatasat etc. Ends.- fol. 736 HT-PHUTATTUTT) etc., up to Fatuleraarar: as in No. 194 followed by stufteafa AUFSTIFTAuA(T)ATEIPIT It ends thus. fol. 745 FT Anaxit streatuTute guftg Cat II Ea TroreMITHej HFAA 7: etc. N. B. For further particulats see No. 194. rAjapraznIyasUtravRtti Rajaprasniyasutravitti 168. No. 196 1881-82. Size.- 131 in. by s in. Extent.-- 65-1=64 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 63 letters to a line. Description.--- Country paper thin and greyish ; Devanagari charac ters with TATTS ; bold, big, legible and elegant handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used; fol. 1* blank; foll. 3 and 4 numbered together ; foll. 8 to 15 and 65 slightly worm-eaten ; edges of foll. 24 to 27 and 65 somewhat worn out; fol. 27" blackish ; the 28th

Page #206
197.] II. 12 Upangas 181 and the 31st foll. slightly torn in the body; foll. 31 to 53 and 57 to 65 darkish; some of them are a little bit torn owing to the foll. being brittle ; condition fair ; fol. 31 and the following doubly numbered as usual ; unnumbered sides of foll. 1 to 27 decorated with a small circular disc in the centre, the numbered having two more, one in each margin ; complete ; extent 3700 Slokas. Age.--- Fairly old. Begins.-- fol. I' praNa(ma)ta vIra etc., as in No. 194. Ends.--- fol. 65 juguptAbhASaNAni etc., up to kazAdighAtAH as in No. 194. Then we have : adharIkRtaciMtAmaNikalpalatAkAmadhenumAhAtmyAH vijayaMtAM gurupAdA vimalIkRtaziSyamatirvi(vi)bhavAH / rAjapraznIyamidaM gaMbhIrArtha vivRNvatA kuzalaM yadavApi malayagiriNA sAdhujanastena bhavatu kRtI cha iti malayagiriviracitA rAjapraznIyopAMgavRttikA samarthitA cha / pratyakSaragaNanAto graMthamAnaM vinizcita saptatriMzat zatAnyatra zlokAnAM sarvasaMkhyayA graMthAnaM cha zrI cha cha cha cha // sAdhavIratnazrIziSyiNIsAdhavIraMgazrI ziSyaNIsAdhavIkapUrazrIkena prati smrpitaa| N. B.--For further particulars see No. I94. rAjapraznIyasUtravRtti Rajaprasniyasutravrtti 72 (b). No. 197 1880-81. Extent.-- 78 leaves ; 4 to 7 lines to a page ; 140 letters to a line. Description.- Complete. The work commences on leaf 51* and ends ___on leaf I28". For further details sce Rajaprasniyasutra No. 190. Begins. -leaf SI praNamata vIrajinezvara etc., as in No. 194. Ends.- leaf 128' jugupsAbhASaNAni etc., up to iti malayagiriviracita rAjapraznIyopAMgattikA:] samarpi(rthitA // cha / cha / cha / N. B. ---For further details see No. 194.

Page #207
182 Jaina Literature and Pliilosophy [ 198. THE THIRD UPANGA jIvAjIvAbhigamasUtra Jivajivabhigamasutra jIvAjIvAbhigamasutta) (Jivajivabhigamasutta ) No. 198 1263. 1891-95. Size.-- 125 in. by 47 in. Extent.-- 134 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 46 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and while ; Devanagari charac ters with TTATETS ; quite legible, very big, uniform and very beautiful hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; the intermediate space between the pairs coloured red ; a piece of paper of the same size as the fol. pasted to fol. 1a; foll. Ib and za decorated with beautiful pictures, the ist with that of Samavasarana with a Jina delivering a sermon and the 2nd with that of the audience; numbers entered thrice; once at the top in the left hand margin and twice in the right hand margin at the top as well as at the bottom; double set of numbers: 1, 2, 3 as usual and 89, 90, etc. as well ; i. e. to say the ist is also numbered as 89 ; unnumbered sides are mostly decorated with one circular disc in the centre, the numbered with two more, one in cach margin ; even these arc embordered at times; yellow pigment used; red chalk, too; condition very good ; complete; extent 5200 slokas. Age.-- Samvat 1557 or at least not earlier. Su bject. This third u panga deals with the fundamental principles of Jainism. It furnishes us with details about the animate and inanimate objects. Begins. -- fol. 15 AHN FFAMATT I PHI THIETTU I agafarg fremstalui 1 iha khalu jiNamayaM jinnaannulom(g)| jiNappaNIyaM jiNapparUviyaM / etc. Ends. -- fol. 134' 39Tha SFO STITUTT I 219TH ET STUTATOTT I STTCAIA rikkha aNaMtaguNA seyaM dasAvahA jIvApannattA / se taM sabdhajIvAjIvAbhigaFEET HII glej PTT 11Y700 Il yu Hall 11 7: 11 sat: 11 This is followed by the following lines in a small hand :

Page #208
198.] III. 12 Upangas zrImanmahe mahebhyazreNisamRddhe'tra 'bhelaDI' nagare | pUrva pAhUNasiMha: 'prAgavaMza' (zA) vataMsakaH sama'bhUt // 1 // tatraiva sujanaraMjana | jinabhavanavidhApanaikavidhinA yaH / sukRtArthI sukRtArthI / cakAra nijamarjitaM vittaM // 2 // pAlpAdevI nAmnI / gRhiNI spRhaNIyasadguNA tasya / nijanirmalatarapakSa / dvitayayutA rAjahaMsIva // 3 // DUMgaranAmA tanaya / stayorabhUriguNagaNopetaH / sArUH sA rUpavatI / satI ca sIteva yadrayuvatI ||4|| tattanau ttanau viziSTavinayAvubhau zubhau jAtau / prathamaH sIdharanAmA sobhAkaH so (zobhate hyaparaH // 5 // nirmaladRSTinirIkSaNa | vizuddhanANakaparakSiNaparAbhyAM / yAbhyA' maNahillapure' parIkSakatvAbhidhA dadhe || 6 || sIdharavadhUkapUrIrguNaikapUraiH prapUritadigaMtA / vinayavivekavicArasphArasadAcArazRMgArA ||7|| zrI sIdhara ( : ) pratiSThAM kathaM na labhate parIkSakapravaraH / zrIjinapatipratiSThAM vidhApayAmAsa vidhinA yAH // 9 (81) || tattanaya pAsavIro guNagaMbhIraH parIkSakoTIraH yatkAritagRha caityaM kasya na cittaM camatkurute ? // 10 // navadaMtabhramarI ! gajA'zvarathanarasutoraNAdiyutaM / saMpratyapi caityamidaM / nRNAM prINAti cittAni // 11 // pUtalinAmnI tasya ca bhAryA zubhakAryakaraNaniSNAtA / devaguru nibiDa bhaktivyaktiprativAsitasvAMtA // 12 // jinazAsanaprabhAvaka pitRpakSasva (zva) surapakSasaMpUrNA / zobhAsaubhAgyavatI / pativratA pUtalirjayati // 13 // putrAstasyAstrayo(s) mI rAmAdevAkhya (ka) varddhamAnAkhyAH / vizvopakArakaraNapraguNAH saguNA virAjate // 14 // kIkI mAnInAmnA / bhAryAyugalaM vibhAti rAmasya / devAkasya ramAI | hA~sIriha varddhamAnasya // 15 // devasya varddhamAnasya putrau jAtau kramAdimau / jagapAlasUra caMdau (drau) sUracaMdrasamaprabhau // 16 // tatazva zrIsUrIzvara somasuMdaragurupraSTaH pratiSThA [ : ]spadaM / tatpaTTe munisuMdarAkhyaguravaH saubhAgyabhAgyAlayA ( : ) / 183

Page #209
184 Jaina Literature and Philosophy zrImaMto jayacaMdrasUriguravaH prajJAprakarSAdbhutAH / sUrIMdrA gururatnazekhara iti khyAtAvadAtAstataH // 17 // lakSmIsAgara guravastapaTTe sumatisAdhusUrivarAH / tatpaTTe vijayaMte saMprati guruhemavimalasUrIMdrAH // 18 // teSAM ca vijaya (ya) rAjye zrIjinamANikyaguruvineyAnAM / zrIguru anaMta haMsa pravaragurUNAM sadupadezAt // 19 // nagazaratithi(1557) mite (ta) varSe harSeNa parIkSipAsavaraNa / citkozalekhanasya prAraMbhaH kArayAmAse // 20 // sAdhArmikaare ((sa)lya / zrIkalpamahAdyagaNya puNyAni / kurvana baMdhusametastadaM'gajo rAmanAmA(s) yaM // 21 // bahumUlya paTTikAdyaM sphArapharaMgIkatIphaka supRSThaM / sajJAtarUparUpaM varAkSaraM caturacittaharaM // 22 // padalakSaSadvatriMzatsahasramAnaM samagra siddhAMtaM / nijajanakaprArabdhaM saMpUrNamalI likhadbhaktyA // 23 // kulakaM // [198. saMzodhitaH svazaktyA zubhabhUSaNanAmapaMDitapravaraiH vibudhajanavAcyamAna (:) citkozo ( ( ) yaM ciraM jIyAt // 24 // caturviya 'moda' jJAtIyabhavADIvAsAta zrInAtha likhitaM // cha // zrIH // chaH // zrIH // zubhaM bhavatuH Reference. The text together with the Sanskrit commentary of Malayagiri Suri, the Gujarati paraphrase etc. was published at Ahmedabad, in A. D. 1883. The text is also published with Malayagiri Suri's commentary in the D. L. J. P. F. Series as No. 50 in A. D. 1919. For contents etc., see Weber II, p. 549 and Indian Antiquary, vol. XX, p. 371. For additional Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. vol. III-IV, p. 390. See also Rajendralal Mitra's "Notices", vol. VIII ( 1885 ), p. 332 and Studi italiani di Filologia indo-iranica, vol. IV, pp. 19-20.

Page #210
200.] III. I2 Upangas 185 jIvAjIvAbhigamasUtra Jivajivabhigamasutra 1635. No. 199 1891-95. Size.-- 10.1 in. by 4.} in. Extent.-- 4 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin, rough and white; Devana gari characters; sufficiently big, legible and good handwriting; borders ruled in two lines in black ink, the space between them coloured red; foll. numbered in the right hand margin ; unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour, in the centre only; the numbered, in the margins, too; condition good ; this Ms. seems to iuclude sutras 65 to 95 of the printed edition ; complete so far as it goes ; fol. 4b blank. Age.- Not quite modern. Subject.- Exposition of the hellish beings. Begins.--- fol. I // 60 // tattha NaM je te evamAhaMsu catuvihA saMsArasamAvaNNagA jIvA paNNattA // neraIyA tirikkhajoNa(Ni)yA maNussA devA / / se kiM taM neraIA sattavihA paNNattA paDhamapuDhavineraiyA bIyAtaIyAcautthIpaMcamAchahIsattamApuDhavineraiyA // sattavipuDhavI NaM kiMnAmA kiMgottA ghammA nAmeNaM // rayaNa ppabhA gotteNaM bIyA vaMsA nAmeNaM sakkarappabhA gotteNa // Ends. - fol. 4 acchinimmiya(sa)mettaM Natthi suhaM dukkhameva aNubaddhaM // narae neraiANaM // ahonisaM paJcamANANaM / / iti jIvAbhigame naragAvacAranAragIvedanAvicArAlApakaH smaaptH|| bhinnamuhuto naraesaM // tiriyamaNuesa DaMti cattAri // debesu addhamAso / uknosaviubvaNA bhaNiyA // jIvAbhigame Reference. ---- See No. 198. jIvAjIvAbhigamasUtra Jivajivabhigamasutra TabbAsahita with tabba 195. No. 200 1871-72. Size.- 99 in. by 4 in. Extent.-258+I-I-I+I-I%257 folios; I6 lines to a page3B __40 letters to a line. 24 J. L. P.

Page #211
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ 201. Description.-- Country paper thin and white; Devanagari characters with pRSTamAtrAs; bold, clear and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; a piece of paper of the same size as the folio pasted to fol. 1; it is blank; this Ms. contains both the text and its explanation in Gujarati written above the corresponding lines of the text; fol. 13 repeated, fol. 19 lacking; fol. 172 numbered as 173 also ; fol. 186 repeated; fol. 196 missing; foll. 9, 11 and 13 slightly torn; foll, 217 to 221 worm-eaten to some extent; condition on the whole good; yellow pigment used; complete ; extent 4700 Slokas. Age. - Samvat 1702 ( ? ). Subject. The text along with its explanation in Gujarati. Begins. -- (text) fol. 1 zrIbhagavatyai namaH // Namo usamAdiyANaM cauvIsAe etc., as in No. 198, 186 "" - (com) fol. 1b zrIsAradAni namIniM namaskAra hu riSabhAdika cubIsa tIrthakarani namIni etc. Ends. -- (text) fol. 258 apaDhamadevA asaMkhejja etc, up to tirikkha anaMtaguNA as in No. 198 followed by the lines as under:--- se dasavA savvajIvA paM / se taM savvajIvAbhigame // chaH // jIvAbhigamasUtraM // zlokasaMkhyA // 4700 // zubhaM bhavatu chaH // chaH // zrIrastuH // leSakapAThakayoH // saMvat 1702 varSe caitravadi 2dine / zrImastu // zrIrastuH // etc. ,, - (com.) fol. 2584 bheda sarva jIvanA kahIiM / te jIvAbhigama kahIi // cha // iti jIvAbhigamaTabu samAptaH / saMvat 173 (1) varSe prathama zrAvaNazudi 2 dine / laSitaM / graMthAgraM sahasahasataH (?) saMkhyA zloka'numAnaM / zrIH rastuH / zrI pArzvanAthaprasAdena laSitaM // etc. Reference. -- See No. 198. jIvAjIvAbhigamasUtrAvivRti No. 201 Size.-- 1o in. by 4g in. Extent.- 240 folios; 17 lines to a page ; 52 letters to a line. Jivajivabhigamasutravivrti 152. 1873-74.

Page #212
201.] III. 12: Upangas 187 Description.-- Country paper thin and greyish; Devanagari charac ters with pRSTamAtrAs; bold, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment as well used ; a piece of paper of the same size as the folio pasted to fol. It; it is blank ; paper used for foll. i to 103 brittle ; foll 12 to 240 numbered twice, once, in each margin, on one and the same side ; this Ms. contains the commentary with the rates of the original text; fol. 48th slightly torn ; edges of the last fol. partially worn out; condition on the whole very good ; complete ; extent 14000 slokas. Age.- Samvat I718. Author.- Malayagiri Suri. Subject. - Commentary in Sanskrit to Jivajivabhigamasutra in Prakrit. Begins.- fol. I zrIvItarAgAya // praNamata padanakhatejaHpratihatAnAzeSanamrajanAMtAmara / dhIraM paratIrthiyazodviradaghaTAdhvaMsakesariNaM // 1 // praNipatya gurUn / jIvAjIvAbhigamasya vivRtimahamanaghAM / vidadhe gurUpadezAt prabodhamAdhAtumalpadhiyAM // 2 // etc. Ends.-- fol. 240* pakSapAto'pyatra kalyANahetuH / rAjayakSmAhaMkArAdiduHkhasamudayasya viparyastadarzanaM tvanAyeti / tyAjya etadanuguNo vyavahAraH, kAryA sadaivasanmArgapratipattaye mArgAnusAribodhabahuzrutajanaiH saMgatiH / tadyogataH sakalApAyavirahiNAM ciramabhimataphalasiddheH // jayati parisphuTavimalajJAnavibhAsitasamastavastuguNaH / pratihataparatIrthimataH zrIvIrajinezvaro bhagavAn // 1 // sarasvatI tamovRMdaM zarajjo(jjyo)neva(sne) ninntii| nityaM vo maMgalaM dizyAnmunibhiH paryupAsitA // 2 // jIvAjIvAbhigamaM vivRNvatA(5)vApi malayAgariNeha / kuzalaM tena labhaMtAM munayaH siddhAMtasadbodhaM // 3 // iti zrImalayagiriviracitA zrIjIvAbhigamaTIkA samAptam // graMthAgraMtha 14000 // saMvat 1718 varSe phAgu(lguNavadi 13tithau // Then follow the lines as under in the same hand-writing but perhaps not belonging to this work :

Page #213
188 Jaina Literature and Philosophy (202. jIvA dvividhA(:) sUkSmA(:) sthUlAzca dviprakArA jIvA varttate / te jIvA dvivikalpAsteSAM hiMsA prakAradvayena bhavati saMkalpata AraMbhi(bha)tazca tatra saMkalpataH zrAddhAnAM hiMsAniSedhaH te api dvividhAH sAparAdhA niraparAdhAzca tatra sAparAdhAnAM saMkalpato(Dopi hiMsAyA na niSedho niraparAdhAnAM tu saMkalpato niSedhaH te(s)pi dvividhA(H) sApekSA'tha ca nirapekSAstatrApekSayA niraparAdhAnAmapi putrAdInAM zikSAnimittaM vadhAdikaraNe na niSedhaH / punaH tatra sUkSmA(:) pRthivyAdayaH paMca sthUlAstu dvIMdriyAdayazcatvAraH tatra zrAddhAnAM sUkSmahiMsAyAstu na pratyAkhyAnaM tato daza visopakA gatAH daza sthitAH tadanaMtaraM saMkalpAraMbhAdibhedato'rddhArddhakaraNena sapAdavizopakA jIvadayA bhavati zrAddhAnAM ato dezenetyuktaM / vidAraNAkarmatatervirAjanAt tapazriyA vikramatastathA'ddhatAt / bhavatpramodaH kila nAkinAyaka zvakAra te vIra iti sphuTAbhidhAM // 1 // Reference.- For an additional Ms. see G. O. Series vol. XXI(p.42). For further details see No. 198. jIvAjIvAbhigamasUtravivRti Jivajivabhigamasutravivrti No. 202 270. A. 1882-83. Size.- 93 in. by 43 in. Extent.- 238-3+ I = 236 folios ; I7 lines to a page ; so letters to a line. Description.- Country paper rough, tough and white ; Devanagari characters with TCHETTS; small, clear and very fair handwriting ; borders ruled in sour lines in black ink, and edges singly in red ink ; a piece of paper of the size of a folio pasted to fol. I' ; fol. I blank ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; the first few foll. slightly worm-eaten in several places; fol. 52nd slightly damaged ; an edge of fol. 233 partly gone; condition on the whole very fair ; fol. 28, 58 and 227 mis sing; otherwise complete ; fol. 208th repeated; extent 14000 Slokas.

Page #214
203. 1 Ill. 12 Upanga's Age.-- Pretty old. Begins. --- fol. 16 TUHA E etc. ,, ,, 238 TATTCT(ST): etc., up to dathiaiataetat FATE(FT) as in No. 201 followed by J etc. dj. 3800(0) 11 880001 J etc. N. B.- For further particulars see No. 201. jIvAjIvAbhigamasUtravivRti Jivajivabhigamasutravivsti 153. No. 203 1873-74. Size.- 101 in. by 4} in. Extent.-- 222 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 5 1 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin and grey ; Devanagari characters with qytets ; clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; a piece of thick and white paper pasted to fol. 1'; numbers of foll. entered twice, once, in each margin, on one and the same side ; foll. 175, 176 etc. are wrongly numbered as 164, 165 etc., in the left hand margins; the fol. 200th numbered wrongly as 190th ; condition excellent; complete. Age.- Pretty old. Begins fol. 1b 3 qat ataery II TUTHA Cae etc. as in No. 201. Ends.-- fol. 222b pakSapAto'pyatra etc., up to zrIjIvAbhigamaTIkA as in No, 201. N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 201.

Page #215
190 Jaina Literature and Philosophy ( 205. jIvAjIvAbhigamasUtravivRti Jivajivabhigamasutravivrti No. 204 1264. 1891-95. Size.-- 123 in. by 4in. Extent.--- 301 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 55 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper very thin and grey; Devanagari characters with E S ; quite bold, uniform, big, perfectly legible and elegant hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; foll. 19 and 3016 blank ; a small piece of paper pasted to a corner of the ist fol. ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; fol. 57th torn; most of the foll. have their edges worn out; for, the paper is brittle ; a small strip of paper pasted to an edge of foll. 296 to 300 and to both the edges of fol. 3016; condition on the whole tolerably good; complete ; extent 14000 slokas. Age.-- Fairly old. Begins.-- fol. Ib zo zo THT STATOTTT 11 ha q uat: etc. as in No. 201. Ends.-- fol. 3000 metaratsua etc., up to HanaTAZIFT as in No. 201 followed by FATAT: 117 11 TEST FEAT: 11 7 11 sft: etc. N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 201. jIvAjIvAbhigamasUtravivRti Jivajivabhigamasutravivrti 700. No. 205 1892-95. Size.-- 101 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- 289 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and greyish ; Devanagari charac ters with TTATETS ; bold, sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; strips of paper pasted to fol. 1'; small pieces pasted to the corners of foll. 2 to 44; edges of the last fol. slightly

Page #216
III. 12 Upangas 191 damaged ; condition on the whole very fair; red chalk used; numbers of foll. entered in two different margins of one and the same side; complete ; extent 14000 Slokas. Age.- Samvat 1618. Begins. - fol. r OM namo vItarAgAya // 207.] praNamata padanakha etc, as in No. 201. Ends. - pakSapAto ( s) pyatra etc., up to graMthAgraM 14000 as in No. 201 followed by the lines as under : zrIH / cha // zrIrastuH // zrI // yAdRzaM pustake etc. saMvat 1618 varSe jeSTa (jyeSTha) sudi 7 ravau laSitaM // N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 201. jIvAjIvAbhigamasUtraparyAya No. 206 Extent. - fol. 4. Description. No. 736 (1). 1875-76. Subject. Some of the words etc., occurring in Jivajivabhigamasutra explained in Sanskrit. Complete. For other details see Pancavastukaparyaya Begins. - fol. 44 jIvAbhigamasya yathA sataH saMbhUtabhAvasya vArarUpaM phalaM ca yata iti sataH AptAt / saMbhUtabhAvasya zAstrasyetyarthaH // etc. Jivajivabhigamasutraparyaya 736 (8). 1875-76. Ends. - fol. 4' tadAdhipatyAdAbhAsaH sattvArtheSUpajAyate iti sattvArtheSu puruSArtheSu ityarthaH // iti jIvAbhigamaparyAyAH samAptAH // jIvAjIvAbhigamasUtraparyAya No. 207 Extent. --- fol st Jivajiva bhigamasutraparyaya 789 (8). 1895-1902.

Page #217
Jaina Literature and Philosophy Description. Complete. For further details see 789 (1). 1895-1902. paryaya No. 192 Begins. Ends. - fol. 5 tadAdhipatyAdAbhAsaH etc. N. B. For subject see No. 206. fol. 5 etc., as in No. 206. jIvAjIvAbhigamasUtra paryAya No. 208 Jivajivabhigamasutraparyaya jIvAjIvAbhigamasUtraparyAya No. 209 Extent. fol. 6ra to fol. 62. Description. No. Begins. fol. 61a Ends. fol. 626 gala ang slat etc. N. B. For subject see No. 208. 209, Extent. fol. 37a to fol. 37. Description. Complete. For other details see Pancavastuka_736 (1). 1875-76. Pancavastuka paryaya No. Subject. Some of the difficult words etc., occurring in Jivajivabhigamasutra explained in Sanskrit. Begins.- fol. 37^ iha khalu iti anuviciMtya visRzya ihe ( hai ) va manuSyaloke idamadhyayanaM sthAvarAH prajJApitavantaH / tacca jinamataM jinasya mahAvIrasya mataM AcArAdidRSTivAdAMta pravacanaM / 1 etc. Ends. fol. 37deg uppatti / samae kAlaMtare tassa paDiyaM / jIvAbhigama sUtraparyAyAH refstar: 736 (29). 1875-76. etc. as in No. 208. Jivajivabhigamasutraparyaya 789 ( 29 ). 1895-1902. Complete. For other details see Pancavastukaparyaya 789 (1). 1895-1902.

Page #218
212. ) III. 12 Upangas 193 jIvAjIvAbhigamasUtraparyAya Jivajivabhigamasutraparyaya 332 ( 12 ). No. 210 A. 1882-83. Extent. -- fol. 51deg to fol. 534. Description. - Complete. For other details see Nandisutravisama padaparyaya No. padaparyaya No. 332 ( 1 ). A. 1882-83. Begins.- fol. 51^ TT re ga salariatica etc., as in No. 208, Ends.- fol. 53o SCTIET I FAT fra etc, N. B.- For subject see No. 208. Jivajivathigainasutravrttiparyaya sitarsitarihinnaaleaalia No. 211 736 ( 30 ). 1875-76. Extent.-- fol. 376 to fol. 38*. Description.-- Complete. For other details see Pancavastukaparyaya No.- ? 736 ( 1 ). 1875-76. Subject.-- Explanation of some of the difficult words etc., occurring in the commentary of Jivajivabhigamasutra. Begins.--- fol. 376 Talat Tarawi: H a aa grote Faite: I etc. Ends.-- fol. 382 warsta asiaatia: TATATE: Forfar parasti yonisteSAmutpattisthAnama / jIvAbhigamavRttiparyAyaH samAptaH / jIvAjIvAbhigamasUtravRttiparyAya No. 212 Extent.- fol. 626 25 - (J. L.P. ] Jivajivabhigrumasutravrttiparyay: 789 ( 30 ). 1895-1902.

Page #219
194 Jaina Literature and Philosophy (213. Description.--- Complete. For other details see Pancavastuka paryaya No. __ 789 (1). paryaya No. 1895-1902.. Begins.- fol. 626 afafa etc. as in No. 211. Ends.-- fol. 62b7ae3fifa etc. N. B.- For subject see No. 211. jIvAjIvAbhigamasUtravRttiparyAya Jivajivabhigamasutravrttiparyaya 332 (13). No. 213 A. 1882-83. Extent.--- fol. 534 Description.-- Complete. For other details see Nandisutravisama padaparvava No 332 ( 1 ). padaparyaya No. A, 1882-83. Begins.-- fol. 5 34 agatefa Tara TAFE: ctc., as in No. 211 Ends.- fol. 534 graftfarfarfaarfat: 1 etc, N. B.-- For subject see No. 211.

Page #220
214 ) IV. 12 Upangas 195 THE FOURTH UPANGA prajJApanAsUtra | Prajiapanasutra ( quoque) ( Pannavanasutta ) 761. No. 214 1892-95. Size. -- 12 in. by s in. Extent.-- 164 + 2 + 1 = 167 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; so letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin and grey in colour ; Devanagari characters with east; bold, big, uniform, legible and beautiful hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; the space between the pairs coloured red in most of the cases; the dandas drawn in red ink; edges of the first two foll. damaged ; strips of paper pasted to the margins of fol. 1*; two foll. having the same written portion as given in the first two foll. added; unnumbered sides marked with a small ciucular disc in red ink; the numbered having two more, one in each margin ; red chalk used; the yellow pigment, too; strips of paper pasted to the fol. 163 on both the sides ; a piece of paper of the same size as the fol. pasted to the fol. 164th (the last); in spite of that its edges somewhat worn out; the matter written on fol. 164" reproduced on another fol. written on a white paper; condition tolerably good; fol. 1646 blank; complete; extent 7980 slokas. Age - Samvat 1586. Author -- Syamacarya; he is at times identified with Kalikacarya. Subject.---This fourth Upanga which is also called Prajnapana-Bhaga vati throws flood of light on the nine tattvas in special. It is divided into 36 chapters known as padas. Begins.--fol. 10 THT TREATO I AHTIATIU I FAT BAITSTU I FAT34 jjhAyANaM / namo loe svvsaahuunnN| ghavagayajaramaraNabhaye siddhe abhivaMdiUNa tivihnnN| dhaMdAmi jiNavariMdaM telole(ka)gurUM(5) mahAvIraM // 1 // etc

Page #221
196 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [215. Ends..-fol. 164 nicchiNNasavvadukkhA jAtijarAmaraNabaMdhaNavimukkA / sAsayamavAbAhaM ciTThati suhI su haM pttaa| cha / iti zrIpaNNavaNAe bhagavatIe samugghAyapadaM chattIsaimaM sammattaM pratyakSaragaNanayA anuSTupachaMdasA(sAM) mAnamidaM // graMthAnaM 7980 // yAdRSTaM(zaM) pustakaM dRSTvA etc. yadakSaraparibhraSTaM svaravyaMjanavarjitaM / ta(t) sarva kSamyatAM devi(?) kiMcit skhalatAM mama tailAdrakSe etc. saMvat 1586 varSe mAhasudi bArasa some laSataH // zubhaM bhavatu etc. Reference. -- The text in Prakrit together with the Sanskrit com mentary of Malayagiri Suri, the Sanskrit version of Nanakacandra and the Gujarati commentary by Paramananda was published at Benares in A. D. 1884. The text is also published with Malayagiri Suri's commentary in the Agamodaya Samiti Series, in two patrs in A. D. 1918 and 1919 respectively. See H. Jacobi's "Das Kalikacarya-Kathanakam" ( Z. D. M.G. vol. XXXIV). See also Rajendralal's Notices voi. VIII ( 1885), pp. 60-61 and 70-72, Weber II, p. 559 and Indian Antiquary vol. XX, p. 373 ff. For additional Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. vol. III-IV, p. 394 and G. O. Series vol. XXI, p. 13. prajJApanAsUtra Prajijapanasutra 216. No. 215 1871-72. Size.- Iod in. by 4g in. Extent. --- 316 + 1 + 1 = 318 folios ; 11 lines to a page ; 35 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper, thin, tough and white ; Devanagari characters with pRSTamAtrAs; bold, big, clear and good handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; fol. 1a big, clear and good hand

Page #222
215.] IV. 12 Upangas 197 blank ; edges of the first five foll more or less damaged ; some of the foll. worm-eaten; notes in Gujarati written in the margins of foll. 83, 84 and 213 to 223; foll. 123 to 315 have their edges more or less worn out; condition on the whole fair; fol. 199 repeated; so is the fol. 237; the 316th fol. is unnumbered and seems to have been written in a different hand on a different sort of paper; complete; extent 8100 Slokas. Age.. Samvat 1771. Begins.--fol. 1b OM namo (maH) zrIvItarAgAya namo arahaMtANaM namo siddhANaM etc, as in No. 214. - fol. 3162 jAtijarAmaraNa etc., up to gaNanayA as in No. 214 followed by anuSTupadaM (pUchaMda)sA mAnamidaM graMthAgraMtha 8100 pramANa chaI iti paNa (Na) vAsUtraM samAptaM // Ends. -- zrImata' tapA' gaNavibhAsanatApanAbhaH bhavyAzu (su) ma [ha] hRdaya kairavarAjiraMjaH AsId gururvimalasomagaNAdhirAjaH sauMdaryadhIraguNamaMDalavArirAziH // 1 gacche tatra vizAla somaguravaH zrIsUrayaH sAMprataM / vartate mahimaMDale gaNapadaptApta ( prApta ? ) tiSThAspadaM // nAnAvAGmaya [:]sAgarAMbutaraNe sadbuddhinAvAMcitA / cAritrAcaraNena duSkaratapaH zrIsthUlabhadropamAH / 2 tadgacche(s) bhUt kriyApAtraM vidvajjanaziromaNI / zrImadviSaM (paMDitapAMDitAgraNI (:) || 3 tatsiSya zevakadhanavimala sAdhudhana vimalasataH / prajJApanAkhyasUtram (sya) vArttA cakre manoharA // 4 yatkvacit liSitaM kUTaM sUtrArthobhayatastathA / vidvadbhitathya sarve so (zo) dhyaM kRpAparai (:) (5) saMvat 1771 varSe samAptAH // N. B. For other details see No. 214.

Page #223
198 Jaina Literature and Philosophy 1216. prajJApanAsUtra Prajnapanasutra No. 216 763. 1899-1915. Size.-- 10.1 in. by 4. in. Extent. -- 233 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 38 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper, thin, rough and grey; Devanagari characters with frequent pRSThamAtrAs; big, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; red chalk and white pigment used; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; fol. 1a decorated with a design in red colour; the unnumbered sides have one disc in red colour in the centre only; the numbered, in the margins, too; several foll. more or less worm-eaten ; edges of the first and last few foll. slightly worn out; condition very fair ; complete; extent 7787 slokas. Age.-- Samvat I581. Begins.-tol. I namo suyadevayAe // namo arihaMtANaM etc. Ends.---fol. 2334 jAtijarAmaraNa etc., up to gaNanayA as in No. 214 followed by anuSTupachaMdasAM mAnamidaM // cha // graMthAnaM 7787 // cha // shrii|| saMvat 1581 varSe jyeSTa(STa)vadi 11 zukre likhitam // cha // zrIH ||ch / / zrIrastu / / saMvat 1581 varSe zrI kharatara gacche / zrIjinahaMsasUrivijaya(yi)rAjye / gaMgAjalapavitre 'varahaDIyA gotre zrI sAtalameruvAsi puNyAbhAsi sAhaseSAputraratnasAharekkhA suzrAvakeNa putrasA. AMbA sA zrIvaMta sA AMbAputraIsara |ssetsiiprmukhprivaarsshriikenn zrIprajJApanopAMga lekhitaM / zrIdhavalacaMdramahopAdhyAyaziSyapaMgajasAragaNInAmudyamena // vAcyamAnaM ciraM naMdatu // shrii|| N. B.--- For additional particulars see No. 214.

Page #224
218.1 prajJApanAsUtra No. 217 Size. 101 in. by 41 in. Extent. line. Description. -325-4321 folios; II lines to a page; 33 letters to a IV. 12 Upangas Country paper thin and white; Devanagari characters with occasional TTS; big, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; a piece of paper of the size of a fol. pasted to fol. 1 and to fol. 325 as well; strips of paper pasted to foll. 2, 3, 41, 42, 322 to 324 and 325b; condition tolerably good; a small disc in red colour in the centre of each side of the foll.; yellow pigment used, red chalk, too; foll. 148 to 151 missing; otherwise complete; foll. 1" and 3256 blank; extent 7787 slokas. Age.-Pretty old. Begins. - fol. 16 OM namo vItarAgAya / Ends. fol. 325a prajJApanAsUtra TIkAsahita namo arahaMtANaM namo siddhANaM as in No. 214. am etc., up to atafa as in No. 214. Then we have: 36 // graMthAgraM 1787 cha // zrI. N. B. For other details see No. 214. 199 No. 218 Size. 10 in. by 41 in. Prajnapanasutra 445. 1882-83. Prajnapanasutra with tika Extent.- 339+1 340 folios; 18 lines to a page; 56 to 62 letters to a line. 762. 1892-95.

Page #225
200 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [218. Description. -- Country paper rough, thin and greyish ; Devanagari characters with Tehas; this is a grei Ms., containing the text and its commentary, the former written in a somewhat bigger hand; clear and good hand-writing ; the space for the text not reserved ; red chalk and white paste used, the latter profusely; foll. numbered in both the margins ; both the sides of the foll. have three discs in red colour, one in the centre and two in the margins; a piece of paper of the size of a fol. pasted to fol. 1a ; fol. 3396 decorated with a design in three colours ; strips of paper pasted to several foll. ; corners of foll. 2 to 4 slightly worn out; condition very fair ; diagrams drawn on foll. 66, 7a etc.; fol. 74th repeated ; complete ; extent of the text 7787 slokas; that of the commentary 15000 slokas. Age -- Pretty old. Author of the commentary. - Malayagiri Suri. Subject. -- The text in Prakrit together with its commentary in Sanskrit. Begins.--(text ) fol. 16 B F# STATITIT !! FAT STATUT etc., as in No. 217. , (com. ) fol. 16 3 HA: FATTI Auf HHCAT etc., as in No. 219. Ends.- (text) fol. 3385 Alfa TIHTOT etc., up to ug ar as in No. 214 followed by the lines as under:-- iti paNNavaNAe bhagavaIe samugghAyapadaM chattIsaimaM sammattaM / cha / pratyakSaragaNanayA anuSTaMpattha( STupacchaM )dasa( sA )mAnamidaM / cha / graMthAnaM / LUCU 11 JH vad ll FCIUTAT I J 11 3 11 - (com. ) fol. 3392 sfa(a)fagfa etc., up to FAGAT TETTartar as in No. 220. Then we have: JATI 34000 TH TT etc. Sal

Page #226
219. ] VI. 12 Upangas 201 prajJApanAsUtra ?ajuaualiasutra TIkAsahita with tika No. 219 __ 116. 1872-73. Size.-- 93 in. by 43 in. Extent.- (text) 835 folios; 1 2 lines to a page; 30 letters to a line. >> - (com.), ,, 14 >> >> >> >> 35 >> >> >> >> Description.--- Country paper thick, tough and grey; Devanagari characters with TTS; this is a fia Ms., the text written in a very big hand-writing ; legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in thret lines in red ink and edges in one, in red ink; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too; fol. Ia beautifully decorated; the ist fol. partly worn out; so some letters from the ist two lines are now gone; corners of some of tne foll, torn ; a strip of paper pasted to foll. 99", 104", 1522 etc. ; some foll. wormeaten ; foll. 431 to 440 torn in two pieces; on the whole condition unsatisfactory; diagrams about 319axiFOTA etc.; on foll. 13. to 145, 1061, 1076, 3576, 3585, 359", 360b etc. toll. I to 395 numbered in both the margins; the rest numbered in the right hand margin only ; both the text and the com. complete ; the text has been wrongly noted as the 3rd upanga, perhaps through oversight ; extent of the text and that of the commentary 7787 and 14000 slokas respectively. Age.-- Samvat 1701'. Begins.---( text ) fol. 16 H: sfiatatii FAT STRE TOT etc. >> (com. ) agresiurgiqrantfaltuiaNett FA: 1 3o FH: sarvajJAya / ATT FACAT etc. Ends.-( text ) fol. 834' ATPATIATU etc., up to graf()# ## 36 // as in No. 214 followed by iti zrIpaNNavaNA upAMgasUtraM FAT all?ast ho gaiti #guf I go VUCU I 1. Some body seems to have tried to change this datc. 26 (J. L. P.]

Page #227
202 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [220. Ends..--- (com.) fol. 834 saMta(:) tiSTrati up to samArthatA prajJApanATIkA as in No. 220 followed by graMthAnaM0 14000 // pratilaMbhitA ceyaM pratiH pratibodhitA( 5 )kabbarakSitipatipradattajagadgurubirudasuMdarasvamahimAtizayAbahelitamaMdarasakalasUripuraMdarabhaTTArakaprabhubhazrI21hIravijaya sAripaTTanamastalAlaMkaraNakiraNamAlipratimApratimabhAgyasaubhAgyanidhAnaprasa( ? )nAvadhAnasaMdhAnaprAptA(s)kabbarabhUjAniparSadvAdivijaya bahumAnabha zrIvijayasenasUripa? rAvatakuMbhasthalapulomIpatisamAnApamAnitakumatimatAsaMtatAbhimAnabha zrIvijayatilakasUripaTTaprakaTasiMhAsanasArvabhaumasomAnukArihAripratApabRhadbhAnuprabhASAgbhAraparAbhUtaprabhUtAparamAriyazakSaumazrImat 'tapA gaNanarezvarazira koTIrahIrasaMprativijayamAnayugapradhAnapradhAnazrIgautamopamaguNasamAjazrImata 'tapA'gacchAdhirAjabha zrI21vijayANaMdasUrINAM saMpratApa sImA RSabhadAsabhAryAjhikUnAmnIbhyAM svazreyo (5)the lAkhetA ca zrI rAjanagara zrIvikamArkasamayAtatisaMvat1701 varSe caitrazuklapUrNimAtithau somavAsare lapItaM jJAtI 'audIcya' sahasrarA 8 (?) mathUrAdAsa // cha / prajJApanAsUtraTIkA l'rajapanasutratika No. 220 1288. 1886-92. Size. - Io in. by 4in. Extent. --- 285 - I = 284 folios ; I5 lines to a page ; 52 letter's to a line. Description. --- Country paper, thin, smooth, tough and grey; Devanagari characters with qe atas; bold, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; foll. ja and 2855 blank; numbers of foll. entered twice, once in cach margin of one and the same side; edges of the first fol. slightly damaged ; condition on the whole good; the matter explained with corresponding figures (vide foll.7, 8, 38, 94, 96, 98 to 100 and 283); red chalk used ( see fol. soth. ); yellow pigment, too; the fol. 8sth numbered as 86 also, the 86th etc. hence numbered as 87 etc. ; this Ms. contains the gates of the original sutra ; complete. Age.--Fairly old. Author. - Malayagiri Suri. Subject. --- Sanskrit commentary to l'rajucijaniasuta.

Page #228
221.] 11 12 Upangas 203 Begins. --fol. I) namaH zrIsarvajJAya / jayati namadamarama(mu)kuTapratibimba(n)chadmavihitabahurUpaH uddhartumiva samastaM vizvaM bhavapakato vIraH / jinavacanAmRtajaladhiM vaMde yadviMdumAtramAdAya / abhavannUnaM sattvA janmajarAvyAdhipArahANA: // etc. Ends.... fol. 285deg namata nayabhaMgakalitaM pramANabahulaM vizuddhasadabodhaM jinavacanamanyatIrthikakumatanirAsaikadurlalitaM // jayati haribhadramUri(Sa)TIkAkRdvivRtta(ta)viSamabhAvArthaH yadvacanavazAdahamapi jAto lezena vivRtikaraH / / kRtvA prajJApanATIkAM puNyaM yadavApa malayAgariranaghaM // ta(te)na samasto(7)pi jano labhatAM jinavacanasaddhodhaM / / cha / iti zrImalayAgariviracitAyAM prajJApanATIkAyAM SadAtrizattama pada samarthitaM // cha / samarthitA prajJApanATIkA // cha // zubhaM bhavatuH // cha / Reference.- Published. See No. 214. For additional Mss. sec B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 394 and G. O. Series vol. XXI, pp. 13, 14 and 36. prajJApanAsUtraTIkA Prajnapanasutratika (pradezavyAkhyA) (Pradesavyakhya) 48. No. 221 1880-81. Size.- 22g in. by I] in. Extent.--- 98 leaves ; s lines to a leaf ; about 125 letters to a line. Description.--. Palm-leaf thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with pRSTamAtrAs; small, partly illegible and tolerably fair handwriting ; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written in three separate columns; but, really it is not so, since every line of the ist column extends to the rest; there are two holes in each leaf in the interspaces between the columns; leaves numbered in both the margins: in the right hand margin in numbers and in the left hand one, practically as usual in letters; a fragment preceding the 2nd ieaf seems to belong to the Ist; for, its counter part is blank; a few leaves in the beginning have their corners worn out; condition on the whole fair ; complete.

Page #229
204 Jaina Lilerature and Philosophy 221, Age- Old. Author.- Haribhadra Suri. Subject.--- Commentary to Prajnapanasatra, styled as tika by the commentator but popularly known as Pradesavyakhya. Begins.--leaf id ... ... ... ... sasAcavAcavAyabhAya na kAlaghaMTA jaina vacastadiha ko na rujeta vidvAn // taccAMgopAMgaprakIrNakA ... ... ... ... -leaf 3 AsannopakAritvaM kathamiti cet // ch|| ucyate yataH sutarataNa gAhA || dvividhAni ratnAni bhavati / dravyaratnAni / bhAvaratnAni c| tatra dravyaratnAni vaiDUryamarakateMdranIlAdIni / bhAvaratnAni tu sUtraracanAda ni bhAvaratnarihAdhikAraH / sUvaratnAnAM nidhAnaM2 nidhAnamiva nidhAnaM tatprastutAsra(?). yatvAt // jinavareNa / kevalinA kiMbhUtena / bhavyajananitikaraNa tatra anAdipAriNAmikabhavyabhAvayukto mokSagamanayogyo bhavyajanaH / nirvRtiH nirvANaM bhanyajanasya samyagdarzanAdinitimArgakaraNasI(zI)laH bhavyajananirvRtikaraH kAraNe kAryopacArAt // cha / / Ends.---leaf 98 kAlamiti samayaparibhAvA(?SA) tiSThanti NicchiNNa savvadukkhA gAhA nigdsiddhaa|| seyaM(zeSa) stantra(? sUtra)siddhaM / navarAmiyaM bhAvanA dagdhe vIje yathA(s)tyaMtaM / prAdurbhavati nAMkura karmabIje tathA dagdhe na rohati bhavAMkuraH / / prajJApanApradesa(za)vyAkhyAyAM SaDa(Ta)trisattamapadavyAkhyA samApteti ||ch|| samAptA ceyaM prajJApanApradesa(za)vyAkhyeti // cha / AcAryajinabhaTasya hi susAdhujanasevitasya si(zi)SyeNa / Then in a different hand we have: jinavacanabhAvitamatevRttavatastatprasAdena // kiMcitprakSepasaMskAradvAreNemaM kRtA sphuttaa| AcAryaharibhadreNa TIkA prajJApanA zru(? te) // sarvahitAya nityaM / / '... ... ... ... Reference. - See F. Kielhorn's Report and Indian Antiquary vol. X, pp. I00-102, bombay, 1881.

Page #230
222. ] IV. 12 Upangas 205 prajJApanAsUtratRtIyapada | PrajnapanasutratrtiyapadasangrahaNI sarngrahani No. 222 763. 1892-95. Size.- Io in. by 4g in. Extent.-- 5 folios ; 16 lines to a page ; 33 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, tough aud white; Devanagari characters; small, legible and very fair hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; fol. 56 blank; a portion of an edge of the first fol. worn out; condition on the whole good; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; complete. Age.-- Samvat 1703. Author.---- Abhayadeva Suri. Subject.--- This work is based upon Bahuvaktavyata, the third pada (chapter) of Prajnapanasutra. It deals with the alpabahutva of living beings as compared with each other; this entire subject is beautifully represented in 133 verses in Prakrit. Begins.-fol. I disi 1 gai 2 iMdia 3 kAe 4 joe 5 vee 6 kasAya 7 le sA ya 8 sammatta 9 nANa 10 dasaNa 11 saMjama 12 uvaoga 13 AhAre 14 // 1 // bhAsaga 15 paritta 16 pajatta 17 suhuma 18:saMnI 19 bhava 20 (5)thie 21 carime 22 jIve a23 khitta 24 baMdhe 25 puggala 26 sahadaMDae ceva 27 // 2 // ruagA pacchimaputvA / dAhiNao uttareNa jahasaMkha / thovA bahuA bahuara / bahutamagA huMti jIvAu // 3 // jattha vaNaM tattha jiaa| bahuA taM puNa jalassa nissAe / tA jattha jalaM thovaM / tattha u jIvAu thovayarA // 4 // etc. Ends. --fol. 5 muhuma asamatta ahiA 63 suhumavaNassai asaMkha pajattA 84 suhamasamattA 85 suhumA 86 bhaviAlA] ya 87 nigoa88 vaNajIvA 89 // 131 // egiMda 90 tirikkhA 91 micchaddiSTi 92 aviraya 93 taheva sakasAyA 94 chaumattha 95 ga 96 bhavattha 97 savva 98 samve visesahiA // 132 //

Page #231
206 Jaina Lileraluire and Philosoply 223. a ahANauipayaM savvAjaappabahumiapayaM taiaM qaquc I ATSTHUTTUe Fire 2 11 333 11 iti zrIprajJApanopAMgatRtIyapadaM(da)saMgrahaNI samAptA gANagajavijayalikhitaM 'meDatA nagare saM. 1703 varSe vaizASa(kha)zudi 7 di mu. vIravijayapaThanArtham zubhaM bhavatu // Reference... Published with avacuri. See No. 111. prajJApanAsUtratRtIyapadasagrahaNI Prajiapanasutratitiyapada sariigrahani 18. No. 223 1880-81. Size.- 121 in. by 1.in. Extent.---- 17 leaves ; 3 to 4 lines to a leaf ; 45 to 50 letters to a line. Description.-- Palm-leaf durable and greyish; Devanagari charac. ters with g as ; small, legible, uniform and good bandwriting; this Ms. presents an appearence as if the work is written in iwo separate columus ; but, really speaking, lines of the first column extend to the second ; none of the columns has its borders ruled ; red chalk used ; leaves numbered in the right hand margin only as af, 2, 3, 4, 5 etc. ; leaf Ia blank; so is the leaf 17'; a string passes through a hole in the space between the two columns and has a button attached to one end of the string; several leaves slightly worm-eaten ; condition, however, on the whole good ; complete ; two wooden planks encompass the Ms. Age.-- Old. Begins.--leaf F T T etc. Ends.---leaf 16" suhama asamana ctc., up to saMgahiyaM // 133 practically as in No. 222 followed by gaufgitaarzqhEUT HET 11 Eetc. N. B.- For other details see No. 222.

Page #232
225.] IV. 12 Upangas 207 prajJApanAsUtratRtIyapada Prajna allasutratriya|bada - saGgrahaNIvRtti sarigrabaniyrtti 1393. No. 224 1891 - 95. Size.- Io in. by 41 in. Extent.-- 10 folios; 17 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description. - Country paper thin, rough and yellowish ; Devana gari characters with fra at times ; small, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; foll. mostly numbered in the right hand margin only; results pertaining to Ayurbandhakas etc., tabulated on fol. 74; fol. I0deg blank ; condition very good; this Ms. contains the tales of the text ; complete. Age. - Pretty old. Subject. - A commentary in Sanskrit elucidating Prajnapanatrtiya padasamgrahani. Begins.-fol. I disi0 bhAsA parita iti parItAH pratyekazarIriNaH zuklapAkSi kAzca tadadvAraM 16 bhavati / bhavasiddhikadvAraM 10 astItyastikAyadvAraM 21 ete digvibhAgAdi 27 dvAraiH pRthivyAdInAM alpabahutvAdinirUpaNAya saMgrahaNI gAthAdvayaM // 2 etc. Ends.-fol. I0. sarvajIvA vishessaadhikaa(:)| siddhAnAmapi tatra prakSepAt / 98 ia0 ityuktapakAreNa prAktanAdasmin mahADaM(daM)Dake bhAvapradhAnatvAnirdezasya sarvajIvAlpabahutvamuktaM // aSTanavatisaMkhyAni garbhajamanujAdIni padAni padAni yasmiMstattathA / atha / samarthayannAha // tri(tRtIyaM padaM digAdisaptaviMzatidvArAtmakaM bahuvaktavyatAbhidhAnaM prajJApanAyAH zrIabhayadevamUribhiH saMgRhItaM // bahuvaktavyopakAri sArArthasaMgrahaNeneti // iti zrIprajJApanAyAH tRtAya pdbhuvktvytaavRttiH| Reference.-- See No. 222. prajJApanAsUtratRtIyapada TorajnapanasutrattiyapadasaGgrahaNyavacUArNa samgrahanyavacurni No.225 295. A.1882-83. Size.-- 101 in. by 4; in. Extent.-- 3 folios; 29 lines to a page ; 92 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper very thin, rough and white; Devana gari characters; small, legible and tolerably good handwriting: borders ruled in two lines in black ink ; red chalk

Page #233
208 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [226. used; edges of each of the foll. slightly worn out; condition very fair; this Ms. contains the gas of the text; foll. numbered in the righthand margin only; complete; the last fol. written in a slightly bigger hand; composed in Samvat 1474 (? ). Age.- Pretty old. Author.-- Kulamandana Gani (?) Subject. This work seems to be practically the same as No. 233; for, the opening lines agree. Begins. -- fol. 1 disi0 bhAsA parita iti etc. as in No. 224. Ends. fol. 36 sarvajIvA0 etc, up to sArArthasaMgrahaNeneti 133 as in No. 224 followed by the lines as under: zrIdevasuMdararoH prasAdato ( ( ) vagatajinavaco'rthalavaH / kulamaMDanagaNilikhat avacUrNimekAbdhibhuvanAbdheH (bde) || cha || iti || zrIprajJApanAtRtIyapadasaMgrahaNyavacUrNiH samAptA // cha // zrIbhavatu / zrIH. See No. 222. Reference. - prajJApanAsUtraparyAya No. 223 Prajnapanasutrapalyaya 736 (9). 1875-76. Extent. - fol. 4 to fol. 4. Description. Complete. For other details see Pancavastukaparyaya No. 736(1). 1875-76. Subject. Explanation of some of the difficult words occurring in Prajnapanasutra. Begins. fol. 44 prajJApanA ( s) TAdazapade dezato ( s) pi svAvagAhanA tata ( : ) pradezo yamanAhArakaH etc. Ends.fol. 4' aMtaH avicchinnaH saMtata: pAhiMti vicchinna ityarthaH kRtvetthametAM yadavAptamaMtra puNyaM mayA tena bhavaMtu bhavyAH / prajJApanArthIva gamAtrazuddha bhAvAnvitAH sattvahitAya nityaM // cha #1 iti prajJApanAparyAyAH samAptAH /

Page #234
229.] IV. 12 Upangas 209 prajJApanAsUtraparyAya Pajnapanasutraparyaya No. 227 789 (9). 1895-1902. Extent.- fol. 5b to fol. 64. Description.- Complete. For further details see Pancavastukaparyaya No. 789 (1). 1895-1902.. Begins.-fol. 5 prajJApanA(5)STAdazapade etc. as in No. 226. Ends.-fol. 6 aMtaH avicchinna: etc. N. B.- For subject see No. 226. prajJApanAsUtraparyAya Prajnapanasutraparyaya 736 (31). No. 228 1875-76. Extent.- fol. 38. Description.- Complete. For other details see Pancavastukaparyaya 736 (I ). ___No. 1875-76. Subject.-- Explanation of some of the words occurring in Prajna panasutra. Begins.---fol. 38 vijeUNa iti vIjayitvA ubvisthapaMDu iti ISat zubhrA mRttikA pAMDumRttikA / etc. Ends.-fol. 384 itthivau iti strItvaviziSTA kiMpuTThA iti puTTho gADhaaNaMtara gAhAAdi iti bhaassaayaaH|| prajJApanAsUtraparyAyAH smaaptaaH| prajJApanAsUtraparyAya Prajnapan\sutraparyaya 789 (31). No. 229 1895-1902. Extent.- fol. 62deg to fol. 63*. Description.- Complete. For other details see Pancavastukaparyaya No. 789 ( 1 ). - 1895-1902.. Begins.--fol. 62 vijeUNa iti vIjayitvA etc. as in No. 228. Ends.-fol. 63* ithivau iti etc. N. B.- For subject see No. 228. 27 [J.L. P.]

Page #235
210 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [232. prajJApanAsUtraparyAya Prajuapanasutraparyaya No. 230 __332 (14). A. 1882-83. Extent.-- fol. 534 to fol. 54%. Description.--Complete. For other details see Nandisutravisamapada paryaya No. 332 ( 1 ). paryaya NO. A. 1882-83.. Begins.-fol. 53 vijeUNa iti / vIjayitvA uzvittha etc., as in No. 228. Ends.-fol. 54 itthevara iti strItvAvaziSTa kiM etc. N. B.-- For subject see No. 228. prajJApanAsUtra vivaraNa PrajnapanasutravivaranaviSamapadaparyAya visamapadaparyaya 736 (32). No. 231 1875-76. Extent.- fol. 384 to fol. 39. Description.-- Complete. For other details see Pancavastukaparyaya ___No.-736 ( 1 ). 10. 1875-76.. Subject.--- Explanation of difficult words occurring in the commen tary of Prajnapanusutra. Begins.-fol. 38 sitamiti jIve baddhaM / yogatrayavyApAra iti yatra sUtre yAgatrayaM na vyApriyate samudravyasta eva etc. Ends.-fol. 39" iti paryaMtAMtarmuhurta sesa / iti setasyAyuSaH zeSaM / cha / prajJApanAvivaraNaviSamapadaparyAyAH samAptAH / aMgopAMgaparyAyAsamArthatAH / / prajJApanAsUtra vivaraNa PrajnapanasutravivaranaviSamapadaparyAya visamapadaparyaya No. 232 789 (32). 895-1902. Extent.-- fol. 634 to fol. 64*. Description.--- Complete. For other details see Pancavastukaparyaya No. 789 ( 1 ). NO. 1895-1902. Begins.-fol. 63 sitamiti jIve baddhaM / etc., as in No. 231. Ends. --fol. 64* iti paryaMtAMtarmuhata etc. N. B.--- For subject see No. 231..

Page #236
233.] prajJApanAsUtra vivaraNafaqmqcquia No. 233 IV. 12 Upangas Prajnapanasutravivarana visamapadaparyaya 332 (15). A 1882-83. Extent. fol. 54a to fol. 55. Description. Complete. For other details see Nandisutravisama 332 (I). padaparyaya No. A. 1882-83. Begins. fol. 54a fafafa fa Ends.-fol. 55 qig a etc. N. B. For subject see No. 231. 211 etc., as in No. 231.

Page #237
212 sUryaprajJapti ( sUriyapaNNatti ) No. 234 Jaina Literature and Philosophy THE FIFTH UPANGA Size. 103 in. by 43 in. ; Extent. 86-1-85 folios; 11 lines to a page; 42 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin and white; Devanagari characters with gears; bold, big, legible, uniform and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink: most of the foll. worm-eaten to a smaller or greater extent; foll. 1 and 86 blank, each of the foll. 32 and 34 wrongly numbered as 33; fol. 69 lacking; the folio 74th wrongly numbered as 73rd; complete; condition poor. Begins. - fol. rb namo (maH) zrIvItarAgAya // namo arihaMtANaM / Ends. fol. 86a Age.- Old. Subject. A work on astronomy. This is the 5th upanga and it consists of 20 chapters called prabhrtas. I [234 Suryaprajnapti (Suriyapannatti) 224. 1873-74. teNaM kAle teNaM samaeNaM mithilA nAma nayarI hotthA riddhitthimiyasamiddhA pamuitajaNajANava etc. Reference. Published along with Malayagiri Suri's commentary in the Agamodaya Samiti Series, in A.D.1919.' In this connection may be consulted A. Weber's "Ueber die Suryaprajnapti" (Indischen Studien, vol. X, pp. 254-316), Leipzig, 1868, G. Thibaut's "On the Suryaprajnapti" (Journal of the In this edition pp. 97 to 102 have been wrongly numbered as 91 to 96. vIravarassa bhagavato jaramaraNakilesa desarahitassa vaMdAmi viyapaNato sokkhuppAe sayA pAe cha sUryaprajJaptisUtraM saMpUrNa cha sahajaibAi AryA dhanabAinI dISTA - (?) nI pachi sahI 3

Page #238
235.) V. 12 Upangas 213 Asiatic Society of Bengal, vol. XLIX, pp. 107-127 and 181-206 ), Calcutta, 1880, R. Shamasastri's articles published in the journal of the Mythic Society, vols. XV and XVI, and J. Burgess's " Notes on Hindu Astronomy and the History of our knowledge of it" (Journal of Great Britain and Ireland, pp. 717-761 ), London, 1893. For quotations etc., see Weber I. p. 372 and II. p. 574ff., and Indian Antiquary vol. VII, pp. 28-29' and vol. XXI, p. 14ff. A summary etc. of this important work is given in "The Jaina School of Astronomy" published in Indian Historical Quarterly vol. VIII, No. 1, pp. 30-42. "A short chronology of Indian Astronomy" (I. H. Q. vol. VII, No. 1, pp. 137-149 ) may be also consulted. For a discussion in German see G. Thibaut's Astronomie, Astrologie und Mathematik (Grundriss der indo-arischen Philologie und Altertumskunde, Band III, Heft. 9 ), Strassburg, 1899. For additional Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 402 and G. O. Series vol. XXI, p. 1. sUryaprajJaptiTIkA Suryaprajnaptitika No. 235 19. 1881-82. Size.-- 33 in. by 48 in. Extent.-- Not possible to state. Description.- Palm-leaf; Devanagari characters with TAS; small, legible, uniform and very good hand-writing; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written into three separate columns, but it is not so; borders for each column ruled in three lines in black ink: in the space between every two columns, there is a hole ; leaves numbered in both the margins, as in the case of other palm-leaf Mss.; since this Ms. is extremely damaged, it is I. Herein there is G. Buhler's article " The Digambara Jainas", which discusses the connection between Trilokasara and Suryaprajnapti.

Page #239
214 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ 235. not possible to note its beginning etc., moreover, leaves seem to be in disorder ; on leaf numbered as we find the line as under :praznasUtramAha / tA uttarAhiM ityAdi / tA iti pUrvavat / uttarasyAM... condition very poor; the Ms. is placed between two durable and thick wooden planks. Age.- Samvat 1389. This is what is written on a wooden plank and also in the printed catalogue for 1881-82. Author.- Malayagiri Suri. Subject.- A Sanskrit commentary to Suryaprajnapti in Prakrit. Reference.-- Published. See No. 234. For Lord Mahavira's descrip tion etc. see A. Weber's Uber ein Fragment der Bhagavati (Zweiter Theil, 1867, appendix I). For grammar see "The Prakrita-Lakshanam or Chanda's Grammar of the Ancient (Arsha ) Prakrit" edited by R. Hoernle, pt. I, Bibliotheca Indica, Calcutta, 1880.

Page #240
236.] VI. 12 Upangas I THE SIXTH UPANGA jambUdvIpaprajJatti (jaMbuddIvapaNNAtta) Jambudvipaprajnapti (Jambuddivapannatti) No. 236 190. 1871-72. Size.- 104 in. by 4. in. Extent. - I58 folios ; II lines to a page; 40 letters to a line. Description.--Country paper, somewhat thin and white; Devanagari characters with pRSTamAtrAs; bold, big, legible, uniform and elegant hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; fol. I blank; red chalk used ; some of the foll. have marginal notes in Gujarati ; white pigment used; a strip of paper pasted to foll. 2 to 5, 91 to 97, 108, 109, 12+ to 129 and 148; foll. 75 to 78, 110 to 123 and 136 to 156 slightly worm-eaten; edges of fol. 158th a little bit worn out; condition tolerably good ; complete ; extent 4458 slokas. Age. -- Fairly old. Subject. -- It forms the sixth upanga and supplies us with infor mation in details about Tambudvipa. In short it is a treatise on Jaina cosmology. Begins.-fol. I' namaH zrIsarvajJAya / / Namo arihaMtANaM / teNaM kAleNaM teNaM samaeNaM mihilA NAma NagarI hotthA / ritthi miyasAmiddhA etc. Ends.-fol. I58 bahaNaM devANaM bahUNaM devINaM majhagati(te) evamAikkhati evaM bhAsati evaM paNNavei evaM parUvei jaMbuddIve(va)paNNattI nAma (tti) ajjho AjjhoyaNe ahaM ca heuM ca pasiNaM ca / kAraNaM ca vAka(goraNaM ca bhujjo 2 uvadaMsaha tti bemi jaMbuddIvapaNNattI samattA : ] // graMthAj0 4458 // zubhaM bhavatu // klyaannmstu[:]|| zrI zrI shrii|| Reference. - Published with Santicandra Gani's commentary in the D. L. J. P. F. Series in two parts in the same year ( A. D. 1920). For contents etc., see Weber II, p. 579, Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, 17 and " Studi italiani di Filologia indo

Page #241
216 Jaina Literature and Philosoploy [ 238. iranica", vol. IV, pp. 35-41. For additional Mss. see B. B.R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 389 and G. O. Series vol. XXI, p. 6. jambUdvIpaprajJapti Jambudvipaprajnapti 30. No. 237 1869-70. Size.- 104 in. by 4g in. Extent.--- 98 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 47 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper somewhat thin and white ; Desana gari characters with genas; bold, big, legible, elegant and uniform hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink: the intervening space between the pairs coloured red rather indifferently; red chalk and yellow pigment as well used; a beautiful pattern on fol. 1a; the same repeated on the last fol. (986); unnumbered sides marked with a small circular disc in red ink in the centre; the numbered having over and above this, two more, one in each margin ; numbers of foll. written in two different margins of one and the same side ; complele ; condition very good. Age.-- Fairly old. Begins.-- fol. 1b FAT PATHI UTAT SEATOT! au Fred etc. as in No. 236. Ends.- fol. 981 agut carui etc., up to gach if th as in No. 236 followed by si etaqouth HATIT! : ll : 11 Some thing written after this is made illegible by applying red ink to it. N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 236.

Page #242
VI. 12 Upangas 217 238.] jambUdvIpaprajJapti vRttisahita Jambudvipaprajnapti with vrtti 31. No. 238 1869-70. Size.-- 99 in. by 41 in. Extent.-- 454 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 42 to 47 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin, brittle and grey ; Devanagari characters with Terras; bold, legible, big and very good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used; foll. 14 and 454" blank; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary; it is a leraret Ms.; so, the text written in a bigger hand; space reserved for the text; for, it is not utilized even when not a word of it is to be written on the corresponding page ; white paste used as pigment; vellow pigment also used ; a very big colophon to be found in the Des. Cat. of B. B. R. A. S. vol. III is wanting here; it is given in No. 240; paper does not seem to be of the same quality throughtout; a strip of paper pasted to foll. 3136 to 4310; fol. 372 slightly torn, so are the foll. 374 and 385 to 392 ; condition on the whole very fair ; complete, extent of the text and the commentary being respectively 4146 and 14252 slokas. Age. -- Fairly old. Author of the commentary.- Hiravijaya Suri, pupil of Vijayadara Suri of Tapa gaccha. Subject. The text along with a commentary in Sanskrit. Begins.-(text) fol. 6a TUTEXT : HAT EATOT du Frou QUI FATO etc. as in No. 236. ,- (com. ) fol. 1" STYFITTAA: jIyAttejastribhuvanatilakAbhaM jainamenasA muktaM // TIPOTENTHAU #Panelas Ecuanh "1? 11 etc. Endz.( text ) fol. 452a aqui datu etc., up to gaia o ara as in No. 236 followed by 3 gra stiaciq QFE FATE TATTI 4146 cha zrIrastu 28 [J. L. P.)

Page #243
Jaina Literature and Philosophy T 239. Ends. ~~( com. ) fol. 453 satkathane hi zrotA vismaraNazIlo'laso vA syAt vAraMvAraM ca kathane kathaM bhagavAn vAraMvAramupadizatIti ciMtAparAyaNo'laso (Da) pi zravaNAbhimukhI syAditi saprayojanaM vAraMvAramupadezanAmiti zrIsudharmasvAmI paMcama gaNadharaH zrIjaMbU svAminaM svaziSyaM prati bramIti bravIti cha. 218 iti zrImat 'tapa'gaNagaganAMgaNagaganamaNisamAnazrIvijayadAna sUrazvaraziSyazrI hIravijayasUriviracitAyAM zrIjaMbUdvIpaprajJaptivRttI jyotiSkavaktavyatAdhikArapratibaddhazvaturtho'dhikAro vyAkhyAtastadvayAkhyAne ca vyAkhyAtaM jaMbUdvIpaprajJaptinAmakaM jJAtAdharmmakathAMgasyopAMgAmiti / ch| iti zrIjaMbUdvIpaprajJaptivRttiH samAptA cha / vRttAvasyAM sahasrANi caturdaza zatadvayaM / dvipaMcAzattathA zlokA graMthamAnaM vinizvitaM 1 graMthAgraM 14252 // zrIrastu // N. B. -- For further particulars see No. 236. jambUdvIpa vRttisahita No. 239 Jambudvipaprajnapti vith vrtti Size.-- 1o++ in. by 4g in. Extent. 102 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 54 letters to a line. Description. - Country paper rough and white; Devanagari charaters with pRSTamAtrAs; this is a tripATI Ms, the text is consequently written in a slightly bigger hand; clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; foll. 13 and 4020 decorated with various beautiful designs; red chalk used; corners of the first several foll. partly worn out; condition on the whole very good; both the text and the commentary complete ; their extents are 4146 and 14252 $lokas respectively. Age. -- Sarvat 1652. 1243. 1886-92.

Page #244
240.] VI. 12 Upangas 219 Begins.--(text) fol. 64 sfiTEL AA: 11 FAET BUNTENTO II. >> ---- fol. 8- aut frtu etc. ,, -- (com.) fol. 1b ETAA: 11 Foraaraan etc. Ends.--(text) fol. 400 agut card etc., up to 12775 878EUR pat as in No. 240 followed by sfrete etc. ,, -(com.) fol. 401 sakRt kathane hi up to iti zrIjaMbUdvIpaprajJaptivRttiH FATA as in No. 238 followed by the lines as under : cha / saMvat 1652 varSe Aso sudi 2 gurU dine laSitaM / zubhaM bhavatu etc. are 3824R. Then is written in a different hand a line as below:__paMDitazrIzivavijayagaNiziSyaharSavijayamuninA bhAMDAgAre puNyArtha prtirmuktaa| N. B.- For other details see No. 238. jambUdvIpaprajJapti vRttisahita Jambudvipaprajnapti with vrtti No. 240 382. 1879-80. Sizc.-- 101 in. by 4* in. Extent.--- 454 + 2 = 456 folios ; 15 lines to a page; 45 10 so let ters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and greyis! ; Devanagari charac ters with qehr ; bold, big, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary; it is a fret Ms; central space reserved for the text whether written or not; fol. la blank ; foll. 9 to 32, 77, 78, 102 to 106 and 157 to 168 worm-eaten to a smaller or greater extent ; condition on the whole very fair; foll. 329 and 330 seem to be added later on; they are written on a very thin paper; fol. 454 (the last ) also written on a very thin paper; yellow pigment used; both the text and

Page #245
220 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ 240. the commentary complete ; this Ms. contains the colophon also; extent of the text 4146 slokas and that of the com mentary 14252 slokas. Age.-- Pretty old. Begins.- ( text ) fol. 6. zrIgurubhyo namaH // namo arihaMtAm / teNaM kAleNaM teNaM samaeNaM etc., as in No. 236. ,, - ( com.) fol. I zrIgurubhyo namaH jIyAttejastribhuvana etc., as in No. 238. Ends.- ( text ) fol. 4524 bahUNaM devANa etc., up to uvadaMseti tti bemi as in No. 236 followed by the lines as under :-- // cha // iti zrIjaMbUdvIpaprajJaptisUtraM // samApta cha graMthAyaM 4146 sUtraM ch|| ,, -( com. ) fol. 453 sakRt kathane hi etc., up to graMthAnaM 14252 as in No. 238 followed by the lines as below :-- OM namaH AsIdvAsa(va)vaMdamaulimukuTabhrAjiSNuratnaprabhA pUraplAvitapAdapaMkajayugaH siddhArtharAjAMgajaH tejobhiH subhagaM vyadhAdguNadharaH zrImAna sudharmAbhidhastatpaDheM carametarakSitibhRtaH zaMgaM vivasvAniva 1 vizvAzayapayorAzicaMdrA nistaMdravRttayaH tatparaMparayA(s)bhuvana zrIjagaccaMdrasUrayaH 2 varSe vizikhavasvakSikaumudIkAMtasammite 1285 tapobhirdustapaileMbhe 'tapeti birudaM ca yaiH3 AnaMdavimalAhAnAH sUrayaH siddhibhUrayaH teSAM kramamalaMcakruH kalahaMsA ivAMbujam 4 pANisiddhISuzItAMSu(zu)pramite parivatsare 1582 vidadhe yaiH kriyoddhAraH sattvAnugrahakArIibhaH 5 ye vairAgyavatAM vrajeSu paramAH sUryA ivArciSmatAM ye mukhyAH sudhiyAM ca yeSu marutAM vRkSA ivorvIrahAma ya saubhAgyabhUtAM bhareSu subhagAH siMhA ivo(vau)jasvinAM / ye cAryA guNinAM gaNeSu saritAmIzA ivAMbhobhRtAma 6

Page #246
240.] VI. 12 Upaigas 221 ditaduritanidAnaH sAdhutAmAdadAnaH suvihitahitadAnaH smerapadmoghadAnaH ajani vijayadAnaH sUrirAda zaM dadAnaH kRtamanasijadAnastatpade zrInidAnaH 7 pragaTaprabhAvabhavanaM bhuvanAcA hIravijayasUrIMdrAH tatpaTTe vijayaMte vijayazrIdolatAlalitAH 8 mevAtamAlavamarusthalamedapATa gauDAdidezapatisAhiakabareNa AkAritaiH sabahumAnamaniMdyavidyaiH / ZmadhyamaMDalamalaMkriyate sma pUjyaiH 9 yadvAkaprahRSTahRdayo(s)vanijAnimukhyaH zrImAnakabbaranRpaH kRpayA parItaH badhyA na dehina iheti vadana vacAMsi datte sma DAbarasaraH zamisiMdhurANAma 10 yadRrzanAtprAptaparapramodaH sAhiH sa ca dvAdaza vAsarAANa zrIvArSike paNi sarvadeze vyadhAdamAraiH paTahaM paTiSTham 11 siddhAMtataLakAvyAdikavAGmayajaladhikanakazailAnAma paravAdigarvaparvataparvatavidveSilIlAnAma 12 kalpakiraNAvalImukhabahuzAstragrathanalabdhasiddhInAma zrIdharmasAgarAbhidhavAcakacakacakrabhRtAm 13 aidaMyugInasuvihitasadaHsadanasadanaratnasadRzAnAm / mahimamANamaMDitAnAM vAnaraRSipaMDitAnAM ca 14 sAhAyyAtsajjitotsAhairvizvopakRtikAMkSibhiH zrIjIvAbhigamajyotiHkaraMDAyanusAribhiH15 varSe zrIvikramAdi grahadahanarasazvetarazmipramANe(H) 1639 svAtau dIpotsavIye(5)hani nikhilakalAkaumudIkaumudIzaiH taireSA zAstrarekhA sahRdayahRdayAnaMdakaMdAMbujaMbU dvIpaprajJaptivRttirvividharasamayI nirmame nirmamezaiH 16 kulakama tatpadRpUrvaparvatapayojinIprANavallabhapratimaiH / varadharmakarmanirmitikalAkalApeMduAzatikaMTaiH 17 saubhAgyabhAgyarAtizailasutekapAdaiH protphulapadmadalapezalapANigAdaiH

Page #247
222 Jaina Literature and Philosophy durvAdivRMdavadanAMbujazItapAdaiH sUrIzvara vijaya senamunIMdrapAdaiH 18 vAcakavRMdavataMsaH sakalakalAkamalinIkamalinIzaiH kalyANavijaya vAcakamukhyaiH saMprAptasaukhyaizva 19 kalyANakolAnilayaiH zrImatkalyANakuzala kuzalaizva zrIlabdhisAgarAbhidhAvabudhairupalabdhilubdhaizca 20 saMbhUya bhUyasI bhaktiM bibhradbhirbhagavadviri 'pattane' zodhayAMcakre vakretaraguNairiyama 21 taccaraNanalinanilayaH prazastimetAM jagatsthitipratimAm hemavijaya kavirakarotpuruSottamapAlanaprathitAm 22 yAvat zItamarIcimaMDalamidaM vyomAMgaNaM gAhate yAvatpaMkAjanIpatirvitanute bhAsAM bharaizvAtapam ramyAlaMkRtizAlinIvarapadanyAsA lasadvarNabhAk tAvadvRttiriyaM vazeva kurutAM kAmotsavAnaMginAm 23 iti zrIjaMbUdvIpaprajJaptivRttiprazastiH chaH N. B. For further particulars see No. 238. jambUdvIpaprajJapti prameyaratnamaJjUSAsahita 241. Jambudvipaprajnapti with Prameyaratnamanjusa No. 241 Size. 10 in. by 43 in. Extent. - 387 folios ; 15 to 18 lines to a page; 48 to 53 letters to a line. 1244. 1886-92. Description. -- Country paper, thick and grey; Devanagari characters with pRSTamAtrAs; bold legible, and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; space between the pairs coloured red; each of the foll. 1 and 387 decorated with the same beautiful diagram in red and green colours; foll. 1", 27, 263", 282, 302, 383 and 387 have some space

Page #248
241.] VI. 12 Upaingas 223 kept blank on the right hand side, whereas foll. 1984, 275", 283deg, 284', 290', 296, 3784, and 380', on the left hand side, probably with a view to utilize it for drawing illustrations of the Jinas or some diagrams; mostly un. numbered sides marked with a square in red ink in the centre ; the numbered having over and above this, two small circular discs, one in each margin ; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary ; the latter entitled as prameyaratnamaJjUSA; it is a tripATI Ms. ; both the text and the commentary complete ; foll. numbered in different margins on one and the same side of the fol.; measurements of Bharata ksetra etc., tabulated on foll. 636 and 310" ; diagrams on foll. 1511, 152 and 242"; condition very good. Age.-- Fairly old. Author of the commentary.---. Upadhyaya Santicandra Gani, pupil of Sakalacandra Gani. Subject. -- The text along with a commentary in Sanskrit. Begins.--( text ) fol. 7 OM namaH Namo arihaMtANaM teNaM kAleNaM / teNaM samaeNaM etc., as in No. 236. -(com. ) fol. 1 OM namaH siddhaaN(ddh)| zrI zrutadevyai nmH| zrIhIravijayasUrigurubhyo namaH jayati jinaH siddhArthaH / siddhArthanareMdranaMdano vijayI anupahatajJAnavacAH sureNdrshtsevymaanaajnyH||1|| sarvAnuyogasiddhAn dRddhAn praNidadhmahe mahimaRddhAn pravacanakAzcananiki(ka)pAna sUrIna zrIgaMdhahastimukhAn // 2 / . yajjAtaM(ta)vRttimalayajarAjijinAgamarahasyarasanivahaH saMzayatApamapohati / jayati sa satyo(5)va malayAgiriH // 3 // shriimdgurovijydaanshsrbhaano(:)| siddhAMtadhAmadharaNAt smvaaptdiiptiH|| yo duHSamArajanijAtamapAstapAraM / prANAzayadbharatabhUmigataM tamizraM // 4 // dIpaH sa ratnamaya eva parAnapekSaM proddIpayana vizadayan svapadaM svabhAbhiH /

Page #249
224 Jaina Literature and Philosoply [24I. gaurairguNairiha nidrshitpuurvsuuriH| zrIsUrihIravijayo vijayAya vo(Da)stu // 5 // yugmaM yatprabhAvAdazmano(s)pi mama vANIraso(5) bhavA(va)t / te zrIsakalacaMdrAkhyA / jIyAsurvAcakottamAH // 6 // jaMbUdvIpAdiprajJapte / dRSTazAstrAnuzA(sA)rataH // prameyaratnamaMjUSA / nAmnA vRttirvidhIyate // 7 / etc. Ends.-- (text) fol. 383deg bahUNaM devANaM etc., up to uvadaMsei tti bemi as in No. 236 followed by the lines as below:___ cha // iti zrIjaMbUdvIpaprajJAptasUtraM samApta graMthAgraM 4146 / jaMbUddIpapannattI sUtra saMpUrNamastu // com.) fol. 385 atra ca graMthaparyavasAne zrImanmahAvIranAmakathanaM caramamaMgalamiti. iti sAtizayadharmadezanArasasamullAsavismayamAnaaidaMyugInanarAdhipaticakravartisamAnazrIakabbarasuratrANapradattapANmAsikasarvajaMtujAtAbhayadAna'zatrujayA 'di. karamocanasphuranmAnapradAnaprabhRtibahumAnayugapradhAnopamAnasAMprataM( ta )vijayamAnazrImat tapAgacchAdhirAjazrIhIravijayasUrIzvarapadapadmopAsanApravaNamahopAdhyAya zrIsakalacaMdragANAzaSyopAdhyAyaziAMticaMdragANIvaracitAyAM jaMbUdvIpaprajJaptivRttI ratnamaMjUSAnAmnyAM jyotiSkAdhikAravarNano nAma saptamo vakSaskAraH samAptaH tatsamAptau ca samApteyaM shriijNbuudviipprjnyptyupaaNgvRttiH|| cha / zreyaHzrIpratibhUtaprabhUtatapasA yo moharAjaM ripuM dadhaM(dhvaM)se sahasA zrito gatamalaM jJAnaM ca yaH kevalaM yo juSTazca sva(sa?)dA trivi[ziSTapasadA(dAM) vRMdaistathA tathyavAg yastIrthAdhipatiH zriyaM sa dadatAM zrIvIradeva (:) satAM // 1 // arhatsvivAtra nikhileSu gaNAdhipeSu vAmayadeva iva yo vidi(to)jagatyAM AdeyanA(tA)madadhadadbhutalabdhidhAma zrIgautamo(s)stu sama(mamI) pUritasiddhikAmaH // 2 // yaM paMcamaM prathamato(5)pi ratopayeme zrIvIrapaTTapaTalAkSIkSmi)saroruhAkSI rudrAMkiteSu gaNabhRtsu sudharmanAmA bhUyAdayaM subhagatAnidhiriSTasiddhaye // 3 // tasya prabhoH sthaviravaMdaparaMparAyaM(yAM) tattallasatkulagaNAvalisaMbhavAyAM jAtaH kramAd 'vaTa'gaNedratapasvisUri:(reH) zrImAMstapA'gaNa iti prathitaH pRthivyAM // 4 //

Page #250
24 VI. 12 Upangas ___ 225 padmAvatIvacanato(5)bhyudayaM vibhAtya yatsUraye stavanasatha( ptazatI svakIyAM sUrijini(na)prabha upapra(dade pra)thAyai so (5)yaM satAM 'tapa' gaNo na kathaM prazasyaH? // 5 // tatrAneke babhUvuH suvihitaguravaH shriijgnycNdrmukhyaa| doSAyAM vA divA vA sadasi rahi(ha)si vA svkriyaasvekbhaavaaH| AdikoDairivorvI cikilata(bha)ragatA duHpramAdAvamannA yairuddadhe vitaMdraiH / svaparahitakate satrakriyA sakriyAt // 6 // aduSyaM vaiduSyaM caraNaguNavaiduSyasahita pramAdAdvaimukhyaM pravacanavidhe(:) [sa]satkathakatA guNogho yasyetthaM na khaladurvAkya(sya) viSaya(:) kramAdAsIdasmin paramagururAnaMdavimalaH // 7 // a(aMtarbAhyAmiti dvidhA(5)pi kumataM zraddhAvatAM svAM(svAgata niHzraddhestu yathAzayaM prakaTitaM viJchidato(5)sya prabhoH bAhyadhvAMtavibhadino dinamaNeH sAmyaM na ramyaM na vA dhvAMtadvaitabhido(s)pi maMdiramaNeH sNrkssto'dhstmH||8|| svagacche svAsmaMzca prathayatitarAM sma prathamata stathA sAdhauzva(dhozcayo dhruvasamaya eva prabhurasI yathA saitatpaTTAdhipatipuruSe saMyatagaNe ____ kramAd gurvI (gurvI) prajanitazarakA(yazaskAnuvavRte!) // 9 // tatpaTTabhUSaNamANa(:) sugurUptadharma___ bIjapravR(va)rddhanapaTurbharatakSamAyAM sUrIzvaro vijayadAnagururbabhUva ke vAdino vijayadA na babhUvurasya ? // 10 // nAlIkanIranidhinirjarasiMdhusevAM cakruzcaturmukhaM (kha)caturbhujacaMdrabhU(ca)DAH yasya pratApaparitApabhRto na bhItA ete jaDAyiNa ityapavAdato()pi // 11 // tatpaDheM guruhIrahIravijayo bibhrAjayAmAsivAn ___jAgradbhAgyanidhiH priyAgamavidhizvAArItraNAM cAvadhiH yaM saMprApya jagattrayaikasubhagaM mukto mitho matsaraH zrIvAgbhyAmiva dIrghakAlajanito jJAnakriyAbhyAmapi // 12 // saubhAgyaM yasya nAmno nRpasadasi guNivAditAyAM prsiddhH| saubhAgyaM dezanAyA akabaranRpatiH pAdayoH pAdukA / / 29 [J. L.P.]

Page #251
126 Jaina Literature and Philosophy (241. saubhAgyaM yasya pANerupapadavijayaH senasUrIzvaro(s)sau / saubhAgyaM darzanasya tvahamahamikayA svaanylokoppaat()||13|| idAnIM tatpaTTe guruvijayaseno vijayate __ kalau kAle mUrttaH suvihitajanAcArAnicayaH // vireje rAjanvAnA(na)zazadharagaNo yena vibhunA guNagrAmo yasmAd bhavati vinayenaiva subhagaH // 14 // khalAstejorAziM caraNaguNarAziM suviha(hi)tA vineyAzcidrAzi prativacanarAziM kumatinaH kaviH kIrti(te) rAziM varavinayarAAzaM ca guravo biduH sthAne jAne zucisukRtarAziM punarasu // 15 // gurorasya zrutvA zravaNamadhuraM cAru caritaM [svaritaM svagaMdharvodgItaM zuciguNagaNopArjanabhavaM // camatkArotkarSa(rSA)tsasalilasahasrAnimiSak paTakledAt(da)kezaM subahu sahate giryasahata(na): // 16 // teSAM gaNe guNavatAM dhuri gaNyamAnaH zrIvAcakaH sakalacaMdragururbabhUva // medhAviSu prathamataH prathamAnakIrtiH sphUrtiryadIyakavikarmaNi suprasiddhA // 17 // punaH punaH saMsmRtimIyuSINAM / pratikriyeyaM yadupakriyANAM / punaH punarlocanasAMdrabhAvaH / punaH punarni(:zva)sanasvabhAva (:) // 18 // teSAM ziSyANuneyaM gurujanavihitAnugrahAdeva jaMbU dvIpaprajJaptiti(H) svaparahisakate zAMticaMdraNa cakre / varSe zrIvikramA dvidhuzarazarabhUvanadhAtrI(1661)pramANe sa(rA)jye prAjye zriyA zrIakabaranRpateH punnykaarunnysiNdhoH||19|| asyopAMgasya gAMbhIryAnmadIyamatimAMdyataH / saMpradAyavyapAyAzca pUrvavRttinivRttitaH // 20 // viruddhamAgamAdibhyo yadatra liAkhataM mayA dhIlocanaistadAlau(lo)cya zodhyaM sAnugrahairmayi // 21 // tuSyaMtu sAdhavaH sarve mA ruSyaMtu khalA mayi / namaskaromi niHzeSAn prItyA bhItyA kramAdimAna // 22 //

Page #252
241.] tathAhi VI. 12 Upangas gaMbhIramidamupAMgaM yathAmati vivRNvatA vizadamatinA / padavApi mayA kuzalaM kuzalamatistena bhavatu janaH // 23 // a yA lIlo (lo) kasi nabhasi nakSatrakusumavrajaM rAjJaH zyAmAbhigamasamaye pUritataraM jAka (CT) : sUrya: karabahukareNApanayati (vA) va bhUyAdiyamakhilalokai (:) paricitAH // 24 // atha zodhanasamayagatA puro ( ( )nusaMdhIyate prazastiriyaM / 'tapa' gaNasAmrAjyaramAM zrayati zrIvijayasenagurau // 26 // yatsaiaubhAgyamanuttaraM guNagaNo yeSAM vacogocaraH(rA) tItaH ko (S) bhavat purA ( ( ) pi vinayAdhAraH satAM pUjitaH // hitvA yena patiMvaro ( rA ) vadaparAn yAneva saccAturI yuktAcArya padavyudAraracitA sauvazriye (1) zizriyat // 27 // sadAvida ( ? mada) naM nirmAti ramyazriyA yatkartazva padAtikaM vitanute kAMtyA nizAnAyakaM // citraM saMcinute ca cetasi satAM yaddezanAvAkU sudhA deiyA zAsanadIptikRcca satapo yaddhyAnamatyadbhutaM // 28 // zrI akabara mahIdharadatva (tta) mAna vikhyAtimadvijayasena gaNAdhipAnAM / naMdati paTTayuvarAjapadaM dadhAnAH zrIrayo vijayadevayatipradhAnAH // 29 // zrI vijaya sena sUrIzvaragaNanAyaka nidezakaraNagha (ca) NAH / catvAro (s) syA vRtteH zuddhikRte saMgatA nipuNAH ||30|| zrIsUrervijayAdidAnasuguroH zrIhIramUrerapi / prAptA vAGmayatattvamadbhutataraM ye saMpradAyAgataM // ye jainAgamasiMdhutAraNavidhau satkI (ka) rNadhArAyitA / ye khyAtAH kSitimaMDalebhra (ca) gaNitagraMthajJarekhAbhRtaH // 31 // 'luMpAka' mukhyakumatai (ka) tama: prapaMce rociSNucaMDarucayaH pratibhAsamAnAH // zrIvAcakA[:] vimalaharSavarAbhidhAnA[ : ] ste'trAdimA guNagaNeSu kRtAvadhAnAH ||32|| 227 I This verse as well as the following ones are here wrongly numbered. Similar is the case with the printed edition; for there, too, the verses 24th and the following are numbered as 25, 26 etc.

Page #253
228 Jaina Lilerature and Philosophy [24. tathAye saMvigmadhuraMdharAH samabhavannAbAlakAlAdapi prajJAvatsvapi ye bha (ca) baMdhuratasaH(rAH) prApuH prasiddhiM parAM zrIvIre gaNadhArigautama iva zrIhIrasUrau gurau ye rAjadvinayAstadAnanasudhAbhAnoH paTurvAvasudhAM // 33 // sattaka(ka)lakSaNavizAlajinAgamAdi zAstrAvagAhanakalAkuzalAdvitIyAH // zrIsomayugravijayavAcakanAmadheyA-- ste sadguNairapi parai vamaprameyAH // 34 // kiMcaye vairaMgikatAdikaibaraguNaiH saMprAptasagauravAH sarvAdeyagiraH kalAvapi yuge saamnaayjainaagmaaH|| jajuH zrIvaravAnararSivibudhAstacchiSyamukhyAzca ye kiM tanmUrtirivAparetyabhimatAstaistairguNairdhAmatAM // 35 // prajJAguNagurugehaM paribhAvitabhUrizAstravaratattvAH / zrIAnaMdAvajaya(vibudhapuMgavAste tRtIyAstu // 36 // api caye(s)dvaitasmRtayaH kuzAgradhiSaNAH sallakSaNAMbhodharA zchaMdo(s)laMkRtikAya(vya)vAGmayamahAbhyAsaibhRzaM vizrutAH / / siddhAMtopaniSatprakAzanaparA vijJAvataMsAyitA stattA(ttonnUtanazAstrazuddhikaraNe pArINatAM saMzritAH // 30 // zrIkalyANavijayavaravAcakaziSyeSu mukhyatAM prAptAH / zrIlAbhavijayavibudhAste turyA iha bahUdyaktAH // 38 // eteSAM pratibhAvizeSavilasattIrthe prathAmAgame(te) ___ nAnAzAstravicAracArusalilApUrNe caturNAmapi // snAtA vAcakavAcyadUSaNamalAnmuktA suvarNAcitA __ satyazrIrajaniSTha ziSTajanatAkAmyaiva vRttiH kanI // 39 // zrImadvikramabhUpatoMbaraguNakSmAkhaMDadAkSAyaNI prANezAMkitavatsare 1660 'tirucire puSyeMdubhUvAsare // rAdhe zuddhatithau tathA rasamite zrI rAjadhanye pure / pArzve zrIvijayAdisenasuguroH zuddhAH samagrA(s)bhavat // 41 // zrIzAMticaMdrAbhidhavAcakeMdra ziSyaSvanekeSu mnniiymaanaaH|

Page #254
242. jambUdvIpaprajJapti carsahita No. 242 VI. 12 Upangas dhvastAMtaradhvAMtajineMdracaMdra rAddhAMtarasya (mya) smRtilabdhamAnAH // 41 // asyAmanekazA (zo) likhanazuddhigaNanAdividhiSu sAhAyyaM / gurubhaktAH kRtavaMtaH zrImaMtastejacaMdrabudhAH // 42 // daivAdidrAtithitAM gateSvidaMvRttisUtradhAreSu / tanmaMtrinijamanISAvizeSamiva vIkSituM vyaktaM // 43 // teSAmatiSada (dA) makhilaziSya samudAyamukhyatAM dadhatAM / gurukArye dhuryANAM paMDitavararatna caMdrANAM // 44 // zrI 'tapa' gaNapUrvAgirisuraiH zrIvijayasena sUrivaraiH / nijahastena vitIrNA pravarttanI (nA) yai prasAdaparaiH ||45 || bahubhizrvasaMmateyaM kRtA tadA viditasamayattattvArthaiH / zrIvijayadevasUri zrIvAcakamukhyagItArthaiH // 46 // ratnAnIva prameyAni nAnAzAstrakhanIni ceta / bhUyAMsi lipsavo yUyaM vijJaratnavaNigvarAH // 47 // zrIjaMbUdvIpaprajJarupAMgasya savistarA / prameyaratnamaMjUSA vRttireSA tadekSyatAM // 48 // azAMti caMdravAcakaziSyavaro vibudharatnacaMdragaNiH / asyA bahvAdarzanaslIlikhad bhaktiyuktamanAH // 49 // vAnyamAnA zrUyamANA gItAthai (:) zrAvakottamaiH / zodhyamAnA lekhyamAnA jIyAsuste ciraM bhuvi // 50 // tacchiSyo dhanacaMdraH sphuradurudhIlipa (pi) kalAvidhivitaM / akarotprathamAdarza sUtrArthavivecane caturaH // 51 // iti zraziAMticaMdragaNivAcakaviracitAyAH prameyaratnamaMjuSAnAmnyA (:) zrIjaMbUdvIpaprajJaptivRtti (teH) prazastiH saMpUrNa (1) chchch| zubhaM bhavatu || 229 Jambudvipaprajnapti with tabba Size.-- 92 in. by 4 in. Extent. - 140 folios ; 25 lines to a page; 55 to 60 letters to a line. 726. 1899-1995.

Page #255
230 Jaina Literature and Philospohy [242. Description.- Country paper thin and white; Devanagari charac ters; bold, clear and fair hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; all the four edges ruled in two lines in red ink ; this Ms. contains both the text and its explanation in Gujarati ; the latter written above the corresponding lines of the former ; portions separated by vertical lines in red ink; numbers of foll. I to 4 entered in two different margins on one and the same side; diagrams on foll. 35*, 784, 919, 934 and 1193; a piece of paper of the same size as the fol. pasted to the first fol. and the last as well; fol. 6oth slightly torn; condition on the whole fair; results tabulated on foll. 884, 96a, 105, 113a and 125a; both the text and the tabba complete ; extent 15000 slokas. Age.-- Not quite modern. Author of the tabba.- Jivavi (? Jivavijaya) Gani. Subject.- The text along with its explanation in Gujarati. Begins.-(text) fol. I zrIjinAya namaH // Namo arihaMtANaM / Namo siddhaannN| Namo AyariyANaM / Namo uvajjhAyANaM / Namo loe satvasAraNaM / teNaM kAleNaM teNaM etc. as in No. 236. ,, -(com.) fol. 1 zrI jinAya namaH // mahAro na(ma)skAra huo arihaMtanai kAje tihAM nAmajina RSabhAdi etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 140 bahu(hoNaM devi(vINa majjhagae evamAikkhai etc. up to uvadaMsehatti bemi as in No. 236 followed by the lines as under: iti jaMbUdvIpaprajJaptI(pti) sUtrArtha samAptamidam // lipi(pI)kRtaM 'nAgapura'madhyaH (dhye) // zrIrastu / Ends.-(com.) fol. 140 bhu0 vAra vAra upadese deSADe bhagavata ima kayai chai isI sudharmasvAmI jaMbUsvAmi prate kahe chaiH // i0 iti zrIjaMbUdvIpaprajJaptI(pti)sUtrasya gaNijivavi(jIvavijaya) kRtaTabArtha saMpUrNam // sarvagraMthAgraMtha sUtrArtha milI 15000. Reference.- See No. 236.

Page #256
244.j vi. 12 Up 231 bharatacaritra Bharatacaritra (marahacaritta) (Bharahacaritta) TabbAsahita with tabba 102 (b). No. 243 1872-73. Extent.-4 folios ; I2 lines to a page ; 38 to 46 letters to a line. Description.- Numbers of foll. entered as I, 2 etc.; this Ms. contains both the text and its explanation in Gujarati as well; comp lete. For further details see No. 176; condition very good. Age.-- Samvat I758. Subject.- Life of Bharata cakravartin narrated. It forms a part of the third vaksaskara ( sutras 68 to 70, pp. 270 to 2786 ) of Jambudvipaprajnapti. It is explained Begins.-(text) fol. I tae NaM se bharahe rAyA / duvAlasasaMvaccharayisi / pamoyaMsi nivattaMsi samANaMsi / jeNeva majjaNaghare teNeva uvAgacchati etc. ---(com.) fol. I":OM namaH // tivAra pachI te bharatha rAjA // bAra varasano pramoda mahochava etc. Ends.- (text) fol. I' kAlagae viikvaMte samujjAe chiNNe jAIjarAmaraNabaMdhaNe siddhe buddhe mutte parinivvuDe / aMtagaDe / sabvadukkhappahINe / iti bharahacarittamiti / jaMbUdvIpapannattIno AdhikAraH saMpUrNa / liSitaM RSidAsUrajI AryA syAMmAM gAMgagAi saSaravelagAI paThaNA(nA)rtha / zrIrastu / zubhaM bhavatu leSakapAThakayoH / , - (com.) fol. 4' aMta karyo / sarva duHkha kSaya kIdhA / iti zrIbharathacaritra saMpUrNa // e AdhikAra jaMbUdvIpapannattI madhye che sahI // saMvata 1758 varSe phAlgunamAse zuklapakSe saptamItithau rAvavAsare likhitamidaM / zreyaM iti maMgalaM aft etc. N. B.- For further particulars see No. 236. bharatacaritra Bharatacaritra TabbAsahita with tabba 619. No.244 1884-86. Size.- 98 in. by 4g in.. Extent.-- (text) 54 folios ; 7 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line. , - (tabba ), , 7 , , , , 46 , " " Description.- Country paper thin and greyish; Devanagari charac ters with occasional TEATETS ; small, clear and good hand

Page #257
232 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ 245. writing ; borders ruled in four lines in red ink ; foll. Ia and 54 blank ; edges of the first fol. slightly worn out; condition fair ; yellow pigment used ; both the text and the tabba complete; the former written in Prakrit and the latter in Gujarati. Subject.----- Life of Bharata. It starts with the beginning of the 3rd vaksaskara (sutra 41 ) and ends with sutra 70 (p. 378b of the printed edition ). Age.- Not quite modern. Begins.-(text) fol. I' zrIvItrA(tarA)gAya namaH // zrIgurave namaH // evaM buccati / bharahe vAse 2 goyamA bharaheNaM vAse veya(?)ssa pavvayassa dAhiNeNaM coddasuttaraM joyaNasayaekkArasaebamUNUvIsatibhAge joyaNassa abAdhAe gaMgAe mahANadIe paccatthimeNaM etc. ,, -(com.) ima kahiuM / bharataSetrai / gautama bharataSetrai / vaitAdhya parvata thakI daSyaNai ekasu caudasuttara joyana ugaNIsa bhAga yojananI AbAdhAI etc. Ends.-(text) fol. 54 khINe veyANaje Aue NAme goe kAlagae vIkvaMte samu jjAe chiNNe jAijarAmaraNabaMdhaNe siddha buddhe mutti(tte) parinivaDe aMtagaDe sava: dukkhappahINe // cha / iti bharahacarittaM // cha // la.R. jayarAja AtmArtha // --(com.) fol. 5: kSaya gayau vedanI karma Ayu nAma gotra kAlagata hUvA tihAM kIdhauM chedI jAti jarA maraNa baMdhana sAdhI bujhyA mukANAM saMsArathI pAra pAmyA aMta kIdhauM / sarva duSathI mukANA pAra pAmyA / iti bharatacaritraM saMpUrNa laSataM R0jayarAja AtmA arth|| bharatacaritra Bharatacaritra TabbAsahita with tabba 604. No. 245 1895-98. Size.- 104 in. by 4 in. Extent.-4 folios ; 6 lines to a page; 40 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thick, tough and white; Devanagari characters with pRSTamAtrAs; this Ms. contains the text in Prakrit and its interlinear tabba in Gujarati; foll. numbered in both the margins; complete ; fol. 4th slightly torn; conditiongood ; this is the same work as No. 243 with a line or so more in the beginning. It, too, commences on p. 2702 of the printed edition. Age.- Pretty old.

Page #258
246.] VI. 12 Upangas 233 Begins.- (text) fol. I zrIvItarAgAya namaH // upi(ppi) pAsAyaka(ba)ragae / phudramANahiM muiMgamacchaM(ttha) ehiM / jAva bhujamANe viharai tae NaM se bharahe rAyA duvAlasasaMvacchariyAMsa / pamoyasi / nivattAMsa / si? somANAsa / java maja(jjaNaghare taNeva uvAgacchaDa uvA gacchaittA / jAva maMja(majjaNagharAu(o) paDiniSa(kakha)mai 2ttA eto. , -(tabba) fol. I zrIvItarAgAya namaH // pITaNI upari / / mRdaMga vAjatai hutai / zabdAdika bhogavai tivAra pachI bharatha rAjA bAra varasa pachA // pramoda hAta thAka ||prmaad hutA thakI // moha chava thAya // mardana karAvavAno ghara che / tihAM gayA / etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 4 khINe veyANaje etc., up to aMtakaDe savaduSa(kkha)pahiNi as in No. 244. Then we have : tibe0 / / iti zrIbharathesara alAvo samAptaM / / shrii|| ,, --(ra bba) fol. 4b ekeMdrI Adi jarA maraNa rUpa anAdi kAlanI gAMThi karmanI tetroDi teha vISarI zukla dhyAne budha thayA karma thakI muMkANA prakarSa vIzerSe nivRte sthAnake aMta kIdho bhavarUpa vali chadi sarva dUSa(Na) thakI sukANA zrIbharthezvara. It ends thus. jambUdvIpaprajJAptacUrNi Jambudvipaprajnapticurni (jaMbuddIvapaNNAtticuNNi) ( Jambuddivapannatticunmi) 149. No. 246 1873Size. -- 13 in. by 43 in. Extent. -- 30 folios; 15 lines to a page; 66 letters to a line. Description. -- Country paper, thin, brittle, and grey ; Devanagari characters with pRSTamAtrAs; bold, clear, uniform and elegant hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, with slight space between the pairs; fol. I blank ; so is fol. 30b; numbers of the foll. entered at two places on one and the same side; those written on the right hand side of the bottom mostly gone, owing to several foll. having their edges and corners worn out to a smaller 30 [J. L. P.]

Page #259
234 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [246. or greater degree; condition very fair; red chalk and yellow pigment used; complete ; extent 2023 Slokas. Age.--- Sarvat 1625. 1 Subject. A commentary to Jambudvipaprajnapti in mixed Sanskrit and Prakrit. It supplies us with some Mathematical formula ( karana-gathas ). Begins. fol. 1 paramaguruzrIjiNezvarasUripaTTaprabhAkarakharataranavAMgIvRttikAra - zrIabhayadevasUrisadgurubhyo namaH // namiUNa (vijaya ) viratiyakarayalakayamatthayaMjalI payato / suravaramaNirayaNukkaDa phuraMtaparighaTTapAvIDhaM // 1 varavasahamattagayavara salaliya vikkaMta kaMta gati (ga) maM(ma)NaM / - Ends.-- fol. 30 AdilaM parAvatteUNa uvaTTeyavvo / caubhAgaddhabhAgehiM ubaTTe (? DDhe ) AgayaM ussaso(? sseho ) / ekau ( ? kko) dhaNU evaM ubarillabhAgassa terAsiyaM ceSa0(pa)ujiyavvaM / viruvvehA baDhAu (? buDDhIo) ANeyavvA / u // cha jaMbuddIvapaNa (NNa) ttikaraNANaM cuNNI sammattA // cha // cha // graMthAgraM0 2023 / / / / cha / / saMvat 1625 varSe mAgga (rga ) zIrSazudi 15 nau / ayeha zrI ' ahammadAbAda rAjanagaramadhye | dvijamahaM revAsata / rAmacaMdra varahemata viyacaMpayadiNakarakarasappahaM usahaM // 2 avasese ya jiniMde Namio (uM) caMdidadhaNayapari (? Ni )patiteM / karaNavibhAvaNa vocchaM jaMbudI (hI) vassa haM iNamo // 3 etc. svayaM haste lakSitaM // cha // cha // zubhaM bhavatu // cha // cha // This is followed by the following lines most probably written in a different hand: zrIvRha ( tU )' kharatara 'gacchAdhIzvarazrIpUjyarAjazrIjinarAja sUripaTTAlaMkArazrIjinabhadrasUri saMtAnayi / zrIpUjyazrIjinacaMdrasUrivijayirAjye (with some letters made illegible by yellow pigment) iyaM zrIjaMbUdvIpaprajJapticUrNirlikhitA zrIjJAnabhAMDAgAre || zubhamastu zrIsiddhAntabhaktitaH // zrIvijayalAbho ( 5 ) stu nityam // zrIjinadharmmavRddhiH stAt // 11 ft: 11 Reference. I have not come across a printed edition of this work. There are 3. Mss. in Jesalmere. See G. O. Series vol. XXI, PP. 22, 23 and 41.

Page #260
247.] jambUdvIpaprajJapticUrNi No. 247 VI. 12 Upangas Jambudvipaprajnapticurni 235 Size. -- 12 in. by 43 in. Extent.-- 35-1 = 34 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 34 letters to a line. Description. - Country paper very thin, smooth and greyish; Devanagari characters with pRSTamAtrAs; big, bold, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, with space between the pairs coloured red; red chalk used; the 1st fol. missing; foll. 2 to 7 and 34 to 35 more or less badly damaged; the 11th fol. slightly torn ; so are the foll 2oth, 21st, 3oth and 31st ; an edge of the 32nd fol. worn out to some extent; condition on the whole_poor ; extent 1823 Slokas. Age.-Sarvat 1576. Begins. fol. 24 evaM dAhiNaDDUbharahassa jIvAvaggo pakkhipati jIvAvagge imo / 343080975000 etc. 592. 1884-86. Ends. fol. 35o AdilaM parAvatteUNa ubaTTeyacvo etc., up to biruveha vaDIo ANeyabbA u as in No. 246 followed by jaMbuddIvapaNNattikaraNANaM cuNI sammattA // cha // jaMbuddIvapaNNatticunnI sammattA || graMthasaMkhyA zloka 1823 // cha // maMgala (ma ) stu zubhaM bhavatuH // cha // etc., Then follow the lines as under :-- N. B. -- For further particulars see No. 246. saMvat 1576 varSe pauSavadi 9 some / zrI ' Agama' gacche zrIjayAnaMdaripaTTAnukrameNa / zrIvivekaratna sUri (rI) nAmupadezena / zrI' gaMdhAra' maMdiravAstavye / zrI' prAgvaTa' vaMzAbharaNa .... vyavahArivara / zrIAcAryapada biMba pratiSThAtIrthayAtrAdimahApuNyakaraNIyakArakAbhyAM / vyazrIpethaDasaMtAne vya DhAIAkuladIpakAbhyAM vya' parabata vya0 kAnhAbhyAM zrIjJAnabhaktaye | vya 0 'DuMgarazreyo'rthaM ca / zrIjaMbUdvIpaprajJaptiupAMgacUrNilikhitA vAcyabhAmA ciraM naMdatAt // cha //

Page #261
236 Jaina Literature and Philosophy ( 249 jambUdvIpaprajJapticUrNi Jambudvipaprajnapticurni 695. No. 248 1892-95. Size. --- 104 in. by 4.3 in. Extent. --48 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description. - Country paper thin and greyish ; Devanagari charac ters with occasional TEHETS ; bold, big, legible, uniform and elegant hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, fol. 14 blank ; foll. 14 to 28 worm-eaten to a smaller or greater extent; condition on the whole good; red chalk used ; complete ; extent 1860 slokas. Age. -- Fairly old. Begins. --- fol. 10 TA: staart #1 For laturradausrum (T#UTAB qual etc., as in No. 246. Ends. ----- fol. 48' AdillaM parAvatteUNa ubadreyavo etc., up to buDIo ANe yavAo as in No. 246 followed by jaMbuddAvapaNNakaraNANaM cupNI saMmattA // cha / jaMbuddIvapaNNattI samAptAH // graMthAyaM 1860 // zubhaM bhvtuH|| Eli eri: 117: 11 g II 1: 11 N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 246. nambUdvIpaprajJaptivivRti Jambudvipaprajnaptivivrti 1259. No. 249 1891-95. Size. - 10 in. by 43 in. Extent.-- 101 + 1 = 102 folios ; 25 lines to a page ; 60 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin and white; Devanagari characters ; very small but clear, uniform and good handwriting; borders unruled; yellow pigment profusely used up to 20 foll. ; foll. 14 and 1010 blank; this Ms. does not seem to contain the original text ; only the sales appear to

Page #262
250. 1 VI. 12 Upangas 2237 be given ; foll. 25 to 35 and 61 to 67 worm-eaten to a smaller or greater extent; condition on the whole good; at times letters made illegible by applying black ink; diagrams on foll. 53b and 67 ; results tabulated on foll. 714, 71, 74, 754 and 75; fol. 84th repeated; complete. Age.-- Fairly old. Author.-- Brahman Muni, pupil of Parsvacandra Suri. See No. 250. Subject. Commentary in Sanskrit to Jambudvipaprajnapti. It is named as vivrti and tika as well, by the commentator himself. Begins. fol. r' siddhirastu // OM namaH siddhaM // apAre kila saMsAre / majjatAmanizaM satAM / Adau potAyataM yena / sa zrInAbhisutaH zriye // 1 jayatAt sa jino vIro / yadvAcAmAvalI bhuvi / sopAnazreNivadbhAti / ArurukSoH zivAlaye // 2 samastaguNabhUribhyaH sUribhyaH sarvadA namaH / yatprasAdAnmamApyevaM / jAyate zaktiradbhutA // 3 caraNakamalaM gurUNAM natvA sadyaH prasAdasadanAbhaM / maMDalAmeva vastuprakAzakaM pATalacchAyaM // 4 kuo jaMbUdvIpaprajJaptyA lezato ( ( ) pi vivRtimahaM / pUrvavibudhapraNIta pramANataMtrAvalokanataH // 5 // yugmaM etc. Ends. - fol. Iort bhUyo bhUyo vismaraNazIlazrotranugrahArthaM upadarzayati anekazaH pradarzayati / iti bravImIti / zrIsudharmasvAmI jaMbUnAmAnaM ziSyaM prati brUte / nedaM svamanISikayA ucyate / kiMtu tIrthakaragaNadharopadezeneti / anena gurupAs taMtryamabhihitaM / iti // cha // zrIbhUyAt // zrIH // zrIH // zrIH // Reference.-- See R. G. Bhandarkar's Report for 1883-84. jambUdvIpaprajJaptivivRti No. 250 Jambudvipaprajnaptivivrti 272. 1883-84. Size. 10 in. by 43 in. Extent.- 235 - 1 = 234 folios; 17 lines to a page; 62 letters to a line.

Page #263
238 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [230. Description.- Country paper thick and grey; Devanagari charac ters with pRSThamAtrA ; bold, clear, uniform and good handwriting ; borders ruled in four black lines; this Ms. does not contain the original text but it only gives its pratIkas ; fol. I blank; out of the foll. 42 to 45 and 234 to 235, unnumbered sides are marked with a small circular disc in the centre, the numbered having over and above this, two more, one in each margin ; red chalk used ; information about the Asurakumaras and others tabulated on the 181th fol.; the topics pertaining to various Vyantaras similiarly tabulated on fol. 182deg; measurements of Jambudvipa etc., presented in a tabular form on fol. 188a ; foll. 167 to 233 also numbered as I, 2 etc. ; foll. 209 and 210 numbered as 42 (1) and 42 (2); fol. 177th missing; otherwise complete; this Ms. contains the colophon ; condition very good. Age.- Not modern. Begins.-- fol. I' siddhirastu ||AUM namaH / ___ apAre kila saMsate(sAre) majjatAmanizaM etc. as in No. 249. Ends.- fol. 235 bhUyo bhUyo vismaraNazIla etc., up to pArataMtryamabhihitaM / gfa as in No. 249 followed by the lines as under: sakalasuvihitasaiddhAMtikaziroratnAlaMkArazrIpArzvacaMdrasUritacchiSyazrIzrIvijayadevasUrisatIrthaMcaraNAMbhojamadhukarazrIbrahmamuniviracitAyAM zrIjaMbUdvIpaprajJAptaTIkAyAM jyotizcakrAdivicArAdhikAra samAptaH // cha / / shriisaadhurtnaabhidhpNdditeshaaH| sukiirtividyotitsrvdeshaaH|| yathAsthita jainamataM janAnAM / pa(pra)kAzayaMtaH sukhadA abhUvan // 1 tadIyapAdAmbujayugmabhRGgA styaktA khilAraMbhaparigrahaudhAH / / jayaMti sNvegsudhaikpaanaaH| zrIpArzvacaMdrAbhidhasUrayo(5)mI // 2 sUtraM samAlokya gurorayaM yaiH / prakAzitaH shriijgdiishpNthaaH|

Page #264
250.] itazrva VI. 12 Upangas yamAzritA bhavyajanA labhate / sukhaM sukhAnAM paramatritAM taM // 3 ye vAdinaH karkazatakaM (rka ? ) vitti / stabdhAH svabhinnAnabudhAnvidati // vilokya vidyAdiguNaiH sametA / netAnnAste (S) pi bhavaMti sadyaH // 4 // eterhatAJcaityamudAharati / muktyartha (rthi) bhirmuktinimittamarcya // puSpAdipUjAM caritAdivAdaiH / prakAzayato na niSedhayaMti // 5 // gItArthA jinazAsane bahutarAH saMtyeva sAhityayuk / SaTtaparitarkakarkazatamaprajJAbalollAsitaH // kiMtvetaiH sadRzo na ko (S) pi bhuvane dRSTaH zruto vA kRtI / vijJAzvedanRtaM vadAmyahamidaM tatkathyatAmeSa me // 6 // teSAM gurUNAM guNasAgarANAM / zrI pArzva caMdrAbhidhasUrirAjAM / brahmamunirvipazcintra 'culukya' vaMzeodbhavarAjaputraH // 7 ziSyo (s) 'S (a) hilapura ' pattanaM jayati nAmnA paraM sphuradravaraM (ra) jinAlayaiH / jinaveMradrapUjAmilanmahAjanamanoghanapramadapUra saMpUrakaiH // 8 arhi tatra kRtA / brahmavidA brahmasAdhunA ( S) nena / zrImajjaMbUdvIpaprajJaptermatimatAmucitA // 9 yadyapi jaMbUdvIpaprajJaptirbahunA gabhIrArthA / vyAkartumiha na zakyA vibudhairapi kiM punarmanujaiH // 10 arthastathApi kathito mayA padasyAH sutuccha matinA (S) pi / nijagurukaruNApUrvAcAryagraMthaprabhAvo ( s) yaM // 11 zrImadvijayadevAkhyAH sUrayo vijitArayaH / ye kSamArAjitA nityamakSamArAjitA bhuvi // 12 dharmamne (snehadharaireSA / zodhitA yatnatoti (?'pi ) taiH / nyAyalakSaNasAhitya | prabhRtigraMthapAragaiH) // 13 220

Page #265
240 Jaina Literature and Philosophy jinavaravacanaviruddhaM kimapi mayA yat pramAdato bhaNitaM / saMzodhyaM vibudhavarairmathyA me bhavatu tad duritaM // / 14 tribhirvizeSakaM khedaH ko ( s) pi na tatra naH khalajano niMdatyamUM yatkRtiM / harSenApyathavA svabhAvasujanaH stauti prakRtyaiva yat // kiMtvedguNabhUSaNe dRDhatare jAtasya eva stuti niMdA vA bhavatIyA matimatAmeSaiva modAdikRt // 15 iti zrIvijayadevasUricaraNaprasAdaracitA zrIjaMbUdvIpaprajJaptiIkA samAptA cha kalyANamastu cha zubhaM bhavatu / yAdRzaM etc. Then we have :'tapa' gaNagagananabho / mANasUrizrIvijaya senaziSyANAM / vAcanayavijayAnAM / zizunA budhakIrtivijayena // 1 munirasacaMdra ( 167 ? ) mite / varSe citkozavRddhaye svasya / muktA zrImada 'kabbarapure' sadA (1) sau pratijayAt // 2 N B.-- For further particulars see No. 249. [250.

Page #266
251. ) VII. 12 Upangas 241 THE SEVENIH UPANGA candraprajJApta Candraprajnapti ( quoret) ( Candapannatti) No. 251 429. 1882-83. Size.-- 10 in. by 4 in. Extent.-- 65 - I = 64 folios; 11 lines to a page; 40 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper, extremely thin and grey ; Devanagari characters with eat ; bold, very big, clear, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; a piece of paper of the same size as the fol. pasted to foll. Ia and 65b; the fol. 22 numbered as 23 also, the succeeding foll. hence numbered as 24, 25 etc.; foll. 43 and 44 have a big strip of paper pasted; the fol. 47th and the following, a small strip in a corner; condition tolerably good ; com plete; extent 2058 slokas. Age.-- Fairly old. Subject. -- This work which forms the 7th upanga is divided like Suryaprajnapti into chapters known Prabitas (Pr. Pahudas). It is more or less of an astronomical nature and has many points in common with Suryaprajnapti. In many a place even the wording is the same ;' so one is tempted to believe that this differs from Suryaprajnapti only in name. Begins.-- fol. 14 THT SPREAIUTI jayati NavaNa(liNa )kuvlyvigsiysyvttpttldlcho(ccho)| STT TECHUMORISTITE AT HTET I etc. ,, -- fol. 2a Quit Frui aUT FACO ATESI UTA AURI TIERT EIC. Ends.-- fol. 654 afer paraszto( )JEFFhazalttuffieET OUT! Cf. the following verse occurring in Siddhantagama-stotra of Jinaprabha Suri " praNamAmi candrasUryaprajJaptI yamalajAtake navye / gumphavapuSaiva navaraM jAtibhidArthAtmanA'pi yayoH // " -- Kavyamala, pt. VII, p. 91. 31 ( J. L. P. ]

Page #267
242 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [252. dhAreyavvaM NiyamA Na ya aviNIesu dAyavvaM // cha // iti caMdapaNNattI sammattA // cha / graMthAnaM zloka 2058 // cha / cha zrIrastu // cha / Reference. This work is published together with the Hindi trans lation of Amolaka Rsi. Consult Rajendralala Mitra's " Notices" vol. VIII ( 1885), pp. 113 and 114. See Weber II, p. 597 and Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, p. 20. For additional Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 389 and G. O. Series vol. XXI, p. 31; a note is written on this work by me and it is published in " The Indian Historical Quarterly" vol. VIII, No. 2, pp. 381-382. candraprajJapti Candraprajnapti No. 252 189. 1871-72. Size.- 104 in. by 44 in. Extent.- 68 folios ; II lines to a page ; 45 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper rough, thick and white; Devanagari characters with pRSTamAtrAs; bold, very big, perfectly clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. 19 and 956 blank; complete ; extent 2000 slokas ; con dition very good. Age.-Old. Begins.- fol. I' OM namo arahatANaM / jayati NavaNaliNa etc., as in No. 25I. Ends.- fol. 68a tamhA dhitiuhANucchAhakammavaravariya(?)nANaM / dhAreyavvaM NiyayaM Naya aviNIesa dAyadhvaM // cha / iti caMdapaNNattI sammattA // cha // graMthAnaM 2000 // zubhaM bhavatuH // cha / N. B.- For subject etc. see No. 251.

Page #268
253.1 candraprajJapti No. 253 Size. 10 in. by 43 in. Extent. 58 folios; 13 lines to a page; 39 letters to a line. Description. Country paper, thin, smooth and grey; Devanagari characters with qarars; bold, very big, legible and very beautiful hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; fol. 1a blank; numbers of foll. entered twice as usual; fol. 41 slightly torn; foll. 50 to 58 more or less damaged; strips of paper pasted in corresponding places; condition tolerably good; this Ms. seems to be incomplete in spite of what has been said in the last line. Age. Fairly old. Begins. VII. 12 Upangas fol. 1 OM namo vItarAgAya / namo arahaMtANaM // af etc. as in No. 251. Ends.-- fol. 58 As are faqa aNadasamagge puNarati. hand as under : agara vivaraNasahita N. B. For further particulars see No. 251. No. 254 Size. 10 in. by 43 in. 54.4 iti zrIcaMdra prajJapanatI (ti) sUtra saMpUrNam TTe katika jje / This is followed by a line in a different 243 Candraprajnapti 688. 1892-95. Candraprajnapti with vivarana 147. 1873-74. Extent. Description. Country paper tough and white; Devanagri characters with occasional ears; big, quite legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; only 238 folios; 13 lines to a page; 50 letters to a line.

Page #269
244 Age.- Pretty old. Author of the com.- - Malayagiri Suri. Subject. The text along with a commentary in Sanskrit. Begins. -- (text) fol. 1 jayai navanaliNakuvalaya etc. - (com.) zrIvarddhamAnAya namaH | ma (muktAphalamiva karata (la) kalitaM vizvaM sammastamapi satataM / yo vetti vigatakarmA jayati (sa) nAtho jino vIraH 1 sarvazrutapAragatAH pratihataniH zeSakupathasaMtAnAH / jagadekatilakabhUtA jayaMti gaNadhAriNaH sarve 2 vilasatu manasi sadA me jinavANI paramakalpalatikeva / kalpita sakalanarAmarazivasukhaphaladena durlalitA 3 caMdraprajJaptimahaM gurUpadezAnusArataH kiMcit / vivRNomi yathAzakti spaSTaM svaparopakArAya 4 tatrAvighneneSTaprasiddhyarthamAdAviSTadevatAstavamAha // etc. "" Ends. Jaina Literature and Philosophy [254. the first 3 foll. numbered in both the margins; fol. 14 blank ; fol. 2588 is practically so ; fol. 97th partly torn ; condition on the whole very good; yellow pigment rarely used ; fol. 186th numbered as 1486; this Ms. contains the text as well as the commentary; both complete; extent 9500 slokas. - "" (text) fol. 238 * tamhA Thi ( dhi ) iu ThANucchAha kammabalaviriyasikkhiyaM etc. up to dAyavvaM as in No. 251. - ( com. ) fol. 2384 yA (ya) smAdevaM tasmA dhRtyu (tyu) notsAhakarmabalavIrye yat caMdraprajJaptilakSaNaM jJAnaM mumukSa (kSuNA satA si (zi) kSitaM tanniyamAdAtmanyevadharttavyaM na tu jAtucidapyavinIteSu dAtavyaM te (tad) dAne uktaprakAreNa AtmaparadIrgha saMsAritAprasakteH 33 vaMde yathAsthitAzeSapadArthapravibhAsakaM nityoditaM tamo(s) spRSTaM jainaM siddhAMtabhAskaraM 1 vijayaMtAM guNaguravo 2 jinavacanabhAsanaikaparAH / (a) vazAdahamapi jAto lezena paTubuddhiH 2 caMdraprajJaptimimAmi (ma) tigaMbhArI (bhIrAM) vivRNvatA ku ( 1 ) laM yadA (da) vApi / malayagiriNA sAdhujanastena bhavatu kRtI 3 iti zrImalayagiriviracitAyAM caMdra prajJaptikA samAptAH // cha // graMthAgaM 9500 // etc. Reference. -- See No. 251.

Page #270
255.] VIII-XII. 12 Upangas 245 THE EIGHTH to TWELTH UPANGAS nirayAvAlakAzrutaskandha Nirayavalikasrutaskandha (nirayAvaliyAsuyakkhaMdha) ( Nirayavaliyasuyakkhandha ) No. 255 112. 1872-73. Size.-- 108 in. by 41 in. Extent.-- 40 folios ; 11 lines to a page ; 42 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, smooth and white; Devanagari characters with eas; bold, big, clear and good handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. Ia and 400 blank; notes added at times in margins; complete. Age.-- Old. Subject.--This Ms. contains five works which form the last five upangas viz., ( 1 ) Nirayavaliya (Nirayavalika ), (2) Kappavadimsiya (Kalpavatamsika ), (3) Pupphiya ( Puspika ), (4) Pupphaculiya (Puspaculika ) and (5) Vanhidasa (Vrsnidasa ). All these five works together form Nirayavalikasrutaskandha, which is also styled as Nirayavalikasutra. The first work is known as Kalpika,' too. It consists of ten adhyayanas (chapters ) named as ( 1 ) Kala, ( 2 ) Sukala, ( 3 ) Mahakala, ( 4 ) Krsna, ( 5 ) Suktsna, (6) Mahaklsna, (7) Viraksina, (8) Ramakssna, (9) Pitrsenakssna and (10) Mahasenaktsna. These are the names of the 10 sons of king Srenika. Their lives are narrated in these chapters. Kalpavatarsika consists of 10 adhyayanas, and deal with the lives of the Io sons of Kala and others. It describes Kalpavatamsa, a celestial vimana. Puspika describes 10 gods such as the Moon, the Sun and others. It, too, consists of 10 adhyayanas. 1. See the second page of Prameyaratnamanjusa noted in No. 241. 2. They are named after the names of their mothers. See the commentary (P. 3).

Page #271
246 "3 Begins. --- ( nirayAvalikA ) fol. 1 OM namo vItarAgAya / "" Ends. Jaina Literature and Philosophy 1255. Puspaculika, also known as Puspacula consists of 10 adhyayanas. This upanga furnishes us with some details about 1o goddesses viz. Sri, Hri, Dhrti and others. Vrsnidasa, the last upanga consists of 12 adhyayanas and deals with the lives of twelve princes of Vahni race, their names being Nisadha etc. 1. teNaM kAleNaM / teNaM samaeNaM / rAyagihe nAmaM nagare hotthA riddhA guNasilae caie / bannao / asogavarapAyave / puDhavisilApaTTae / teNaM kAleNaM teNaM samaeNaM / samaNassa bhagavao mahAvarissa / aMtevAsI ajjasuhame (mme) nAmaM aNagAre jAtisaMpanna jahA kesI jAva paMcahiM aNagAre (ra) saehiM saddhiM saMparivuDe etc. - fol. 1. evaM khalu jaMbU samaNeNaM bhagavayA jAva saMpatteNaM evaM uvaMgA (Na) paMca vaggA pattA / taM jahA / nirAvaliyAo / kappavaDeMsiyAo / puSphiyAo / puSpi (pha) cUlAo vanhidasAo / etc. fol. rb (marginal com. ) tatra nirA ( ( ) yAvali (kA)khyopAMgagraMthasyArthato mahAvIranigatavacanamabhi ( dhi ) tsurAcAryaH sudharmasvAmI' sUtrakAraH / teNaM kANamityAdi graMthaM tAvadAha / atra NaM vAkyAlaMkArArthaH / etc. fol. 164 sukumAle tateNaM se sukAle kumAre annayAI tihiM daMtisahassehiM jahA kAle kumAre niravasesaM taM caiva mahAvidehe vAse aMtaM kArehiMti / cha / evaM sesA vi aTu ajjhayaNA neyavvA paDhamasArasA NavaraM mAtAto risasaNNAmA (o) nirayAvaliyAto sammattAto // cha // nikkhevo savvesiM bhANiyavvo tahA / cha / 1 / Begins. - ( kalpAvataMsikA fol. 166 jai NaM bhaMte samaNeNa bhagavayA jAva saMpatteNaM ugANaM paDhasa (ma) ssaM (ssa) vaggassa nirayAvaliyANaM ayamaDe pannatte / doca (ca) sa maM bhaMte vaggassa kappavaDeMsiyANaM / samaNeNaM jAva saMpatteNaM kaha ajhayaNa pannattA / evaM khalu jaMbu (bU) / samaNeNaM jAva saMpatteNaM kappavaDiMsayANaM dasa ajjhayaNA pannattA / taM jahA parame / mahApaume / bhadde subhade (he) paramabhadde / paumaseNe paramagumme naliNigumme | ANaMde nai (naM )daNe / jar3a NaM bhaMte samaNeNaM jAva saMpatteNaM / kappavaDiMsiyANaM dasa ajjhayaNA pannattA etc. Ends.fol. 174 mahAvidehe vAse jahA dRDhapaine / jAba aMtakAhiti taM evaM khalu jaMbU samaNeNaM jAva saMpatteNaM kappavaDiMsiyiyANaM / paDhamassa ajjhayaNassa ayamahe pannataM / cha / cha // These lines are found in Sricandras commentary to Niryavalikasutra.

Page #272
255.] VIII-XII. 12 Upangas 247 Ends.- fol. I7' seNiya natUNa pariyAto / uvavAto ANupubbIte paDhamo sohamme bitito IsANe tatito saNaMkumAre cauttho mAhide paMcamao baMbhaloe chaho laMtae sattamao mahAmukke ahamao sahassAre navamato pANate dasamao accue savvattha ukkosahiI bhANiyabA mahAvide(he)sijjhihiti kappavAsiyAo smttaao| cha / bitito vaggo dasa ajjhayaNA / Begins.- (puSpikA ) fol. 17 jati NaM bhaMte / samaNeNaM bhagavayA mahAvIreNa / jAva saMpatteNaM uvaMgANaM doccassa kappavaDesiMyANaM ayamaDhe pannatte / cha / taccassa Na bhaMte vaga(ggas)sa uvagga(vaMgANaM puSphi(pipha)yANaM ke ahe pannatte evaM khalu jaMbU / samaNeNaM bhagavayA mahAvIreNaM jAva saMpatteNaM uvaMgANaM taccassa vaggassa puSphi(pphi)yANaM dasa ajjhayaNA pannattA / taM jahA / caMde sUre sakke bahuputtiya putta(nna)bhadde mANibhadde ya / datte sive baMbhAyA / aNAhi (Dhi)e ceva bodhvvaa| jai NaM bhaMte samaNeNaM / jAva saMpatteNaM / etc. Ends.--- fol. 33 evaM khalu jaMbU nikvevau / cha / phu / evaM datte / 7 ssive / / bale / 9 / aNADhite / 10 / save jahA punnabhadde / deve savvasi do sAgarovamAiM ThiI vimANA devasarisanAmA putrabhave datte caMdaNANAmae sive mAhilAe balo hathiNapure nagare aNADhito kAkaMdIe ceI(iyA) jahA saMgahaNIe / tatiu vaggo sammatto / cha / Begins.- (puSpacUlikA ) fol. 33* jai NaM bhaMte samaNeNaM bhagavatA ukkhevato / jAva dasa ajjhayaNA / pannatA / taM / siri hiri ghiti kitti buddhi lacchI ya hoi bodhavvA / ilAdevI surAdevI rasadevI gaMdhadevI y| jai NaM bhaMte samaNeNaM bhagavayA mahAvIreNa / jAva sa(saM)patteNaM uvaMgANaM / cauttha ssa baggassa puSphacUlANaM dasa ajjhayaNA pnnttaa| paDhamassa NaM bhate ukkhevao / etc. Ends.- fol. 35 evaM sesANa vi navaNhaM bhANiyabvaM / sarisanAmA vimANA sohamme kappe putrabhave nagare(ra)ceiyapiimAdINaM apaNo ya nAmAdI jahA saMgahaNIe sabA pAsasta aMtiyaM nikkhaMtA (tA)to pupphacUlANaM sissiNIyAto sarIrapAtosiNIyAto sabbAo aNaMtaraM caittA / mahAvidehe vAse sijjhihiti / cauttho vago(ggo) sammatto / cha / Begins.- (vRSNidazA ) fol. 354 jai NaM bhaMte ukhevao uvaMgANaM cautthassa vaggassa puSpa(ppha)cUlANaM / ayamahe pannatte / paMcamassa NaM bhaMte vaggassa uvaMgANaM vanhisANaM samajeNaM bhagavayA jAva saMpatteNaM etc.

Page #273
248 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ 256. Ends. fol. 40deg evaM khalu jaMbU samaNeNaM bhagavayA mahAvIreNaM jAva nikkhevao / cha / evaM sesA vi ekkArasa ajjhayaNA neyavvA / saMgahaNI aNusAreNaM ahINamairitta ekArasA (sa) suvi / cha / nirayAvaliyAsuyakkhaMdho saMmmatto / cha | saMmattANi ya uvaMgANi / cha / nirayAvaliyAuvaMgeNaM ego suyakkhadho paMca vaggA | paMcasu divase uddissaMti / tattha u ( u ) su vaggesu dasa 2 uddegA paMcamAgA (mavagge) bArasa uddesagA / cha // // nirayAvaliyAsukkhaMdho sammatto / cha / nirayAvalIsUtraM samAptaM / ch| nirayAvalI saMmattaM / zrI // zubhaM bhavatu // etc. Reference. Published with Sricandra Suri's commentary in the Agamodaya Samiti Series in A. D. 1922. For its contents etc. see Weber II, p. 601, Indian Antiquary vol. XX, p. 20 ff., and Z. D. M. G. vol. XXXIV, p. 178. For additional Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 393, and G. O. Series vol. XXI, p. 33. nirayAvalikAzrutaskandha zyrtareiza No. 256 Size. 10 in. by 41 in. Extent. (text) 34 folios; 2 to 14 lines to a page; 58 letters to a line. - (com.),, 14 to 19 Description. 65 - Country paper thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with occasional as; bold, clear and tolerably good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; some of the foll. marked with three circular discs in red ink, one in the centre and one in each margin; numbers of foll. entered twice as usual; this is a fat Ms. ; the text is written in the middle and in a bigger hand; red chalk and yellow pigment profusely used; foll. 1a and 34 blank; condition tolerably good; the commentary composed in Samvat 1228. See No. 257; extent of the text 1109 slokas, and that of the commentary 605. rw 22 Nirayavalikasrutaskandha with vyakhya 158. 1873-74. ww 33 33 dr dr dr rw ""

Page #274
257.1 Age.- Old. Author of the com. Sricandra Suri. Subject. The text along with a commentary in Sanskrit. Begins. (text) fol. 1deg ara i etc., as in No. 255. (com.) zrI pArzvanAthaM namaskRtya / prAyo (S) nyagraMthavIkSitA / nirayAvala[kA]zrutaskaMdhe vyAkhyA kAcitprakAzyate // 1etc. etc., practically up to as in No. 255 followed by the lines as under :graMthAgraM 19109 / / iti zreyo (S) stu leSakavAcakayoH // cha // paMDitazrIraMgavijayaH // dr dr Ends. (text) fol. 33 g VIII-XII. 12 Upangas wr dr - (com) fol. 33' sakalakarmmakRtavikAravirahatayA tAtparyArthamAha / sarvaduHkhAnAmataM kareMti // iti zrI zrIcaMdrasUriviracitaM nirayAvalikAzrutaskaMdhavivaraNa samAptamiti || graMthAgraM // 605 // zubhaM bhavatu lekhakapAThakayoH // ciraM naMdatu pustikA / Reference. See No. 255. --- nirayAvalikAzrutaskandhavyAkhyA 249 Nirayavalikasrutaskandhavyakhya No. 257 Size. 10 in. by 41 in Extent. 12-111 folios; 17 lines to a page; 60 letters to a line. Description. Country paper, brittle and greyish; Devanagari characters with gears; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; space between the pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; mostly unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour, in the centre; the numbered, in the margins, too; red chalk and yellow pigment used; fol. 1a missing; otherwise complete; edges of some of the foll. slightly worn out; condition tolerably good; this Ms. does not give the text continuonsly; it is rather given in parts; total extent 1746 slokas; the commentary composed in Samvat 1228. IJ. L. P. 1 738. 1892-95.

Page #275
250 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [258 Age.- Sarivat 1623. Author.- Sricandra Suri. Subject.-- A Sanskrit commentary explaining Nirayavalikasruta skandha. Begins.- fol. 24 ka(:) sAro varNAtizayastatpradhAno yo nikaSo rekhA tasya yatpa kSama bahulatvaM tadvadyo gauraH sa kanakapulakanikaSapakSmagauraH / tathA ugra etc. Ends.- fol. 12deg sakalakarmakRta etc., up to graMthAj as in No. 256 followed by 637 sUtravRttisarvasaMkhyA 1746 zubhaM bhavatu / / saMvat 1623 varSe zrI jesalamerauM paM0 kalyANadhIreNAlokha / svavAcanAya / / zrIH / / vasulocanaravi(1228)varSe shriimtshriicNdrsuuribhidRbdhvaa(bdhaa)| AbhaDavasAkavasatau nirayAvalizAstravRttiriyaM // 1 // cha etc. Reference.-- See No. 256. - - facgratsiya F UTEJIETI Nirayavalikasrutaskandhavyakhya 607. No. 258 1884-86. Size.- Iol in. by 41 in. Extent.-- 12 folios ; 18 lines to a page ; 54 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper, rough and greyish ; Devanagari characters; small, clear, bold and fair hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pig ment used; complete; composed in Samvat I 228; extent 650 slokas ; condition very good. Age.- Old. Begins.- fol. I OM namaH zrImate zAMtinAthAya // pArzvanAthaM etc. as in No. 256. Ends.--- fol. 12 sakalakarmakRta etc., up to vivaraNaM samAptaM as in No. 256 followed by the lines as under :-- cha // cha / shrii| vasulocanaravi( 1228)varSe zrImacchrIcaMdrasUribhidRbdhA / AbhaDavasAkavasAttA(satau) // nirayAvalizAstravRttiriyaM // 1 // graMthAnaM 650mitaM / / N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 256.

Page #276
259. nirayAvalikAzrutaskandhavyAkhyA No. 259 VIII-XII. 12 Upangas nirayAvalikAzrutaskandhavyAkhyA 251 Nirayavalikasrutaskandhavyakhya Size. 10 in. by 4 in. Extent. 9 folios; 18 lines to a page; 60 letters to a line. Description. Country paper, thin and grey; Devanagari characters with occasional chers; small, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; numbers of foll. entered twice as usual; some lacunae (vide fol. 4th); fol. 9b blank; complete; extent 7037(?) slokas; condition tolerably good. Age. Pretty old. Begins. fol. 1a qraari az etc. as in No. 256. Ends. fol. 9 sa(kala) karmmakRtavikAra etc., up to zrutaskaMdhavivaraNa as in No. 256 followed by saMpUrNa // zrI etc. graMthAgraM 7037 ( 7372 ) // zrI etc. N. B. For further particulars see No. 256. 1277. 1886-92. Niraya valikasrutaskandhavyakhya No. 260 Size. 10 in. by 4 in. Extent. 15 folios; 15 lines to a page; 48 letters to a line. Description. Country paper, rough aud white; Devanagari characters with as; bold, sufficiently big, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; complete; edges of some of the foll. slightly worn out; condition tolerably good. Age.- Old. Begins. fol. 14 OM namaH // zrImate zAMtinAthAya // i etc. as in No. 256 739. 1892-95.

Page #277
252 Jaina Literature and Philosophy Ends. fol. 150 sakalakarmma. etc., up to zrutaskaMdhavivaraNaM as in No. 256. Here it terminates. N. B. For further particulars see No. 256. nirayAvalikAzrutaskandhavyAkhyA Age. Samvat 1931. Begins. fol. rh zrIgaNezAya namaH // No. 261 Size. 11 in. by 5 in. Extent. 21 folios; 12 lines to a page; 38 letters to a line. Description. Country paper, rough, tough and white; Devanagari characters; bold, big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in two, in red ink; fol. ra blank; so is the fol. 21b; complete; condition good. N. B. For further particulars see No. 257. - 22 etc. as in No. 256. Ends. fol. 21* sakalakarmmakRta etc., up to samAptamiti as in No. 256 followed by the lines as below:---- zubhaM bhavatu saMvat 1931 jyeSThazuklanavamyAM caMdravAsare vyalIlikhat vyAsaTIkamadAsa zrI' jesalamerudurge' zrIvai (?) rIzAlarAjye zubhaM bhUyAt zrIrastu. nirayAvalikAzrutaskandha dabbAsahita No. 262 Size. 10gin. by 4 in. Extent. Nirayavalikasrutaskandhavyakhya "" drz 159. 1873-74. (text) 53 folios; 8 lines to a page; 40 letters to a line. (tabba),, ; 44 dr 261. Nirayavalikasrutaskandha with tabba 754. 1899-1915. dr dr dr "" dr dr 23

Page #278
VIII - XII. 12 Upangas 253 Description.-- Country paper, tough and white; Devanagari charac ters; this Ms. contains the text as well as the tabba, the latter written in a very small hand; legible and very fair handwriting; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; red chalk used; fol. 1a blank; a big strip of paper pasted to fol. 1a; small strips to corners of several other foll. ; foll. 35 to 44 slightly worm-eaten ; condition on the whole very fair; foll. numbered in both the margins; both the text and the tabba complete ; extent 1100 slokas. 262. Age.-- Samvat 1765. Subject. The text in Prakrit together with its interlinear explanation in Gujarati. Begins.- (text) fol. rh zrI gurubhyo namaH / " teNaM kAleNaM teNaM samaeNaM etc., as in No. 255. - ( tabba) fol. 1 OM namo bhagavatyai namaH / tei kAli cothe Arai // teNe samai teNai || prastAvi // rAjagraha nAmi // nagarai // hubuM // gustA (Na) sA (zila nAmi // caitya // huMto // varNaNa vana || azokaM vara pradhAna vRkSa huto // etc. Ends.~(text ) fol. 534 evaM khalu jaMbUsamaNeNaM etc., up to bAra usaga nirayAvalA (li) yA suyakkhaMdho samato cha as in No. 255 followed by graMthAgraMtha 1100 iti zrInirayAvaliyA uppAMga samApataM saMvat 1765 varaSe AsomAse zuklapakSe caudasa ravivAsare 'vAMkAnera nagare laH puH RzrImahAvajI tatasISyaka'zrI 5 premajI la. R. vIrajI R / jagA R / vAlajInI prata hai sahI 3 - ( tabba ) fol. 53 ima seSa thAkatAM igiyAra adhyena jAMNavAM // kahevAM sarvaH saMgRheNIneM anuMsArai // addhIka uno // igIyAraniM ima jANavo // nirAva[Na] lino // zrutaskaMddha // samApta // samato enI graMthani // nirAvalIkA // upAMgani // eka zrutaskaMdha | pAMca varga // pAMce davise kahavA udesyo / tIhAM cautho varga / / dasa udeze karI sahIta || pAMcame varge bAra uddesA karyA nirayAvalIno zrayaskaMddho // samApta // graMthAgraMtha // pATha 1100 itI nirayAvalIyA // upAMga samAptaH // Reference.--- See No. 255.

Page #279
254 Jaina Literature and Philosophy 263. nirayAvalikAzrutaskandhapayAya NirayavalikaSrutaskandhaparyaya No. 263 736 (16). 1875-76. Extent.--- fol. 156 to fol. 168. Description.- Complete. For other details see Pancavastukaparyaya ___No. 736 (I). No. 1875-76. Subject.-- Difficult words etc., occurring in Nirayavalikasrutaskandha elucidated. Begins.-fol. IF pAkSikavRttau pakvasaMdhI A(a)mAvAsyA / to kaha nijjuttIe mai iti AvazyakaniyuktiH / etc. nirAvalIzrutaskaMdhaparyAya yathA viharai etc. Ends.-fol. 16 iti puruSA vAgureva mRgabaMdhanamiva sarvato bhavanAt tayA parikSiptAH / vahupaDipunnAI bAyAlIsA iti / paNayAlIsaM pAThAMtaraM / / iti nirA(rayA)valikAzrutaskaMdhaparyAyAH samAptAH / nirayAvalikAzrutaskandhaparyAya Nirayavalikasrutaskandhaparyaya No. 264 789 (16). 1895-1902. Extent.-- fol. 246. Description.- Complete. For other details see Pancavastuka paryaya No._789 ( 1 ). . 1895-1902.. Begins.-fol. 24 pAkSikavRttau pakkhasaMdhI amAvAsyA etc., as in No. 263. Ends.-fol. 24' iti puruSA vAyureva mRgabaMdhana etc. N. B.- For subject see No. 263. nirayAvalikAbAlAvabodha Nirayavalikabalavabodha 160. No. 265 1873-73. Size.- II in. by 6 in. Extent. -3+ID4 folios; I3 lines to a page ; 28 letters to a line.

Page #280
265. VIII-XII. 12 Upangas 255 Description.- Country paper, thick, rough and white; Devanagari characters; bold, very big, quite legible and good handwriting ; borders ruled in two lines in red ink, edges singly; complete ; this Ms. contains an additional fol. numbered as I and containing the colophon; condition very good. Age.- Samvat 1930. Author..- Not mentioned. Subject. - A Gujarati commentary to Nirayavalika. Begins.-fol. I" ahaM / zrIpArzvanAthAya // namo arihaMtANaM / namo siddhANaM / namo AyariyANaM / namo uvajjhAyANaM / namo loe savvasAhUNaM // 1 // atha nirayAvalIsUtra avacUri likha(khya)te / adhyayana samudAya // patra prathama // 1 // saMgrAmAkAra ! patra // 2 // Ayu tehUM jANuM jIpasai / ke nahI jiipi| bhAsajai / ke nahI bhAjai etc. Ends.-fol. 3* nava hAta deha pramANa ityAdi zrIpArzvanAthanu varNaka jANavu // cha / patra 1 // sadA ujha canu ThAma patra // 33 // saamudaa| harSanI bherI / yathAyoga dhane karI // patra // 34 // iti nirayAvalI avacUri sNpuurnnH|| saM0 1675 varSe caitra vadi / 10 // laSitaM / sAhA zrI 5 jIvApaThanArthe / Iti jUni parta maahethii| sN0| 1930 varaSe poza vadi 8 // dine ravIvAreM / laSitaM // zrI thirAda'madhye // zrIsevaka ThAkora / me ArAMmasata mANakacaMda // zrIzru(sa)rakAra sAhibane laSI Apyu chi / e parata / meMtA bhagavAnalAle laSAvI / aMgareca sarakAra vAste // zrIsu(zubhaM bhavatu // zrI / / iti nirayAvalI avacUri samAptaM // zrImeMhaM mAyAdevI nmaM // zrIsarasvatI tubhyaM nmo // zrI // zrI ||e sarve thainaM pAMnAM daze daza laSyAM chai // Begins.- fol. la shriinmH|| 'zrImAlI'varavaMzamauktikasamasphUrjatazriyA(5)laMkRto maMtrI govalanAmataH samabhavat zrI pADalIyA'nvaye / sUnustasya ca pAlhaNAkhyasacivastajjo(s)pi pethAbhidho buddhayA zreNikanaMdanasya sdRshshcaaturydhairyaashritH||1|| prAsAdoddharaNaprakRSTapadavIbiMbapratiSThApaka stasyAsIdva(ddha)ramAtarAkhyatanujastadvallabhA(

Page #281
256 Jaina Literature and Philosophy 2651 satputro(s)sti tayoH sudharmanirataH zrIdharmasiMhAbhidhaH sarvebhyeSu ca sabhyasadguNagaNArAmAbhirAmaH sadA // 2 // sata(ta)zI(cchI )labhUSaNavibhUSitacArudehA sohIrabhUt prathamakA kila tasya kaaNtaa| tasyAH sutaH kamalasiMhavarAbhidhAno vidyAdharo guNanidhistanayastadIryaH(? yH)||3|| pativratAdharmasadAnuraktA bhAryA dvitIyA maraghU prasiddhA // tasyAH sutaH zrInarasiMhanAmA khyAtaH sdaacaarvicaarvijnyH||4|| svabhujopAttavittasya vyayAt zrIkalpapustakaM dharmasihadhanInAmnA / likhApayAdidaM mahat // 5 // 'rAkA'pakSIyagacchI(?cche) pracaraguNayutA jaitracaMdrAbhidhAnAH mUriH zrIpUjyapAdA je(ja)gati vijayate sUrayo bhaavcNdraaH| zrImaccAritracaMdrAbhidhavaraguravazcArucAritrabhAjaH sarve zrIsaMghaloke pravitaratu sukhaM zAsvatAnaMdarUpaM // 6 // teSAM ca paTTe mahimA(ma)prabhATyAH sUrIsva(zva )rAH zrImunicaMdrapAdAH bhAnoH samAH saMprati vidyamAnAH zrI bhImapallIya'gaNe jayaMti // 7 // kAlAdvikramabhUpatoraSuzarapaMcaikake(1555) vatsaraiH(re) vaizASasya gabhastinAmnyanumite ghane site shiitge| zrIkalyAbhidhazAstrapustakAmaha zrImadgurorarpayat ____maMtrIzo bahubhAktipUritamanAH zrIdharmasiMhaH kRtI // 8 // jIyAzciraM mahAzAstrapustakaM sAdhusAdhubhiH vAcyamAnaM sabhAmadhye sudhiyAM harSakArakaM // 9 // zrImatzrImunicaMdrasUrisuguroH prauDhaprasAdAt kSitA vadhUMkukSisamudbhavo naramANaH zrIdharmasiMhaH kRtii| ibhyaH sabhye (bhya)tamaH kalatratanayaiH sAkaM ciraM jIvatAt sphUjatasvIyapavitragotrazirasi svAca( ? )taM stopama // 10 // iti prazasti // iti laSitaM zrIsevakazrImpArAMmastuttamANakacaMda zrI tharAda'madhe(dhye ) vAstavyaM //

Page #282
266. I. 10 Prakirnakas III. PRAKIRNAKAS (A) 10 PRAKIRNAKAS THE FIRST PRAKIRNAKA catuHzaraNa ( causaraNa ) No. 266 Extent. -- fol. 234 to fol. 254. Description. Complete. For other details see Bhaktamarastotra 316 (a ). A.1882-83. 257 No. Age. - Not modern. Author. --- Virabhadra. Subject. This work also known as Kusalanubandhi 'adhyayana (Kusalanubandhi ajjhayana ) deals with four saranas in 65 verses in Prakrit, the portion preceding the 1st verse being in prose. The other name is probably due to the 9th verse. See fol. 23a. Catuhsarana ( Causarana ) 316 (1). A. 1882-83. Begins. fol. 23 cattAri maMgalaM arihaMtA maMgalaM siddhA maMgalaM / sAhU maMgalaM / kevalipaNa (NNatto dhammo maMgalaM // 1 / cattAri logottamA / arihaMtA logottamA / siddhA logottamA / sAhU logottamA / kevalipaNa (NNatto dhammo logottamo // 2 // cattAri saraNaM pavajjAmi arihaMte saraNaM pavva (ba) jjAmi // siddhe saraNaM (a) jjAmi sAhU saraNaM pavva (va) jjAmi kevalipaNa (Na) tto dhammo sara ( NaM) pavva ( ba ) jjAmi // 3 // Ends.fol. 25deg itha jIvapamAyahArivIra bhaddaMtameyamajjhayaNaM / jhAesa tisaMjhama jhakAraNaM nivva(bu) isuhANaM // sAvajjajogaviraI ukkittaNa guNavao ya paDivattI khaliyassa naM ( niM) daNA vaNavi (ti) gaccha guNadhAraNA ceva // 4 etc. - fol. 234 amariMda[kuMbhaM ] nariMdamuNiMdavaMdiyaM vaMdiuM mahAvIraM / kusalANubaMdhibaMdhuramajjhayaNaM vittayassAmi // 12 // kusalANrabaMdhijjhayaNaM sammattaM // 66 // iti causaraNaM sammataM // // Reference. This work was published in A. D. 1886 by Rai Dha napatisinh Bahadur along with the following nine prakirnakas: 33 - [J. L. P. 1

Page #283
258 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [.267. (1) Tandulavaicarika, ( 2 ) Devendrastava, ( 3 ) Ganividya, (4) Samstaraka, (5) Aturapratyakhyana, (6) Bhaktaparijna, ( 7 ) Candravedhyaka, ( 8 ) Mahapratyakhyana and (9) Maranavibhakti. The last is also known as Maranasamadhi. Agamodaya Samiti, too, has published this work along with chaya, in its series as No. 46. Herein are included the following nine prakirnakas: ( 1 ) Aturapratyakhyana, ( 2 ) Mahapratyakhyana, (3) Bhaktaparijna, ( 4 ) Tandulavaicarika, ( 5 ) Samstaraka, (6) Gacchacara, ( 7 ) Ganividya, ( 8 ) Devendrastava and (9) Maranasamadhi. Thus, in this list we find Gacchacara in place of Candravedhyaka. The text together with avacuri was published in D. L. J. P. F. series as No. 59 in A. D. 1922. For contents etc. see Weber. II, Nos. 1861-1864, p. 608 and Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, p. 108. For additional Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 389. For the opening lines beginning with it and ending with TFAT FIT(0) 982HTA see Bhakta parijna No. 298. There is another work having Catuhsarana for its title; but, as it does not seem to have any other point in common with this work, it is not being included under this group of prakirnakas, but is incorporated under miscellanea." catuHzaraNa Catuhsarana 1280 (c). No. 267 1891-95. Extent.-- fol. 45 to fol. 5b. Description. -- Complete. The number of verses is mentioned as 63, though it is numbered as 4th. For other details see Brhadaticara No. 13 rica No 1280 (a). NO. 1891-95. Begins.-- fol. 45 ali ACS etc., as in No. 266. Ends.-- fol. 56 g Faqaty etc. up to ugl as in No. 266 followed by 11 gra Fasiga TUI F*HT 11 EG 11 N. B.-- For other details see:No. 266.

Page #284
1. 10 Prakirnakas 359 catu:zaraNa Catuhsarana No. 268 386 (8). 1879-80. Size.- 98 in. by 4g in. Extent.- 132 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 46 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and white; Devanagari characters with frequent TETETTS; sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink ; foll. numbered in both the margins; yellow pigment used; fol. I decorated with a design in various colours%3; similar is the case with fol. 132b3; foll. 62 to 112 more or less worm-eaten ; edges of the last two foll. slightly worn out; condition on the whole tolerably good ; this work ends on fol. 30; 63 verses; complete ; this Ms.: contains in addition the following 14 prakirnakas :AturapratyAkhyAna foll. bhaktaparijJA saMstAraka tandulavaicArika 17, 30 (5) candravedhyaka 30*, 360 devendrastava 36deg ,, 474 (8) gaNividyA 47 , 500 (9) mahApratyAkhyAna 50, 54 (10) vIrastava 54 ,, 564 (II) ajIvakalpa (12) gacchAcAra (13) maraNasamAdhi 624,88 (14) tIrthodgAlika 88deg ,, I320 The total extent of this Ms. is 1565 slokas, the number of gathas being 1233. See No. 386 (n ). 1879-80. Age.-- Samvat 1671. Begins.---fol. 1 sAvajjajogaviraI etc. Ends.- fol. 3' iya jIva etc., up to suhANaM as in No. 266 followed by 63 causaraNaM sammattaM cha / N. B. - For additional details see No. 266. . 5ba

Page #285
260 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [269. catu:zaraNa Catuhsarana No. 269 141 (8). 1872-73.. Size.- II in. by 4] in. Extent.-- 96-1 =95 folios ; 13 lines to a page; so letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin, and greyish ; Devanagari charac. ters with occasional gears; sufficiently big, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; this Ms. seems to be ex. posed to fire ; fol. ra blank; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; marginal notes here and there%3; fol. 67th missing ; otherwise complete ; some foll. worm-eaten ; condition not satisfactory; this Ms. contains the following 14 additional works :(I) AturapratyAkhyAna foll. 3deg to 5 (2) bhaktaparijJA (3) saMstAraka vIrastava gacchAcAra ajIvakalpa (7) candravedhyaka (8) devendrastava 27 , 35 gaNividyA 35*, 37 (10) mahApratyAkhyAna _37deg ,, 40 (II) tandulavaicArika (12) maraNavidhi (13) ArAdhanApatAkA 8 ,926 (14) sArAvalI 92b ,, 95 Age.- Old. Begins.-fol. I' OM namaH zrIjinAgamAya // sAvajjajogaviraI etc. Ends.---fol. 34 ia jIva etc., up to nivuisahANaM as in No. 266. This is followed by the line as under : iti bRhazcatuHzaraNaprakIrNakaM ||ch // 1 // N. B. --For further particulars see No. 266. 1 TIM 27 400 490 666 I There is a work named vRddhacatuHzaraNa noted in Jaina Granthavali; but it seems to be different from this.

Page #286
270. 1. 10 Prakirnakas 261 catuHzaraNa Catuhsarana No. 270 1358 (a). 1891-95 Size.-- 104 in. by 4.3 in. Extent. --- 50 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description. ---- Country paper, thin, rough and greyish ; Deva nagari characters with occasional TASTIS; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only ; unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour, in the centre only ; the numbered, in the margins, too; a piece of paper of the size of a fol. pasted to fol. 1a; this Ms. contains the names of the ten prakinakas etc.; complete ; a portion of fol. 13b worn out; bits of paper pasted to foll. So, 246 and 25*; edges of the last few foll. damaged ; condition toterably good ; 63 verses; complete ; this Ms. contains the following 10 additional works :(1) 3TTTTTTTEUTAT foll. (2) AFATTA 6a, 10 (3) TETT (4) tandulavaicArika Isb je 266 (5) candravedhyaka devendrastava 32* >>, 416 (7) HETTEUTETTA 415.45b (8) Trofei (9) STATE (10) fita 49 >> Sob Age.- Fairly old. Begins.- fol. 1b BX FAET stafarar li FTESHITETE I etc., Ends.-fol. 3" 30 HITTAIT etc., up to faca(a)tuara 1 I followed by Frgroaiatzago FiR. N. B. - For additional details see No. 266. 3 TO 64 26b22a >> 481

Page #287
262 catuHzaraNa No. 271 Extent. fol. 4a to fol. 6a. Description.- Complete. For other details see Jivavicara No.: Begins. fo. 4 zait and aftar etc. sAvajjajogaviraI' etc. Ends.fol. 6a gq faq N. B. For further particulars see No, 266, catuHzaraNa No. 272 Jaina Literature and Philosophy catuHzaraNa No. 273 etc., up to as in No. 266. Catuhsarana 1262 (c). 1891-95. Extent. foi. 12 to fol. 13". Description.- Complete. For other details see Maranavidhi No.. [ 273 $79 (a). 1895-98. Begins. fol. 12a grasasimars etc. Ends.fol. 138 etc., up to gr as in No. 266 followed by || 63 kusalANubaMdhajjhayaNaM sammattaM // cha // N. B. For other details see No. 266. No. 317. Age. Samvat 1491. Begins. fol. 7a safar etc.. 1 This verse is here numbered as the 4th as in No. 266. 1262(a). 1891-95. Catuhsarana 579 ( d ). 1895-98. Extent. fol. 7deg to fol. 8. Description. Complete. For additional particulars see Samstaraka Catuhsarana 1168 (d). 1887-91.

Page #288
275.] I. 10 Prakirnakas 263 Ends.---fol. 8 iya jIvapamAya etc., up to suhaannN||63 kusalANubAMdhajjhayaNaM samataM followed by maMgalamastuH // cha / saM0 1491 varSe phAyaNavadi 7 it farad 11 TTESI etc., ATTC AESTI fa paaft: 1171 TH TITTUT: 113 N. B. - For other particulars see No. 266. catuHzaraNa Catuhsarana No. 274 613 (j). 1884-86. Extent.-- fol. 45a to fol. 47a. Description. -- Complete. For other details see Paksikasutra 613 ( a ). NO. 1884-86. Begins.--fol. 452 HTATHFITTE etc. Ends.fol. 478 g FETTATO etc., up to EU as in No. 266 followed by the line as below: 3 SERUT FATA: 1! y 11 N. B.- For other details see No. 266. catuHzaraNa Catuhsarana avacUrisahita with avacuri 645 (a). No. 275 1884-86. Size.- 10j in. by 44 in. Extent.-- 8 folios ; 26 lines to a page ; 56 to 74 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper, very thin, rough and greyish; Deva nagari characters; this is a pagrei Ms. containing the text and the commentary, the latter in a very small hand; legible and tolerably good hand-writing ; bordets ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk and white pigment used; the ist fol. slightly torn; each fol. worm-eaten to some extent; a strip of white paper pasted to fol. 8a; condition on the whole good; both the text and the commentary complete ; this Ms. contains the following 3 additional works:

Page #289
264 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [276. (I) AturapratyAkhyAna with avacUri foll 2 to 30 (2) bhaktaparijJA (3) saMstAraka " , , 6, 85 Age.- Sarmvat I484. See No. 319. . Subject. -- The text along with a small commentary in Sanskrit. Begins.---( text ) fol. I* namo jinedrAya // sAvajjajogavirai(I) etc., as in No. 266. -( com.) fol. I sAmAyika ( letters scratched out) utkIrtanA 24 jinastavena 2 jJAnAdi guNavatpratipattiH 3 khali. prati 4 kha (va)Na kAyotsargaH 5 guNA viratyAdayaH 6 iti SaDAvazyakasUcA // 1 ihaiva jinazAsane sa nAnyatra 2 caturvizi(za)terAtmanAM jIvAnAM jinasaMbaMdhinAM stavaH kriyate / yatra caturvizatyAtma(ka)stavena / AdizabdAd darzanacAritrAcaraNagrahAH / tatsaMpannajJAnAdiguNayuktabhaktikaraNAt / jJAnavAnapi darzanacAritraguNayukta eva vaMdanakapratipattiyogyaH // vidhinA 32 doSa 25 (A)vazyakazuddhiH kriyate teSAM jJAnAcArAdinA tuH punararthe 4 etc. Ends.-( text ) fol. 24 ia jIvapamAyamahAri etc., as in No. 266. -( com.) fol. 20 he jIvAtman vIraM subhaTakalpaM / bhadraM yasmAt / bhadrAMta mokSaprApakaM / etat 'dhyayanaM / jIa iti pATho jitapramAdamahArivIrabhadra syedaM tadeva / uktaH sAdho lakSaNamadhyayanamatiH (?) 63 chaH zrIH cha / Reference. -- See No. 266. catuHzaraNa avacUrisAhata Catuhsarana with avacuri No. 276 260. A.1882-83. Size. 101 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- (text) 8 folios ; 22 lines to a page ; 55 letters to a line. , - (com.),, , , , , , , 62. , " " "

Page #290
277.] 1. 10 Prakirnakas 265 Description.--- Country paper rough and white; Devanagari charac ters; this is a fearec Ms., the text written in a bigger hand as compared with the commentary ; legible and very good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. numbered in right hand margin only ; both the text and the commentary complete; condition very good; the commentary seems to be almost the same as in No. 278. Author.- Gunaratna Suri. Age. - Samvat 1645. Begins.-(text) fol. 1a FA: 1 FTFUTT etc. >> --(com.), ,, EGAETTA TTATE etc. Ends.-(text) fol. 86 gu Gratari etc., up to TETU 118 11 as in No. 272 followed by ta ad:TOTroianni and etc. >>, - com. ) fol. 86 gruggr etc., up to strurf: as in No. 278. followed by the lines as under:--- Ell gra agiztagalureitsarit: 1 FIAT STIE 11 aa1645 // varSe bhAdrapadamAse zuklapakSe navamyAM tithau ravivAre. Then in a different hand we have I Etati Reference. - See No. 266. catuHzaraNa Catuhsarana avacUrNisahita with avacurni 720. No. 277 1899-1915. Size. -- 101 in. by 44 in. Extent.- (text) s folios; 7 lines to a page; 36 letters to a line. ,, - (com.) s folios; 15 lines to a page ; 104 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper very thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with guaraTS ; bold, legible and elegant handwriting ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; it is a 9a9et Ms. containing both the text and its commentary, 34 IJ. L. P.]

Page #291
266 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ 278. the latter written in a very small hand; both complete; condition very good, though the edges of all the foll. slight ly damaged. Age.- Fairly old. Subject. - The text along with a small commentary' in Sanskrit. Begins.- ( text) fol. I sAvajjajogaviraI 1 kittaNa 2 etc. ,, -( com.) fol. I idamadhyayana paramapadaprAptibIjarUpatvAt zreyobhUtamatasta dAraMbhe graMthakRnmaMgalarUpasAmAyikAdyAvazyakArthakathana? sarvabhAvamaMgalaka(kA) raNadravyamaMgalabhUtagajAdi14 etc. Ends.- (text) fol. sb ia jIvapamAya etc., up to nivvuisuhANaM as in No. 266 followed by the lines as below :___iti catuHzaraNaprakIrNakaM // likhitaM gacchAdhirAjazrImunisuMdara sUriziSyeNa // , -( com. ) fol. Fb pratyekabuddhA api tAvaMta eva prakIrNakAnyapi tAvati bhavaM tIti gAthArthaH // 63 // iti catuHzaraNaprakIrNakAvacUrNiH // zreya stAt // shriiH|| Reference. - See No. 266. catuHzaraNa Catuhsarana avacUrNisahita with avacurni 188. No. 278 1871-72. Size.---98 in. by 48 in. Extent.-- (text) 11 folios ; 18 lines to a page ; 44 letters to a line. ,, -- (com.),, ,, , ,, ,, ,,53 , , , Description.- Country paper rough and greyish; Devanagari characters with pRSTamAtrAs; this is a tripATI Ms. the text written in a slightly bigger hand; borders ruled in three lines in black ink ; red chalk used ; yellow pigment, too; condition very good; both the text and the commen tary complete. 1. This small commentary seems to be the same as one given in the printed edition (D. L. J. P. F. Series, No. 59).

Page #292
279.] I. I0 Prakirnakas 267 Age.- Samvat 1686. Subject. The text along with a small commentary agreeing in __main points with No. 277. Begins.-(text) fol. I sAvajjajogaviraI etc. --(com.),, ,, idamadhyayanaM paramapadaprAptibIjabhUtatvAt zreyobhUtaM atastadAraMbhe graMthakRnmaMgalarUpasAmAyikAdyAvazyakArthakathana1bhAvamaMgalakAraNadravyamaMgala bhUtagajAdi14svapnoccAravyAjasarvatIrthadguNasmaraNa2 etc. Ends.- (text) fol. II ia jIvapamAya etc., up to suhAj as in No. 272 followed by a line as under:--- iti zrIcatu( :)zaraNaprakIrNakasUtraM saMpUrNa / / ,, -(com.) fol. I' pratyekabuddhA api tAvaMta eva prakIrNakAnyapi tAti bhavaM tIti jJApitaM bhavatIti gAthArthaH 63 iti zrIcatuHzaraNaprakIrNakAvacUrNiNa(H) saMpUrNA likhitA saMvat 1686 varSe vaizASavadi 12 dine prathama prahare 'mIryA' pure muniharilikhitaM // cha / Reference.- See No. 266. catuHzaraNa Catuhsarana TippaNakasahita with tippanaka 247 (8). No. 279 1871-72. Size.- IIT in. by + in. Extent.-- 7 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 70 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and greyish ; Devanagari characters with TEATS; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines in black ink; red chalk used; marginal notes added at times%3; foll. do not appear to have been numbered; the text and notes com. plete; every fol. more or less worm-eaten; condition very fair ; this Ms. contains the following 3 additional works :(I) AturapratyAkhyAna foll. 2o to 3a (2) bhaktaparijJA 3. ,, 6 (3) saMstAraka __, 6, 70 Age.- Samvat 1468. See No. 310.

Page #293
268 " Begins.--(text) fol. 12 sAvajjanogAvaraI etc. "" --(com.),, " kuzalasya puNyAnubaMdhipuNyasya anubaMdho niraMtaratA ete. Ends.--- (text) fol 28 iya jItra etc., up to sammattaM as in No. 266. --(com.) fol. 24 samyama manovAkkAyaiH kriyamANaM svargApavargAya / kuzalena puNyAnubaMdhipuNyena jIvaM anubadhnAti yojayati ata eva kuzalAnubaMdhi tacca tadadhyayanaM ca kuzalAnubaMdhyadhyayanaM / Reference. -- See No. 266. catuHzaraNa TabbAsahita Jaina Literature and Philosophy "" No. 280 Size.-- ro in. by 4g in. Extent.~~~ ( text ) 9 folios; 15 lines to a page; 34 letters to a line. -- ( tabba ),,,, ;" 23 33 32 ,, ;45 Description.- Country paper rough and grey; Devanagari characters with gears; hand-writing of the text very big; legible and very fair hand-writing on the whole; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; foll. 1a and ob blank; condition very good; both the text and the interlinear tabba complete. Age. - Samvat 1688. Subject. "" --(com.),, " The text along with an explanation in Gujarati. Begins.--(text) fol. 1 zrIgurubhyo namaH / sAvajjajogaviraI etc sthavirazrIjIvaNajIgurubhyo namaH | sAva sAvadya jogane varajai te sAmAyika kahis etc. rw " [ 280. Catuhsarana with tabba 1147. 1887-9. [[" " Ends.~(text) fol. 9 iya jIva etc., up to suhANaM ( NaM) as in Nc. 266 followed by a line as below: iti causaraNapainnaM sammattaM // etc. - ( com.) fol. 9 nivRttinuM kAraNa / su0 mokSanuM kAraNa // 63 // iti zrIcausaraNapainuM TavA savistAra saMpUrNaH / laSataM RSi zrI // rAmajAjI tatsasya (cchiSya) muni vIrajInA leSataM / etc. saMvat 1688 varSe azvamAse

Page #294
I. 10 Prakirnakas arrest tathau 4 zanIvAsare 'sIhori' madhye | kalyANaM / Reference. -- See No. 266. 281. catuHzaraNa corsahita No. 281 33 Extent. fol. 3a to fol. 7. Description. Both the text and the tabba incomplete, since they commence abruptly. For other details see Sthaviravali 713 (a). No. 1899-1915. Age. - Sarvat 1703. Subject. The text together with its explanation in Gujarati, Begins. - (text) fol. 3 & " (savvAja) pANamahiMsA arihaMtA saccavayaNamarihaMtA / bhava (sva) marihaMtA / arihaMtA hutu me saraNaM // 17 // etc. - ( com.) fol. 3" pratipAlatA hiMsA aNakaratA valI satya vacana bolatAM chai zrIjinavareMdra anai brahmacarya samagra pratipAlatA chai etc. Ends.~~(text) fol. 7th iya jIvapamAya etc. up to sammattaM as in No. 266 followed by saMvat 1703 varSe phAguNazudi 4 zanidine / zrI 'aNaha(hi)lapura ' pattane / likhitaM // zrIH // --(com.) fol. 7* e adhyayana subhaTa chai / e dhyAyAthI bhadra kalyANa hui ratorsaar siSya AmaMtraNa he vIra he bhadra jovataya (vya) nA aMta lagai e adhyayana dhyAbUM nizvai / dhyAtAM trikAla triNya saMdhyAI avaMdhya phala sahita chai / Reference. - See No. 266. 269 catuHzaraNa TabbAsahita No. 282 Size-- rok in. by 4g in Catuhsarana with tabba 713 (b). 1899-1915. Catuhsarana with tabba 428. 1882-83.

Page #295
Jaina Literature and Philospohy [ 283. Extent.--- ( text ) 9 folios ; 4 lines to a page ; 30 letters to a line. ; 48 (tabba ) ,, ; 14 Country paper thin and grey; Devanagari characters; bold, clear and fair hand-writing; borders ruled in two to three lines in red ink; edges of foll. 4 to 7 somewhat damaged ; condition tolerably good ; this Ms. contains both the text and its tabba; both complete; fol. 9b blank. 270 www Description. Age.- Sarvat 1759. "" "" 35 Subject. Begins. - (text) fol. 14 sAvajjajoga etc., -(com.),,,, " " " The text with its explanation in Gujarati. " w dw rw mahAvIraM ja (ji) naM natvA zivajAkhyaM tu ( ga ? )cchapaM catuHzaraNazabdArtha saMpa (ya)taH karomyahAM (haM) // 1 // catuHzaraNanu paDivajabuM etc. Ends. -- (text) fol. 9 ia jIvapamAya etc., up to nihANaM 63 as in No. 277 followed by iti cosaraNa samAptaM / saMpUrNa / saMvata 1759 varSe || paM0 | narasaMghAliSataM zrI 'vikAtera nagare phAguNa va. 11. -- ( com.) fol. 94 kAraNa cha pa ( ? ) adhya phala chai vale kahevA cha yata ityarthaH 63 iti zrIcosaNasUtraM samAptaM vAcanAcAryyazrI jairatannagANajI ziSyavAcanA cAhe pramodagaNiziSyavAcanAcArya raMgavimalagaNiziSyapAMDeta nara saMghaliSataM / bhrAtRpaMDitalAlajIsahitAn 11. saMvat 1759 varSe matI phAguNa - sudi 1 dine sasvatravAre zrI ' vikAnera 'naga (ra) madhye lipataM / Reference. -- See No. 266. catuHzaraNAvacUri No. 283 Size-- 104 in. by 4g in. Extent.--- 9 folios; 21 lines to a page 72 to 74 letters to a line. Description. Country paper very thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with gears; bold, clear, small and very good Catuhsaranavacuri 261 (a). A. 1882-83.

Page #296
284 1 Age.- Old. Author. I. 10 Prakirnakas 271 hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; the Ist fol. lacking; so incomplete; the Ms. starts with the explanation of the 14th gatha of and goes up to the end; this Ms. contains over and above this the following 3 works: ( 1 ) AturapratyAkhyAnavivaraNa ( 2 ) bhaktaparijJAvacUri (3) saMstArakaprakIrNakAvacUrNi catuHzaraNaviSamapada vivaraNa No. 284 Size. foll. -- wr Probably Gunaratna Suri. See No. 321. Subject. A small commentary in Sanskrit elucidating Catuhsarana. Begins.-- fol. 24 ghA tapazvaraNaM duzvaramanucarataH / kevalazrI ( zriyaM) vA (s) rhataH prApnuvaMto ye te zaraNaM etc. dr Ends.fol. 4' keSAM nirvRtirmokSa iti tasyAH nirvRtte (teH) sukhAni teSAmityarthaH // 63 samAptA catuHzaraNAvacUriH 4b to 74 72,, 8b Reference. This seems to be the same as one published with the text together with Tandulavaicarika, in the D. L. J. P. F. Series, No. 59. For contents etc. see Weber II, p. 608 and Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, p. 108. 8b "" Iob 101 in. by 44 in. Extent. 13 folios; 19 lines to a page; 62 letters to a line. Description. Country paper very thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with gears; bold, small, legible and tolerably good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; Catuh saranavisamapada vivarana 1364 (a). 1891-95.

Page #297
272 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ 284. red chalk used; complete; this work is styled as Catuhsaranavacari, too. This Ms. contains the following additional works: (I) AturapratyAkhyAnavivaraNa foll. So to gh (2) bhaktaparijJA'varNi 1b ,, II (3) saMstArakAvacUri ___, II,, 13 Age.- Pretty old. Subject.--- Explanation of difficult words, phrases, etc., occurring in Catuhsarana. Begins.-fol. I" arha catuHzaraNaviSamapadavivaraNaM sAva saha avadyena pApena vartata iti sAvadyAH yujja(jyota iti yogaH etc. Ends.-fol. 5 keSAM nivRtti(tiH) mokSa iti tasyAH nivRtte(teH) sukhAni tatsukhAni 2 teSAmityarthaH // 66 // ctuHshrnnaavcuuriH||

Page #298
285.1 AturapratyAkhyAna ( AurapaccakkhANa ) No. 285 II. 10 Prakirnakas Extent. fol. 3b to fol. 6. Description. Complete; 84 verses in all. No. 270. Author.- Virabhadra Suri. See No. 291. THE SECOND PRAKIRNAKA 1. See No. 287. 35 [J. L. P. J 273 Aturapratyakhyana (Aurapaccakkhana) 1358 (b). 1891-95. Subject. This is one of the ten important prakirnakas mostly composed in verses in Prakrit. After the 10th verse, there is a Prakrit passage in prose which is followed by verses as before. This prakirnaka which is also styled as Brhadaturapratyakhyana' deals with various types of death, and indicates the stages arrived at by these types, pointing out means leading to them. For further details see etc. Begins. fol. 3 Ends.fol. 6(c) dhIro jaramaraNaviU etc., up to sannaduriyANaM // 84 // Aurapaca (ca) kkhANaM sammattaM // cha // Reference. Published by Rai Dhanapatisinh Bahadur in A. D. 1866 at Calcutta, along with nine other Prakirnakas, this work forming the 6th number in the lot of ten. See No. 266. It is also published with chaya by the Agamodaya Samiti,in its series as No. 46. For contents etc., see Weber II, p. 612 and Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, p. 110. For an additional Ms. see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 382. There is another work of this name, but as it seems to have only one verse in common with the present work, it is not incorporated here; it is however mentioned under "supernumery prakirnakas", since it is styled as prakirnaka in one of the Mss.

Page #299
274 Jaina Literature and Philosophy ( 286. AturapratyAkhyAna Aturapratyakhyana No. 286 386 (b). 1879-80. Extent. - fol. 36 to fol. 66. Description. - Complete ; 67 verses in all. For further details see No. 268. Begins.- fol. 3h app e araTsit etc., as in No. 293. Ends.--fol. 66 bit HTATUT etc., as in No. 293 followed by AturapaccakkhANaM sammattaM // cha // 2 N. B. - For other particulars see No. 285, AturapratyAkhyAna Aturapratyakhyana No. 287 141 (b). 1872-73. Extent.--- fol. 3a to fol. 56. Description.- Complete ; 67 verses. For other details see No. 269. Age.- Old. Begins.---fol. 3a Q a farir etc. Ends.-fol. 56 evtcr etc., up to my as in No. 293 followed by a STTU 11 EU a ITTTTOTEJTATeritoriul y11211 N. B.- For further particulars see No. 285. AturapratyAkhyAna Aturapratyakhyana 247 (b). No. 288 1871-72. Extent.-- fol. 2a to fol. 3a. Description.- Complete. For other details see No. 279. Begins.--fol. 2a A T FFAFET etc., as in No. 293. Ends.-fol. 3" STT STATO5, utit etc., up to HET as in No. 293 followed by groOT !! Il C8 (?) 3713TTOTETUT I N. B.- For additional particulars see No. 285.

Page #300
289. II. 1o Prakirnakas 275 AturapratyAkhyAna Aturapratyakhyana No. 289 1168 (c). 1887-91.. Extent.-- fol. 64 to fol. 74. Description.-- Complete ; 84 verses. For further details see Samsta raka No. 317. Begins.-fol. 64 RECH TSh etc. Ends.--fol. 7a utir FTATO etc. pageTri 11 68 11 371314aTATO FRID N. B.- For additional particulars see No. 285. AturapratyAkhyAna Aturapratyakhyana No. 290 579(e). 1895-98. Extent. -- fol. 13* to fol. 14* Description.- 84 verses in all; complete. For other details see Maranavidhi No. 579(a): Begins.--fol. 134 # Chatzi etc., practically as in No. 293. Ends.-fol. 14* VICT STATUT etc., practically up to Haagaard 1 CY as in No. 293 followed by 3713T9TEENIU FARA II g 11 N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 285. 124. AturapratyAkhyAna Aturapratyakhyana vivaraNasahita with vivarana No. 291 1873-74. Size.- 9. in. by 4; in. Extent.--27 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 42 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thick and greyish ; Devanagari charac ters; sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink; yellow pigment used; numbers of the first and the last foll.

Page #301
276 jaina Literature and Philosophy [291. entered twice, the rest numbered only once ; this Ms. contains both the text and its commentary; fol. I blank 3 condition excellent; both complete ; extent 850 slokas. Age.-- Not modern. Author of the com.-- Bha(:? u)vanatunga Suri, pupil of Mahendra Suri, pupil of Dharmaghosa Suri, successor of Jayasimha Suri, successor of Aryaraksita Suri. See No. 318. Subject.-- The text along with its explanation in Sanskrit. Begins.- (text) fol. I' desikkadesavirao etc. , -(com.) ,, ,, zrIsarvajJAya namaH // arha // natvA vIrajinaM vakSye mugdho(s)pi svagurormukhAt / AturapratyAkhyAnasya kiyatpadavivaraNaM // 1 nanu zAstrAdau sarvatreSTadevatAnamaskAro dRzyate etc. Ends.-(text) fol. 26 dhIro jaramaraNa etc., up to savvaduriyANaM as in No. 289 followed by // 84 // --(com.) fol. 27" asminpAThe zAstrakArAbhidhAnamapi guptamuktaM bhavati / yato'syApi prakIrNakasya vIrabhadraH kartA zrUyate / bhaktaparijJAyAmatidezakaraNAt sA tu tena kRteti vyatikrame vA'stItyato jJAyate'syApi sa eSa karteti // 84 // samAptamAturapratyAkhyAnavivaraNaM // cha / vivaraNametad bruvatA yadi viparItaM mayA kimapyuktaM / tanmayi kRtAnukaMpairviciMtya zodhyaM sadA vibudhaiH||1|| sArvajJazAsanalavasya zrIdharmaghoSasagurorjayati prasAdaH cha / prathitamatirAryarakSitasUri vidhi'pakSadezakaH pUrva / zamanidhirabhUdamuSmAcTrIjayAsiMhamUriguruH // 1 // tatpaTTodayagirivarabhAnuH shriidhrmghosssuuriishH| tasmAnmaheMdrasUrirIkRtakumatamativAdaH // 2 // zrIbha( ? bhu)vanatuMgasUristasmAtsvasyopakRtikRte cakre / vivaraNamAtramihAturapratyAkhyAnaprakIrNasya // 3 // mithyA yadatra bhaNitaM mayakA matimAMdyato mahArtheSu / tanmayi kRtAnukaMpaiH zodhyaM vibudhaurvizeSeNa // 4 // samAptA(55)turapratyAkhyAnavivaraNaprazastiH // graMthamAnaM 850 // zrIH / / Reference.- See No. 285. .

Page #302
292.| II. I0 Prakirnakas 277 AturapratyAkhyAna Aturapratyakhyana avacUrisahita with avacuri : No. 292 645 (b). 1884-86. Extent.- fol. 24 to fol. 3b. Description.-- Both the text and the commentary complete. After the portion in prose following the oth verse is completed, verses are not numbered in continuation but as I, 2 etc. For other details see No. 275. Author of the com.-- Bhuvanatunga Suri, pupil of Mahendra Suri, pupil of Dharmaghosa Suri. Subject.-- The text together with a small commentary in Sanskrit ___as its explanation. Begins.-(text) fol. I desikadesavirao etc., as in No. 293. -(com.) fol. I" dezasya trasakAyassa ekadezaH / saMkalpajanittirUpaH / so(5)pi sAparAdhaniraparAdhatvena dvidhA / samyagdRSTiH aviparItamatiH 1 sarvato 12 vratabhedataH / dezataH ekavratapAlanataH / dezayatizrAddhaH 2 viratirUpANi 3jaM ca savvavaesu jayamANA ThaviA te puNa divasao osArei / AvazyakacUNau~ / savvavayANaM karijja saMkhevaM / tanmatamAzritya sarvavrataguNakArakatvA ddezAvakAzakasyApi guNavatatvaM 4 etc. Ends.-(rext) fol. 3b dhIro jaramaraNa etc., up to sabva as in No. 293 followed by duriyANaM / / 58 // AurapaJcakakhANaM // cha / ,, -(com.) fol. 3b dhiyA rAjate zobhate dhIrastIrthakat // dhiyaM rAti vijJAnaM vizeSAvabodharUpaM jJAna sAmAnya 'tha vIra iti pAThaH evaM zAstrakannAmApi 68 zrIdharmaghoSasUriziSyamaheMdrasUritacchiSyabhuvanatuMgasUreH kRtiriyam // cha / Reference.-- See No. 285. AturapratyAkhyAna Aturapratyakhana avacUrNisahita with avacurni 622. No. 293 1892-95. Size.-- 10 in. by 48 in. Extent..-- ( text)4 folios ; To lines to a page ; 38 letters to a line. , -- (com.) , ,,20 " " " "; 98 " " " "

Page #303
278 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ 293. Description. Country paper very thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with occasional gears; clear and good handwriting; this Ms. contains both the text and the com mentary; lines of the commentary indiscernible at times; this is a qaret Ms. as usual; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk used; edges of the foll. somewhat worn out ; condition good; hand - writing of the commentary very small; 81 verses; complete; at the end of the commentary called avacuri and avacurni as well, it is stated that the author is Virabhadra, pupil of Mahendrasuri, pupil of Dharmaghosa Suri; but it seems that through oversight Virabhadra is mentioned for Bhuvanatunga. Age.-- Fairly old. Author of avacurni. - Virabhadra ( ? Bhuvanatunga ) Suri. Subject. Begins.--(text) fol. 1 desikkadesavirao sammahihI marijja jo jIvo / taM hoi bAlapaMDiamaraNaM jiNasAsaNe bhaNiyaM / / 1 / / etc. -( com. ) fol. ra athAturapratyAkhyAnAvacUrirlikhyate / iha sarveSAM jIvAnAM navahastakuMtasyAgrasyeva sakalAyuSoM'tyAvasthArAdhanasyaiva sAra - tvAt / etc. "" The text together with a small commentary in Sanskrit explaining it. Ends.---(text) fol. 4b dhAro jaramaraNaviU dhIro vinnANanANasaMpanno / loga (ga) rajjoagaro disau khayaM savvadukkhANaM // 81 // ityAturapratyAkhyAnaM paripUrNa || zubhaM bhavatu wr -(com.) fol. 4b idaM vizeSyapadaM / vizeSAni vizeSaNAni tathaiva / asmin pAThe zAstrakArAbhidhAnamapi guptaM jJAtatryaM yato'syApi prakIrNakasya vIrabhadra eva sAdhuH karttA zrUyate bhaktaparijJAyA tatkRtAyA atrAdhyayane'tidezakara - NAdapi jJAyate asyApi sa eva karttati // 84 // iti dharmaghoSasUriziSya zrI maheMdrasUriziSya zrIvaribhadrasUriviracitA(SS) turapratyAkhyAnAvacUrNi (:) samAptA vaizAkha vadi paMcamyAM bhUlArke'lekhi samaya ratnagaNinA madhye 'surakulapATakaM' // zubhaM bhavatu // Reference. -- See No. 285.

Page #304
294.] II. IO Prakirnakas 279 AturapratyAkhyAna Aturapratyakhyana TabbAsahita with tabba No. 294 125. 1873-74. Size. -- 101 in. by 48 in. Extent.-- (text) 9 folios ; 4 to 9 lines to a page ; 30 letters to a line. ,, -(rabba),, , , 18 , , , , ; 32 , , , , Description.- Country paper rough and greyish; Devanagari characters with pRSTamAtrAs; this Ms. contains both the text and its tabba, the former written in a bigger hand; this is a pazcapATI Ms.; hand-writing legible and fair; borders ruled sometimes in four lines and sometimes in three and edges mostly in one, in red ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used ; fol. Ia blank; so is the fol. 9"; edges of the first and the last foll. slightly worn out ; condition good ; complete, Age.- Samvat I648. Subject. - The text together with an explanation in Gujarati. Begins.- (text) fol. Ib zrIvItarAgAya namaH / / desikkadesavirao etc. -(com.) fol. Ib desakadeg cha kAyanA vesa(?) AzrI desa hu~tI virataH sAparAddhA nirAparAddha AdithI desanau adhikArI zrAvaka samyagdRSTI jo jIvo etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 9" dhIro jaramaraNaviU etc., up to savvadukkhANaM as in No. 293 followed by 60 // iti AurapayanUM saMpUrNaH // zubhu(bhaM) bhavatu etc. lAvataM zrIAcAryajI RkSi(pi? )zrI6 varasiMhajInAtsakSAnazaSimunI jAdava mUlIgarApaThanArtha bAI laSamA / mUSi jayaNA karI bhaNavU / shriiH|| chaH // saMvat 1648 varSe kArtiga mAse kRSNapakSe vadi 2 vAra zanai laSeta 'dIva'maMderi / / zrI etc. , -(com.) fol. 9 logasu. loka mAMhi udyotakara / disau kSaya karInA / sava0 sarva dUkhi pADUyAM karmani // 60 // iti zrIAturapayainUM prA(?) saMpUrNaH // Reference.--See No. 285.

Page #305
280 Jaina Literature and Philosophy .[295. AturapratyAkhyAna Aturapratyakhyana akSarArthasahita with aksarartha 681. No. 295 1899-1915. Size. - Ios in. by 4 in. Extent.- (text):6 folios ; 7 lines to a page ; 35 letters to a line. ,, -(com.), , , , , , , , 70 " "" ". Description.- Country paper rough and greyish; Devanagari charac ters with EMTS; this Ms. contains the text and its commentary ; the former written in a bigger hand, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; the commentary written above the correspondidg lines of the text; fol. Ia blank ; condition quite satisfactory; complete. Age.-Not modern. Subject. - The text along with its explanation in Gujarati. Begins. - (text) fol. b desikkadesavirao etc., as in No. 293. , -(com) ,,, deza kahatAM pRthvIkAyAdikanuM deza trasakAya tehanI je hiMsA tehay je eka deza ApaNai hA thai haNavalaM teha thiku viramiu etc. Ends.-(text) fol. 6b dhIro jaramaraNaviU etc., up to savvadukkhANaM as in No. 293 followed by 69 iti AurapaccakkhANaM painnaM // -(com.) fol. 6b lokanai udyotanu karaNhAra diu kSaya vinAza sarva duHkhanu etalai mukti diu // 69 // iti AurapaccakkhANanu akSarArthaH paM. kAnU. jIziSya munI ratanaviA(ja) yaliSataM / / AturapratyAkhyAnavivaraNa Aturapratyakhyanavivarana 261 (b). No. 296 A. 1882-83. Extent.--- fol. 4b to fol. 7a. Description.-- Complete. For additional details see No. 283. Author.- Seems to be Gunaratna Suri. See No. 321. Subject.-- Explanation in Sanskrit to Aturapratyakhyana. Begins.--.fol. 4b dezasya trasakAyasya ekadezaH / saMkalpajana(nivRttirUpasya tasyApi sAparAdhaniraparAdhatte(tvena dviprakAratvAt / etc. Ends.-fol. 72 kSayaM vinAzaM sarvaduritAnAM sarvapApAnAM sarvakarmaNAmityarthaH / samApta mAturapratyAkhyAnavivaraNaM / cha /

Page #306
297.1 II. 10 Prakiruakas 281 AturapratyAkhyAnaSivaraNa Aturapratyakhyanavivarana No. 297 1364 (b). 1891-95. Extent. - fol. sb to sol. 9b. Description.-- Complete. For other details see No. 284. Subject.-- Aturapratyakhyana explained in Sanskrit. Begins.--fol. 50 dezasya trasakAyasya ekadezaH saMkalpajanittirUpastasyApi sAparA ___ dhAnirataM]parArtha(dha)tvena nahi (dvi)prakAratvAt / etc. Ends.-fol. 9 lokasya caturdazarajjvAtmakasyo(ddyotakaro dizatu karotu kSayaM vinAzaH sarvadaritAnAM sarvapA[NApAnAM sarvakarmaNAmityarthaH / samAptamAturapratyAkhyAnavivaraNaM / cha / / 36 [J. L. P.]

Page #307
282 bhaktaparijJA ( bhattapariNNA ) Jaina Literature and Philosophy THE THIRD PRAKIRNAKA 579 ( a ). 1895-98. No. 298 Extent. -- fol. 144 to fol. 16b. Description.-- 173 verses in all ; complete; the passage in prose just at the beginning is not found in the printed edition of the Agamodaya Samiti Series. Moreover, it generally preFor other de 266 and 267. cedes Catuhsarana. See Nos. tails see Maranavidhi No.. [ 298. Bhaktaparijua (Bhattaparinna) 579 (f). 1895-98 Author.--- Virabhadra Gani. See No. 306. Subject. This is the third prakirnaka out of the ten well-known ones, and it deals with ethical precepts. Bogins.--fol. 148 cattAri maMgalaM / arihaMtA / maMgalaM / siddhA maMgalaM / sAhU maMgalaM / kevalipatto dhammo maMgalaM / cattAri logottamA / arihaMtA logottamo / siddhA logottamA / sAhU logottamA / kevalipannatto dhammo logottamA / cattAri saraNaM pavajjAmi || arihaMte saraNaM pavajjAmi / siddhe saraNaM pavajjAmi / sAhU saraNaM pavajjAmi / kevalipannattaM dhammaM saraNaM pavajjAmi // cha // namiUNa mahAisayaM / mahANubhAvaM muNiM mahAvIraM / bhaNimo bhattaparinaM / niyama ( ( sa ) raNahA parahA ya / / 1 etc. / Ends.--fol. 16b iya joIsarajiNavIrabhaddabhaNiyANusAriNImaNamo bhattaparinnaM dhannA paDhaMti bhAvaMti sevaMti // 72 // ( sa ) tarasayaM jiNANa va gAhANaM samayakhetta pannattaM / ArAha te (? haMto) vihiNA sAsayasau (so) kkhaM lahai mokkhaM // 273 bhattaparinnA sammattamiti // cha // Reference. -- Published by Dhanapatsinh at Calcutta, in A. D. 1886 along with nine other prakirnakas. Sce No. 266. It is also published with chaya in the Agamodaya Samiti Series as No. 46. For contents etc., see Weber II, and Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, pp. 110-III.

Page #308
301. 1 bhaktaparijJA III. 10 Prakirnakas bhaktaparijJA No. 299 Extent. fol. 6b to fol. 12b. Description.-- Complete; 172 verses in all. For other details see No. 268. Begins.--fol. 6b AfA3(5)0 Azig $?gga etc., as in No. 298. Ends.fol. 12b sattarisayaM jiNANa va gAhANaM etc., up to mokkhaM as in No. 298. This is followed by || 172 // bhattaparinnA samAptA // cha // N. B. For further particulars see No. 298. 283 Bhaktaparijna 386 ( c ). 1879-80. bhaktaparijJA No. 300 Extent.-- fol. 3a to fol. 6a. Description.-- Complete; 172 verses in all. For other details see 768 (a). 1892-95. No 279. Begins. fol. 3a AfA30 Agl38 Ia etc., as in No. 298. Ends. fol. 64 sattara (ri) sayaM jiNANa va gAhANaM etc., up to lahai mokkhaM / / 172 as in No. 298 followed by bhaktaparijJAprakaraNaM samAptamiti // cha // N. B. For additional particulars see No. 298. Bhaktaparijna 247 (c). 1871-72. No. 301 Extent.-- fol. 1ob to fol. 17b. Description. 172 verses in all; complete. For other details see No. 768 ( a ). 1892-95. Bhaktaparijna 768 ( d ). 1892-95. Begins.--fol. 1ob AIAGU AZIZA etc. as in No. 298. Finds. fol. 17b sattarisayaM jiNANa etc, up to bhattaparinnA saMmattaM // as in No. 298. N. B. For further particulars see No. 298.

Page #309
284 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [303. bhaktaparijJA Bhaktaparijna No. 302 141 (c). 1872-73. Extent.---- fol. 56 to fol. 10^. Description.-- Complete ; 172 verses in all. For other details see No. 269. Begins.-- fol. sb namiUNa mahA(i)sayaM mahANubhAvaM muNiM mhaaviirN| __ bhANimo bhattaparinnaM niasaraNahA parahA ya / / 1. ctc. Ends.--fol. Ion ia joIsarajiNavIrabhaddabhaNiANusAriNImiNamo / bhattaparinnaM dhannA paDhaMti bhAvaMti nisuNaMti // 71 // sattarisayaM jiNANa va gAhANaM samayAkhitta pana(NNa)taM ArAhato vihiNA sAsayasukkhaM lahai mukkhaM // 172 // iti bhaktaparijJAprakIrNakaM / / ch||3|| N. B.--- For further particulars sec No. 298. bhaktaparijJA Bhaktaparijna No. 303 1234 (d). 1886-92. Extent.--- fol. II to fol. 136. Description.-- Complete, the last verse numbered as 73(173). For other details see Gacchacara No.-1234 - 1886-92.. Begins.---fol. 118 ATA5UT HEIGHT etc. Ends.--fol. I3b iya joIsara etc., up to mukhaM as in No. 302 followed by 73 // bhattaparinnApainnaM sammattaM // cha / N. B.-- For additional information see No. 298.

Page #310
No.304 . 306.] III. 10 Prakirnakas 285 bhaktaparikSA Bhaktaparijna 1168 (b). 1887-91. Extent.--- fol. 2 to fol. 64. Description.-- Complete ; 171 verses ; extent 171 slokas. For add tional details see No. 317. Begins.--fol. 24 namiu(U)Na mahAisayaM etc. Ends.--fol. 6. sattara(ri)sayaM jiNANaM gAhANaM etc., up to mosvaM // 71 bhaktaparivA zakaraNaM samAptaM graMthAnaM // 17 // N. B.-- For further details see No. 298. bhaktaparikSA Bhaktaparijna 1358 (d). No. 305 1891-95.. Extent.--- fol. 10% to fol. 15b. Description.--- Complete ; the last verse numbered as 45 (145). For additional particulars see No. 270. Begins.--fol. 10 namiUNa mahAisayaM etc. Ends.-- fol. IFb sattari sayaM etc., up to mokkhaM // 45 // bhattaparinAprakaraNaM samApta // gAthA 151 // .. N. R.--- Fot other details see No. 298. - bhaktaparijJA Bhaktaparijna avacarisahita with avacuri No. 306 645 (0). 1884-86. Extent.--- fol. 3b to fol. 66. Description. -- Both the text and the commentary complete ; 171 verses for the text. For other details sec No. 275. Subject --- A prakirnaka with a small commentary in Sanskrit. Begins.-(text) fol. 3b namiUNa mahAisayaM etc. as in No. 298. ,, -(com.),, ,, bhRna dhAturdhAraNe poSaNe ca / 'ta AtmanaH smRtaye parasya ca athavA svasya parasya ca / puNyapuSTaye 1lInA zritAH kAnanavat subhagaM zubhadaM sukhadaM vA 2 / 3 adya Ayeti saMbodhanaM vA 4tA tasmAt 5 yat AjJAyA ArAdhanaM sukhasAdhakaM bhavati tasyAM AjJAyAM 6 etc.. Ends.-(text) fol. 6b sattarisayaM jiNANa va gAhANaM etc., up to lahai as in No. 298 followed by the line as under:--

Page #311
286 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ 308. mukkhaM / / 172 bhattaparinnApainnaM sammattaM // cha / ,, -(com.) fol. 6b mubaMdhunA amAtyena 62 yoginAmIzvaro jino vIrastasya __mubhANitAnusAreNa / vIrabhadragaNirbhaktaparijJAprakaraNakartA ca / iNamo imAM 71 bhaktaparijJA A(a)vacUriH // Reference. - See No. 298. bhaktaparijJAvacUri Bhaktaparijnavacuri 261 (c). No. 307 A. 1882-83. Extent.--- fol. 7 to fol. 8b. Description.--- Complete. For further particulars sec Catuharana No. 283. Author.--- Seems to be Gunaratna Suri. Subject-- A small commentary in Sanskrit to Bhaktaparijna. Begins.-fol. 7 maJ jJA(dhAturdhAraNe poSaNe ca / ata AtmanaH smRtaye parasya ca / ___ athavA svasya parasya ca puNyapuSTaye // 1 etc. Ends.---fol. 8b vIrastasya subhaNitAnusAreNa vIrabhadragANa(:) bhaktaparijJApraka ___ raNakartA ca iNamo0 // 71 iti bhAkti(kta)parijJAvari(:) // cha / Reference.--- See No. 298. bhaktaparijJAvacUrNi Bhaktaparijnavacurni No. 308 _1364 (c). 1891-95. Extent.--- fol. 9b to fol. 112. Description.--- Complete. For other details see No. 284. Subject.--- A small commentary in Sanskrit, explaining Bhakta parijna. Begins.-fol. 9b bhRtrajJa)dhAturdhAraNe poSaNe ca / ata AtmanaH smRtaye parasya ca / athavA svasyAparasya ca puNyapuSTaye / 1 / AlInA AzritA kAnanavata(t)subhagaM zubhadaM sukhadaM vA / 2 etc. Ends.--fol. ITa yoginAmIzvaro yogIzvaro jino vIrastasya subhANatAnusAreNa vIrabhadragANabhaktaparijJAni]prakaraNakartA ca / iNamo imAM 171 / iti bhaktaparijJAvarNiH /

Page #312
310. ] saMstAraka ( saMthAraga ) No. 309 Extent. fol. 16b to fol. 18". Description. IV. 10 Prakirnakas THE FOURTH PRAKIRNAKA used. For other details see No. Ends. fol. 18a saMstAraka 121 verses in Prakrit; complete. Yellow pigment Subject. This work which is named as Santhara and Santharaya too, comes under the class of prakirnakas. It deals with the importance of samstaraka, eulogy of one who rightly resorts to it and happiness due to samstaraka. It contains references pertaining to Arnikaputra, Sukosala Rsi, Canakya, Gajasukumala and others who gave up attachment to body etc. and attained final emancipation. Begins. fol. 16b Samstaraka (Santharaga) 579 (g). 1895-98. 579 (a). 1895-98.. kAUNa namokkAraM jiNavaravasahassa vaddhamANassa / saMthAraMmi nibaddhaM | guNaparivArDiM nisAmeha // 1 etc. No. 310 Extent. fol. 6a to fol. 7b. 287 evaM mae abhityA saMdhAragaiMdakhaMdhamArUDhA || samare ] naridacaMdA muhasaMkamaNaM mama diMtu // 121 saMthAro sammatto // cha // cha // 1886, together 266. It is also Reference. Published by Dhanapatisinha in A. D. with nine other prakirnakas. See No. published with chaya, in the Agamodaya Samiti Series as No. 46. For contents etc. see Weber II, p. 615, Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, p. 111, and Mitra's Notices vol. VIII (1885), pp. 236--237. Samstaraka 247 (d). 1871-72.

Page #313
288 Jaina Literature and Philosophy ( 312. Description.--- Complete ; this Ms. contains notes at times. For other details see No. 279. Age.-- Samvat 1468. Begins.--fol. 62 975501 TAET #ro etc. as in No. 309. Ends.-fol. 7b evaM mae AbhitthuyA etc., up to saMthAro sammatto as in No. 309 tollowed by the line as below:-- saMvat 1468 varSe kArtikazudi 10 some likhitaM // cha / N. B.-- For additional information sec No. 309. saMstAraka Sarnstaraka No. 311 23.1 (e). 1886-92. Extent.--- fol. 13b to fol. 15a, Description.-- 121 verses ; complete. For other details see Gacchacara No. _1234 ( a ). 1886-92. . Begins.-fol. 13b #TF4 757ri etc. Ends.--fol. 158 To AT 37yur ctc., up to #AUT as in No. 309 followed by aura "12311 iti saMstArakaprakIrNakaM samAptaM pannaigaM / / N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 309. saMstAraka Sainstaraka 138 No. 312 1872-73. Size. -- 101 in. by 43 in. Extent.-- 6 folios; 11 lines to a page ; 38 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper rough and greyish ; Devanagari charac ters; big, clear and very fair hand-writing; borders ruled in red ink ; ; red chalk and yellow pigment uscd ; udges of all the foll. slightly worn out ; condition fair ; completc; the last verse numbered as 122. Age.-- Samvat 1551, saka 1417.

Page #314
314.] IV. 10 Prakirnakas 289 Begins.---fol. 1a #750 #ri etc. Ends.--fol. 6b evaM mae AbhithuA etc. , up to saMkamaNaM as in No. 309 followed by the lines as below :-- sayA diMtu / 122 iti saMthAragapainnaM samAptaH // saMvat 1551 varSe zAke 1417 pravarttamAne caitrazudi3 ravau sAha kovarajAya. pi(pa)ThanArtha // zrIH // N. B.-- For further information sce No. 309. saMstAraka Sarnstaraka No.313 386 (d). 1879-80. Extent.- fol. 12b to fol. 17o. Description. -- Complete ; 122 verses in all. For other details see No. 268. Begins.--fol. I 2b kAra (U)Na namuktAraM etc. as in No. 309. Ends.--fol. 17 eva(vaM) mae AbhitthuyA etc., up to sayA diMtu 122 as in No. 309 followed by saMthAragapainna sammattaM // cha graMthasarvasaMkhyA gAthA 440' graMthAgraM 550 N. B.-- For additional information see No. 309. saMstAraka Sarnstaraka No. 314 768(e). 1892-95. Extent.--- fol. I7b to fol. 221. Description.--- The last verse numbered as 122 ; complete. For .. other details see No. 768 (a). 1892-95. Begins.--fol. I7b kAUNa namuktAraM etc. Ends.--fol. 2 24 evaM mae AbhithuA etc., up to 122 // iti saMthAragapAnaM as in No. 312 // followed by saMmmatta / / N. B.--- For further particulars sce No. 309. 1. This is not the number for this work; but it is it sum-total of all the gathas written in thi: Ms. up to fol. 174. [J. L. P.] 37

Page #315
290 Jaina Literature and Plilosophy ( 317* saMstAraka Sarnstaraka 141 (d). No. 315 1872-73. Extent.-- fol. loa to fol. 13". Description.-- Complete ; the last verse numbered as 122. For other details see No. 269. Begins.--fol. 102 #150 77#ri etc. Ends.--fol. 13b TA AG etc., up to fa as in No. 314 followed by 11 382 gra F 21137753 FIR I J 11 811 N. B. -- For additional particulars see No. 309. saMstAraka Sarnstaraka 1358 (c). No. 316 1891-95. Extent.--- fol. 6a to fol. 10a. Description.--- Complete ; the last verse numbered as 21 (121). For additional details see No. 270. Begins.--fol. 62 STEI FT3(57) 07 THEri etc. Ends.--fol. gb Ta ag ryor etc. A feT "R3 11 #FAITH FATA: 1 l 11 33311 N. B.- For further particulars see No. 309. I saMstAraka Sarstaraka 1168 (a). No. 317 1887-91. Size.- 132 in. by s in. Extent.- 27 folios ; 19 lines to a page ; 64 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thick, rough and white ; Devanagari characters with ATS; small, legible and good handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; rcd chalk

Page #316
318. 1 IV. 10 Prakirnakas used; foll. seem to have been numbered just in a corner of the right hand margin; but mostly they are now gone, the corresponding portion worn out; condition on the whole good; complete; 121 verses; this work ends on fol. 2b; this Ms. contains in addition the following 12 works :--- ( 1 ) bhaktaparijJA (2) AturapratyAkhyAna ( 3 ) catuHzaraNa 4) tandulavaicArika (5 ) candrAvedhyaka ( 6 ) ( 7 ) (8) rw devendrastava gaNividyA (9 ( 10 ) (II) saMsaktaniryukti gacchAcAra (12) Age. Saivat 1491. Begins. fol. 1 saMstAraka vivaraNasahita mahApratyAkhyAna vIrastava pudgalaparAvarta svarUpa foll. 2a to 6a 6a .. 35 "" dr dw dr wr dr "" wr 35 fol. foll. dr 7a 8b 13a 16a dr wr kAu (U)Na namokAraM etc. Ends.---fol. 2b eva (vaM) bhae etc. mama diMtu ||21|| saMstArakaH samAptAH N. B. For additional information see No. 309. ,, 132. 16a wr 33 202 ,, 21b "" 72 8b 2ca 21b 23b 242 24a to 25a 25, 272 No. 318 Size. 10 in. by 4 in. Extent. (text) 18 folios; 4 lines to a page; 48 letters to a line. --(com.),, 236 ,, 24a 21 ; 14 33 ; 60 Description. Country paper rough aud greyish; Devanagari characters with occasional Ts; this is a farat Ms. containing the text and its commentary as well, the former Samstaraka with vivarana 398. 1879-80. 291 dw rw

Page #317
292 Jaina Literature and Pliilosophy [ 318. written in a bigger hand; legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; ycllow pigment, too; foll. numberad in the right hand margin only; almost all foll. slightly worm-eaten; condition tolerably good; foll. Ia and 18b blank; both the text and the commentary complete; this Ms. contains the colophon of the commentator. Age.--- Sainvat 1669. Author of the commentary.-- Bhuvanatunga Suri, pupil of Mahendra Suri. Sce No. 291 where other details are given. Subject.-- The text in Prakrit together with its explanation in ___Sanskrit. Begins.---(text) fol. rb kAu(U)Na namuktAraM jiNavaravasahassa etc. as in No. 309. , --(com.) fol. Ib OM namaH // namaH zamitaniHzeSakarmaNe varazarmaNe / zrIvIrAya bhavAMbhodhilabdhatIrAya tAyine // 1 // tanumatinA(s)pi viciMtya svasmRtyai kvApi padAvibhAge'tra / saMstArakaprakIrNe paryAyAH keciducyate // 2 // iha hi sarva(5)pi shaastrkaaraaH| zAstrANi cikiirssvH| pUrvama'bhISTadevatAnamaskArAbhidheyaprayojanasaMbaMdhAdayo'bhidadhati / tatrAyamapi zAstrakAraH saM. stArakaprakIrNaka bibhaNiSuH / kAu(U)Na namakkAraM / jiNavaravasahenyAdinA / abhiissttdevtaanmskaarN| saMthArAmityanena zAstranAmnaiva tada'bhidheyaM / etc. Ends.--(text) fol. 18 evaM mae AbhathuyA etc., up to mamaM dituM // 121 // as in No. 309 followed by iti saMstArakaprakIrNakaM saMpUrNa zubhaM bhavatu lekhakapAThakayoH / zrIH / ---(com.) fol. 18a suhasaMkamaNa tti sukhasyaM muktirUpasya zubhasya vA viziSTe(NaMti) (STa)puNyaprakRtirUpasya saMkramaNa saMkrAMti saMsAraTuHkhAda'zubhAdvA nissAraNena mama diNtu| nareMdracaMdrA api raNAzarAsa gajeMdraskaMdhAvi( dhirUDhA labdhajayapatAkAkAstallokamAgadhajanAnAM vipulaM jIkA( ? vA )ha prItidAnaM dadatIti tairupamAkRteti bhadraM / 121 / iti saMstArakavivaraNaM parisamAptamiti : yaH pUrva kalikAlatAmasabhara(c )channAcA( ? ca )ritrakriyAM niHsaMgaH praga(ka)TIcakAra sukRtI cAritracUDAmANiH / AsId rakSitasUriradbhutayazA vizvaMbharAbhUSaNaM / tatpaTTe jayasiMhasarirabhavadvAdIbhapaMcAnanaH / 1 /

Page #318
319.] IV. 10 Prakiralakas 293 tasmAsiMdhu sapAdalakSAviSayazrIcitrakUTAvanI / zrImada'gurjara'bodhabaMdhAdhuramatiH zrIdharmaghoSaH prabhuH tebhyo(5)pi praga(ka)TapratApavasatiH zrI(man mAhiM(he)drAbhidhaH / sUribhUriyazA prapaMcaturastIthezitu...... / / 2 / zrIbha( ? bhuvanatuMgasUristasmAtsvasyopakRtikate cakre saMstArakaprakIrNakavivaraNamalpAvabodhA(dho')pi : 3 / mithyA yadatra vivRtaM mayakA matimAyaMto mahArthe(s)smin tanmayi kRtAnukaMpaiH zodhyaM vibudhairvizeSeNa / 4 / iti saMstArakavivaraNaprazastiH // zubhaM bhavatu kalyANamastu lekhakapAThakayoH / iti saMvat 1669 varSe / kArtikamAse zuklapakSe caturdazIdine ravivAre 'pattana'nagare / RSikezavAkhyena lipIkRteyaM svayaM vAcanAya / iti saMstAraka praka(kIrNAvacUrisUtraM samAptaM / chaH // zrI // cha / zrI // zrI // zrI // Reference.--- See No. 309. saMstAraka Sarizstaraka avacarisahita with avacuri 645 (d). No. 319 1884-86. Extent.-- fol. 6btofol. 8b. Description.-- Both the text and the commentary complete ; the last verse numbered as 122. For other details see No. 275. Age.-- Samvat I484. Author of avacuri.-- Gunaratna Suri. Subject.-- A prakirnaka with a small commentary in Sanskrit. Begins.---(text) fol. 6b kAu(U)Na namukkAraM jiNavara etc. as in No. 309. , ---(com.) fol. 6 eSa saMstAra: kilArAdhanAcAritrasyArAdhanaM eSa manoratho vAMchA suvihitAnAM eSa kila pazcimAMte muvihitAnAM patAkAharaNa / yathA mallAnAM patAkAharaNaM bhavati etc. Ends.---(text) fol. 8b evaM mae abhitthuA etc. || 122 // iti zrIsaMthArApainnaM samAptaM // zubhaM bhavatu / zrIzrIzrIcaturvidhasaMghasya / saMvat 1484 varSe bhAdravadi 6 some likhita ,, ---(com.) fol. 8 evaM evaM pUrvoktaprakAreNa mayA'bhiSTutAH stutAH / saMstAraka gajeMdramArUDhAH saMtaH / susama nareMdrA hi prauDhA gajeMdraskaMdhamArohati / suhasa. 1. Some of the letters are gone,

Page #319
294 Jaina Literature and Philosophy | 320. sukhasya muktisukhasya / zubhasya vA saMkrAMti || saMsAraduHkhAdvA nitya prApti samadadatuH 122 saMstArakaprakIrNAvacUriH // paramaguru bhaTTArakaprabhuzrIzrIzrIguNaratnasUrikRtA // saMvat 1484 varSe 'vIramagrAme likhitA // zubhaM bhavatu caturvidhazrIsaMghasya // cha // cha // cha // Reference. -- Sce No. 309. For an avacurni by an author of the same name see No. 321. saMstAraka bAlAvabodhasahita No 320 Size.-- rog in. by 43 min. Extent.- 28 folios; 16 lines to a page ; 49 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper rough and greyish; Devanagari characters; big, clear and tolerably good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in red ink; edges coloured red; red chalk and yellow pigment used; fol. ra blank ; edges of the first fol. slightly worn out; condition on the whole good ; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; both the text and its balavabodha complete; balavabodha composed in Samvat 1603. Age. -- Sarvat 1639. Author of balavabodha. -- Samaracandra ( ? Amaracandra ), pupil of Parsvacandra. " Subject. A prakirnaka with an explanation in Gujarati. Begins. -- (text) fol. 1 kAu (U) na namukkAraM etc. as in No. 309. --(com.) fol. 1b zrIgurubhyo namaH zrIgautamAya namaH // zrImadvIraM namaskRtya / zrIgautamaM gaNAdhipaM saMstAraka prakIrNasya / kurve bAlAvabodhakaM / zAstranai AraMbhiI iSTadevatAnai namaskAra karibau e uttamanau AcAra chai etc. Samstaraka with balavabodha 874. 1892-95. -

Page #320
IV. 10 Prakirnakas Ends.---(text) fol 28 evaM mae abhithuA saMthAraMga etc., up to saMkramaNaM mama diMtu 19as in No. 309. --- ( com.) fol. 282 eNI upamAi munIsvara mAhi rAjAna samAna saMthArAnA dhaNI (matrA ) muktinau rAja pAmAnai amhanai puNa saMtuSTa yathA hUMtA muktisuSa Apau ityabhyarthanA graMthakAre kRtA 119 iti saMstArakaprakIrNasya bAlAvabodhaH saMpUrNa zrI // zrImad 'bRhattapA' gacche zrIpUjyA gacchanAyakA ( : ) / sUrIzAH pArzva caMdrAhnA (:) teSAM ziSyA (dhya ) stu pAThaka ( : ) 1 nAmnA samara (?) caMdrAkhya stena cakre su(vi)stRtaH bAlAvabodhagraMtho (S) yaM jJAtvA vRttyanusArataH 2 321.3] ajJAnAvadasa (zu) ddhaM hi graMtho (the'smina vihitaM mayA sudhIbhistacca saMzodhyaM kRpAM kRtvA mamopari 3 vatsarazataSAMDe ke tribhiradhike (1603) mAsi kArtike vihitaH graMtho (S) yaM vAcyamAnaH jayatAcciraM subhadrakara ( : ) 4 iti zrIrastu graMthAgraM zataso SoDaso sADhasazlokaM // cha // saMvat 16390 varSe kArtikavAda 9 dine budhivAre liSyataM vA0 zrIratnacaMdreNa ziSya AnaMdalipyakRtaM zrI' bAjIda' puragrAme In the margin we have :-- 1350 / / caturmAsamadhye zrI // See No. 309. Reference --- saMstArakAvacUrNi No. 321 295 Extent. -- fol. 8b to fol rob. Description.-- Complete. For further details No. 283. Author.-- Gunaratna Suri. Subject.-- A small commentary to Samstaraka. Begins. fol. 8b basaMtapure gAyanaH puSpazAlasusvaraH paramAtakurUpaH / tana sarva lokA ( ko ) gItanAkSiptaH sArthavAho dhano dezAMtaraM etc. Ends. -- fol. rob sukhasya muktisukhasya zubhasya vA saMkrAMti / saMsAraduHkhAdvA niHsRtya prAptiM mama datu (diMtu 2) // 122 saMstAraka prakIrNakAvacUrNiH / kRtiriyaM zrIguNaratnasUrINAM // cha // zubhaM bhavatu / kalyANamastu // cha // Reference.-See No. 509. Samstarakavacarni 261 ( d ). A. 1882-83. see Catuhsarana

Page #321
296 saMstarakAvacUri No. 322 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ 322. Extent.-- fol. ra to fol. 1gb. Description.-- Complete ; this work appears to agree with No. 321; probably the author is the same, in case Ganaratna is to be read as Gunaratna. For other details see No. 284. Author.-- Ganaratna Suri. Samstarakavacuri 1364 (d). 1891-95. Subject. A small commentary in Sanskrit explaining Samstaraka. Begins.fol. 11a vasaMtapure gAyanaH / puSpazAlasusvaraH / paramAri (ma)ti (?) kurUpaH etc. Ends.- -fol. 13b evaM pUrvoktaprakAreNa mayA'bhiSTutAH stutAH saMstArakagajei (jeMdra )maaruuddhaaH| sataH pusamadeg // nareMdrA hi prauDhA gajeMdra skaMdhamArohaMti suhamaM sukhasya / muktisukhasya / zubhasya vA saMkrAti saMsAraduHkhAdvA ni ( : ) sRtya prApti ( ? ) mama datu // 122 iti prakIrNAvari (:) zrI gaNaratnasUrikRtAH // cha // // zrI // zubhaM bha( va ) tu / su / kalyANamastu // 1100

Page #322
323.] V. ro Prakirnakas 297 THE FIFTH PRAKIRNAKA tandulavaicArika Tandulavaicarika (taMdulaveyAliya) ( Tandulaveyaliya ) 579 (h). No. 323 1895-98. Extent.-- fol. 18 to fol. 234. Description.-- Yellow pigment profusely used; complete. For other details see No. _579 (a). 1895-98. * Subject.-- This is one of the ten well-known prakirnakas. The main topics dealt with, in this work are as under :--- Embryology, food in the embryonic condition, births as a celestial being and a hellish being, ten conditions of a living being, description of the yugmins, six types of ossessus structure and those of the shape of the body, calculation of rice, number of veins, impurity of body, condemnation of women, and resort to dharma. Begins.--fol. 18a ahaM nmH|| nijjariyajarAmaraNaM vaMdittA jiNavaraM mahAvIraM / vucchaM painnagamiNaM taMdulaveyAlithaM nAma // 1 etc. Ends.---fol. 23a evaM sagaDasarIraM jaaijraamrnnveynnaabhulN| taha ghattaha kAuM je je(ja)ha muccaha savvadukkhANaM // 18 iti taMdulaveyAliyapainnagaM samAptaM // iya taMdula( veyAliya)painnagaM jo u ciMtai mahappA iha loe paraloe so eso bhAvallamu(sallu)ddhArakAraNaM lahai sivasukvaM // Reference. - This work along with 9 other prakirnakas was publisb ed by Dhanapatisinh in A. D. 1886. See No. 266. It has heen also published in the D. L. J. P. F. Series, as No. 59 and by the Jaina Dharma Prasaraka Sabha, too. Agamodaya Samiti has published this work along with chaya, in its Series as No. 46. For its contents see Weber II, p. 615 and Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, p. III, 8 J.L.P.]

Page #323
298 Jaina Literature and Philosophy (325. 704. tandulavaicArika Tandulavaicarika No. 324 1892-95. Size.-- 104 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- 8 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 60 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin, rough and white ; Devanagari characters with teatas; small, legible and good handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; red chalk and yellow pigment rarely used; unnumbered sides have a disc in red colour in the centre only; the numbered, in the margins, 100; complete; condition very good ; tol. ra blank. Age.-- Pretty old. Begins.---fol. 1b nijjariya etc. Ends.---fol. 8b TE FTS *sig etc., up to ati as in No. 323 followed by FATI I J Il etc. N. B.- For other details see No. 323. tandulavaicArika Tandulavaicarika 1159. No. 325 1887-91. Size.-- 101 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- 17 folios; 11 lines to a page ; 34 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper rough and greyish; Devanagari charac ters; big, legible and good hand--writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink ; fol. 1a blank; edges of some of the foll. slightly damaged ; condition on the whole good; foll, numbered in the right hand margin only; complete; extent 400 slokas. Age.- Pretty old.

Page #324
327. 1 V. 10 Prakirnakas 299 Begins.---fol. 1b ESTAR AH: H Farfurratu etc. Ends.---fol. 17b TU TE Ori etc., up to amarantee as ist No. 323 followed by 999 FTAT # er goo Then in a different hand we have the following line : 4.Calaca(a)tot ai. N. B.--- For additional particulars see No. 323. tandulavaicArika Tandulavaicarika 1234 (b) No. 326 1886-92. Extent.--- fol. 2b to fol. 7a. Description.--- Complete. For other details see Gacchacara No. 378. Begins.---fol. 2b TAROT etc. Ends.--fol. 7a CU FIEHT etc., up to an as in No. 233 follow ed by FA U 5 N. B.--- For further details see No. 323. tandulavaicArika Tandula vaicarika 386 (e). No. 327 1879-80. Extent.--- fol. 17a to fol. 301. Description.--- Complete. For other details see No. 268. Begins.---fol. 172 for wor A ( 1 ), etc. Ends.--tol. 300 Ti FE etc., up to gai as in No. 323 followed by FAT I 4. N. B.--- For additional details see No. 323. 1. This verse is however liere numbered as 16th and not 18th.

Page #325
300 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ 330. tandulavaicArika Tandulavaicarika No. 328 _141 (1). 1872-73. Extent.-- fol. 40b to fol. 494. Description.-- Complete; extent 400 slokas. For other details see No. 269. Age.- Old. Begins.--fol. 40b nijjariyajarAmaraNaM etc. Ends.---fol. 494 eyaM sarIrasaya(goDaM jAi etc., up to dukkhANaM as in No. 323 followed by // cha // taMdulakyAliyaM nAma payannajjhayaNaM saMmattaM // cha / graMthA. 400 / / 12 / / cha / N. B.--- For further information see No. 323. tandulavaicArika Tandulavaicarika No. 329 1358 (e). 1891-95. Extent.- fol. 156 to fol. 266. Description.---- Complete%3 424 gathas. For additional details see Catuhsarana No. 270. Begins.- fol. IF nijjariyajarAmaraNaM etc. Ends.- fol. 26b evaM sagaDasarIraM etc. savvadukkhANaM // cha / taMdulaveyAliyaM nAma painnagaM sammattaM // cha // gAthA 424 // cha / N. B.--- For other particulars see No. 323. tandulavaicArika Tandulavaicarika No. 330 1168(e). 1887-91. Extent.-- fol. 8b to fol. 13a. Description.- Complete. For other details see Saimstaraka No. 317. Begins.- fol. 8b OM namaH / / nijariyajarAmaraNaM etc.

Page #326
331.] V. 10 Prakirnakas 301 Ends. fol. 13* eyaM sagaDasarIraM etc., up to savvadukkhANaM // Then we have the following line:-- N. B. For other particulars see No. 323. tandulavaicArika bAlAvabodhasahita No. 331 || taMdulaveyAliyaM nAma painnagaM sammattaM // cha // Size. 10 in. by 4 in. Extent. 25 folios; 17 to 19 lines to a page; 34 letters to a line. Description. Country paper rough and whitish; Devanagari characters with occasional gears; this is a q? Ms.; but there seems to be hardly any difference between the sizes of the hand-writings for the text and the commentary; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; both the text and the commentary complete; condition very good except that an edge of the first fol. is slightly damaged; fol. ra blank; yellow pigment used. Age. Samvat 1675. Author of balavabodha. Upadhyaya Pasacanda (Parsvacandra ). pupil of Sadhuratna. Subject. One of the prakirnakas together with a Gujarati explanation. 59 Tandulavaicarika with balavabodha 292. A. 1883-84. Begins. -- (text) fol. rb OM namaH sidhaM (ddhaM) / zrIvItarAgAya namaH / nijjariya etc. - ( com. ) fol. rb OM namaH sidhaM ( ddhaM ) kalyANavalI (llI)na (ta) tivArivAhaM zrI sidhi (ddhi) daM (draM) gaM prati sArthavAha sa kevalI lokadinesa (za) tulyaM zrIvarddhamAnaM prayataH praNamya // 1 // zrI ' tapA' gacchasaromarAla #frangceant: vnifermden(?epfaufarsudar:)

Page #327
302 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [332. prakIraNa(Na)kasyAsa(sya) karoti vArtA rUpaM prabaMdha kila pAza(va)caMdraH 2 etc. nijariattha graMthakartA kahai chai teu taMdulaveyAlaya e havai nAmi etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 25deg eyaM sagaDasarIraM etc., practically up to sivasukkhaM as in No. 323 followed by the line as under :-- iti zrItaMdulaveyAliyaM painnaM sammattaM / cha // etc. saMbat 1675 varSe mArgazIrSamAse kRSNapakSe tRtIyAM somavAsare mRgazIrSanakSatre zubhadine saMpUrNakRtA liSataM sA(0) vIradAsa rAisaMghANI svahaste punnyaarth|| -(com.) fol. 25deg mukti pahucAvai e bhAva jANI virAgya ANi jyo mukti jAijyo // iti zrItaMdulaveyAlIbAlAvabodhaH upAdhyAyazrIpAsacaMdakRtaM / etc. zrImatta 'laMkA'gacchAdhIzvaraH gaNivarazrIzrImallajI tatpaTTAlaMkArabhUtaAcArya zrI6 ratnasIjIvijaya(yi)dharmarAjye pravattamAne RSi zrI 5 gAMgA kAzrI 5 lAlA R0 bAlacaMdapaThanArtha liSatamidaM punyArtha / etc. Reference. - See No. 323. tandulavaicArika Tandulavaicarika bAlAvabodhasahita with balavabodha 705. No. 332 1892-95. Size.- 104 in. by 48 in. Extent.-- (text) 36 folios ; s lines to a page ; 36 letters to a line. ,, --- (com.),, ,, ; 7 to Iolines to a page; 54 ,, , ,, Description.-- Country paper thick, tough and white; Devanagari characters; the text written in a bigger hand as compared with the balavabodha ; legible and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines and edges in two, in red ink ; red chalk used ; fol. ra blank ; so is the fol. 36b; both the text and the balavabodha complete; condition very good; this Ms. seems to be less erroneous than No. 331 ; toll. numbered in both the margins.

Page #328
332.] V. 10 Prakirnakas 303 Age.-- Not quite modern. Begins.--- (text) fol. b nijariya etc. , -(com.),, ,, zrIparamAtyana(ne) namaH kalyANavallItativAravAhaM etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 36 eyaM sagaDasarIraM etc., up to) painnaM as in No. 331 followed by samAptamidaM / yAdRzaM etc. ----(com.) lol. 36. e. bhAvatA ehavo vairAgyano kAraNa jANI sarva saMga chAMDI sa(zalya kADhIne dharma karavo iti taMdulaviyAlIyA payAnA saMpUrNam / jehavo pustaka dITho chaI etc.

Page #329
304 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [334. THE SIXTH PRAKIRNAKA candrAvedhyaka Candravedhyaka (caMdAvijjhaya) ( Candavijjhaya ) No. 333 579 (b). 1895-98. Extent.- fol. gb to fol. 12a. Description.-- Complete, the last verse numbered as 175. For other details see Maranavidhi No. 379 (a). 1895-98. * Subject. This prakirnaka which is also named as Candagavijjha (Candrakavedhya ) explains how one should behave at the time of death. Begins.---fol. 96 jagamatthayatthayANaM viyasiyavaranANadaMsaNadharANaM // nANujjoyagarANaM logami namo jiNavarANaM // 1 // etc. Ends.-- fol. 124 taha ghatte(ttAha kAuMje jhmuvvhgmbhvaasvshiinnN| maraNapuNabbhavaja ma(pu)Na duggaiviNivAyagamaNANaM // 175 iti caMdagavijjhaM nAma painna sammattamiti // cha / Reference.- Published by Dhanapatisinh in A. D. 1886 along with 9 other prakirnakas. See No. 266. For contents etc., see Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, p. 112. candrAvedhyaka Candravedhyaka 386 (f). No. 334 1879-80. Extent.- fol. 30a to fol. 36b. Description.-- Complete ; 174 verses in all. For other details see No. 268. Begins.-- fol. 30 jagamahattheyatthayathayANaM etc., as in No. 333. Ends.- fol. 36b taha uttaha kAuMje jaha etc., up to viNivAyagamaNANaM as in No. 333. Then we have the following line:-- ||ch / caMdAvijjhayaM paya(i)nnaM sammattaM // cha // 6 N. B.--- For further particulars see No. 333.

Page #330
337-1 Age. Fairly old. Begins. fol. 1a ia candrAdhyaka No. 335 Extent. fol. 19b to fol. 27a. Description. Complete. Begins. fol. 19b n Ends. fol. 27 etc., up to HTTo as in No. 333 followed by the line as below: // 288 caMdAvejjhayaM saMmattaM // cha // zrI // 8 // N. B. For additional information see No. 333. VI. 10 Prakirnakas candrAdhyaka No. 336 Size.-- 10 in. by 43 in. Extent. 9 folios; 12 lines to a page; 36 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin and white; Devanagari characters; very big, uniform, legible and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; fol. 9b blank; complete; condition very good. arglatach No. 337 Extent. fol. 26b to fol. 32a. Description. rana No. 270. For other details see No. 269. . etc. 39 1J. L. P. ] 305 Candravedhyaka 141 (h). 1872-73. etc. Ends.fol. 9' taha thi (gha) taha kAuM up to gamaNANaM // 275 // as in No. 333 followed by caMdA vijjhapainnayaM aSTamayaM sammattaM // cha // etc. N. B. For other details see No. 333. Candravedhyaka 1238. 1886-92. Complete. For additional particulars see Catuhsa Candravedhyaka 1358 (f). 1891-95.

Page #331
306 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ 338. Begins.----fol. 26 jagamatthaga(ya)tthayANaM etc. Ends.-fol. 32" taha ghatta kAuM etc., viNivAyakammANa // 72 // caMdAvijjhayaNaM(ga) sammattaM / / ch|| zrI gAthA 174 // // N. B...--. For further information see No. 333. candrAdhyaka Candravedhyaka 1168 (f). No. 338 1887-91. Extent.-- fol. 134 to fol. 16*. Description. - Complete ; 174 verses. For other details see Sam staraka No. 317. Begins.-fol. I3' jaha(ga)matthaga(yotthayANaM etc. Ends.---fol. 16 taha ghatta(ha) kAuM je etc., viNivAyakammANaM // 74 (174) // caMdAvijjhayaNaM sammattaM / / maMgalaM mahAzrIH / dehi vidyA paramezvarI // 1 // cha / / N. B.--. For additional details see No. 333.

Page #332
340.] VII. 10 Prakirnakas 307 THE SEVENTH PRAKIRNAKA devendrastava (deviMdatthaya) Devendrastava ( Devindatthaya) No. 339 386 (g). 1879-80. Extent. - fol. 36' to fol. 474. Description.- Complete ; 292 verses in all. For other details see No. 268. Subject. -- A certain Sravaka was singing the merits of Lord Maha vira. His wife was sitting by his side, who incidentally asked him questions pertaining to 32 Indras, their residential quarters, vimanas, cities, etc. These are answered in details. They give us information about all the four types of gods and in addition throw light on the problem of the liberated. Begins.- fol. 36 amaranaravadie (ba)diu(U)Na usabhAie jiNavariMde / varivaraapacchimaMte tilakkaguru(5) paNamiUNaM / 1etc. Ends.---fol. 47 tesi(siM) surAsuragurU siddhA siddhi u(va)vihi(?NamaM)tu bhA(bho)mejjavaNayarANaM joisiyANaM bimANavAsINaM / / 92 // devinikAyANaM thao iha saMmatto apari(se)so // 30 // devidatthao saMmatto // cha / Reference. --- Published as one of the ten prakirnakas by Dhana patisinh in A. D. 1886. See No. 266. It is also published with chaya in the Agamodaya Samiti Series as No. 46, where the last verse here given is numbered as 307. devendrastava Devendrastava 141 (i). No. 340 1872-73. Extent.--- fol. 27 to fol. 35. Description.- Complete. For other details see No. 269. Begins.---fol. 27 amaranaravadie etc.

Page #333
308 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ 342. Ends.-fol. 35 tesiM surAsuragurU etc., up to vAsINaM // 92. practically as in No. 339. Then without any gap we have : - devanikAyANaM up to apariseso // 300 // followed by devidatthao saMmatto / / cha // 9 // N. B.--- For additional information see No. 339. devendrastava Devendrastava 12341). No. 341 1886-92. Extent.--- fol. 7* to fol. I [". Description. -- Complete. For other details see Gacchacara No. 378. Begins.---fol. 74 amaranaravadie ctc. Euds.- fol. 7 tesi a surAsuragurU etc., up to vimANavAsINa as ill No. 340 followed by 86 // iti deviMdatthao samaso // paDaNNaya / / N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 339. devendrastava Devendrastava 1358 (g). No. 342 1891-95. Extent.--- fol. 32* to fol. 41. Description.--- Complete. For other details see Catuhsarana No. 270. Begins.-fol. 354 amara(nara)vaMdie etc. Ends.-fol. 4 Here the first line torsa etc. seems of be omitted. Then ___we have bhomijjavaNayarANaM etc., up to aparisI(se)so // 93 // deviMdatthao sammato // cha / N. B..- For additional details see No. 339.

Page #334
VII. 10 Prakirnakas 309 343. ] devendrastava Devendrastava No. 343 1168 (g). 1887-91. Extent.- fol. 164 to fol. 20%. Description.-- Complete. For other details see Samstaraka No. 317 Begins.--fol. 164 3Traaies etc. Ends. fol. 20* The first line of the 292th verse is omitted. The Ms. gives only HITACHTTOTITOj etc., up to 3TT TIL RIRI 11 devidatthao smmtto|| N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 339. ori

Page #335
310 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ 345. THE EIGHTH PRAKIRNAKA gaNividyA Ganividya (gaNivijjA) (Ganivijja ) 5796). No. 344 1895-98. Extent.-- fol. 25 to fol. 26". Description.- Complete ; the last verse numbered as 86. For other details see Maranavidhi No. , 1895-98.. Subject.--- The contents of this prakirnaka are of an astrological character. For instance this prakirnaka points out the auspicious and inauspicious davs, constellations, muhurtas, omens etc. Begins.--- fol. 25* buccha balAbalavihiM navabalavihimuttamaM viupasatthaM / jiNavayaNabhAsiyAmaNaM pavayaNasatthami(mmi) jaha dilu // 1 etc. Ends.- fol. 26b eso balAbalavihI samAsao kittI (tti)o suvihiehiM / aNuoganAma(Na)gajjho nAyabbo appamattehiM / / 86 // gaNivijjAprakIrNakaM samAptamiti // cha / Reference.--- Published with chaya in the Agamodaya Samiti Series, as No. 46. It was formerly published by Dhanapatisinh in A. D. 1886. See No. 266. For contents etc., see Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, p. 112. gaNividyA Ganividya No. 345 141(j). 1872-73. Extent.-- fol. 35e to fol. 37*. Description.- Complete. For other details see No. 269. Begins. --~-fol. 35 vucchaM balAbalavihiM etc. Ends.---fol. 37" eso etc., up to prakIrNakaM in as No. 344 lollowed by samAptaM // cha / // 10 // N. B.- For further particulars see No. 344.

Page #336
348. ] viti. 10 Prakirnakas 311 gaNividhA Ganividya 386 (b). No. 346 1879-80. Extent.- fol. 47* to fol. 50*. Description.- Complete ; 85 verses in all. For other details sec No. 268. Begins.--fol. 47* ce agafaft etc. Ends.---fol. 49 GH a l (@T) etc., as in No. 344. N. B..- For additional information see No. 344. gaNividyA Gaoividya No. 347 1358 (i). 1891-95. Extent.- fol. 45b to fol. 484. Description.- Complete ; the last verse numbered as 85. For additional details see Catuhsarana No. 270. Begins.--fol. 456 gros ( aft etc. Ends.--fol. 480 (e)so balAbalavihI etc., up to appamattehiM // 85 // gaNivijjA nAma prakIrNakaM samAptaM ||ch / N. B.- For other particulars see No. 344. gaNividyA Ganividya 11681(h). No. 348 1887-91. Extent. -- fol. 20deg to fol. 216. Description.-- Complete ; the last verse numbered as 85. For other details see Samstaraka No. 317. Begins.--fol. 209 aos alumra( iTE() etc. Ends.--fol. 216 CAT agrasa (faler etc. up 10 FE II C4 II 01 (for)fasst ATA spastora FATEH Ell N. B. - For further information see No. 344.

Page #337
12 Jaina Literature and Philosophy ! 350. THE NINTH PRAKIRNAKA mahApratyAkhyAna Mahapratyakhyana ( AGYEIU) ( Mahapaccakkhana ) 579 (i) No. 349 1895-98 Extent.- fol. 23deg to fol. 246. Description.-- Complete ; the last verse numbered as 42 ( 142 ); the 24th folio slightly torn; yellow pigment used. For other details see Maranavidhi No. 579 (2): 1895-98. Subject. -- This is one of the ten prakirnakas. It deals with rules pertaining to confession, renunciation and denials. In all there are 142 gathas. Begins.--- fol. 23a esa karemi paNAmaM titthayarANaM aNuttaragaINaM / sambosiM jiNANaM siddhANaM saMjayANaM ca // 1 Ends.--- fol. 246 eyaM paJcakkhANaM aNupAleUNa suvihio (sa)mma / vemANiu vva devo havija aDavAvi sijjhijjhA(jjA) // 12 iti mahApaccakkhANaM samAptaM // cha / Reference. This work together with 9 other prakirnakas was published by Dhanapatisinh, in A. D. 1886. See No. 266. It is also published with chaya by Agamoda ya Samiti, in its series as No. 46. For contents etc. see Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, p. 113 mahApratyAkhyAna Mahapratyakhyana 386 (i). No. 350 1879-80. Extent.---- fol. 5oto fol. 546. Description.- Complete ; 143 verses in all. For other details see No. 268. Begins.---fol. 509 GRTA TATO etc. Ends.--.fol. 546 e Tatui etc., as in No. 349. N. B. For additional information see No. 349.

Page #338
353.] IX. 10 Prakirnakas 313 mahApratyAkhyAna Mahapratyakhyana No. 351 1234 (f). 1886-92. Extent.-- fol. 15b to fol. 166. Description.- Complete. For other details see Gacchacara No. 378. Begins.--fol. 156 # MA TATUT etc. Ends.--fol. 166 T Tapetoi etc., up to RE1994@lu as-in-No. 349 followed by FFT II gari lill N. B.-- For additional information see No. 349.. mahApratyAkhyAna Mahapratyakhyana No. 352 141 (k). 1872-73. Extent. - fol. 37* 10 fol. 40'. Description.- Complete ; the last verse numbered as 43 ( 143 ). For other details see No. 269. Begins.- fol. 37a ga A etc. Ends. fol. 400 TO SET Far etc., as in No. 349 followed by # 83 HageFEITUT FFHT 115 1188 11 N. B.--- For further particulars see No. 349. mahApratyAkhyAna Mahapratyakhyana No. 353 1358 (h). 1891-95. Extent. fol. 410 to fol. 456. Description. Complete ; the last verse numbered as 42 ( 142 ). For additional particulars see Catuhsarana No. 270. Begins.---fol. 410 GF FTTA TUTIA etc. Ends.--fol. 456 Tierheroj etc. Eara progrw 11 8 1 619 . PETUT FEAT 11 N. B. ---- For other details see No. 349. 40 1 J. L. P. 1

Page #339
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [38 Mahapratyakhyana No: 351 _____1168 (i). 1887-91. Extent.-- fol. 21s to fol. 230. Description Complete. For additional particulars see Sath staraka No. 317. Begips... fol. 2 esa karemi paNAma etc. Ends.--- fol. 23deg evaM pacakkhANaM etc., up to ahavAvi sijjhimaa||143|| mahApaccakkhANaM samAptaM // cha / cha / 13 / / maMgalaM mahAzrI deMhi vimA.. paramezvari // cha / maMgalamastuH // chaH / N. B.---- For further particulars see No. 349.

Page #340
579 (i). 3571 X. 10 Prakirnakas jrs TENTH PRAKIRNAKA vIrastava Virastaya (vIratthava) (Viratthava) No. 355 1895-98. Extent.-- fol. 24deg to fol. 25Description.--- Complete ; the last verse numbered as 43. For other details see Maranavidhi No. 379 (a): Subject.- This work which forms one of the ten .. prakirnakas has .. for its main topic, various names of Lord Mahavira. Begins.-fol. 246 nA nAmikaNa jiNaM ja(ya) jIvabaMdhavaM bhaviyakumudhaniyaraM / vIra giriMdadhIraM thuNAmi pasatthanAmehiM // 1 etc. .. Ends.- fol. 25. iya nAmAvali saMthuyasirivIrajiNiMdamaMdapunnassa / viyatkharuNAi jiNavarasivapayamaNahatthiraM vIra // 43 // ' iti vIrastavaprakIrNakaM samAptaM // ch| Reference.-- See Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, p. 177. -Virastavi 386(j). No. 356 -1879-80.7 Extent. - fol. 545 to fol. 56*. Description.- Complete ; 43 verses in all. For other details : see ___No. 268. Begins.- fol. 54 nAmiDa(U)Na jiNaM etc., as in No. 355. Ends.-fol. 56 iya nAmAvali etc., as in No. 355. N. B.---- For further particulars see No. 355. vIrastava No. 357 "Extent.- fol. 130 to fol. 146. Virastava 141 (6) 1872-73

Page #341
316 faina Literature and Philosophy 1358 Description.- Complete. For other details see No. 269. Begins.-fol. 135 FTASSUT fui etc., as in No. 355. Ends.--fol. 146 337 Araranas etc., practically as in No. 355. N. B.- For additional information see No. 355. cIrastava Virastava! 1168 (i). No. 358 1887-91. Extent:- fol. 236 to fol. 24a. Description.-- Complete. For other details sec Samstaraka No. 317. Begins.--fol. 236 HP507 PHO etc., as in No. 355. Ends.-fol. 24* T araratas etc., up to ale 1182 Il tutto !! N. B.- For further information see No. 355. vIrastava Virastava 1358 (-1). No. 359 1891-95, Extent.-- fol. 484 to fol. 496. Description. Complete ; the last verse numbered as 42. For other i details see Catuhsarana No. 270. Begins.--fol. 48 3re AIA5507 PEU etc. Ends.-fol. 49b alhaie etc. ate in 82 11 attraat trof .gu . N. B.- For further particulars see No. 355.

Page #342
3604] I Supernumerary Prakirnakas ( B ) Supernumerary Prakirnakas THE FIRST PRAKIRNAKA aGgacUlikA ( aMgacUliyA ) 30 Angaculika (Angaculiya) No. 360 Size-- ro++ in. by 4 in. Extent.-- 26 folios ; 14 lines to a page 34 letters to a line. Description. Country paper tough and white; Devanagari characters; big, quite legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink; numbers of foll. entered in both the margins as usual; fol. ra blank; some of the foll. slightly worm--eaten; condition very good ; complete. Age. - Seems to be modern. Author.- A Jaina saint. 763. 1895-1902. Subject.-Angaculika generally refers to the culikas of the angas like Acaranga. A work of the same name has been mentioned in Nandisutra as a kind of kalika sruta. It is also referred to in Sthananga (X). But it is difficult to say whether the work written in this Ms. is the same as the canonical work above referred to. In the beginning we find the explanation of the word angaculika and the part which angaculikas play in adorning the 11 angas. The present work deals with the discipline of a Jaina saint. It is written in Jaina Prakrit. Begins. fol. rb namo suyadevayAe bhagavaIe || namo arihaMtANaM namo siddhANaM namo AyariANaM namo uvajjhAyANaM namo loe savvasAhUNaM teNaM kAleNaM teNaM samaeNaM ca (caMpA NAmaM jayarI "hotthA vaNNao / puNNabhacetie / teNaM etc. Ends.--- fol. 260 evaM bhUimsa purao bUi / AtArisAe dihIe viharaMtANaM / No ANA virahANI sagaNa paragaNa paragaNe saMvigo sAhUNaM hIlaM (latA mamA bihIlissaMti sesaM u vaMgacUliyAto gaheyatvaM / vijjAmaMtappa oga (ge) tattha basaMta | sevaM bhaMteti tameva sacca (ccaM ) [ti] NissaMka jaM jiNehiM paveiyaM // cha // amacUliyA samAptA //

Page #343
Jaina Literature and-Pbilosophy Reference.-- See "subject". The introductory portion is quotec in Abhidhanarajendra (vol. I, pp. 37--38), Rutlam. See its introduction (p. 33), too. great Angaculikte 1226. No: 361 1891-95.. Size.-- 101 in. by s} in. Extent.--. 42 folios; 8 lines to a page ; 38 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper rough and greyish ; Devanagari charac ters; sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink ; numbers of foll. entered only once ; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too; this Ms. contains so to say a tabba up to fol. 17o ; condition excellent; complete ; fol. 421 blank. Age.- Not quite modern. Begins.---(text) fol. 14 hr steau, etc., as.in No. 360. ---(tabba) fol. TAFIT strena ART For a Torre . Bara etc. -(tabba) fol. 17deg 415 Ft heart rattaat)#nit payer bhagavaMtane gurunai namaskAra karai cauvIsattho paDhe. vAra 3 maMgala ucAra kare. Endso-fol, 42 g P geht etc., up to date as in. No. 360 followed by 3 AAA !! N. B.-- For other details see No. 360. aMgacUlikA Angaculika Do: 362 1227. 1891-95. Siz 71 in by 11. in. Eptent.--- 30 folios; 20 lines to a page ; 24-letters, do tline.

Page #344
3601 1. Super numerary Prakirnakas 310 Description. - Country. paper rough and white; Devanagari charack ! ters; big, bold, legible and very good hand-writing ; borders not ruled ; numbers of most of the foll. entered twice as usual ; every fol. seems to have been pressed against a wooden plank having strings fixed to it at equal intervals ; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too ; condition excellent ; complete, Age: -- Samvat 1948. Begins.---fol. I zrIjinAya namaH // namo arihaMtANaM etc., as in No. 360. Ends.-- fol.. 30 jahA vivAhapaNNattIe diyaMgayaMdacUissa purao bU(bU)ha etc.,. up to sammattA as in No. 36o followed by zubhaM bhavatuH etc. thAhasaM(zaM) pustakaM dRSTvA tAiso(zaM) liSi(khiotaM sa(ma)yA yadi suddhamasuddhaM vA mama doSo na dIyate // 1 // yAvatpRthI(zvI) rAtriryAyAvat yAvaJcaMdra(dra)himAcalau / dhAcyamAnaM budhaistAvataddeditat maMdata(naMdatu) pustakaM saM[saM0]16 ASADho di. 16 pravarttamAne svagacchaparopakArAyamaNanAya(1) vAcanArtha(rtha)midaM pustikA mAMgalyamastu zrIsAradAI namastubhyaM manovAMchitadAyakaM namAmi sabhi taM devi bhaktasya varadAyinI iti zrI saMpUrNam liSyatama tulasIrAma sAvAsI nirAmanapukkhAliSI 'jayapura madhye liSAyatam jatIjIzrI108 jJAnAnaMdajI mahArAja mubhambhavatu 1 saMvat 1948 kA. mA0 su03 N. B.- For additional particulars see No: 360: andhndhiaa Angaoulka: 1160. 1884-87. No.363 Size.- 104 in. by 45 in. Extent.- 16-1= IS folios ; IS lines to a page; so lerters to a line,

Page #345
320 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [363. Description.-- Country paper rough and grey ; Devanagari charac ters: small, clear and fair hand-writing: borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; yellow pigment rarely used; almost all the foll. slightly worm-eaten; the first fol. does not belong to this work; it is written in a different and better hand and has its edges slighty worn out; really speaking the ist fol. of this work is lacking; the Isth, too, lacking; otherwise it is complete; on the ist fol. of a different origin red chalk is used ; it contains : (I) nandistutayaH, (2) dikapAlAivAnanamandistotram and (3) some other work, perhaps Nandisutra; condition very fair. Age.- Samvat 1607 Begins.--(abruptly) fol. 2' kAusaggaM sattAvIsussase ciMtaNaM cauvIsatthayabhaNana puzvaM tao khamaNe sIso bhaNai / icchakAri bhaMte samaNa me hAvaNaM kareha etc. Ends.-- fol. 166 daMDassa purao etc., practically up to paveDayaM as in No. 360 followed by the lines as under : hatA jaMbU tameva sacca NissaMka je jiNehi paveiyaM / cha / aMgaliyA sammattA || zubhaM etc. Then we have the lines as under written in a bigger, if not different hand : saMvat 1607 varSe Asau zudi 1 guruvAsare zrI perojapuru'nivAsIya sAThAkura sA0 jagapAlapramuSasamastazrIsaMghena zrIupAdhyAyazrIbhAMlabdhisAdhu upadesena liSAvitA zrIsAdhuzaromaNizrIka zrIpatipUjyayogya tatra vAcavI saMghAgne. Begins. -fol. IA arhastanotu sa zreye (yaH) smi(zriyaM yaddhyAnato naraiH / adhyadrI sakalA(trai)hi rahasA saha[:]socyate // 1 // omiti maMtA yacchAsanasya / naMtA sadA yadaMDrIzca AzrI(zriyate zriyA te bhavato bhavato jinAH pAtu // 2 // etc, Ends.-- fol. " sNgh(5)| ye guruguNoghanidhe()stu vaiyA vRttyAdikRtyakaraNakanibaddhava(ka)kSAH / te zAMtaye saha bhavaMtu surAsurIbhiH suTTa(sadRSTayo nikhilavighnavidhAtadakSAH // 8 // iti nIdastutayaH / cha /

Page #346
363.] 1. Supernumerary Prakirnakas 321 Begins.--fol. la omiti namo bhgvo'rihNtsiddhaayriauvjjhaae| varasabvasAhama(mu)NisaMghadhammatitthappavayaNassa // 1 // Ends.-fol. I. sAhaMtassa samakkhaM majjhamimaM ceva[dha maNahANaM / siddhimavigdhaM gacchau jiNAi navakArao dhaNiaM // 5 // digpAlAhvAnananaMdistotraM // cha / Begins.---fol. I* namaskAra 3 nANaM paMcavihaM pannattaM, taMjahA / abhiNibAhiyanANaM etc. Ends..--.fol. [kappiAkappiassa / cullakappasuassa mahAkappasuassa / uvAiyassa rAyapaseNiyassa javAbhigamassa pana(na )vaNAe mahApannavaNAe naMdIe aNuo. gadArANaM / de. It ends here. - 41 [J. L. P.

Page #347
322 avidyA ( aMgavijjA ) Author.--- A Jaina saint. Subject. This is a prakirnaka. No. 364 Size.- rog in. by s in. Extent.- 230 folios; 14 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line. Description. Country paper tough and white; Devanagari characters; big, legible and very good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in_red ink ; numbers of foll. entered once only; foll. 97 to 230 also numbered as 1, 2, etc., lacune on foll. 678, 69b etc.; fol. 14 blank, so is the fol. 2300 ; an edge of each of the foll. 196th and 230th slightly worn out; condition on the whole very good; complete. Age.-- Seems to be modern. " Begins.fol. r OM namaH // >> 22 Jaina Literature and Philosophy THE SECOND PRAKIRNAKA "" 1. It is to some extent a nimittasastra and thus it reminds us of Nimittapahuda. It is written in Prakrit in mixed prose and poetry. Its extent is indicated in Jaina Granthavali as gooo slokas. Namo arihaMtANaM etc. Namo loe savvasAhUNaM namo jiNANaM namo odhijiNANaM namo paramodhijiNANaM Namo savo (vva) jiNANaM Namo aNaMtohijiNANaM Namo bhagavao arahao mahApurisassa mahAvIravaddhamANassa Namo bhagavaI ya mahApurisadinnAya a0 aMgavijjAya sahassaparivArAya [ saparivarAya ] adhApuvaM khalu bho mahApurisadinnAya aMgupatINA ( ppattINaM ) majjhAu paDhamo taM khalu bho tamaNuvasvAmi etc. - fol. 38 baMbhaNaM khattiyaM vesaM tao vaNNe yathAvihiM Angavidya ( Angavijja ) 541. 1895-98. aMgamajjhAvaesistaM aMgavijjAvisArade 1 etc. ---fol. 580 majjhimANi paDalANi sammattANi // ---fol. 7ob sAmakaNhANi sammattANi ---fol. 1978 citAma ( ? ) NAmajjhAyo aTThAvaNo sammatto // It is so named in Yogavidhi No. | 3642 1655 1891-95.*

Page #348
364.] 11. Supernumerary Prakirnakas 323 Ends.-- fol. 230 iti siddhopapattI apuNabhavA vi()NeyA iti iti khalu bho mahA. purisadinnAya maMgavijjhAya upapattIvijayo NAmajjhAyo sahitimo sammatto // cha ||nnmo bhagavato arahato ya savato mahApurisassa mahAvIrabaddhamANassa Namo bhagavatIya mahApurisadinnAya aMgavijjAya sahassaparIvArAya bhagavatIya arahatehI aNaMtaNANIhiM tuvadIhAya aNaMtagamasaMgahasaMjuttAya paNNa samaNasutaNANi pIjamati aNugatAya aNaMtAgamapajjoyA / / Namo arihaMtANaM etc., up to sAhUNaM // cha / Namo bhagavatIe sutadevatAe zrI thArApadra [jagacchabhu(bhUSaNamaNeH zrIzAMtima(sU)riprabhoH 'caMdrakule etAo gAthAo saMlAvajoNIpaDale Adi ditikAu puDhavIgata jA kAyI samAyuttA kadhAbhave AdhAri taNi sittadre kadhettANa va pucchati etc. teNo va paDIrUvaNa taM tathA vAjamAdise // cha // zrI aMgavijjApustakaM saMpUrNa samAptaM // Reference.--- For description see Abhidhanarajendra. For another Ms. see G. O. Series, vol. XXI, p. 25. See also Jaina Granthavali (P.64). This work (Angavidya) was studied by Vira Suri (Sainvat 938-991 ). See Prabhavakacaritra (p. 208). P. Peterson, Report III, p. 231 may be also consulted.

Page #349
Jaina Literatan and Philosophy [366. THE THIRD PRAKIRNAKA ajIvakalpa Ajivakalpa (ajIvakapya) (Ajivakappa ) ___ No. 365. ___141 (g). 1872-73. Extent.--- fol. 18deg to fol. 196. Description.-- Complete. : For further particulars see No. 269. Author.- A Jaina saint. Subject.-... This prakirnaka deals with certain articles like a stick, a needle, a nail-cutter etc., which a Jaina saint is likely to have with him. In all 16 types of ajivakalpa are mention ed here in 44 verses in Prakrit. . Begins.-- -fol. 18 AhAre uvahiMmi a uvassae taha ya passavaNae a| sijjanisajja(Na)ThANe daMDe camme cimililiminniia(e)||1|| avalehaNiA daMtANa dhovaNe kannasohaNe ceva / pippalaga sUi nakkhANa cheaNe ceva solasame // 2 // etc. Ends.-fol. 19 eso u solasaviho ajIvakappo samAsao bhnnio| itto u mIsakappaM bucchAmi ahANupuvIe // 44 // ajIvakalpaprakIrNakaM // cha / Reference. - See Jaina Granthavali ( p. 62 ). ajIvakalpa Ajivakalpa 386 (k). No. 366 1879-80. Extent.- fol. 56 to fol. 57*. Description.-- Complete ; 45 verses in all. For other details see No. 268. Begins.-fol. 56 AhAre uvaha (hi)mmi ya etc., as in No. 365. Ends. - fol.57deg eso u [i] solasaviho etc., up to ahANupubbIe as in No. 365 followed by ajIvakappo samato 11 ||ch|| zrIH // N. B.- For additional information see No. 365.

Page #350
368.1 ajIvakalpa No. 367 IFI. Super numerary Prakirnahas N. B.- For other details see No. 365. Extent.--- .fol. 7ob to fol. 71. Description.- Complete; the last gatha is numbered as 45 and not For further particulars see Gacchacara No. 378 . as 44. Age. Samvat 1569 (?) Begins. fol. 70b (4) AhAre uvaha (hi) mmi etc., as in No. 365. Ends. fol. 71 eso u solasaviho etc., up to ahApupuvIe // 45 // as in No. 365 followed by ajIvakappo sammatto // // cha // zrIH // saMvat 1569 varSe zAke 1434 pravarttamAne / zrI zrImAla jJAtIya / sA0 jUThAbhA0 jasamAde / su mahipatirUpA / cauthA 5 harSAsAhasApramukhakuTuMbayutena / sA cauthAkena | zrI vRddhatapA' gacche / zrIlabdhisAgarasUrINAmupadezena paM0 guNasAragaNi / cAritravallabhagaNyo samudyamena ciraM naMdatu // cha : ajIvakalpa No. 368 Extent. - fol. 49b to fol. 5ot. Description.-- Complete. Begins. Ends. 325 N. B. For further information see No. 365 Ajivakalpa 124 (b). 1872-73. For other details. see Catuhsarana No. 270. fol. 495 AhAre uvaha (hi)mmi ya etc. fol. Sob eso u solasaviho etc. ahANupuccIe // 45 // ajIvakappo saMmatto // cha // zrI // zubhaM bhavatu // cha // Ajivakalpa 1358 (k). 1891-95.

Page #351
326 "Jaina Literature and Philospohy [369. THE FOURTH PRAKIRNAKA AturapratyAkhyAna Aturapratyakhyana (AurapaJcakkhANa) (Aurapaccakkhana) 76. No. 369 1872-73. Size.--- 10 in. by 41 in. Extent..-- I folio ; 21 lines to a page; 48 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin and white; Devanagari charac ters; small, legible and fair hand-writing ; borders not ruled ; complete so far as it goes ; edges of the first fol. slightly worn out; condition good ; this Ms. has 10 verses followed by 18; it appears that the first ten verses do not form a separate work but are only a part of the whole made up by 18 verses. Age.-- Not modern. Subject.-- Glorification to five paramesthins. Begins.-- fol. arihaMtA maMgalaM mu(ma)jjha arihaMtA mu(ma)jjha devayA arihaMtA kittaittANaM bosirAmi tti pAvagaM 1 etc. kalahaM abbhakkhANaM pesa(su)nnaM arairaisamAjuttaM paraparavAya mAyA moaM(saM) micchattasallaMca 10 icceIyaI ahArasapAvaThANAIjAvajIvAe tivihaM etc. followed by saba tiviheNa vosirIyaM IcceIyaM nirAgArapaJcakkhANaM tu kitthI(ttI)yaM kAlassa parimANaM tu sAgAraM tu vIyAhiyaM 1 bhAvao bhAvIyappA aNuvvayAI ya bhAvaNA savve / khAmemi savvasatte khemI(?khami)yavvaM sabvasattANaM 2 Ends.--fol. 1 saMjogamalA jIveNaM pattA dukkhaparaMparA / tusnA (?tamhA) saMyogasaMbaMdhaM sabvaM tiviheNa bosirAya(re) 185 iti AurapaccavarakhANaM payanna mamA 1. This is the second verse in No. 370. 2 This is the 27th gatha of the Aturapratvakhyana included under ter prakirnakas.

Page #352
371, IV. Supernumerary Prakirnakus 327 AturapratyAkhyAna Aturapratyakhyana No. 370 77 (m). 1880-81. Extent.-- leaf 1784 to leaf 182". Description.- For additional particulars see Agamikavastuvicarasara ___No. No 77 (a). 880-81. Begins.--leaf I 78 arihaMtA maMgala majjha etc. Ends..---leaf 182* saMjogamUla(lA) jIveNaM etc., up to tiviheNa as in No. 369 followed by vosiraha // 16 // cha / itya(tyA)turapratyAkhyAnaM samAptaM // cha / / etc. N. B.-- For other details see No. 369. AturapratyAkhyAna Aturapratyakhyana 1229 (b). No. 371 1884-87. Extent.-- fol. za to fol. 56. Description.- Complete. For other details see Vairagyasataka No. 1229 (a). 1884-87. Begins.---fol. 3. arihaMtA maMgalaM majjha / arihaMtA majjha devayA .. arihaMte kittaittANaM bosirAmi tti pAvagaM // 1 // Ends.---fol. 50 saMjogamUla(lA) jIvANaM pattA dukkhaparaMparA / tamhA saMjogasaMbaMdhaM satvaM tiviheNa vosire // 16 // . iti zrIAturapratyAkhyAnaM samApta(ta) // cha / / N. B.-For further information see No. 369.

Page #353
328 Jaina Literature and Pbilusophy [372, THE FIFTH PRAKIRNAKA ArAdhanApatAkA Aradhanapataka (ArAdhanApaDAyA) (Aradhanapadaya) No. 372 1178. 1886-92. Size. -- 104 in. by 44 in. Extent.--- 20 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 60 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin and white; Devanagari characters with ATEITS; small, legible uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red ; red chalk used ; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only ; unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour in the centre only; the numbered, in the margins, too; fol. I decorated with a design in red colour; fol. 20deg practically blank; for, only the title etc. written on it; complete ; 990 gathas, in all; condition very good; composed in Samvat 1078. Age.--. Pretty old. "Author.--- Virabhadra Suri. Subject.- A work in Prakrit in 990 verses dealing with what one ought to do at the time death approaches. Begins.-- fol. IN niysucriyrnnmaahppdinn(nnnn)surraayriddhivitthaaro| jayai surarAyapUiyaguNamAhappo mahAvIro // 1 ArohaNAsaru(rU)vaM aNuhavasiddhaM ca phalamasaMdiTTa(?) / bhaNiyaM teNa bhagavayA goyamamAINa jaM puvaM // 2 taM puvapa(pu)risasakamakamamAgayabhAvasaMkamamudAraM / saMkhebao mahattha bhaNAmi suttAghusAreNa // 3 jiNavayaNasuipavittaM maNuyattaM pAviUNa sappurisA / sAsayasuhakAmeNaM hoyatvaM hou kAmehiM // 4 etc. Ends.- fol. 20 jaha khalu divasabbhatthaM rayaNIe sumiNayami picchaMti / taha iha jammabhatthaM sevaMti bhavaMtare jIvA // 82 iya visayavairivaharibhaddamArAhaNaM pasAhesu / uvaesapaehiM imehiM dhIradhIrANa samaggo / / 83

Page #354
372.] V. Supernumerary Prakirnakas 329 jiNamayamayaraha ruppaNNaseyamArAhaNAmayaM pAuM / visauNhatahamavahAya sAhuNA(?No) ninbuimurviti // 84 iya suMdarAI (jiNa)vIrabhaddabhaNiyAI pshynnaahiNto| ciramucciNimuma esA raiyA aaraahnnaapddaayaa|| 85 vassANamANapuvI gAhaddhapayANa pAyayANaM ca / katthai kahiMci raDayA puvapasiddhANa samaIe // 86 ArAhaNApatthaMmi ettha satthaMmi gaMthaparimANaM / nA(na)uyAI navasayAI atthAgAhami gAhANaM // 87 vikamanivakAlAo attarime samAsahassaMmi / esA savvaMgihiA gahiyA gAhAhiM saralAhiM / / 88 moheNa maMdamaiNA imami jamaNAgamaM mae lihiyaM / taM maharisiNo marisaMtu / ahava sohiM tu kara(?)NAe // 89 bhavagahaNabhamaNarINA laM(la)hati nivvuimuhaM jmlliinnaa| taM kappaDumasuhayaM / naMdau jiNasAsaNaM suiraM // 990 ArAdhanApatAkAkRtiriyaM zrIvIrabhadrAcAryasya // cha / Reference.-- See Jaina Granthavali (p. 64 ) where this work is styled as prakirnaka. 42 J. L. P.]

Page #355
330 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [373.. THE SIXTH PRAKIRNAKA kavacadvAra Kavacadvara (kavayaddAra ) ( Kavayaddara) No. 373 579 (m). 1895-98. Extent.- fol. 30a to fol. 31b. Description.-- Edges of foll. 30 and 31 somewhat damaged. For other details see Maranavidhi No. 579 ( a ).. 1895-98. Subject.-- A prakirnaka according to Jaina Granthavali. Begins.--fol. 304 tinno mahAsamuddo / tariyavvaM goyayaM tuheyANaM / samaikvaMto merU paramANU ciTTae inhi / / 1etc.. Ends.-fol. 310 evaM khavau kavaceNuvaggahio / teha parissaha cUrNa / jAyai alaMghaNijjo / jhANasamA(ma)ttho ya jiNai jaI // 129 // ' kavacadvAraM samAptaM // cha / / cha // etc. Reference.-- See Jaina Granthavali ( p. 66). 14I. 1. This verse forms the 892th verse of Aradhanapatakabhagavati No. 1872-73. This latter work has kavacadvAra.

Page #356
374.] VII. Supernumerary Prakirnakas 331 THE SEVENTH PRAKIRNAKA gacchAcAra Gacchacara (gacchAyAra) (Gacchayara ) No. 374 141 (f). 1872-73. Extent.- fol. I4deg to fol. 184. Description.-- Completc; the last verse numbered as 37 (137). For other details see No. 269. Subject.-- This prakirnaka based upon Mahanisitha, Vyavahara etc., as indicated in the 135th verse of this very work deals with the following topics:-- The fruit accruing from staying in gaccha, characteristic of a gani ( suri), prowess of gitartha, distinguishing features of gaccha, avoidance of contact with aryas, and behaviour of aryas. Begins.--fol. 14 namiUNa mahAvIraM tiasiMdanamaMsiraM mahAbhAgo(? gN)| gacchAyAraM kiMcI uddharimo suasamuddAo // 1 // Ends.- fol. 18 mahAnisIhakappAo vavahArAo taheva ya / sAhusAhuNi ahA(e) gacchAyAraM samuddhiaM(?hio) // 35 / / paDhaMtu sAhuNo eNaM(yaM) asajjhAyaM vivjjiuN| uttamaM suanissaMdaM gacchAyAraM su(? tu) uttamaM // 36 // gacchAyAraM suNittA gaM paThittA bhikkhubhikkhunnii| kuNaMtu jaM jahAbhaNiyaM icchaMtA hiyamappaNo // 37 // (137) iti gacchAcAraprakIrNakaM / / cha // 6 // Reference. The text together with the Sanskrit commentary by Vanara as well as the text along with chaya are published in the Agamodaya Samiti Series as Nos. 36 and 46 respectively. For quotations etc. see Weber II, p. 622 ff., and for an additional Ms. with a Gujarati translation see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p.464.

Page #357
332 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [376. gacchAcAra Gacchacara 386 (1). No. 375 18.9-80. Extent.- fol. 57 to fol. 616. Description. - Complete ; 137 verses in all. For other details see No. 268. Begius.--- fol. 57' namiu(U)Na mahAvIraM tiyasiMda etc., as in No. 374. Ends. --fol. 61deg paDha maMtu sAhuNo etc. up to hiyamappaNo as in No. 374. Then we have : iti gacchAyAraM payannaM // sammattaM // 12 zrIrastu / / N. B.--- For additional information see No. 374. gacchAcAra Gacebacara 1168 (m). No. 376 1887-91. Extent.- fol. 25 to 27'. Description.--- Complete; fol. 27b blank. For other details see Samstaraka No. 317. Age.-- Samvat 1491. Begins.-fol. 25deg namiUNa mahAvIraM ete. Ends. ---fol. 29deg paDhaMtu sAhuNo eyaM etc., up to hiyamappaNo // 138 // gacchA yAraM saMmattaM / / followed by saM0 1491varSe caitrasudi 11 zukre / zrI'tapAgacche / zrIzrIjayazeSarasUri // 'deulavADA'nagare rANAzrIkuMbhakarNarAjye / 'huMbaDa jJAtIya / aSTi(DisiMghAbhAryA cAMpU / AtmazreyA(yo')thai sahazra(sra)dvayaM / / zrI zrImAlI vazeSu zreSTimAlA(?)suta RSIzvarajhaMTAzreyA(yo')ya idaM pustakaM likhApitaM...' // upadezena // 11 Then in a different hand we have :-- ___ iti prazasti e prati saMvat 1743varSe zrI3AcAryajI RSizra ...'vRddhibhaMDAri muka / / N. B. - For further particulars see No. 374. ____I. Letters are made illegible by applying black ink.

Page #358
378. ] VII. Supernumerary Prakirnakas 333 gacchAcAra Gacchacara 124 (a). No. 377 1872-73. Size.- 11 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- 5 + 17 = 22 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 58 letters to aline. Description.- Country paper rough, very thin and greyish ; Deva. nagari characters with TAAS; small, legible and tolerably good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; red chalk used ; yellow pigment, too; foll. numbered in the right hand .margin only but in two sets: the foll. 1, 2, etc. up to s as 67. 68 etc. also ; and then again foll. 1, 2, etc, up to 17 numbered as 85, 86 etc. as well ; unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour in the centre only; the numbered, in the margins, too ; fol. 67a ( 19 ) blank; so is the fol. 858; the first few foll. are slightly torn and their edges, too, are partly gone; condition tolerably fair ; complete; this Ms. contains the following two works in addition to this : ( 1 ) ita foll. 700 to 716. (2) AUTO 850 , 101b. Age.-- Samvat 1569 (?) See Ajivakalpa No. 367. Begins.- fol. 670 ( 10) H UT #Tatt etc. as in No. 374. Ends.--- fol. 706 ( 46 ) Cal?a) Argo etc. as in No. 374. N. B.- For other details see No. 374. gacchAcAra Gacchacara 1234 ( a ). No 378 1886-92. Size.-- 104 in. by 4 in. Extent.- 16 folios ; 23 lines to a page ; 60 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and white ; Devanagari charac ters with occasional Teas; small, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink ; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too ; foll. numbered in the

Page #359
334 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ 379. right hand margin only ; complete ; condition very good ; this Ms. contains the following s additional works :-- (1) tandulavaicArika foll. 2b to 70 (2) devendrastava , 74 ,, IIA (3) bhaktaparijJA ,, II ,, 13 (4) saMstAraka (5) mahApratyAkhyAna 25 , 5* ,, I6 Age. - Pretty old. Begins.-fol. I namo jinavacanAya / / namiUNa mahAvIraM etc. Ends.fol. 21 paDhaMtu sAhuNo etc., up to hiyamappaNo as in No. 374 follow: ed by 36 // iti gacchAyArapainna sambhattaM // N. B..- For additional information sce No. 374. gacchAcAra Gacchacara No. 379 . 1140 (b).. 1897-91. Extent.- fol. 15 1deg to fol. 1552. Description.-- Complete; metres arc rcferred to in this Ms. as gAthA chaMdaH, viSamAkSareti gAthA and anuSTupU; extent 167 Slokas. For other details see No. 384. Begins.-fol. ISI zrIAnaMdavimalasUrIzvarebhyo namaH // namiUNa mahAvIraM etc. Ends.-fol. IS5 paDhaMtu sAhuNo etc., up to hiamappaNo as in No. 374. followed by 137 viSamAkSareti gAthA iti zrIgacchAcAraprakIrNakasUtraM samApta / cha / cha / graMthAnaM 167 cha etc. N. B.- For further particulars see No. 374.

Page #360
382.] gacchAcAra No. 380 1899-1915. Begins.fol. 58 namiUNa mahAvIraM etc. Ends. fol. 7 gr etc. practically as in No. 374. N. B. For additional details see No. 374. gacchAcAra Extent. fol. 5a to fol. 7. Description. Complete. For other details see Rsimandalastavana No. 714 (a). No. 381 VII. Supernumerary Prakirnakas Begins. fol. 1a af Ends. fol. 2 gacchAcAra fagraafza Size. 10 in. by 4 in. Extent. 2 folios; 18 lines to a page; 68 letters to a line. Description. Country paper tough and white; Devanagari characters; small, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines in red ink; red chalk used; foll. numbered in both the margins; complete; condition very good. Age. Samvat 1682. a line. 335 Gacchacara 714 (b). 1899-1915. glait etc. g etc., up to the end as in No. 374. Then follow the lines as under : thAe (?) kazivanidhAnagaNibhirlikhitaM || saM0 1682 varSe mArgazIrSazuklaikAdazyAM zrI ' ahammadAvAda'sthaiH // zubhaM etc. Gracchacara 1255. 1891-95. No. 382 Size. 10 in. by 4 in. Extent. 124-12-1=111 folios; 15 lines to a page; 50 letters to Gacchacara with vivrti 1183. 1884-87.

Page #361
Jaina Literature and Fhilosophy [382. Description.-Country paper rough and greyish; Devanagari characters with pRSThamAtrAs; sufficiently big, legible and good handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; fol. 1246 black; this Ms. contains the text as well as the commentary; but both begin abruptly as the first twelve foll. are missing; the fol. 26th, too, is wanting ; edges of the 13th and the last fol. slightly damaged; some of the foll. are partly worm-eaten, too; condition tolerably good; numbers of foll. entered in both the margins ; fol. 39th also numbered as 40th ; numbers in different margins seldom tally ; extent 585o slokas. Age.-- Pretty old. 336 Author of the commentary. - Vijayavimala Gani, pupil of Anandavimala Suri of Tapa gaccha. Subject. Gacchacara along with a commentary in Sanskrit. Begins.--(text) fol. 14a :) "" saMgahoargahaM vihiNA na karei a jogaNI / samaNaM samANaM tu dikkhittA sAmAyariM na gAhae 15 / / etc - (com) fol. 134 te pAtraM bhajyate / prAtihArikaM vA pAtraM dhaniko'samayepyudvAlayati / athavA yatpAtraM sattAyAM bhavati tallaghu etc. Ends. -- (text) fol. 121b paDhaMtu tu sAhuNo etc., up to hiyamappaNo / / 137 / / yadyathA (S) bhaNitaM tattathA kurvvaviti viSamAkSareti gAthA "" " - ( com.) chaMdaH // 137 // iti zrImat 'tapA' gacchanabhonabhomaNibhaTTAraka puraMdarazrI AnaMdavimalasUrIzvaracaraNAMbhojarajazvaM carIkAyamANapaMDitazrIvijayavimalagaNiviracitAyAM gacchAcAraprakIrNakaTIkAyAM sAdhvIsvarUpanirUpaNAdhikArastRtIyaH samAptaH // tatsamAptau ca samApteyaM zrIgacchAcAraprakIrNakaTIkA // prAyaH svakIyoditamapyatAdRzaM sarvAgabhAjAM jagatIha rocate / iyaM maduktistu mamaiva no tathA / kathaM pareSAM rucaye bhaviSyati 1 / 1 / nAbhUd vRddhakRtA vRttirasyA darzAstu bhUrizaH / tathApya'sti guru (rU) pAstiH samastasvastidA (SS) tmanaH // 2 // yadatra mativaiguNyAd graMthAnabhyAsatastathA / bhramAdvA vivRtaM sarvAgamenAmA virodhabhAk // 3 //

Page #362
382.] VII. Supernumerary Prakirnakas 337 vibhaktyAdiviruddhaM ca mithyAduSkRtamastu tat / zodhayaMtu ca tattvajJAH kRtvA tatra ghaNAM mayi // 4 // yugmN| vicAropaniSadabhedasamuccayacikIrSayA / gacchAcArAbhidhagraMthavRttiM nirmitavAnahaM / / 5 // atha prazastilikhyate / / prakaTitajagadAnaMdaH suratarumaNisurabhimahimaramaNIyaH / praNate hitapraNetA zAsananetA jayati viirH|1 tatpaTTodayabhAnurgaNI sudharmA yathArthanAmA(s)bhUt 2 / bodhitazarazatacauraH zrIjaMbUH kevalI caramaH 3 / 2 zrImAn prabhavasvAmI gaNanAtho guNamaNI salilanAthaH // 4 zayyabhavo(5)pi sUrimanakapitA samajaniSTa ttH| 5 / 3 / nijagatinirjitabhadraH kRtabhadraH zrIgaNI yazobhadraH 6 / tatpaTTe zrImatI saMbhUtavijaya-sutabhadrabAhugurU 7 / 4 zrutakevalIha caramaH sthUlAdbhadrastayovineyo(s)bhUt / 8 ziSyottamau tadIyau sUrimahAgiri--suhastigurU 5 jinakalpasuerikarma / prathamaH prathayA(5)nvitaH prathayati sma / zreNikataH pratisaMpratinRpaM dvitIyaH sma bodhayati / 9 / 6 / tadanu ca suhastiziSyau kauTikakAkaMdakAghajAyetAM / susthitasupratiba(bu) dvau 'kauTika gacchastataH samabhUt / 10 // 7 // tadvadinnasUri11rbhagavAn zrIdinnasaMjJasUrIMdraH / 12 / tasya pade siMhagirigiririva dhIro girigabhIraH // 13 // 8 / samajani vajrasvAmI / muMbhakadevArpitasphuradvidyaH / bAlye(7)pi jAtajAtismRtiH / prabhuzvaramadazapUrvI / 14 / 9 / zrIvajrasenasaMjJastatpadapUrvAdricUlikAdityaH / 15 mUlaM 'caMdre' (?cAMdra)kulasyAjani ca ttshcNdgmuuriguru(k)|16|10 pUrvagatazrutajaladhistasmAtsAmaMtabhadrasUrIMdraH / 17 / zrImAMzca devasaristadIyapaTTe'bhavad vRddhaH 18 // 11 / pradyotanAbhidhAna 19 / stato(s)pi sUrIMdramAnadevAkhyaH / 'zAMtistavena mAri yo jahe devatAbhyarcyaH / 20 / 12 zrImAnatuMgasUriH / kartA bhaktAmarasya gaNabharttA / 21 / zrImAn vIraH sUri 22 / stato(5)pi jayadevasUrIMdraH / 23 / 13 / zrIdevAnaMdaguru 24 / vikramasUri 25 rguruzca nrsiNhH| bodhitahiMsakayakSaH / 26 / kSapaNakajetA samudro(7)tha / 27 / 14 / [J. L. P.] .. 43

Page #363
338 Jaina Literature and Philosophy 1382. haribhadramitramabhavat / mUriH punareva mAnadevaguruH 28 vibudhaprabhazca sUriH / 29 / tasmAt sUrijayAnaMdaH 30 // 15 / zrImadravipramaguru / 31 garimAgAraM guruyazodevaH / 32 / yumnaH pradyamnAbhidhazca sUristato(5)pyAsIt / 33 // 16 / vihitopadhAnavAcyagraMthastasmAcca mAnadevAkhyaH / sUriH samajani bhUyo mAnavadevArcitaH satataM / // 17 // kecididaM sUridvayamiha na vadaMti / tasmAcca vimalacaMdraH sahemAsiddhirbabhUva sUrivaraH / 35 / udyotanazca sUri ritaduritAMkuravyUhaH / 36 // 18 atha yuganavanaMda994mite / varSe vikamanRpAdatikrAMte / pUrvAvanito viharan / so'rbuda sugireH savidhamAgAt / 19 tatra ca TelIkheTaka / sImAvanisaMsthavarataravaTAdhaH / sumuhUrte svapade(s)Tai / sUrIna sa sthApayAmAsa / 20 / yugmaM / khyAtastato gaNo(s)yaM 'vaTa gacchAhvo()pi 'vRddhagaccha iti / abhavattatra prathamaH / sUriH zrIsarvadevAhvaH / 37 // 21 rUpazrIriti nRpatipradattabirudo(5)tha devasUrirabhUt / 38 / zrIsarvadevamUrirjajJe punareva gurucaMdraH 39 / 22 / jAtau tasya vineyau sUriyazobhadra-nemicaMdrAdvau / 40 / tAbhyAM munIMdracaMdraH / zrImunicaMdro guruH samabhUt / 41 / 23 / zrIajitadevasUriH prAcyastasmAd babhUva ziSyavaraH / vAdIti devasUriddhitIyaziSyastadIya iha 42 / 24 // tatrAdimAd babhAse / gururvijayasiMha iti munipasiMhaH / 43 / tasyApyubhau vineyau / babhUvaturbhUmivikhyAtau / 25 / khyAtastatra 'zatArthI somaprabhamraripuMgavaH prathamaH / zrImaNiratnagaNIMdro / guNagaNamaNinIranidhiranyaH / 44 / 26 ziSyA mANiratnagurostato jagaccaMdrasUrayo(s)bhuvan / bhUtalaviditA nUtanavairAgyAvegabhAjaste / 27 / zrIcaitragaNAMbhodhau vidhUpamAd devamadragaNimizrAt / upasaMpannAzcaraNaM vidhinA saMvegavegavataH // 28 / 'AcAmAmlA khyatapo(7)bhigrahavaMto vyadhurvidhUtamalA: zarakaraTitarANi 1285 varSe / khyAtastata iti 'tapAgacchaH / 45 / 29 / vishessk|

Page #364
382.] VII. Supernumerary Prakirnakas 339 teSAmubhau vineyau deveMdragaNIMdra-vijayacaMdrAdvau 46 zrIdeveMdragurorapi / ziSyau dvau bhUtalakhyAtau / 30 / zrIvidyAnaMdagaNI / prathamo'nyo dharmaghoSamUririti 47 atha somaprabhamari 48 stasya vineyAstu catvAraH / 31 zrIvimalaprabhasUriH 1 zrIparamAnaMdasarigururAjaH 2 zrIpadmatilakasUri 3 / gaNatilakaH somatilakaguruH / 4 / 32 / zrIsomaprabhasUreH / paTTe zrIsomatilakasUrIMdrAH 49 / teSAM trayo vineyAstatra zrIcaMdrazekhara prathamaH / 33 / sUrijayAnaMdo'nyastRtIyakA devasuMdarA guravaH / zrIsomatilakasUresta eva paTTAMbarAdityAH 50 / 34 / teSAM ca paMca ziSyAH prathame zrIjJAnasAgarA guravaH / kulamaMDanA dvitIyAH / zrIguNaratnAstRtIyAzca / 35 / turyA ahAryavIryA guravaH zrIsomasuMdaraprabhavaH / AsaMzca paMcamA api guravaH zrIsAdhuratnAhvAH / 36 / zrIdevasuMdaraguroH paTTe shriisomsuNdrgnniiNdraaH|| abhavan yugapradhAnAH 51 ziSyAsteSAM ca paMcaite / 37 // zrImunisuMdarasUriH 1 zrIjayacaMdro gururgarimadhAma / 2 / zrIbhuvanasuMdaraguru 3 jinasuMdara4 sUri-jinakIrtI 5 / 38 // zrIsomasuMdaraguroH / paTTe munisuMdaro yugapravaraH 52 / tatpamukuTaratnaM sa ratnazekharagurUttaMsaH / 39 / zrAddhavidhisUtravRttyAyanekasagraMthanirmitipaTiSThaH // 53 / lakSmIsAgarasUristatpadamaMDanamatigariSTaH / 54 / 40 AsIttadIyapaTTe gururguNI sumatisAdhusUrIMdraH / 55 zrIhemavimalasUristadIyapaTTe guruH samabhUt / 56 / 41 atha duSamotthadoSAt / pramAdavazacetaso mamatvabhRtaH / abhavanmunayaH prAyaH / svAcArAcaraNazaithilyAH / 42 kiMcinnirIkSyApyasamaMjasaM tat / zAstrArthazUnyaiH pratibhojjhitaizca / 'lukA'dyanAdeyamatAMdhakUpe / 'pyaMdhauravoccaiH patitaM prabhUtaiH / 43 / / itazva zrIhemavimalasUrirdUrIkRtakalmaSaH sa sUriguNaM / jJAtvA yogyaM tUrNa / dharmasyAbhyudayaM saMsiddhathai / 44

Page #365
340 Jaina Literature and Philosophy 1382. saubhAgyabhAgyapUrNa saMvegataraMgaraMganIranidhi / AnaMdavimalamUriM sve paTTe sthApayAmAsa 57 / 45 yugmaM / dhanyAmagArasaMkAzAstapobhirdustapai zaM sthUlabhadropamA brahmacaryavaryaguNairapi / 46 // zrImadAnaMdavimalaprabhavaH zAsanAdguroH zazvat zuddhAM kriyAM kartumakurvannizcalaM manaH / 47 yugma / atha kumArgapatajjanatoddhRtau / vinayabhAvamavApya sahAyakaM / savinayaM nayanirmalamAnasaM __mudamadhAdvizadAM gurupuMgavaH / 48 // zrIvinayabhAvasaMjJairvijJavaraiH saMyutAH sahAyaiste / samatAsahitA hitvA vastrAdipAragrahe mamatA 49 zrIvikramanRpakAlAd bhujagajazarazazi1582 mite gate varSe cakruzvaraNoddharaNaM / zaraNaM saMvegavegavatAM / 50 / yugmeM tadA ca teSAM jagaduttamAnAM ___ saMvignatAsArarasapAsaktaH mlAniM gato(5)pIha caritradharma __ kalpadrumaH pallavito babhUva / 51 sa gururgarimaudAryasthairyAdiguNasevadhiH nirmamatvaH zarIre(5)pi tapastepe sudustapaM / 52 atha tacchrayatAM kiMcidAlocya svakapApmanaH kRtavAnaupavastrANAmazItyAbhyadhikaM zataM / 53 / ahaMdAdipadadhyAyI / 'viMzatisthAnaka' tapaH nirvikArazcakAraiSa / catuHzatacaturthakaiH / 54 cakre punastapastadvAraSTaSaSTazcatu zatapramitaiH viMzatiSaSTAni tato viharajjinapAn samAzritya / 55 tIrthAdhipavIravibhoH SaSTAni navekSaNekSaNa 229 mitAni pAkSikamukheSu parvasu / SaSTAni bahUni cAnyAni / 56 / yugmN| dvAdazani prabhuH paMca / cakre prathamakamaNaH / tAni paMcAMtarAyasya / navaiva dazamAni tu / 57 /

Page #366
382.] VII. Supernumerary Prakirnakas 311 darzanAvaraNasyApi mohanIyasya karmaNaH aSTAviMzatisaMkhyAni / viziSTASTamakAni ca // 58 aSTamadazamAnyevaM vedye gotre tathA(55)yuSi bahUni / / kRtavAn bhagavAnnAmno nava jajJe karmaNastu tapaH / 59 : tapobhirevaM vihitairanekai-- ranuttaraiH shriigurukuNjro()sau| vapuH zuzoSa pragatapradoSaH ___ svakaM samagrairduritaiH sahaiva / 60 yadaMti taM smeti janA nirIkSya nirIhatA jJAnatapa kriyADhyaM / avAtaratsarvaguNaH kimeSa / zrImAn jagaccaMdragururdvitIyaH / 61 'marusthalI-'mAlava'-'gUrjaratrA _ 'saurASTaM mukhyaSvapi maMDaleSu / haraMstama paMkamapAstadoSaH sa sUribhAnurvyaharaccirAya / 62 kSititalatilake zrImatyahammadAbAda'saMjJite naMge vikramanRpateH samatikrAMte rasanavatithi1596 mite(s)de / 63 vidhinA vihitAnazanaH / zrImAnAnaMdavimalamUrIMdraH / samavApa nAkasaukhyaM cetasi nihitaizcatuHzaraNaiH / 64 yugmN| zrIvarddhamAnAdiha SoDazo(s)bhUt zrIcaMdrasUriH kila gacchanetA / zrImAna sa mUristu babhUva sapta triMzo 'bRhadgaccha'pasarvadevaH / 37 // 65 'tapA'bhidhAdistviha paMcacatvA riMzo45jagaccaMdramunIMdracaMdraH / tataH kriyoddhArakRto munIMdrA strayodazA zrIguravo babhUvuH 57 / 66 / / va zrIvIrajinAtsaMtatidgacchanAthagurugaNane / AnaMdavimalaguravaH / zrImaMtaH saptapaMcAzAH 57 / /

Page #367
342 Jaina Literature and Philosophy . [382. AsaMstadIyapaTTe / prabhavaH zrIvijayadAnasUradriAH / sarvatra vijayavaMto / nayata samayavaMtazca / 58 // 68 seSAM paTTe saMprati / vijayaMte sarvamUripArIdrAH suvihitasAdhuprabhavaH zrImaMto hIravijayAhvAH / 69 // saubhAgyamadbhutataraM bhAgyamasAdhAraNaM sadA yeSAM vairAgyamuttamatamaM / cAritramanuttaratamaM ca / 70. yeSAM doSAMzca guNAn / zakto khalasajjanau na jAyetAM / varNayitumasadbhAvAdapramitezvApi pUjyAnAM / 71 / zrIvijayasenasUripramukhairmunipuMgavaiH pragatadoSaiH / sevitapadArAviMdAH zrIguravaste jayaMti ciraM / 59 / 72 teSAM zrIsugurUNAM / prasAdamAsAdya saMzrutAnaMdaH / vedAgniraseMdu1634mite vikramabhUpAlato varSe / 3 / ziSyo bhUriguNAnAM / yugottamAnaMdavimalasUrINAM / nirmitavAn gRttimimAmupakArakRte vijayavimalaH // 74 // _yugmaM / kovidavidyAvimalA vivekavimalAbhidhAzca vidvAMsaH AnaMdavijayavibudhA / viciMtayaMto gurau bhAktaM / 75 / zodhanalikhanAdividhAvasyA vRttewdhuH samudyogaM / syurbADhamAdaraparA / ucite kRtye hi kRtyajA (jnyaaH)| 76 // yugmaM / pratyakSaraM gaNanayA / vRttermAnaM vinizcitaM / sahasrAH paMca sArddhAni zatAnyaSTAvanuSTubhAM // 77 / yAvanmahItale meruryAvaJcaMdradivAkarau / tAvadvRttiriyaM dhIrairvAcyamAnA(s)znutAM jayaM / 78 / iti 'tapAgacchanabhonabhomaNikalikAlagautamAvatArabhaTTArakapuraMdarazrI 6 / AnaMdavimalasUrIzvaracaraNasarasIruharajazvaMcarIkAyamANaM paM0 / vijayavimalagaNiviracitAyAM gacchAcArAbhidhaprakarNikaTIkAyAM zrIguruparvakramavarNanAdhikAraH samAptaH // cha // gacchAcAraprakIrNakavRttiH samApta graM. 5850 / - -

Page #368
384.] VII. Supernimerary Prakirnakas 343 gacchAcAra Gacchacara vivRtisahita with vivrti 835. - No. 383 1875-76. Size.- II in. by 5t in. Extent. -- 197 folios ; 12 lines to a page ; 36 letters to a linc. Description.- Country paper tough and white; Devanagari charac ters; big, quite legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines in red ink; numbers of foll. entered in both the margins; foll. I. and 197deg blank; condition excellent; this Ms. contains the text as well as its commentary together with a big colophon; complete ; extent 5850 sokas ; this Ms. seems to have been copied from one dated Samvat 1763. Age.-- Samvat 1932. Begins.--(text) fol. 2b namiUNa mahAvIraM etc. ,, -(com.) fol. rb bhaTTArakaprabhuzrIAnaMdavimalasArigurubhyo namaH udbodho vidadhe()jAnAmiva bhavyaza(rI)riNAM gavAM vilAsaiphainAsa jIyAdvIrarAvizciraM // 1 // padapadmaM svagurUNAM sadAsadAcAracaraNaTuMTuM(?caMcU)nAM natvA vidadhe vivRti gacchAcArAkhyasUtrasya // 2 // iti tAvacchAstrasyAdau maMgalasaMbaMdhAbhidheyaprayojanAnyabhidhAtavyAni etc. Ends.--(text) fol. 192' paDhaMtu sAhuNo etc., up to hiyamappaNo / / 137 // , --(com.) fol. 193b yadyathA tattathA etc., along with the 78 verses of the colophon up to prakIrNakavRttiH samApta as in No. 382 followed by lekhana saM0 1763 nu(nUtana le0 1932 graM0 5850 // N. B.- For other details see No. 382. gacchAcAra Gacchacara vivRtisahita with vivrti 1140 (8). No. 384 1887-91. Size.-93 in. by 43 in. Extent.- 155+1-2=154 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line.

Page #369
344 Description. Age. Pretty old. "" Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ 385. Country paper rough and white; Devanagari characters with gears; small, legible, uniform and good handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. ra and 155b blank except that the title etc. written on them; foll. numbered in both the margins; fol. 118th repeated; foll. 149 and 150 missing, yet both the text and the commentary seem to be complete; extent 5850 slokas; some of the foll. slightly worm-eaten; condition on the whole good; this Ms. contains a big colophon; there is an additional work viz. the text beginning on fol. 151a and ending on fol. 155a. - Begins.--(text) fol. 22 nAmaUNa (maNa] mahAvIraM etc. dr Ends.-(text) fol. 145 --(com) fol. rb bhaTTArakaprabhuzrI 6 AnaMdavimalasUrigurubhyo namaH / udbodho vidadhe etc. gir etc. --(com.) yadyathA'tra bhaNitaM tattathA etc, up to guruparvakramavarNaan as in No. 382 followed by the lines as under :samAptaH // cha // graMthAgraM 5850 gacchAcAraprakIrNakaTIkA samAptA // cha // etc. N. B. For additional information see No. 382. gacchAcAra vyAkhyAsahita - rw dw dr No. 385 Size.-101 in by 41 in. Extent. (text) 16 folios; 23 lines to a page; 56 letters to a line. (com.),, 22 ; "" "" 376 Description. Country paper rough and white; Devanagari characters with gears; this is a faret Ms., the text written in a sufficiently big hand; legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right hand wr Gacchacara with vyakhya 33 23 1141. 1887-91. rw dr dw wr

Page #370
385.0 VII. Supernumerary Prakirnakas 345 margin only ; fol. 12 blank ; so is the fol. 166; few foll. slightly worn-eaten ; condition on the whole good; both the text and the commentary complete. Age.-- Pretty old. Author of the commentary.-Pandita Vanara, agrand-disciple of Anandavimala Suri of Tapa gaccha. Subject. -One of the prakirnakas along with a Sanskrit commentary. Begins.---( text ) fol. I namiUNa mahAvIraM etc. ,, -(com.) ,, ,, namaH sarvajJAya // zrIpArzvajinamAnamya tIrthAdhIzaM varapradaM / gacchAcAro gurormAtA vakSe(kSye) vyAkhyAM yathAgamaM // 1 // zAstrasyAdau prayojanAbhidheyasaMbaMdhamaMgalAnyabhidhAtavyAni etc. Ends.---(text) tol. I64 paDhaMtu sAhaNo etc., up to hiyamappaNo // 137 as in ___No. 383 followed by the line as below: __iti gacchAcAraprakIrNakasUtram / / cha / ,, - (com.) 164 yadyathA(s)tra bhANitaM tattatheti / icchaMto vAMchAM kurvataH hitaM pathyaM kasyAtmanaH / 137 / / / iti zrIvijayadAnasUrAivejayamAnarAjye bhavyasumanastu 3 patInAM duSTaduHkhAkuladurjaTasthirajihvavyAptanirdayadurbodhAjJAnAMdhakuguruvacanopadezAgnidhUmrasyA(iyA)mamukhotsUtravAruNyapavitrAsyakumatikuvAsanAvelAbhayaMkarAkalahapaMkabahulakurAjagAduzvArakusAdhumaDAMDa( ? )bhAgAdhanaMdamahat( ? )gaparvatasaMkIrNazArIramAnasaSamayadukhamAkAlakAlalasAgaranimajjajjaMtupotAyamAnAnAM zrI'tapaMgaNazrItapaguNamuninakSatragaNitAnaMtAnaMtakumati etc., bhayadajJAna namaH karSayatpraSaMDAnAM pAvanIkRtAtmAnAM zrIAnaMdavimalasUrIzvarANAM ziSyANuziSya(Sye)Na vAnarASyena paMDitazrIharSakulAvAptagacchAcArarahasyena gacchAcAraprakIrNakaTIkeyaM samarthitA AgamajJaiH saMso( zo )dhyeti mama mUrSa(kha)ziromaNeH ko()pi doSo na karSaNIyaH / atra mayA yajjinAjJAviruddhaM likhitaM vyAkhyAtaM ca tanmama trividhaM trividhena mithyA duH(pa)kRtaM bhavatu // iti zrIgacchA cAraprakIrNakaTIkA samAptA // cha / etc. Reference.-- The text as well as the commentary published. See No.374. 44 [J. L. P.]

Page #371
346 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [386. gacchAcAra Gacchacara avacUrisahita with avacuri 1233. No. 386 1886-92. Size.- Iog in. by 41 in. Extent.--(text) 9 folios; 5 to ? lines to a page ; 46 letters to a line. ,, -(com.),, ,, ; II , 14 ,, ,, ,, , ; 65 , ,, , Description.- Country paper rough and white; Devanagari charac ters with pRSTamAtrAs; this is a tripATI Ms., the text written in a sufficiently big hand and the com. in a sinall hand; legible, unisorm and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk used ; yellow pigment, "too; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; both the text and the commentary complete ; condition very good ; fol. 1 blank. Age.- Samvat 1646. Subject.- A Jaina agama along with a small commentary in Sanskrit. Begins.- (text) fol. I' nAmaUNa mahAvIraM etc. ,, -(com) ,, ,, zrIgurubhyo namaH // nmiuu|| Adau zAstrakAraH sveSTadevatAM namaskurvan grNthmaarbhti(te)| etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 9b gacchAyAra suNittANaM etc., up to hiamappaNo // 37 // as in No. 374. Here the verse pahaMtu sAhuNo is not to be found. The Ms. ends with the words iti gacchAcArasUtraM samattaM // ch|| zrIH // - (com.) fol. 9b gcchaayaa0|| zrutvA paThitvA saadhusaadhyH| Atmano hitaM vAMcha mAnA / yadyathA bhaNitaM tattathA kurvatu / munayazcAritrodyatAH iti gAthArtha: // 33 // iti zrIgacchAcAraprakIrNakAvacUriH samApta (tA) cha / saMvat 1646 varSe likhitA paropakarAya / /

Page #372
387.] VII. Supernumerary Prakirnakas 347 THE EIGHTH PRAKIRNAKA jambUsvAmyadhyayana Jambusvamyadhyayana (jaMbusAmiajjhayaNa) (Jambusamiajjhyana) TabbAsahita with tabba 191. No. 387 1871-72. Size.--- 91 in. by 4} in. Extent.- ( text) 48 folios ; 6 lines to a page ; 38 letters to a line. , -(tabba) ,, ,, , ,, ,, ,, ;44 , ,, , Description.- Country paper very thin and white; Devanagari characters; this Ms. contains the text as well as the interlinear tabba; the former written in a slightly bigger hand; legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; foll. numbered in both the margins, edges of the first two foll. slightly worn out; condition on the whole good ; foll. ra and 48b blank ; both the text aud the tabba complete up to the 21st uddesaka. Age.-- Old. Subject.- This is a prakirnaka dealing with the life of Jambur svamin, in 2 I uddesakas. Begins.- (text) fol. b teNaM kAleNaM teNaM samaeNaM rAyagihe nAmaM nayare hotthaa| vaNNao / tattha NaM rAyagihe guNasilA nAma ceie |vnnnno| tattha gaM rAyagihe seNie NAmaM rAyA hotthA / maMti abhaya nAmaM kumAre etc. ., -(com.) fol. Ib te te kAlanai viSai / te0 samayane viSe / rA0 rAya grahI nAma itc. Ends.- (text) fol. 48 esa jaMbUcariyaM je succA saddahasi / se ArAhagA bhaNiA teNa jIvaM suhaM bhave 2 pAvaissaI / __iti zrIjaMbUajjhayaNaM egavIsamo uddezo(so) sammatto 21 / iti zrI jaMbUpayako smmtto| -(com.) fol. 48 suSa sAtA bhavo bhavai pA0 pAmasyai / iti zrIjaMbuno adhyayananai ekavIsamA uddezAno / iti zrIjaMbUno dRSTAMtano payanno saMpUrNam / / Reference.- In Jaina Granthavali (p. 68 ) a work named Jambu payanno is noted. This appears to be the one here described. It seems it is variously designated : e. g. Jambu

Page #373
348 jaina Literature and Philosophy (388. ditthanta, Jambuajjhayana, Jambusvamikathanaka and Jambucaritra. See Essai de Bibliographic Jaina (p. 72 ) by A. Guerinot. For other details sce Weber II, p. 1016 where it is classed as belonging to historico-legendary literature. jambUsvAmyadhyayana Jambusvaniyadhyayana bAlAvabodhasahita with balavabodha 693. No 388 1892-95. Size.-- 10 in. by 4 in. Extent.- (text) so folios; 8 lines to a page ; 45 letters to a line. ,, -(com.), ,, ; >> >> >> >> >> ; 56 >> >> >> >> Description, -- Country paper thick, rough and white; Devanagari characters; small, clear and legible hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines and cdges in two, in red ink ; red chalk and white paste used; foll. numbered in the right hand margins only; fol. ra blank; so is the fol. sob; condition very good; both the text and the interlinear balavabodha complete ; 18000 silangas represented on fol. 4b; space for the text is not kept reserved. Age.- Samvat 1899, Saka 1765. Author.- Padmasundara Upadhyaya. Subject.- A Jaina agama known as prakirnaka in Prakrit in 21 uddesakas or chapters together with its explanation in Gujarati. Begins.--(text) fol. 10 UET AF: 1 PORARA A: 1 ao FTOU NOT FAU etc. , (com.) fol. 1b A #CHTA TUTA FATTARHa namaskAra huvau| te kAlanai virSe te samaya vi rAjagrahI nAma nagarI hutI piNa nagarI agar tetc. Ends.---(text) fol. 50 TH A quantiga Haut wrotu:21 ggaMcche vitthArapauraM bhavissasI UgTT

Page #374
389.1 VIII. Supernumerary Prakirnakas 349 esa jaMbUcarIya je succA saddahasi se ArAhagga bhANiyavvA jaMbUajjhayaNA egagavisamo ude(he)so evaM jaMbUajjhayaNaM samataM uvajjhAyazrIpada(da)masuMdaragANikRtaM AlApakasvarUpaM saMpUrNa samApta zrIH // --(com.) fol. 50 evaM iNa melai sarva jaMbUnau adhyayana saMpUrNa upAdhyAya zrIpadamasuMdaragANikRtaM te kahyo e AlAvo jaMbUnau saMpUrNa // samApataM // zrI / / saMvat 1899 rA varSe zAke 1765 rA pravartamAne mAsotamamAse jeSTamAse zuklapaSye 2 tithau budhavAre zrIsAradAe nma // paM0 pragurAMjI zrI108zrIvAsAjaNajI tatziSya vA zrI108zrI zrInArAyaNajI tatziSya paM0 pra / zrI 108zrIdAnakuzalajI taziSya paM0 pra zrI108zrIsatyavijayajI tatziSya pra zrI108zrIkapUrabhadrajI taziSyaliSataM paM0 lakSmIpuraMdaramunizrIjinacaMdrasUrajIzASAyaM zrI vRdhakharataragache zrI AsADhAgrAme' caturamAca(?sa) kra(ka)taM lipItaM zrIrastu etc. jaba laga meru aDaga hai taba laga zazi hara sUra jaba laga A pothI sadA raha jyo guNa bharapUra // shriirstu|| Reference.- See No. 387. jambUsvAmyadhyayana Jambusvamyadhyayana bAlAvabodhasahita with balavabodha 350. ____No. 389 1871-72. Size.- 104 in. by 4} in. Extent.-- 54 folios; 6 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line.' Description.- Country paper rough and white; Devanagari charac ters; this Ms. contains the text as well as the interlinear commentary; the former witten in a big hand, the latter in a small one; clear and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used ; fol. Ia practically blank except that the title etc., written on it ; foll. numbered in both the margins; condition very good; both the text and the commentary complete. Age- Pretty old.

Page #375
350 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [390. Begins.---(text) fol. Ib zrIdevagurubhyo namaH // teNaM kAleNaM teNaM samaeNaM etc., as in No. 388. , -(com.) fol. Ib teNe kAliM / teNe samayaneM virSe / rAjagRha nAme nagara hatthA kahitAM dUuM / nagaranuM varNana jANavalaM etc. Ends.---(text) fol. 54 esa jaMbU paMcamAbhavadihaM etc., to up saMpUrNa as in No. 388. , -(com.) fol. 54 zreNika eha jaMbanA pAMcamA bhavanA dRSTAMta / saMkSepeM / jANavA jAMNIne / anerA graMthane viSaI vistAra pracura ghaNo husii paNi ihAM saMSepi kahyA eha jaMbUna caritra sAMbhalIne sahai / te ArAdhaka jIva kahIyA e jaMjUnA adhyayana virSe / ekavIsamo uddesA sahita evaM eNI meMleM jNbuu|| nauM adhyayana / saMpUrNa havauM // upAdhyaya zrIzrI 108zrIpadmasuMdaragaNiiM kahyuM the AlApakasUtraM puruuM thayu chaiM. Then in a different hand we have:-- ja(ja)bucaritra bhiparatta paM0 / lAvaNyasaubhAgyanA bhaMDArani parata cha ziSya paM0 / mANikyasaubhAgyanA bhAgai AvI che muniphattesaubhAgya vAMcanArthe lipIkRtaM / N. B.- For other details see No. 388. jambUsvAmyadhyayana Jambusvamyadhyayana bAlAvabodhasahita with balavabodha 29. No. 390 1869-70. Size.- 10 in. by 4 in. Extent.-- 41+1=42 folios ; 7 lines to a page ; 42 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper rough and white; Devanagari charac ters; this Ms. contains the text as well as the interlinear commentary; the former written in a bigger hand and the latter in a smaller one; clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines in red ink ; red chalk and white paste used ; fol. ra blank ; edges of the first fol. slightly damaged; foll. numbered in both the margins; fol. 7th repeated; both the text and the commentary complete ; condition good. Age.-- Samvat 1769.

Page #376
390.] VIII. Supernumerary Prakirnakas 351 Begins.-(text) fol. I zrIgurubhyo namaH / teNaM kAleNaM teNaM samaeNaM etc. as in No. 388. , - (com.) fol. I' zrIguruni namaskAra karI jaMbucaritra kahIiM che munIzvaraiM te kAlaniM viSaI te samayane viSaI etc. Ends.-(text) fol. 4b esa jaMbu paMcamabhavadihaM etc., up to AlApakaM saMpUrNa as in No. 388 followed by iti zrIjaMbucAritraM saMpUrNam likhitaM zrI pattana nagare saMvat 1769 varSe vaizASavadi 2 zukre paM0 dAnacaMdreNa lipIkRtaM // --(com.) fol. 41b he zreNika e jaMbunA paMca bhavano jAMNavo saMkSepathI kahyo etc., practically up to ekavIsamo uddeso as in No. 389 followed by sampatto upAdhyAya padmasuMdaragaNii kIdho che AlAvAne seti iti jaMbucaritra saMpUrNam likhyo , 'jaNIenapura madhye vaizASa(kha)mAse zukravAre liSI(khi)taM N. B.- For additional particulars see No. 388.

Page #377
352 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ 39. THE NINTH PRAKIRNAKA jyotiSkaraNDaka Jyotiskarandaka (joisakaraMDaka) (Joisakarandaka) TIkAsahita with tika 269. No. 391 1873-74. Size.-- 11 in. by sa in. Extent.-- I02 folios ; IS lines to a page ; 56 letters to a line. Description.--- Country paper tough and white ; Devanagari charac ters; bold, big, legible and good hand-writing; borders of foll. 9 to 102 ruled in three lines and edges in two, in red ink; yellow pigment used; foll. ja and 102b blank; numbers of foll. entered twice as usual; margins of the foll. 38 and so slightly damaged ; condition on the whole good; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary, the former in Prakrit, the latter in Sanskrit ; both complete. Age.- Modern. Subject.-- This work composed in Prakrit in verses and divided into prabhrtas mostly deals with astronomy and it is accompanied by the Sanskrit commentary. It is classified in Jaina Granthavali under the prakirnaka section of the Jaina agamas. Abhidhanarajendra, too, mentions it as prakirnaka. Author of the commentary.-- Malayagiri Suri. Begins.-(text) fol. Ib suNa tAva sUrapaNNattivaNa(NNaM) vitthareNaM jaM niuNaM / thaugaNeccaeNa tatto vocchaM ullogamettAnAM( gaM ?) / 1 etc. ,, ---(com.) fol. rb || 60 // zrIgaNezAya namaH // spe(spaSTa carAcaraM vizvaM jAnIte yaH pratikSaNaM / tasmai namo jinezAya zrIvIrAya hitaiSiNe // 1 // samyagagurupadAMbhojaparyupAstiprasAdataH / jyotiSkaraNDakaM vyaktaM vivRNomi yathA(55)gamaM // 2 // etc. Ends.-(text) fol. Iorb kAlaNA(NNA)Na samAso puvAyariehi tINiu eso| diNakarapaNa(NNa)ttIo sIsajaNavibohaNadva( ? haae)| ---(com.) fol. 102 a tena paraMparayA sarvavinmUlatvAdupAdeyamidamavazyaM prekSAbahi jyotiHkaraNDakAmati /

Page #378
392.] IX. Supernumerary Prakirnakas 353 yadgaditamalpamatinA jinavacanaviruddhamatra TIkAyAM / vidvadbhistattva[TIkAyAM jJaiH prasAdamAdhAya taccheodhyaM / / jyotiHkaraNDakamidaM gaMbhIrArthaM vivRNvatA kuzalaM / yadavApi malayAgariNA siddhistenAznutAM lokaH // iti zrImalayagiriviracitA[yAM]jyotiHkaraNDakaTIkA[yAM] samAptA / zubhaM bhavatu etc. Reference.-- The text along with the commentary is published by Rsabhadas Kesarimalji Samstha, Rutlam, in A. D. 1928. For a Ms. of the commentary see G. O. Series vol. XXI, p. 28. 720. jyotiSkaraNDaka Jyotiskarandaka TIkAsahita with tika No. 392 1875-76. Size.--- 114 in. by 52 in. Extent.- 71+127=198 folios; 10 lines to a page ; 38 letters to a line. Description. - Country paper thick, rough and white; Devanagari characters; big, bold, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines in red ink ; fol. i* blank; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary; white paste used ; foll. 72 to 93 also numbered as I, 2 etc.; foll. 94th and the following only numbered as 23, 24 etc. up to 127; complete; the last fol. also numbered as I97 but it seems to be wrong ; condition very good. Age.- Samvat 1931. Author of the commentary.-- Malayagiri Suri. Begins.---(text) fol. Ib suNa tAva sUrapaNatti etc., as in No. 391. , -(com.) fol. Ib // 80 // spaSTaM carAcaraM etc., as in No. 391. Ends.-(text) fol. 127 kAlaNNANa samAso etc., as in No. 391. , --(com.) fol. I27 tena paraparayA etc., as in No. 391 up to TIkA samAptA / followed by the lines as under : cha // graMthA' / etc., saMvat 1931 varSa) zrAvaNamAse kRSNapakSe tithi6 bhAnudine / zrItravADi / zrIpaMcAnArAyaNajIsutatrImalAlasvahastena lepikRtvA / yAdRzaM pustakaM etc. zrI pATaNa'madhye / / N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 391. i This is not mentioned in the Ms. , though space is kept for it. 45 IJ. L. P.1

Page #379
354 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [393 jyotiSkaraNDaka Jyotiskarandaka TIkAsahita with tika No. 393 378. 1880-81. Size.-- 10] in. by 44 in. Extent.-- 145 folios ; I3 lines to a page ; 46 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper very thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with occasional pRSThamAtrAs; bold, big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; a piece of paper pasted in the middle to fol. I"; fol. 1a blank ; fol. 1b worn out in good many places, so the corresponding letters missing; some of the foll. wormeaten ; fol. 145th slightly torn; condition fair; this Ms. contains both the text and the comnientary, the former in Prakrit and the latter in Sanskrit ; both complete; extent 5500 Slokas. Age.-- Samvat 1640. Begins.---(text) fol. - suNa tAva mUrapaNNatti etc., as in No. 391. , ---(com.) fol. rb // OM namo jinAya // spaSTaM carAcaraM etc., as in No. 391. Ends.--(text) fol. 145b kAla(Na)NANa samAso etc., as in No. 39. --(com.) fol. 145b tena paraMparayA etc., as in No. 391 up to samAptA followed by the lines as below: ... graMthAnaM 5500 / saM. 1640 varSe jyeSTazudi14dine 'tapAgacche upAdhyAyazrIdharmasAgaragaNigurubhyo namaH / tatsevakakramaSapanArtha vyAleu.(?) AlikhitaM / etc. zrI siddhapura nagare / followed in a different hand by the lines as under :--- zrIrAjasAgarasUrirAjye sakalavAcakottaMsavAcakazrIpaM labdhisAgaragaNiAziSyapaM0vinItasAgaragaNiI e prati bhaMDAra muMkI chaiM / zrIstaMbha tIrtha'pure / saMvat 1711 varSe shriiH|| N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 392.

Page #380
*394.] IX. Supernumerary Prakirnakas 355 jyotiSkaraNDaka Jyotiskarandaka (saptadazaprAbhRta) (17th prabhrta) TIkAsahita with tika 268. No. 394 1873-74. Size.-- II in. by 5 in. Extent.-- s folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 46 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper tough and white; Devanagari charac ters; big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink; fol. Ta blank ; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary, the former in Prakrit and the latter in Sanskrit ; complete so far as the I7th prabhrta is concerned ; condition very good. Age.- Not old. Subject. The text is a portion of Jyotiskarandaka and it deals with the dimensions of tapa-ksetra. It is commented upon in Sanskrit. Begins.--(text) fol. 1b addha(ha)su saesu sUro ahasu saesu aasesu| tArA uvariM hihA samA ya caMdassa nAyabvA etc. ,, --(com.) fol. b zrIgaNezAya namaH // tadevamuktaSoDazaM prAbhRtaM saMprati tApakSetra(tra)parimANapratipAdakaM saptadaza prAtaM vivakSurAha etc. Ends.---(text) fol. 5b sA ceva muharta(tta)gaI guNiyA divaseNa hoI punne(nnnne)| so Ayavi(va)viSkaM(kha)bho tahiM 2 maMDalaM?le) raviNo / / --- (com.) fol. sb tadAnIM ca divaso dvAdazamuhUrtapramANastata iyamanaMtaroktA muhartagati dazabhirguNyate jAtAni triSaSThiyojanasahasrANi SaT zatAni SaSTyadhikAni / 63663 etAvatpramANe sarvabAhye maMDale taapkssetrvisskbhprinnaammiti|| cha iti zrImalayagiriviracitAyAM jyotiHkaraNDakaTIkAyAM tApakSetra. pramANapratipAdakaM saptadazamaM prAbhRtaM samAptam / / zubhaM bhavatu etc. - -

Page #381
356 tIrthodrAlika (fagmida) Jaina Literature and Philosophy THE TENTH PRAKIRNAKA Age.-- Samvat 1584. Author. A Jaina saint. Subject. No. 395 Size. 101 in. by 43 in. Extent. 54 folios; 11 lines to a page; 40 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin and yellowish; Devanagari characters with aarats; big, legible and very good handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; unnumbered sides having a small disc in red colour, in the centre only; the numbered, in the margins, too; fol. 1a blank except that a title viz. mAgadhi RSimaMDalasUtra is written on it ; edges of almost all the foll. more or less worn out; a piece of white paper pasted in the corresponding places; condition very fair; complete; fol. 54b has only the following lines written on it in a different hand :-- zrIRddhi vijayavAcaka pautropAdhyAya gaMgA vijayena madIyagurusevArthe citkoze pratiriyaM nyastA. Begins.fol. 1b namaH zrIsarvajJAya // [.395. Tirthodgalika (Titthuggaliya) This prakirnaka composed in 1251 verses in Prakrit is known as Titthogali, too. It has for one of its topics life of Bhadrabahusvamin. Verses 620 to 622 throw light on the date of Candragupta's coronation.' 1164. 1887-91 jayai sasipAyanimmalatihu aNavitthinna punnaja sakusumA / usabhI kevaladaMsaNa divAyaro didihavo // 1 // etc. nAmaUNa samaNasaMgha sunAyaparamatthapAyaDaM vimalaM / vacchaM nicchayayatthaM titthogAlIe saMkhevaM // 4 // etc. 1 For details see "The Traditional Chronology of the Jainas " (pp. 16-17) by Shantilal Shah.

Page #382
396.1 X. Supernumerary Prakirnakas 357 Ends.-fol. 544 esA ya payasahasseNa vaMniyA samaNagaMdhahatthINaM / puDheNaM u rAyagihe titthogAlI u vIreNaM // 46 / / etc. te tesiM gAhAo donni satA Usahassa maMge ca / / titthogAlIe saMkhA esA bhaNiyA u aMkena // 51 / ) iti titthogAlI sammattA // saMvat 1584 ASADhAdi 85 varSe ASADhavadi bIji sAro vA0 zrIjayavallabhayogyaM // Reserence. Some of the verses from the beginning as well as the end are quoted in Abhidhanarajendra. This prakirnaka is referred to in " Viranirvana samvat aura Jaina kalaganana" (pp. 98-103) by Muni Sri Kalyanavijaya. In the svopajna Trtti of :Paryusana-dasasataka by Dharmasagara Gani, 166th of the collection of 1873-74 (fol. 272), there is a quotation from Tirthogara. It remains to be verified if that work is the same as this, even though I am inclined to identify the present work with Tirthodgara mentioned in Jaina Granthavali (p. 62). tIrthodrAlika Tirthodgalika. . 385. No. 396 1879-80. Size.- 11 in. by 4 in. Extent.-- 21 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 68 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper tough and white; Devanagari charac ters with occasional pRSThamAtrAs; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders neatly ruled in four lines in black ink; fol. Ta blank; a few foll. slightly worm-eaten; condition on the whole good; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; complete ; extent 1565 slokas. Age.-Samvat 1612. Begins.-fol. b namaH sarvajJAya / / jayai sasipAya etc. Ends.-fol. 21 b esA ya etc., up to aMkeNaM as in No. 395 followed by cha // gAthA 1233 // zloka 1565 // cha // titthogAlI saMmattA / saMvat 1612 varSa kArtakazudi 9 guru 'ahimadAvAda'madhye pustikA likhi tamidaM / cha etc. . N. B.-- For further particulars see No.-395.

Page #383
358 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [397. tIrthodgAlika Tirthodgalika 386 (n). No. 397 1879-80. Extent.- fol. 884 to fol. 1324. Description.-- Complete ; extent 1565 slokas. For others details see No. 268. Begins.-fol. 88 namaH sarvajJAya // jayai sasipAyanimmala etc., as in No. 395... Ends.-fol. 132deg esA ya payasseNaM etc., up to vIreNaM as in No. 395 followed by the lines as below : souM titthogAliM jiNavaravasahassa vaddhamANassa bhaI surarAsuranamaMsiyassa bhadda(iM) dhuyarayassa / guNagahaNabhavaNasutarayaNabharitadaMsaNavisuddharatthAgA saMghanagara maha(da) te akkhNddcrittpaagaaraa| jaM uddhitaM suyAu / ahava matI(tti)e yathovadeseNa taM ca viruddhaM nAuM soheyavvaM suyadharehiM // 125 Then we have : te tisaM gAhAu etc., up to u aMkeNa as in No.'395 followed by gAthA // 1233 / ch| titthogAlI samattA / cha / evaM aMthAyaM zloka // 1565 // saMvat 1671 varSe kArtikazudi 8 ravau pattana nagare zrIvIravaMzajJAtIyasaMghavIpUjA bhAryAmAMgI tayoH putrasaMdegThAkarabhAryA ubhayaH kulavisuddhA / zreSTibhImApatnIharaSAdekulotpannA evaMvidhA .. suzrAvikA lAlabAInAmnyA zrIvivAhaprAjJaptyaMga munilalitasAgarapArzve zrutaM tadA zrIgautamAkhye 2 pratyeka 2 mekaikaM suzrIphalaM puNyavyaye muktaM tena dravyeNye (Ne)daM mUtraM likhApya munilalitasAgarasya svazreyaM sevAvAcanArtha.. N. B.--For additional information see No. 395. 1-2 This portion is seen in the mangalacarana of Nandisutra. 3 Letters are gone, owing to the corresponding portion worn out,

Page #384
398.] XI. Supernumerary Prakirnakas 359 THE ELEVENTH PRAKIRNAKA dvIpasAgara DvipasagaraprajJaptisagrahaNI prajnaptisangrahani (dIvasAgara (DivasagarapaNNattisaMgahaNI) pannattisargahani) 600. No. 398 1884-86. Size. 10 in. by si in.. Extent.- 7. folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 46 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and white; Devanagari charac ters; bold, big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink; fol. I. blank, except that the title is written on it ; complete ; condition very good. Age.-- Not quite modern. Subject. -- This is a small work in Prakrit. It is styled as Dvipasagara prajnapti in Jaina Granthavali (p. 64) and Abhidhanarajendra (vol. I, p. 4). It consists of 223 gathas. It describes con tinents and oceans. It is a sort of Jaina cosmography. Begins.--fol. 10 pukkhakharadIvaE(9 parikkhivai mANusottaro selo / pAyArasarisarUvo vibhayaMto mANusaM loyaM / / sattarasaikavIsAiM joyaNasayAI so samuzviddho / cattAri patIsAI mUle kosaM ca ogADho / etc.. Ends.--fol. 70 caurottarIyAe buDDhIe jojAI syshssaaii| bichaDo sAgaro va dIvo vA tAvaiyAo tahiyaM paMtIo caMdamUrANaM / 223 // cha / dIvasAgarapannattisaMghayaNigAhAo smttaao| Reference.- See Jaina Granthavali (p. 64 ) where this work is noted as prakirnaka.

Page #385
360 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [399. THE TWELFTH PRAKIRNAKA paryantArAdhanA Paryantaradhana (pajjaMtArAhaNA) ( Pajjantarahana ) No. 399 1199. .. 1887-91. Size.-- 101 in. by 4 in. Extent. -- 4 folios ; II lines to a page ; 38 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin, and white; Devanagari charac ters with pRSThamAtrAs; big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines in red ink ; each side of the fol. has a small design in each of the margins ; fol. 4b blank ; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only ; edges of all the foll. slightly damaged ; condition tolerbaly good; complete ; extent 74 slokas. Age.-- Pretty old. Author.- Soma Suri. Subject: - This work is considered as a prakiranaka' and is class ed as an agama in Jaina Granthavali. It is composed in 70 verses in Prakrit. As its very name implies i: deals with what ought to be done on death-bed, e. g. reflection about the partial transgression of vows, severing the connection with the 18 papasthanas, taking resort to the Arhats, Siddhas and others. Begins.-fol. I OM namiuNa bhaNai evaM / bhayavaM samaucciyaM / samAisasa / tatto vAgarai gurU / pajjaMtArAhaNaM eyaM // 1 Aloisa aIArA / bayAI uJcarasukhamasujIvesa / vosirasu bhAviyappA / ahArasapAvaThANAI // 2 // causaraNaM dukkaDagarihaNaM ca / sukkaDANumoyaNaM kuNasu / suhabhAvaNaM aNasaNaM / paMcanamukkAra saraNaM ca // 3 // nANaMmi daMsaNaMmi ya / caraNami tavaMmi tahaya virayaMmi / paMcavihe AyAre / aIArA loaNaM kunnsu||4|| etc. Ends.-fol. 4 paMcaparamihisamaraNa / parAyaNo pAviuNa paMcataM / patto paMcamakappami / rAyasiMho suriM dattaM // 68 // 1. It is so named in the Mss. No. 400 and 401, too.

Page #386
401.] XII. Supernumerary Prakirnakas 361 tappattI rayaNavaI / taheva ArAhiUNa taM kappe / sAmANiattapatto / tau cuA niccuissaMti // 69 // sirisomasariraiyaM / pajjaMtArAhaNaM pasamajaNaNaM / je aNusaraMti samma / lahaMti te sAsayaM sukkhaM // 70 / / iti ArAdhanAprakaraNa samAtaM ||shriiH|| 74 ||1shriiH // Reference. This work also known as Aradhanaprakarana and Ara dhanasutra is referred to by Peterson, in his Report Von p. 69. The Catalogue of Mss. of the Calcutta Sanskrit College vol. X, p. 75 may be consulted. For additional Mss. see B. B. R.A.S. vols. III-IV, pp.463-464. paryantArAdhanA Paryantaradhana 1229 (d). No.400 1884-87. Extent.-- fol. 7 to fol. 10. Description.-- Complete ; 70 verses. For other particulars see Vairagyasataka No. 1229 ( a ). 1884-87. Begins.-fol. 7 namiUNa bhaNai evaM / / bhayavaM samaociyaM samAisasu // tatto vAgarai gurU // pajjatArAhaNaM eyaM // 1 // Ends.-fol. I0' sirisomamUriraiaM pajaMtArAhaNaM psmjnnnnN|| je aNusaraMti samma lahaMti te sAsayaM sukkhaM // 70 // iti zrIArAdhanaM praka(kIrNa samAptaM // yAdRsa(zaM) pustake etc. N. B.- For other details see No. 399. paryantArAdhanA Paryantaradbana 749. No. 401 1892-95. Size.-- 104 in. by 43 in. Extent.-- 6 folios; 9 lines to a page ; 26 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thick, rough and white; Devanagari characters; very big, legible and good hand-wrtting: borders ruled in three lines in black ink ; foll. numbered 46 [J. L. P.]

Page #387
362 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ 403. in the right hand margin only; fol. 1* blank; edges of almost every fol. slightly worn out; condition on the whole good ; complete ; 70 verses. Age. - Old. Begins.-fol. rb 3 AA: T I HUT HOE Ga etc. Ends.---fol. 64 jaag etc., up to the lo ll as in No. 399 followed by the line as under : iti ArAdhanApraka(kIrNa samAptam // N. B.-- For other particulars see No. 399. paryantArAdhanA No. 402 Extent. -- fol. za to fol. 46. Description.- Complete ; 69 verses. 1280 ( a ). Paryantaradhana 1280 (b). 1891-95. For other details see No. 1891-95. Begins.- fol. 31 afas(5) HOE i etc., as in No. 399. Ends.- fol. 4 paMcaparamiDhisumaraNa up to sAsayaM sukkhaM // 69 // etc. as in No. 399. Then we have the following line :-- TEATTEOTT FAAT 11 Il aft: 11 N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 399. paryantArAdhanA Paryantaradhana 613 (m). No. 403 1884-86. Extent.- fol. 52* to fol. 536. Description.- Complete ; 70 verses. For other details see Paksikasutra No. 613 ( a ). NO 1884-86. Begins. fol. 55* AFH50 PUTT TA ctc. Ends.- fol. 53b cathie etc., up to FTO THE HIVO 11 as in No. 399 followed by gta 31TTAT FAIF: 11 11 17:10 kalyANamastu / / 1 / N. B.-- For other details see No. 399.

Page #388
405.] XII. Supernumerary Prakirnakas 363 paryantArAdhanA Paryantaradhana bAlAvabodhasahita with balavabodha No. 404 776 (b). 1899-1915. Extent.- fol. 4b to fol. 106. Description.-- The text containing 70 verses and its Gujarati expla nation complete; extent 245 slokas and 12 letters. For other details ses Gautamaprccha with balavabodha No. 776 (a). 1899-1915 Author.- Soma Suri. Subject.-A Jaina agama and its explanation in Gujarati. Begins.- (text ) fol. 4 namI(mi)u(U)Na bhaNai evaM etc., as in No. 399. ,, - (com.) fol. 4 zrIvItarAga deva namaskarInai ArAdhanA karijyo isiuM vacana kahIi / bhagavana majhanaI samayanai mAniiM ArAdhanA karA / saMsArarUpIA samudra mAhi bUDatAM etc. Ends.-- (text) fol. I0* paMcaparamihi etc., up to sAsayaM sukkha // 70 // as in No. 399. -- (com.) fol. 10 zrIsomamUrini raci paryatArAdharA(nA) isiuM nAma / upazamanI UpajAvaNahAri / je bhavya jIva samyaga prakAriiM ArAdhaI sahaiM ekAgra cittiI sdhii| te jIva zAsvatuM saukhya lahaiM // 70 // iti paryatArAdhanA bAlAvabodhamai samAptAH // sacItA(?) graMthAgraM zlokamAnena // 245 akSara 12 paryantArAdhanA Paryantaradhana bAlAvabodhasahita with balavabodha 155.. No. 405 1871-72. Size.-- 10 in. by 4j in. Extent. --- 9 folios; 11 lines to a page ; 36 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper tough, rough and white; Devanagari characters; big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled indifferently in two lines ; red chalk used ; foll. numbered in the right hand margin; fol. I blank; so is the fol. 96; a right hand corner of almost every fol. partly worn out; condition on the whole good; both the text and the commentary complete.

Page #389
364 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [406. Age.- Not quite modern. Subject.- The text together with its explanation in Gujarati. Begins.- ( text ) fol. 1' arha // namiUNa bhaNai evaM etc. , -(com.) fol. I' zrImahAvIrasvAmIne namaskAra karIne bhaNi chiM evaM adhunA he bhagavan samayane ucita je hoiM te kaho je aMtyAvasthAne viSaM syuM kara tehaveM guru je te aMtyAvasthAnI ArAdhanAno vidhi e prakAre kaheM che etc. Ends.- (text ) fol. 8b paMcaparamiTi etc., up to sAsayaM sukkhaM // 7 // ,, - (com.) ,, 9' arthaH zrIsomasihaM racelaM aMtya samayanu ArAdhana sama tAnuM ThekANuM je aNusare che te zAzvatuM ThekANuM pAmeM ityarthaH // iti zrIArA dhanAsUtraM saMpUrNam zrIrastu bhadraM bhUyAt zrIH / / N. B.- For other details see No. 404. paryantArAdhanA Paryantaradhana bAlAvabodhasahita with balavabodha 45. No. 406 1870-71. Size.- 91 in. by 41 in. Extent.- (text) 7 folios ; 4 to 6 lines to a page ; 35 letters to a line. , - (com.) ,, ,, ; I2 ,, 14 ,, ,, , , ; 40 , , , , Description.--- Country paper thin, rough and white ; Devanagari characters; this is a gre Ms. containing the text and the commentary, the latter written in a small hand; legible and tolerably good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right hand margin ; both the text and the commentary complete; edges and corners of some of the foll, slightly worn out; condition very fair ; extent of the commentary 300 slokas. Age.-- Pretty old. Subject. The text together with its explanation in Gujarati.

Page #390
407.] XII. Supernumerary Prakirnakas 365 Begins.--- (text) fol. I namiUNa bhaNai etc. (com.) ,, ,, deva nmskrii| glAna (?) kahai / ima bhagavana / avasarocita / Asidi(disi) tivAre pUThi(? chi)iM guru kahai / paryaMtArAdhanA etc. Ends.-- ( text ) fol. 7 paMcaparamihi etc., up to sAsayaM sukkhaM // 70 // as in No. 399 followed by iti zrIArAdhanAsUtra samApta // zrIH / / ,, - (com.) fol. 7 cha bola karivA / kehA (? kayA ) AloyaNa 1 bayarakhAmaNa 2ceiyapUA ya 4 saMghadANaM ca // 4 // aNasaNakaraNaM / 6 / chakkaM / kAyavvaM aNaMtakAlaMmi / 1 / e cha bola zuddha mana / vacana / kAyAI karI / karisaiM te mokSa prAmisIi / iti zrIparyatArAdhanAvRttiH samAptA / / graMthAgraM 300 // chaH / zrIH // cha / N. B.-- For other details see No. 399. paryantArAdhanA Paryantaradhana bAlAvabodhasahita with balavabodha No. 407 75 (a). 1898-99. Size.-- 104 in. by 4} in. Extent.-- 3 folios ; 18 lines to a page ; 66 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin and white; Devanagari characters with pRSThamAtrAs; small, legible and good handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; red chalk used; edges of each of the foll. partly worn out; condition tolerably good; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; tnis Ms. contains a part of the text as well as its explanation in Gujarati; the following additional works are also embodied in this Ms:-- (I) sAkArapapratyAkhyAnagAthA fol. 3'. (2) paramasukhadvAtriMzikA ,,, Age.- Samvat 1501. Subject.- The text together with its explanation in Gujarati.

Page #391
366 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ 407. Begins. - ( text) fol. If 7 namaH zrIsarvajJAya // namiu(U)Na bhaNai evaM etc. as in No. 399. , - ( com.) fol. I deva namaskari jyohu / ArAdhanA karAvau etc. Aloi suiyAre vayAiM uccarisukhamamu()jIvesu Ends.--fol. 2a causaraNaM dukkaDagariharaNaM ca sukaDANumoaNakuNasu ' sahabhAvaNaM aNasaNaM paMcanamukkArasaraNaM ca // 1 // , pacchAIo jaM jinndhmmmggo| mae kumaggo payaDIkao jaM // jAo ahaM jaM parapAvahe / / niMdAmi savvaM pi ahaM tamanhi(?) // 1 // etc. ,, - fol. 2b INai bhavi0 // hiva puNyanI anumodanA karijyo etc. ,, -- fol. 3' anai kusumi phalAdiki karI jinapUjAhetu hUu / trasakAya mAhi karI je muharA zaMkhAAdakI karI je loka rahaI upakArahetu huu / te ApaNUM sakala puNya anumodi jyoDa / jima sakala saukhya saMprApti hui // iti ArAdhanA samAptA ||ch|| N. B.- For other details see No. 399.

Page #392
409.] XIII. Supernumerary Prakirnakas 367 THE THIRTEENTH PRAKIRNAKA piNDavizuddhi Pindavisuddhi (piMDavisuddhi) (Pindavisuddhi) 1269 ( ). No. 408 1887-91. Extent.- fol. 35 to fol. 37. Description.-- Complete ; the last verse numbered as 1o3th. For other details see No. - 1269 (I). ... 1887-91. Author.-- Jinavallabha Gani. Subject.- This Prakrit work also called Pindavisohi (Pindavisodhi) deals with rules and regulations pertaining to food to be accepted by Jaina saints. This entire topic is represented in 103 verses in Prakrit and is based upon Pindaniryukti and Pindaisanadhyayana. See Nos. 413 and 414 respectively. Begins.- fol. 35 deviMdaviMdavadiyapayAraviMde(5)bhivaMdIya jinnN(nni)de|| bucchAmi suvihiyahI(hi)yaM piMDa (vi)sohiM samAseNaM // 1 // etc. Ends. ---fol. 37deg icce[I]yaM ja(jiNa)vallaheNa gANaNA jaM piNddnijjuttiio| kiMci(cI) [ya] piMDavihANajANaNakae bhavvANa savvANa vi| vuttaM suttaniuttasuddhamau(i)NA bhattIe sattIe taM / savvaM bhavamamaccharA suyaharA bohiMtu sohiMtU(tu) ya // 103 / iti piNDavizuddhiprakaraNaM samApta / Reference. - See F. Kielhorn's Report for the year 1880-81, p. 47 and Indian Antiquary vol. XI (pp. 245-256) where Pattavali of the Kharatara gaccha is given. Jinavallabha is number ed there as 43rd. For a Ms. of the text with a commentary - see G. O. Series, vol. XXI, p. 34. piNDavizuddhi Pindavisuddhi 626.(c), No. 409 1895-98. Exten.- fol. 31b to fol. 32. Description.-- Complete; the last verse numbered as 4 ( 104). 626 (a). For other details see Vitaragastotra No. 1898-98.

Page #393
368 Jaina Literature and Philospohy [411. Begins. - fol. 3bdeviMdaviMdavaMdiyapayAravaMde(s)bhivaMdiya jinniNde| vocchAmi suvihiyaM piMDavisohiM samAsaNaM // 1etc. Ends.-- fol. 32b icceyaM jiNavallaheNa gaNiNA jaM piNddnijjuttio| kiMcI piMDavihANa jANaNakae bhabvANa savvANa vi / / juttaM suttaniuttamuddhamaiNA bhattIi sattIhataM / savvaM bhavbamamaccharA suyaharA bohiMtu sohiMta(tu)ya // 4(104) / iti zrIpiMDavisuddhiprakaraNaM samApta N. B.- For other details see No. 4-8. piNDavizuddhi Pindavisuddhi No. 410 613 (f). 1884-86. Extent.- fol. 39b to fol. 420. Description.-- Complete; 103 verses. For other details see Paksika_shtra No. 1884-86.. 1613 (a). Begins. --- fol. 39 deviMdaviMdavaMdia etc. Ends.-- fol. 42" iccayaM jiNavalaheNa etc. up to bohiM tu sohiM tu a as in No. 409 followed by // 103 iti piMDavizuddhi samApta // cha / N. B.-- For further particulars see No.408. 77 ( ).. piNDavizuddhi L'indavisuddhi No. 411 1880-81. Extent.-- leaf 436 to leaf 546. Description.- Complete. For other particulars see Agamikavastu vicarasara No.___77 (a).. VIcarasala NO. 1880-81. Begins.-.. leaf 43' deviMdaviMdavaMdiya etc. Ends.--- leaf 54 iJceyaM jiNavallaheNa etc., up to bohita sohiMtu ya as in No. 410 followed by // 103 // piMDavisodhiprakaraNaM samAptamiti // cha / maMgalaM mahAzrIH // cha / N. B.- For additional information see No. 408.

Page #394
414.] XIII. Supernumerary Prakirnakas 369 piNDavizuddhi Pindavisuddhi 1269 (7). No. 412 1887-91. Extent.-- fol. 35a to fol. 378. Description.-- Complete. For additional details see Sadavasyaka s@tra No I269 ( 1 ). sutra No. 1887-91. Begins. --fol. 35a eragraatio etc. Ends.- fol. 37" ET (? TOT)agen etc., up to Fit T11803 as in No. 408 followed by gfa gelaaig9TOI FATA: 131 N. B. - For additional details see No. 408 squzfasting Pindavisuddhi 1220 (C). No. 413 1884-87. Extent.-- fol. 1086 to fol. Inb. Description.-- Complete ; 104 verses in all. For other details see 1220 (a). Pratyakhyananiryukti No. 1884-87 Begins.- fol. 108bafacidi aeg etc. Ends.-- fol. IIIb g@t isUTANT etc. up to hita o as in No. 416 followed by iti piMDavisuddhiprakaraNaM samAptamiti // kRtirjinavallabha TUT: 1171 N. B.- For other particulars see No. 408. piNDavizuddhi Pindavisuddhi vRttisahita with vrtti No. 414 301. A. 1882-83. Size.-- 101 in. by 43 in. Extent.- 86+1 = 87 folios; 15 lines to page ; 56 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and white; Devanagari characters with frequent quals; small, legible and good 47 (J. L. P.)

Page #395
370 jaina Literature and Philosophy [414. hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. numbered in both the margins ; fol. If blank ; edges of several foll. slightly worn out; condition on the whole good ; lacune on fol. 86b; both the text and the commentary complete ; extent of the latter 4400 Slokas ; fol. 49th repeated ; yellow pigment used. Age.- Old. Author of the commentary.- Sricandra Suri. Subject.--- The text in Prakrit along with its explanation in Sanskrit. Begins.-- ( text ) fol. I deviMdacaMdavaMdiya etc. ,, -(com.) ,, ,, OM namo vItarAgAya // namrAnekasurAsurAdhipaziromAlArcitAMhidvayaM __lokAlokavivekakevalavazAt jAtArthasannirnayaM saccAritranidezakaM jinaripuM svargApavargapradaM duSTAriSTavighAtakaM jinapati vAMra praNamyAdarAt / zrImatpArzvajineMdraM ca vighnanAtavighAtinaM / niHzeSakumudadhvAMtavidhvaMsanadivAkara zeSAnapi namaskRtya jinAn vigatakalmaSAn / zrIgautamAdisUrIzca bhAratazci guruM tathA zAstrAMtaradarzanato vakSye (5)ha piMDazuddhizAstrasya svaparakRte spaSTArthI vRttiM jinavallabhakRtasya / iha hi sarveNApi saMsAriNA sattvenApi durlabhaM jinadharmAnvita manuSyAdisAmagrI sadbhAvamavApya tIrthakarAnucIpaNe paropakAre yAtitavyaM / / yasmAdbhagavAn bhavAMbhodhi. paragAmyapi paropakAre yatate sa ca na jaMtuhitopadezadAnAdaparaH kAzcat zreSThataraH samasti sa ca sakalakarmanirmUlanapravaNaparamapadaprApakayaccAritraparipAlanagocanazreyAn / tacca piMDavizuddhayAdiyatanayA pravartamAnAnAmupajAyate vizuddhA hAropaSTabhitadehasya cAritrasAdhakatvAt etc. Ends.-- (text) fol. 86deg icceyaM jiNavallaheNa etc. up to bohiMtu sohiMtu yaM (y)||103|| .. --(com.) fol. 86 AgamabhA ityAha / amatsaraH / prgunnprtyaat(?)dvessinnH| saMtaH saMjvalanakaSAyodAya(?daye) viziSTajJAninAmapi vishissttsNbhvaadidmuktN| itthaMbhUtA eva saMto bhavyaM yathA bhavatyavaM zodhayaMtu / utsUtradoSamalApanayanena nirmalIkurvatu vaH samuccaye / tadAha sUtrabhaktyA nijazaktyA yaduktaM kiMcit

Page #396
415.] XIII. Supernumerary Prakirnakas 371 piMDaniyuktito bhavyAnAM piNdddossjnyaankte| sUtranyastabuddhinA jinavallabhasUriNA tatsarva bahuzrutamatsaraM parityajya tAneva bhavyAn bodhayaMtu / utsUtrArthamapanayaM cenivRtyarthaH // 103 / samApteyaM zrIcaMdrasUriviracitA sUkSmapadArthaniSkaniSkaeNapaTTakasannibhapratibhajinavallabhAbhidhAnAcAryadRbdhapiMDAvizuddhizAstrasya vRttiH||||ch / asyAzcatuHsahasrANi zatAnAM ca catuSTayaM / pratyakSarapramANena zlokamAnaM vinizvitaM // 1 // graMthAj 4400||||ch / cha // etc. N. B.- For other details see No. 408. piNDavizuddhi Pindavisuddhi subodhAsahita with Subodha No. 415 1206. 1887-91. Size.- Iod in. by 4} in. Extent.--- 52 folios; 17 lines to a page ; so to 56 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper rough and greyish; Devanagari charac ters with occasional pRSThamAtrAs; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used ; yellow pigment profuseiy; foll. numbered in the right hand margin ; almost every fol. more or less worm-eaten ; condition on the whole very fair; both the text and the commentary complete; extent 2800 slokas; the commentary composed in Samyat 1176 by Yasodeva Suri with the help of his pupil Parsvadeva and revised by Municandra Suri. Age.-- Old. Author of the commentary.- Yasodeva Suri, pupil of Sricandra, pupil of Vira Gani. Subject.- The text together with its explanation in Sanskrit. Begins. - ( text ) fol. I deviMdaviMdavaMdiya etc. , -( com.) ,, ,, e namo jinAya // yaduditalavayogAdehinaH syuH kRtArthA stamiha zubhanidhAnaM varddhamAnaM praNamya / 1. See No. 416.

Page #397
[415. 372 Jaina Literature and Philosophy svaparajanahitArtha piMDazuddhavidhAsye jinapatimatanItyA vRttimalpAM subodhAM // 1 tatra cAhatpraNItasamayasaMparkAvadAtamatijaladhirbhagavAna jinavallabhagaNirduHSamA phaladoSAdatyaMtahIyamAnAyurbuddhyAdIna saMprati kAlasAdhvAdInavalokya tadanugrahArthe vistaravapiMDaSaNAdhyayanasAramAdAya saMkSiptatarapiMDavizuddhayAkhyaprakaraNaM cikIrSurAdAveva vighnavAtanirAsArtha ziSTasamayaparipAlanArtha ca iSTadevatAstutirUpamatyaMtAvyabhicAribhAvamaMgalaM zrotRjanapravRttyarthamAbhidheyAdi ca pratipAdayannimAM gAthA(mA)ha // cha / etc. Ends.- ( text ) fol. 52 icceyaM jiNavallaheNa etc. up to sohiMtu ya // , - (com.) fol. 52 zrutadharA AgamavedinaH bodhayaMtu jJApayaMtu vaa| zodhayaMtu cotsUtrArthA'panayanena nirdoSaM kurvatu / cazabdo bodhanakriyApekSi(kSa)yA samuccayArtha iti zArdUlachaMdovRttArthaH // cha // 103 __ samAptA ceyaM piNddvishuddhiprkrnnvRttiH|| cha // cha / 2800 graMthAyaM prativarNato gaNanayA nyUna sahasratrayaM zatadvayeneti // cha / AsIncaMdra'kulodgatiH zamanidhiH saumyAkRtiH sanmatiH saMlInaH prativAsaraM nilayagovarSAsu sudhyAnadhIhemaMte zizireva zArvarahima soDhuM kRtolasthiti / bhAMsvaccaMDakare nidAghasamaye vAtAyanAkArakaH // 1 // AdeyatAtaestya(?)gavyAkhyA kRtvA( ? tyA)disadguNaiH lokottarairvizAlazca zrImadvIragaNiprabhuH // 2 // zrIcaMdrasUrinAmA ziSyo()bhUt tasya bhAratImadhuraH / AnaMditabhavyajanaH zaMsitasaMzuddhasiddhAMtaH // 3 // tasyAMtevAsinA dRbdhA shriiyshodevmuurinnaa| suziSyapArzvadevasya sAhAyyAtprastutA vRttiH // 4 // zrutopayogA'zubhakarmanAzano vipakSabhAvapratibaMdhasAdhanaH paropakArazca mahAphalAvaho vicitya caitadvihitoSamu( ? )dyamaH // 5 // piMDavizuddhiprakaraNavRttiM kRtvA yadavAptaM mayA kuzalaM / / tenAbhavamapi bhUyAdatra bhagavadvacane mamAbhyAsaH // 6 // zrutahemanikaSapaTTaiH zrImanmunicaMdramUribhiH pUjyaiH / saMzodhiteyamAkhalA prayatnataH zeSavibudhaizva // 7 // cha graMthAnaM 2800 // cha / zrI kharataragacche zrI pattane zrIkIrti ...... shriiklyaanncNdropaadhyaayH.........|| - - I-2 Yellow pigment used.

Page #398
416.] fqueiagi subodhAsahita No. 416 Size. 18 in. by 21 in. Extent. XIII. Supernumerary Prakirnakas dr Age. Samvat 1300. Begins. 23 Description. Palm-leaf some-what thick, durable and greyish; Devanagari characters with gears; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; the Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written in three different columns; but, really speaking, it is not so; for, the lines of the first column go up to the two other columns; borders of each of the columns ruled in three lines, in black ink ; red chalk used; there is a hole in each leaf in the spaces between the columns; on the whole two holes; a string passes through each of the holes ; leaves numbered in both the margins; in the right hand margin as 1, 2 etc., and in the left hand margin as eft, at, at, o etc.; some of the leaves stuck 1 2 (text) leaf 1 deviMdavidavaMdiya etc. "> (com.) OM namo jinAya // yaduditalavayogAddehinaH etc. Ends. (text) leaf 140b a fama (com). leaf 141b gaver 142+7+1=150 leaves; 6 to 7 lines to a leaf; 65 to 70 letters to a line. together; this Ms. contains the text as well as the commentary; leaf 1 blank; seven extra blank leaves precede it; one extra blank leaf at the end; complete; extent 2800 slokas. 11 dr Pindavisuddhi with Subodha 47. 1880-81. 373 etc. up 10 f f 11 : etc., practically up to - vibudhaizva // 7 // cha // graMthAgre 2800 as in No. 415 followed by vAjaduhimAMzubhiH ( 1976) parimite varSe gate vikramAnniSpanneyamiti // N. B. For other details see No. 415. cha / saMvat vikrama 130 (?) varSe zateSu pustikeyaM likhitA //

Page #399
374 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [417. 755. piNDavizuddhi Pindavisuddhi dIpikAsahita with dipika No. 417 1892-95. Size.-- 104 in. by 44 in. Extent. -- 18 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 44 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper rough and greyish ; Devanagari charac ters with occasional pRSThamAtrAs; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. numbered in the right hand margin in a corner; red chalk used; almost all foll. worm-eaten to some extent; condition tolerably fair ; both the text and commentary complete; the latter composed in Samvat 1295 ; extent .. 703 (?) Slokas. Age.-- Samvat I481. Author of the commentary.-- Udayasimha Suri, pupil of Manikya prabha Suri, pupil of Prabhu (? ) Suri of Candra kula. Subject.-- The text together with a commentary in Sanskrit based upon that of Yasodeva Suri. Begins. -- ( text ) fol. I deviMdaviMdavaMdiya etc., as in No. 409. . , -- (com.) ,, ,, ahe / / taM namata zrIvIraM ysmaaccaaritrbhuuptirjgti| bAhyAMtaravairijayA(?)kSamAdharaiH sevyate(7)yApi // 1 suvihitavidhisUtradhAra(H) sa jayati jinavallabho gaNiryena / piMDavizuddhiprakaraNamakAri cAritranRpabhavanaM / 2 // tasminvivaraNadIpaM diiprmdhisnehbhaajnmdaadyH| so(s)pi paropakRtirata mUriyazodeva(:) // 3 // tadvivaraNapradIpAnmayA padArthAbhilASiNA tatra / maMdamatineyamAtmaprabuddhaye dIpa( pi)kodhriyate // 4 // tatra vizuddhasiddhAMtasudhAsAraNizrIjinavallabhagANiH saMkSiptarucinAmanugrahArthe piMDaiSaNAdhyayanasArArtha saMgRhya yatInAmAhAradoSoddharaNaM piMDavizuddhiprakaraNaM cikIrSurAdAveva kRtAbhISTadevatAnamaskArAM zucitAbhidheyAditritayasArAM gAthAmAha // cha // etc.

Page #400
375 418.] XIII. Supernumerary Prakirnakas Ends.-- ( text ) fol. 18. icceyaM jiNavallaheNa gaNiNA etc. -(com. ),, 18 keSAM bhavyAnAM yogyAnAM sarveSAmapi sAdhusAnyAdInAM vutta(?) prakaraNarUpatayA viracyoktaM // kiMviziSTena mUtraniryuktazuddhamatinA siddhAMtavyApAritanipuNabuddhinA auddhatyaparihArArthamidaM kayoktaM bhaktyA pravacanabahumAnena zaktyA ca svabuddhyanusAreNa tatsarva maduktaM bhavyaM ythaa| bhavatyevamamatsarA adveSiNaH zrutadharA yathArthAgamavedino bodhayaMtu ziSyAn jJApayaMtu zodhayaMtu ca utsUtrApanayanena nirdoSa kurvatu / iti gAthArthaH // cha / samAptA ceyaM piMDavizuddhi(ddhe)IpikA // cha / iti vividhavilasadathai suvizuddhAhAramahitasAdhujanaM / zrIjinavallabharacitaM prakaraNametanna kasya mude? // 1 mAdRza iha prakaraNe mahArthapaMktau viveza bAlo(s)pi / yadvattyaMgalilagnastaM zrayata guruM yazodevaM // 2 AsIdiha 'caMdra'kule zrIzrIprabhumarirAgamadhurINaH / tatpadakamalamarAlaH zrImANikyaprabhAcAryaH // 3 tacchiSyo()haM jaDadhArAtmavide murirudayasiMhAkhyaH / piMDavizuddhedRttimuddAdhi dIpikAmenAM // 4 anayA piMDavizuddhaH dIpikayA sAdhavaH karasthitayA / tasyAvalokakuzalA doSotthatamAMsyapaharaMtu / / 5 vikamato varSANAM paMcanavatyadhikaravi(1295)mitazateSu / vihiteyaM stokairiha mUtrayutA vyadhikasaptazatI // 6 eSA piMDavizuddhisAdhanadhiyAM bodhAtmikA diipikaa| ___ tattvAnAM vizadaprabhA paricayaM dUre haratI tamaH // zreyaHzrIkarasaMgamena dadhatI satyA(s)tra zobhAM parAM / vidvadbhiH svaparaprakAzanakRte snehena saMtu(pu)SyatAM // 7 // ch|| saMvata 1481 varSe azvinazudi 12 gurau zrI pattana'madhye zrI prarNimA'pakSi(kSe). Itends thus. piNDavizuddhi Pindavisuddhi dIpikAsahita with dipika 754. No. 418 1892-95. Size.-- 101 in by 4 in. Extent.- 22 folios ; I3 lines to a page ; 38 letters to a line.

Page #401
376 jaina Literature and Philosophy [ 419. Description.- Country paper some-what thick, rough and white; Devanagari characters with occasional Arts ; sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only ; fol. 226 blank ; both the text and the commentary complete; condition very good. Age.-- Old. Begins. ~ (text) fol. 1a tragaztige etc. ,, - (com), ,,F#: REFTITI A AT: stati etc. as in No. 417. Ends.- (text) fol. 210 goat For etc. - (com.),, ,, keSAM bhavyAnAM yogyAnAM etc., up to snehena saMpuSyatAM u vil followed by sfizesharitatizar iqsa(l)(Ii : FAIAT 11 July 11 JHAF TE918*UT: 1 PETAU dIpikA paM vinayasomena // zrI // N. B.-- For additional particulars see No. 417. piNDavizuddhi Pindavisuddhi dIpikAsahita with dipika 302 ( a ). No. 419 A.1882-83. Size.- 104 in. by 48 in. Extent. 9-1=8 folios; 23 to 24 lines to a page; 6o letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper very thin, rough and white; Devana gari characters with occasional TTAFETTS ; very small, clear, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too ; foll. numbered in the right hand margin ; fol. 8th missing ; so both the text and the commentary incomplete ; this Ms. contains in addition STTT REGECETATETTATT 559 which commences on fol. ga and ends on fol. 9b; condition good, though the edges of the foll. are slightly damaged. Age.-- Old. Begins.-- (text) fol. 1a aratatacancer etc. ,, - (com.), ,,TA: T T 11 a sfrat etc.

Page #402
420.) XIII. Supernumerary Prakirnakas 377 Ends.-- (text) fol. 96 goto Burgeur etc., up to win 13 (303) ,, -(com.) fol. 9 keSAM bhavyAnAM yogyAnAM etc., up to snehena saMpuSyatAM // 7 // as in No. 417. N. B.-- For further details see No. 417. piNDavizuddhi Pindavisuddhi dIpikAsahita with dipika 118. No. 420 1872-73. Size. -- 104 in. by 48 in. Extent. 14 folios ; 19 lines to a page ; 43 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin , rough and white; Deva nagari characters ; small, legible and good hand-writing; borders indifferently ruled in three to four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right hand margin ; fol. 1* blank; both the text and the commentary complete ; edges of several foll. partly worn out ; some of the foll. slightly worm-eaten ; condition on the whole very fair. Age.-- Old. Begins.-- (text) fol. 16 draraadfau etc. >> - (com.) >> ;, BEI ala) tha stati etc. Ends.--- (text) fol. 14' Foad frurapeu etc., up to FTEC 7 1131 (203) >> -- (com.), ,, Ti warai stogiai etc., up to Aguat ll as in No. 417 followed by it cam Atres foga fari( TIET: 11 li ft II 48 ( J. L. P.)

Page #403
378 piNDavizuddhi bAlAvabodhasahita No. 421 Jaina Literature and Philosophy Begins.- ( text ) fol. 3 Size. 10++ in. by 43 in. Extent.-- 22-2 = 20 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 59 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin, rough and white; Devanagari characters with frequent gears; small, legible, uniform and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; yellow pigment used; foll numbered in the right hand margin only; fol. 22b blank ; a portion of the 3rd fol. on the right hand side worn out; edges of the remaining foll. partly gonc; condition on the whole fair ; the first two foll. missing; otherwise both the text and the commentary complete. " Age. - Sarvat 1597. Subject. The text commencing with the 13th gatha together with its explanation in Gujarati. --- [ 421. Pindavisuddhi with balavbodha .... 1205. 1887-91. paDisevaNa 1 paDilA 2 saMvAsa 3 (a)NumoaNA ya 4 iha te 4 dihaMto // 13 // (com.) fol. 3 ......... anai rI asarISau 2 tathA pravacanii karI sarISau / karI sarISau 3 tathA pravacanii karI asarISau / anai liMgii karI asarISura 4 etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 21b icceyaM jiNavallaheNa etc., up to sohaMtu bohaMtU ya |3| ( com. ) fol. 224 AcArye e graMtha zodhitrau ima zrIjinavallabhasUri siddhAMtanA jANai nigarvaSaNai bolaI chaI / isyuM jANivauM // 103 // iti zrIjinavallabhasUriviracitapiMDavizuddhiprakaraNasyArtho bAlAva [bolAva ] - bodharUpaH // cha // saMvat 1597 varSe caitra sudi 15 zanau pUjyArAdhyapaMDitazreNiziromaNipa' kuzalabhuvana gaNiziSya lakSmI bhuvanagaNivAcanArtha // zrI ' pattana nagare //

Page #404
422.] XIII. Supernumerary Prakirnakas 379 piNDavizuddhayavacUrNi Pindavisuddhyavacurni No. 422 1284. 1891-95. Size. -- 104 in. by 43 in. Extent.-- 5-1=$ folios ; 19 lines to a page ; 68 letters to a line. Description.--- Country paper very thin, brittle and greyish ; Deva nagari characters with pRSThamAtrAs; very small, quite legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two line in black ink; red chalk used; this Ms. contains the gates of the text; fol. 14 missing ; so incomplete ; edges of all the foll. slightly worn out; condition on the whole good. Age.-- Fairly old. Subject.-- A small commentary in Sanskrit explaining Pindavisuddhi. Begins.-fol. 2deg vAMvo(to)ccArasurAgomAMsasamadimidamAdhAkarma iti yasmAdAyata ebhirakalyaM tena hetunA tathu(?) AdhAkarmakharaMTitaM pAtramapi kRtatrikalpaM trIn vArAna dhotaM pUrva pradhanaM karISaghRSTaM kalpate nAnyatheti / atha tidazanaye doSA iti paMcamamAha // 16 kamma0 AdhAkarmagrahaNe atikramavyatikramau tathA'tIcArAnAcArau / AjJAbhaMgaH / sarvajJaH vcnaatikrmH| anavasthA anyeSAM dhamenA'nAsthA mithyAtvaM ca yathoktakAraNAt / tathA virAdhanA AtmasaMyamo bhayarUpA atikramAdInArthamAha / / 17 AhA * etc. Ends. -5 sohi0 zodhayan kAnimAn doSAn tathA tena nidordo)pAna tathA tena nirdoSo(?SA)hAraprAptI manAgazuddhasyApi grahaNe na yateta sarvatra kSetrAdau paMcakahAnyA paMcakena sUtraprasiddhaprAyazcittena vA hAnistayA utsargApavAdavida yathA caraNaguNA na hIyate / / 1 jAja. yA e(?ya)tamAnasya kArANikamevAyAmapi viro(rA)dhanA svAnuSTAnasya sUtravidhisamagrasya yuktasya sA viro(rA)dhanA nirjara(rA)phalA bhavati adhyAtmavizodhiyuktasya / / 2 icceyaM jiNa. 3 iti piMDa. vizuddhayavacUrNiH samAtA // cha / / zubhaM bhavatu // cha / /

Page #405
380 maraNavidhi ( maraNavihi ( 1 ) candrAvedhyaka (2) navazlokI (3) catuHzaraNa Jaina Literature and Philosophy THE FOURTEENTH PRAKIRNAKA Age.--Old. No. 423 Size. rog in. by 43 in. Extent. 31 folios; 21 lines to a page; 68 letters to a line. Description. Country paper very thin and grey; Devanagari characters with occasional gears; bold, small, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; unnumbered sides marked with one small disc in the centre, in red colour; the numbered having two more, one in each margin; a double set of numbers for foll.: (i) 210 onwards and (ii) 1, 2 etc., as well; red chalk used; edges of the Ist. two foll. slightly damaged; condition tolerably good; this Ms. contains over and above this work the following additional 12 works : No. 333 I (4) AturapratyAkhyAna (5) bhaktaparijJA' (6) saMstAraka No. 298 No. 309 No. 349 (7) tandulavaicArika No. 323 ( 8 ) mahApratyAkhyAna (9) vIrastava No. 355 No. 344 ( 10 ) ( 11 ) gaNividyA ArAdhanApatAkA ( 12 ) kavacadvAra No. 373 dr Maranavidhi (Maranavihi) foll. 9 to 12a fol. 12a foll. 12 to 13a ,, 13, 14" ,, 14a 16b 16b ,, 18a .. ,, 18a rw [ 423. 234 dw wr 579 (a). 1895-98. ,, 23a ", 24b 24b ,, 25a 25a 266 35 30a 266 rw >> 30deg 31b dr I 9 verses precede this work. 2 cattAri maMgalaM etc., up to saraNaM pavajjAmi // cha || precede the actual text.

Page #406
424.] XIV. Supernumerary Prakirnakas 381 Subject. This work known as Maranavibhatti ( Maranavibhakti ) and Maranasamahi ( Maranasamadhi ), too, is looked upon as a prakirnaka. It deals with the following main topics:-- (I) aradhanas, (2) characteristics of the aradhakas and the viradhakas, ( 3 ) evil reflections, (4) alocana, ( 5 ) qualities of a suri, ( 6 ) absence of salya, (7) importance of knowledge, (8) samlekhanavidhi, (9) pandita-marana, (10) samstaraka, (II) beneficial advice, (12) pain in various grades of life, ( 13 ) instances of horrible upasargas borne by Jinadharma, Metarya, Gajasukumala, Dhanya, Salibhadra, the 5 Pandavas and others, (14) the 12 bhavanas, and ( 15 ) unique nature of happiness accruing from salvation. Begins. fol. Ia Ends.-fol. 9a. suNa (ha) jaha jiNavayaNAmaya bhAviyahieNa jhANavAvAro / kaNijjA (jjo) samaNANaM jaM jhANaM jesu jjhAyavvaM // 59 maraNavihI paMcamo uddesao saMmatto // cha // Reference. tihuyaNasarAraviMdaM sappavayaNarayaNamaMgalaM namiuM // samaNassa uttama maraNavihIsaMgahaM bucchaM // / 1 etc. maraNavidhi Published with chaya in the Agamodaya Samiti Series as No. 46. See No. 266. No. 424 sahasre zatAnyaSTau catvAriMzacca sapta ca varNAH // paMcadazagraMtha prakIrNakeSveSu kIrtitAH // cha // zrI // cha // Extent. fol. 49a to fol. 66. Description. Incomplete since the fol. 67th is missing; 641 gathas complete; 642th incomplete; in all there ought to be 663 gathas. For other details see No. 269. Age.- Old. Begins. fol. 49a fagP$?aereraEUR|etc. Maranavidhi 141 (m). 1872-73.

Page #407
" 382 Ends. fol. 66b jaha NAma paTTaNagao saMte mullami mUDhabhAveNaM / na lahaMti narA lAbha mANusabhAvaM tahA pattA // 41 saMpatte balavirie sambhAvaparikkhaNaM a. It ends here. N. B. For additional details see No. 423. maraNavidhi No.425 Jaina Literature and Philosophy Extent. fol. 62a to fol. 88. Description.- Complete ; 661 verses in all. For other details see No. 268 where this work is noted as Maranasamadhi. Begins. fol. 622 tihuyaNasarAraviMdaM etc., as in No. 423. [ 426. Ends. fol. 88* suNa jaha jiNavayaNAmaya etc., up to je [Na]su jjhAyavvaM as in No. 423 followed by maraNasamAhI paMcamo uddeso samatto // N. B. - For further particulars see No. 423. Age.-- Samvat 1569. Begins. - fol. 850 ( 1 ) tihuyaNasarAraviMdaM etc., Ends. fol. ror ( 17 ) Maranavidhi 386 (m). 1879-80. maraNavidhi No. 426 Extent. fol. 85t to fol. rors. Description. Complete. The last gatha beginning with gue is numbered as 58 (658). For other details see No. 377. Maranavidhi 124 (c). 1872-73. suNaha jaha jiNavayaNAmaya bhAviyahiyaeNa / jhANavAvAro / karaNijjA samaNeNaM jaM jhANaM jesu jhAyavvaM // 58 graMthAgraM 658 // maraNavihI paMcamo uddeso sammatto // zubhaM bhavatu // cha // saMvat 1569 varSe mArgazudi 6 ravau / zrI zrImAla jJAtIya / sA0 sIdhara / bhAryAsAhI / su0 sA jUThAbhAryA jasamAde sutasA0 mahipati / so0 sA. rUpA / sA. cauthAkena / etc. as in Ajivakalpa No. 367. N. B. - For additional particulars see No. 423. 1

Page #408
427.] yoniprAbhRta ( joNipAhuDa) XV. Supernumerary Prakirnakas THE FIFTEENTH PRAKIRNAKA I-7 No. 427 Size. 121 in. by 42 in. Extent.---- 40 folios ; 14 lines to a page ; 60 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin and white; Devanagari characters ; bold, big, legible and good hand - writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; edges and even at times the body of every fol. badly worn out; the numbers of foll. gone, so it is extremely difficult to adjust the foll. properly; condition liopeless, a photo-copy of this fragmentary work is taken in 40 plates by the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute. Age.-- Sarvat 1582. Author.-- Panhapravana ( ? Prasnasravana ) Muni. Subject. Nothing can be definitely said. Begins. It is difficult to ascertain the beginning. Ends.-janavyavahAracaMdracaMdrikAcakoraM / AyurvedarakSitasamastasattvaM mahAmunikuSmAMDinImahAdevyA upadiSTaM / puNyadaMtAdibhU hRSTidAyakaM / itthaMbhUtaM yoniprAbhRtagraMthaM / kalikAle sambanhU jo jANaI joNipAhuDaM gaMthaM / jattha gaturDa (?) tattha gaturDacauuvaggamaha... 'i // 1 surayaNaladdhapasaMsaM suvannasahiyaM caroraduharaNaM / bhavva uvayA radhma mA cakkA kosaM pAhuDayaM // 2 daraviyasiyamma aiviyasiyA uvahuya.. * Inu' 1 nAyaMti jassa uvare kA uvamA puMDarIyassa ? // 3 // hotuddAmaviyaM aMtamaya milaM tAlimuhAliyakavolA / vijjhaka yammi kariNo na uNe airicchA / / 1 (4) ... Seryagoga... hayassakhI... 'vahI ekA uvamA / aiappamANagayaNe sanasIsIneva nANeNa // 5 hINasattammi ahame aDakhI......7 kuNijjahA ayANadosAmmi attANe // 6 Letters are gone as the corresponding portion is worn out. Yoniprabhrta (Jonipahuda) 266. A. 1882-83. 383 praznazravaNaliziSya

Page #409
384 Jaina Literature and Philosophy 1427. ekkekaM ca payatthaM avahe jo munai ikkUahiyAraM / so gruvraaiddh......'svvahiyaarii|| 7 kA... manAmanIhananRNAmahanmate syAdatiyadyeSaH priyadharmakaH pRthuyazAH zrIpUjyapAdo guruH / ..................'mprodbhtaacNtaamaann| yoniprAbhRtasaMjJazAstramamalaM devAsurAbhyarcitaM / 8 // tAvanmithyAdRzAM tejo maMtrayaMtrAdiSu spuTA (1) :...:.'zRNaMti dhImataH // 9 // iti zrImahAgraMthaM yoniprAbhRtaM zrIpanhapravaNamuniviracitaM samAptaM / saMvat 1582 varSe zAke 1447 pravartamAne dakSiNAgate zrIsUrye zrAvaNamAsakRSNapakSe tRtIyAyAM tithau... 1-5 Letters are gone, since the corresponding portion is worn out.

Page #410
428. ] vaGkacUlikA (vaMgacUliyA ) TabbAsahita No. 428 " XVI. Supernumerary Prakirnakas THE SIXTEENTH PRAKIRNAKA Sizc.-- 1o++ in. by 4g in. Extent.-- (text) 12 folios ; s lines to a page; 42 letters to a line. " "" "" "" (tabba),, ; 8 to ro "; 52 Description. Country paper tough and white; Devanagari characters; the text written in a bigger hand as compared with tabba ; legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in two, in red ink; fol. r(c) blank ; fol. roth wrongly numbered as 9; condition excellent ; both the text and the tabba complete so far as they go. Age. -- Sarvat 195r. Author. - Yasobhadra. Subject. A Jaina agama dealing with the origin of deprecating Siddhanta together with an explanation in Gujarati. Begins.~~(text) fol. rb bhattibhara miyasuravara sirise hara kiraNaraIya samiya ri (ra) yaM namiuM sirivIrapayaM vucchaM suyahIlaguppattiM 1 airs (o) bIsame varise sirisuhammasAminivvANaM tatto cuyAlise siddho jaMbU caramanANi 2 " dr Ends. (text) fol. 12b " " " 385 Vankaculika (Vargaculiya ) with tabba --(com.) fol. 1. bhaktiva (bha) ra kahatAM bhaktine samUhe karI nAmyA devatA manuSya paraM vara kahatAM pradhAna devatAnA mastake etc. 621. 1895-98. iya suhIlaNuppA phaa phalA jANiUNa anne vi jassabhadde jiNavayaNe daDhacitto hoi paidiya [9] haM 9 iti zrIvaMgA (ga) cUliyAe suyahIlaNuppattiajjhayaNa saMpUrNam / samata ( saMvat ) 1959 rA miti sAMvaNa suda 11 // --(com.) fol. 12deg dRDha citta karatA huvA sadA kAla yatna karatA hubaI 9 iti zrIva (vaM) ka cUliyA sUtram su0 supta te siddhAMtanI hIlanAni utpatti kahI tehano adhyayana saMpUrNa thayo / 49 [J. L. P.]

Page #411
386 sAdAvalI ((") No. 429 Extent. fol. 92b to fol. 95. Description. Age.- Old. Subject. see No. 269. Jaina Literature and Philosophy THE SEVENTEENTH PRAKIRNAKA Begins. fol. 92b Ends. fol. 95b Complete; extent 136 slokas. For other details This prakirnaka which starts by praising five parmesthins supplies us with the life of Pundarika, a grand-son of Lord Rsabha. AraMbhesu niyattA savvaThANe mukkavAvArA / ucchinna rAgadosA te devA devayANaM tu // 1 // [429. Saravali ((") 141 (o). 1872-73. mAhavao tassa pAvaM sArAvaliputthayaM lihaMtassa / lahau ya jaso ya kittI aireNaM sAhasakkAro // 116 // iti sArAvalIyapayaNNaM sammattaM // cha // etc. graMthAgraM 136 // N. B. This work is distinct from a standard work on Astrology composed in Sanskrit in verses by Kalyanavarman, published by the Proprietor of the Nirnayasagar Press, A. D. 1928.

Page #412
430. 1 XVIII. Supernumerary Prakirnakas THE EIGHTEENTH PRAKIRNAKA siddhaprAbhRta ( siddhapAhuDa) No. 430 Size.--ro in. by 4g in. Extent.---- 28 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 44 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin, rough and greyish; Devanagari characters with frequent gears; small, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used ; foll numbered in the right hand margin; fol. r* blank ; so is practically fol. 288; some of the foll. slightly worm-eaten ; condition on the whole good; complete ; this work ends on fol. 5; this Ms. contains in addition siddhaprAbhRtaTIkA commencing on fol. 5b and ending on fol. 280. Age.-- Old. Subject. Ends. fol. b Exposition of the liberated from various stand-points, in Prakrit in 121 verses. This is based upon a Puraa Agreniya by name. Begins.fol. 1' OM namaH zrIsarvajJAya // Reference. 387 Siddhaprabhrta (Siddhapahuda ) 1287 (a). 1887-9. tihuyaNapaNae tihuyaNaguNAhie tihuyaNAtisayaNANe // usabhAtivIracarime tamarayarahie paNamiUNa // 1 mu (su) NiUNa AgamaNiha se mu (su) NiUNa paramatthamu (su) tagaMdhadhare / copuvvigamAI kameNa savve paNaM (Na) miUNaM // 2 NikakhevaniruttAhi ya chahiM aTThahiM vANuogadArehiM / khattAtimaggaNeSu ya siddhANaM vaNiyo (yA) bheyA // 3 // etc. UNAhiyavivarIo / atyo appAgameNa jo gahio / taM khamaUNA (Na) suyaharA puNNe ( ? ) UNaM parikahaMtu // 20 vIsuttarayA (ya) megaM gAthAbaMdheNa puvvaNissaMda | vitthAreNa mahatthaM sa [ yu]yANusAreNa NeyavvaM // 21 vImuttarasayagaNaNAName (NAma ) siddhapAhuDaM sammattaM // cha // agreNiyapuNissaMdA // cha // This work is published along with its commentary by the Jaina atmananda Sabha in Samvat 1977.

Page #413
388 siddhaprAbhRta - No. 431 Size. 11 in. by 4 Extent. 17 folios; 15 lines to a page; 54 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin, rough and greyish; Devanagari characters with gears; small, quite legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two pairs in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right hand margin; unnumbered sides have a disc in red colour, in the centre only ;the numbered, in the margins, too; edges of almost every fol. more or less worn out; condition tolerably fair; complete; 118 verses; this work ends on fol. 3; this Ms. contains in addition frazier commencing on fol. 3a and ending on fol. 176. Age. Not later than Samvat 1529. Begins. fol. 1a Ends. fol. 3 Jaina Literature and Philosophy faganqng fagqm etc., as in No. 430. fate etc., up to aror as in No. 430. followed by // 18 vIsuttara sayagaNaNA (NA ) masiddha pAhuDaM sammattaM // cha // aggeNaputrvaNissaMdaM // cha // siddhaprAbhRtaTIkA No. 432 in. N. B. For other details see No. 430. [ 432. Siddhaprabhrta 1245 (a). 1884-87. Extent. fol. 5b to fol. 28b Description. Complete; this Ms. contains the ts of the text. For other details see No. 430. Subject. Commentary in Sanskrit to Siddhaprabhrta. Siddhaprabhrtatika 1287 (b). 1887-91.

Page #414
433.] XVIII. Supernumerary Prakirnakas 389 Begins.-.fol. 5 OM namaH zrIsarvajJAya // sakalabhuvanezabhUtAnnikhilAtizayAn jinAn gurUna stutvA / siddhaprAbhRtaTIkA tadarthahitakAmyayA kriyate / / / iha paramapuruSAbhivyaktaAgamapratibaddhasiddhavaktavyatAbhidhitsayA pravRttyaMgatvAnmaMgalAdicatuSTayapratipAdakamidaM gAthAtrayamAha / tatrApyAdyagAthayA maMgalaM guruparvasaMbaMdha(dha) cAha // tihuyaNapaNayetyAdi // tribhuvanapraNatAnitya nenAciMtyaphalasaMpAdakatvena pUjAhatvAduttamottamatvamAha | etc. Ends.- fol. 288 ahAthureNa sijhaMti tti bhaNiyameyaMti / bhaNiyamaMtaradAraM sAMprataM upasaMharannAsAtanAparihArArthamidamAha sUtrakAraH / UNAhiyavivarIu( o)|| attho gAhAgatArthaH ||ch|| vIsuttarasayaM gAhA kaMThyA / / ch||nnvrN prarvasyAgreNIyAkhyasya // cha / niSyaMda idaM siddhaprAbhRtakamiti / gAthAsaMyojanArtho(s)yaM prayAsa(:) kevalo mama arthastUktaH / / sphuTo hya(hye)[s] TIkAkRdbhizciraMtanaiH / / cha / siddhaprAbhRtakaM samAptamiti // cha // cha / // Reference.- See No. 430. siddhaprAbhRtaTIkA Siddhaprabhrtatika No. 433 1245 (b). 1884-87. Extent.- fol. 3a to fol. 176. Description.-- Complete; this Ms. contains the gates of the text. For other details see No. 431. Begins.-fol. 34 sakalabhuvanezabhUtAn etc., as in No. 432. Ends.-fol. 17 volvasamaM payaM / tasseva javamajjhavarivasesAhigA // 15 ahavAvureNa sijhaMti etc. , up to siddhaprAmRtakaM as in No. 432 followed by * samAptamiti. savvasamUhavatI vAmakaragahiyapotthayA devI jakkhamuhaMDiyasahiMyA deu avigdhaM bhadaMtassa // cha / akSaramAtrasvarapadahInaM vyNjnsNdhivivrjitreph| sAdhuSu jena(janeSu) sa(ma)ma kSamitavyaM kazci(zca) na(na) muhyati zAstrasamudre // ...............

Page #415
390. Jaina Literature and Philosophy Then follows a portion in a different hand as urder: 'gurjara' jJAtIya maM0 subhASahAMsIkhatamaM gar3hAkenabhAyI bhAsUsutazrIraMgAdikuTuMbayutenAtuzrI 'tapAgacchazRMgAra... 'nukAra zrI zrI zrI soma suMdarasUrazrImunisuMdara sUrizrIratna zekha ra saspiTTaprabhAkara zrIlakSmI sAgarasUripAdAnAmupa... na saptakSetryAM nijasudhanabIjavapanAvarttamAnAsiddhAMtala (le) khaye (ya) tA lekhitaM siddhaprAbhRtasUtraM ciraM naMdatAt vibudhairniraMtaravAcyamAna saMvat 1529 varSe mArga zudi 5 dine / 'ahammaDA (dA) vAde' / / eSA pratiH paM jinamANikyagaNipAdaiH zodhitA // zrI // cha // zrIrastu || N. B. -- For additional particulars see No. 432. I-2 Letters are missing. [433.

Page #416